Samantapasadika, Buddhaghosa's Commentary on the Vinaya Pitaka, Vol. I:
Nidana;
Vinayapitaka: Suttavibhanga: Bhikkhuvibhanga: Parajika (I.1)
Based on the edition J. Takakusu and Makoto Nagai, assisted by Kogen Mizuno,
London : Pali Text Society 1924 (Reprinted 1975)
Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
[GRETIL-Version vom 12.4.2016]
NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.
These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.
ADDITIONAL NOTES
Headline references have been standardized according to the following pattern:
Bhvibh_n.n. = Bhikkhuvibhaṅga_Class of offence(Roman).rule(Arabic).
Bhnīvibh_n.n. = Bhikkhuṇīvibhaṅga_Class of offence(Roman).rule(Arabic).
The original PTS references in Volume I refer to:
Pārājika-rule.section.subsection (now bracketed).
Italicized catchwords of the printed edition were already reduced
to plain Roman type in the original Dhammakaya file.
PLAIN TEXT VERSION
(In order to fascilitate word search, all annotations have been removed,
and the line breaks of the printed edition have been converted into floating text.)
THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)
| description: | multibyte sequence: |
| long a | ā |
| long A | Ā |
| long i | ī |
| long I | Ī |
| long u | ū |
| long U | Ū |
| vocalic r | ṛ |
| vocalic R | Ṛ |
| long vocalic r | ṝ |
| vocalic l | ḷ |
| vocalic L | Ḷ |
| long vocalic l | ḹ |
| velar n | ṅ |
| velar N | Ṅ |
| palatal n | ñ |
| palatal N | Ñ |
| retroflex t | ṭ |
| retroflex T | Ṭ |
| retroflex d | ḍ |
| retroflex D | Ḍ |
| retroflex n | ṇ |
| retroflex N | Ṇ |
| palatal s | ś |
| palatal S | Ś |
| retroflex s | ṣ |
| retroflex S | Ṣ |
| anusvara | ṃ |
| visarga | ḥ |
| long e | ē |
| long o | ō |
| l underbar | ḻ |
| r underbar | ṟ |
| n underbar | ṉ |
| k underbar | ḵ |
| t underbar | ṯ |
Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.
For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf
For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm
[page 001]
1
SAMANTAPĀSĀDIKĀ NĀMA
VINAYAṬṬHAKATHĀ
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
Yo kappakoṭīhi pi appameyyaṃ
kālaṃ karonto atidukkarāṇi
khedaṃ gato lokahitāya nātho,
namo mahākāruṇikassa tassa. // Sp_0.1 //
asambuddhaṃ buddhanisevitaṃ yaṃ
bhavābhavaṃ gacchati jīvaloko,
namo avijjādikilesajāla-
vidhaṃsino dhammavarassa tassa. // Sp_0.2 //
guṇehi yo sīlasamādhipaññā-
vimuttiñāṇappabhutīhi yutto,
khettaṃ janānaṃ kusalatthikānaṃ
tam ariyasaṃghaṃ sirasā namāmi. // Sp_0.3 //
icc evam accantanamassaneyyaṃ
namassamāno ratanattayaṃ yaṃ,
puññābhisandaṃ vipulaṃ alatthaṃ
tassānubhāvena hatantarāyo. // Sp_0.4 //
yasmiṃ ṭhite sāsanam aṭṭhitassa
patiṭṭhitaṃ hoti susaṇṭhitassa,
taṃ vaṇṇayissaṃ vinayaṃ amissaṃ
nissāya pubbācariyānubhāvaṃ. // Sp_0.5 //
kāmañ ca pubbācariyāsabhehi
ñāṇambuniddhotamalāsavehi
[page 002]
2 Samantapāsādikā
visuddhavijjāpaṭisambhidehi
saddhammasaṃvaṇṇanakovidehi, // Sp_0.6 //
sallekhiye no sulabhūpamehi
Mahāvihārassa dhajūpamehi,
saṃvaṇṇito 'yaṃ vinayo nayehi
cittehi sambuddhavaranvayehi. // Sp_0.7 //
saṃvaṇṇanā Sīharadīpakena
vākyena esā pana saṅkhaṭattā,
na kiñci atthaṃ abhisambhuṇāti
dīpantare bhikkhujanassa yasmā, // Sp_0.8 //
tasmā imaṃ pālinayānurūpaṃ
saṃvaṇṇanaṃ dāni samārabhissaṃ
ajjhesanaṃ Buddhasirivhayassa
therassa sammā samanussaranto. // Sp_0.9 //
saṃvaṇṇanaṃ tañ ca samārabhanto
tasmā Mahāaṭṭhakathaṃ sarīraṃ
katvā Mahāpaccariyaṃ tatheva
Kurundināmādisu vissutāsu // Sp_0.10 //
vinicchayo aṭṭhakathāsu vutto
yo yuttam atthaṃ apariccajanto,
tato pi antogadhatheravādaṃ
saṃvaṇṇanaṃ sammasamārabhissaṃ. // Sp_0.11 //
taṃ me nisāmentu pasannacittā
therā ca bhikkhū navamajjhimā ca
dhammappadīpassa tathāgatassa
sakkacca dhammaṃ paṭimānayantā: // Sp_0.12 //
buddhena dhammo vinayo ca vutto
yo tassa puttehi tatheva ñāto,
so yehi tesaṃ matim accajantā
yasmā pure aṭṭhakathā akaṃsu, // Sp_0.13 //
[page 003]
Introduction 3
tasmā hi yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ
taṃ vajjayitvāna pamādalekhaṃ,
sabbam pi sikkhāsu sagāravānaṃ
yasmā pamāṇaṃ idha paṇḍitāna // Sp_0.14 //
tato ca bhāsantaram eva hitvā
vitthāramaggañ ca samāsayitvā,
vinicchayaṃ sabbam asesayitvā
tantikkamaṃ kañci avokkamitvā, // Sp_0.15 //
suttantikānaṃ vacanānam atthaṃ
suttānurūpaṃ paridīpayantī,
yasmā ayaṃ hessati vaṇṇanā pi
sakkacca tasmā anusikkhitabbā ti. // Sp_0.16 //
Tattha taṃ vaṇṇayissaṃ vinayan ti vuttattā vinayo tāva vavatthapetabbo, ten' etaṃ vuccati: vinayo nāma idha sakalaṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ adhippetaṃ. saṃvaṇṇanatthaṃ pan' assa ayaṃ mātikā:
vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ,
yattha-ppatiṭṭhitaṃ c'etametaṃ vatvā vidhiṃ tato,
tenā 'ti ādipāṭhassa atthaṃ nānappakārato
dassayanto karissāmi vinayass' atthavaṇṇanan 'ti.
tattha vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā cā 'ti idam tāva vacanaṃ tena samayena buddho bhagavā Verañjāyaṃ viharatīti evamādivacanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. idaṃ hi buddhassa bhagavato attapaccakkhavacanaṃ na hoti, tasmā vattabbam ev' etaṃ idaṃ vacanaṃ kena vuttam,
[page 004]
4 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kadā kasmā ca vuttan ti. āyasmatā Upālittherena vuttaṃ taṃ ca pana paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle. paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāma c' esā kiñcāpi pañcasatikasaṅgītikkhandhake suvuttā, nidānakosallatthaṃ pana idhāpi iminā nayena veditabbā.
dhammacakkappavattanaṃ hi ādiṃ katvā yāva Subhaddaparibbājakavinayanā katabuddhakicce Kusinārāyaṃ Upavattane Mallānaṃ sālavane yamakasālānam antare Visākhapuṇṇamadivase paccūsasamaye anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbute bhagavati lokanāthe bhagavato parinibbāne sannipatitānaṃ sattannaṃ bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ saṃghatthero āyasmā Mahākassapo sattāhaparinibbute bhagavati, Subhaddena buḍḍhapabbajitena: alaṃ āvuso mā socittha mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena, upaddutā ca homa idaṃ vo kappati idam vo na kappatīti, idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma taṃ na karissāmā'ti vuttavacanam anussaranto, ṭhānaṃ kho pan' etaṃ vijjati yaṃ pāpabhikkhū atītasatthukaṃ pāvacanan ti maññamānā pakkhaṃ labhitvā na cirass' eva saddhammaṃ antaradhāpeyyuṃ. yāva ca dhammavinayo tiṭṭhati tāva anatītasatthukam eva pāvacanaṃ hoti. vuttaṃ h' etaṃ bhagavatā: yo vo mayā Ānanda dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto so vo mam' accayena satthā ti.
[page 005]
Introduction 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yan nūnāhaṃ dhammañ ca vinayañ ca saṃgāyeyyaṃ yathāyidaṃ sāsanaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ. yaṃ cāhaṃ bhagavatā: dhāressasi pana tvaṃ me Kassapa sānāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanānīti vatvā civare sādhāraṇaparibhogena anuggahito: ahaṃ bhikkhave yāvad eva ākaṅkhāmi vivicc' eva kāmehi --pe-- paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi, Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvad eva ākaṅkhati vivicc' eva kāmehi --pe-- paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharatīti evamādinā nayena navānupubbavihārachaḷabhiññādibhede uttarimanussadhamme attanā samasamaṭṭhapanena ca anuggahito, tassa me kiṃ aññaṃ ānaṇyaṃ bhavissati. nanu maṃ bhagavā rājā viya sakakavacaissariyānuppadānena attano kulavaṃsapatiṭṭhāpakaṃ puttaṃ saddhammavaṃsapatiṭṭhāpako me ayaṃ bhavissatīti mantvā iminā asādhāraṇena anuggahena anuggahesīti cintayanto, dhammavinayasaṃgāyanatthaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhaṃ janesi.
yathāha: atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi: ekam idāhaṃ āvuso samayaṃ Pāvāya Kusināraṃ addhānamaggapaṭipanno mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehīti sabbaṃ Subhaddakaṇḍaṃ vitthārato veditabbaṃ.
[page 006]
6 Samantapāsādikā
tato paraṃ āha: handa mayaṃ āvuso dhammañ ca vinayañ ca saṃgāyāma pure adhammo dippati dhammo paṭibāhīyati, avinayo dippati vinayo paṭibāhīyati, pure adhammavādino balavanto honti dhammavādino dubbalā honti, avinayavādino balavanto honti vinayavādino dubbalā hontīti. bhikkhū āhaṃsu: tena hi bhante thero bhikkhū uccinatū 'ti.
thero sakalanavaṅgasatthusāsanapariyattidhare puthujjanasotāpannasakadāgāmianāgāmisukkhavipassakakhīṇāsavabhikkhū anekasate anekasahasse ca vajjetvā tipiṭakasabbapariyattippabhedadhare paṭisambhidāppatte mahānubhāve yebhuyyena bhagavatā etadaggaṃ āropite tevijjādibhede khīṇāsavabhikkhū yeva ekūnapañcasate pariggahesi.
ye sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ: atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo eken' ūnapañcārahantasatāni uccinīti.
kissa pana thero eken' ūnam akāsīti. āyasmato Ānandattherassa okāsakaraṇatthaṃ. tena h' āyasmatā sahāpi vināpi na sakkā dhammasaṃgīti kātuṃ. so h' āyasmā sekho sakaraṇīyo, tasmā saha na sakkā. yasmā pan' assa kiñci dasabaladesitaṃ suttaṃ geyyādikaṃ bhagavato asammukhā patiggahiṭaṃ nāma n'atthi, tasmā vinā pi na sakkā. yadi evaṃ sekho pi samāno dhammasaṃgītiyā bahūpakārattā therena uccinitabbo assa. atha kasmā na uccinito ti parūpavādavivajjanato.
[page 007]
Introduction 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] thero hi āyasmante Ānande ativiya vissattho ahosi tathā hi naṃ sirasmiṃ palitesu jātesu pi: na v' āyaṃ kumārako mattam aññāsīti, kumārakavādena ovadati. Sakyakulappasūto cāyaṃ āyasmā tathāgatassa bhātā cūlapituputto, tatra hi bhikkhū chandāgamanaṃ viya maññamānā bahū asekha- paṭisambhidappatte bhikkhū ṭhapetvā Ānandaṃ sekha- paṭisambhidappattaṃ thero uccinīti upavadeyyum. taṃ parūpavādaṃ parivajjento:Ānandaṃ vinā saṃgīti na sakkā kātum, bhikkhūnaṃ yevānumatiyā gahessāmīti taṃ na uccini.
atha sayaṃ eva bhikkhū Ānandass' atthāya theraṃ yāciṃsu. yathāha: bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Mahākassapaṃ etad avocuṃ: ayaṃ bhante āyasmā Ānando kiñcāpi sekho abhabbo chandā dosā mohā bhayā agatiṃ gantuṃ, bahu vata tena bhagavato santike dhammo ca vinayo ca pariyatto.
tena hi bhante thero āyasmantaṃ pi Ānandaṃ uccinatū 'ti.
atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo āyasmantam pi Ānandaṃ uccini. evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā uccinitena tenāyasmatā saddhim pañca therasatāni ahesuṃ.
atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kattha nu kho mayaṃ dhammañ ca vinayañ ca saṃgāyeyyāmā 'ti.
atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: Rājagahaṃ kho mahāgocaraṃ pahūtasenāsanaṃ.
[page 008]
8 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yan nūna mayaṃ Rājagahe vassaṃ vasantā dhammañ ca vinayañ ca saṃgāyeyyāma, na aññe bhikkhū Rājagahe vassaṃ upagaccheyyun ti. kasmā pana tesaṃ etad ahosi. idaṃ amhākaṃ thāvarakammaṃ koci visabhāgapuggalo saṃghamajjhaṃ pavisitvā ukkoṭeyyā 'ti.
athāyasmā Mahākassapo ñattidutiyakammena sāvesi.
taṃ Saṃgītikkhandhake vuttanayen' eva veditabbaṃ.
atha tathāgatassa parinibbānato sattasu sādhukīḷanadivasesu sattasu ca dhātupūjādivasesu vītivattesu aḍḍhamāso atikkanto, idāni gimhānaṃ diyaḍḍho māso seso upakaṭṭhā vassūpanāyikā ti mantvā Mahākassapatthero: Rājagahaṃ āvuso gacchāmā 'ti upaḍḍhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ maggaṃ gato. Anuruddhatthero pi upaḍḍhaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ maggaṃ gato.
Ānandatthero pana bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā bhikkhusaṃghaparivuto Sāvatthiṃ gantvā Rājagahaṃ gantukāmo yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Ānandattherena gatagataṭṭhāne mahāparidevo ahosi: bhante Ānanda kuhiṃ satthāraṃ ṭhapetvā āgato 'sīti. anupubbena pana Sāvatthiṃ anuppatte there ca bhagavato parinibbānadivase viya mahāparidevo ahosi. tatra sudaṃ āyasmā Ānando aniccatāpaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya taṃ mahājanaṃ saññāpetvā Jetavanaṃ pavisitvā dasabalena vasitagandhakuṭiyā dvāraṃ vivaritvā mañcapīṭhaṃ nīharitvā pappoṭhetvā gandhakuṭiṃ sammajjitvā milātamālākacavaraṃ chaḍḍetvā mañcapīṭhaṃ atiharitvā puna yathāṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā bhagavato ṭhitakāle karaṇīyaṃ vattaṃ sabbaṃ akāsi.
[page 009]
Introduction 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha thero bhagavato parinibbānato ppabhuti ṭhānanisajjabahulattā ussannadhātukaṃ kāyaṃ samassāsetuṃ dutiyadivase khīravirecanaṃ pivitvā vihāre yeva nisīdi. yaṃ sandhāya Subhena māṇavena pahitaṃ māṇavakaṃ etaṃ avoca: akālo kho māṇavaka, atthi me ajja bhesajjamattā pītā, app eva nāma sve pi upasaṃkameyyāmā 'ti. dutiyadivase Cetakattherena pacchāsamaṇena gantvā Subhena māṇavena puṭṭho Dīghanikāye Subhasuttam nāma dasamaṃ suttam abhāsi. atha kho thero Jetavanavihāre khaṇḍaphullapaṭisaṃkharaṇaṃ kārāpetvā upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya Rājagahaṃ gato.
tathā Mahākassapatthero ca Anuruddhatthero ca sabbaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ gahetvā Rājagaham eva gato.
tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārā honti. te sabbe pi chaḍḍitapatitauklāpā ahesuṃ. bhagavato hi parinibbāne sabbe bhikkhū attano attano pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vihāre ca pariveṇe ca chaḍḍetvā agamaṃsu.
tattha therā bhagavato vacanapūjanatthaṃ titthiyavādaparimocanatthaṃ ca paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullapaṭisaṃkharaṇaṃ karomā 'ti cintesuṃ.
titthiyā hi vadeyyuṃ: samaṇassa Gotamassa sāvakā satthari ṭhite yeva vihāre paṭijaggiṃsu, parinibbute chaḍḍesun ti. tesaṃ vādaparimocanatthañ ca cintesun ti vuttaṃ hoti.
[page 010]
10 Samantapāsādikā
vuttam pi c' etaṃ: atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā kho āvuso khaṇḍaphullapaṭisaṃkharaṇaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ. handa mayaṃ āvuso paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullapaṭisaṃkharaṇaṃ karoma, majjhimaṃ māsaṃ sannipatitvā dhammañ ca vinayañ ca saṃgāyissāmā 'ti.
te dutiyadivase gantvā rājadvāre aṭṭhaṃsu. Ajātasattu rājā āgantvā vanditvā, kiṃ bhante āgata 'tthā 'ti attanā kattabbakiccaṃ paṭipucchi. therā aṭṭhārasamahāvihārapaṭisaṃkharaṇatthāya hatthakammaṃ paṭivedesuṃ. sādhu bhante ti rājā hatthakammakārake manusse adāsi. therā paṭhamamāsaṃ sabbavihāre paṭisaṃkhārāpetvā rañño ārocesuṃ: niṭṭhitaṃ mahārāja vihārapaṭisaṃkharaṇaṃ, idāni dhammavinayasaṃgahaṃ karomā 'ti. sādhu bhante vissatthā karotha, mayhaṃ āṇācakkaṃ, tumhākaṃ dhammacakkaṃ hotu, āṇāpetha me bhante kiṃ karomīti. dhammasaṃgahaṃ karontānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannisajjaṭṭhānam mahārājā 'ti. kattha karomi bhante ti. Vebhārapabbatapasse Sattapaṇṇiguhādvāre kātum yuttaṃ mahārājā 'ti.
sādhu bhante ti kho rājā Ajātasattu Vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ suvibhattabhittithaṃbhasopānaṃ nānāvidhamālākammalatākammavicittaṃabhibhavantamivarājabhavanavibhūtiṃ avahasantam iva devavimānasiriṃ siriyā niketam iva ekanipātanatittham iva ca devamanussanayanavibhaṅgānaṃ lokarāmaṇeyyakam iva sampiṇḍitaṃ daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍaṃ maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā, vividhaku-
[page 011]
Introduction 11
sumadāmaolambakaviniggalantacāruvitānaṃ ratanavicitramaṇikoṭṭimatalam iva ca naṃ nānāpupphūpahāravicitrasupariniṭṭhitabhūmikammaṃ brahmavimānasadisaṃ alaṃkaritvā, tasmiṃ mahāmaṇḍape pañcasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anagghāni pañca kappiyapaccattharaṇasatāni paññāpetvā, dakkhiṇabhāgaṃ nissāya uttarābhimukhaṃ therāsanaṃ maṇḍapamajjhe puratthābhimukhaṃ buddhassa bhagavato āsanārahaṃ dhammāsanaṃ paññāpetvā, dantakhacitaṃ vījaniṃ ṭhapetvā bhikkhusaṃghassa ārocāpesi: niṭṭhitaṃ bhante mama kiccan ti.
tasmiṃ kho pana samaye ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ sandhāya evam āhaṃsu: imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṃghe eko bhikkhu vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaratīti.
thero taṃ sutvā imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṃghe añño vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaraṇabhikkhu nāma n' atthi, addhā ete maṃ sandhāya vadantīti saṃvegaṃ āpajji. ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āhaṃsu: sve āvuso sannipāto tvañ ca sekho sakaraṇīyo, tena te na yuttaṃ sannipātaṃ gantuṃ, appamatto hohīti.
atha kho āyasmā Ānando: sve sannipāto, na kho pana me taṃ patirūpaṃ yv āham sekho samāno sannipātaṃ gaccheyyan ti bahud eva rattiṃ kāyagatāya satiyā vītināmetvā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ caṃkamā orohitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā nipajjissāmīti kāyaṃ āvajjesi, dve pādā bhūmito muttā appattañ ca sīsaṃ bimbohanaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittam vimucci. ayaṃ hi āyasmā caṃkamena bahi vītināmetvā visesaṃ nibbattetum asakkonto cintesi:
[page 012]
12 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] nanu maṃ bhagavā etad avoca: katapuñño 'si tvaṃ Ānanda padhānam anuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo ti. buddhānañ ca kathādoso nāma n' atthi. mama accāraddhaṃ viriyan, tena me cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati. handāhaṃ viriyasamathaṃ yojemīti, caṃkamā orohitvā pādadhovanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā pāde dhovitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā mañcake nisīditvā thokaṃ vissamissāmīti kāyaṃ mañcake apanāmesi. dve pādā bhūmito muttā sīsam bimbohanam asampattaṃ. etasmim antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. catuiriyāpathavirahitaṃ therassa arahattaṃ ahosi. tena imasmiṃ sāsane anipanno anisinno aṭṭhito acaṃkamanto ko bhikkhu arahattaṃ patto ti vutte, Ānandatthero ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
atha therā bhikkhū dutiyadivase katabhattakiccā pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā dhammasabhāyaṃ sannipatitā. Ānandatthero pana attano arahattapattiṃ ñāpetukāmo bhikkhūhi saddhim na gato. bhikkhū yathābuḍḍhaṃ attano attano āsane nisīdantā Ānandattherassa āsanaṃ ṭhapetvā nisinnā. tattha kehici pi etam āsanam kassā 'ti vutte, Ānandassā 'ti. Ānando pana kuhim gato ti. tasmiṃ samaye thero cintesi: idāni mayhaṃ hamanakālo ti. tato attano ānubhāvaṃ dassento paṭhaviyaṃ nimujjitvā attano āsane yeva attānaṃ dassesi.
[page 013]
Introduction 13
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ākāsena gantvā nisīdīti pi eke.
evaṃ nisinne tasmiṃ āyasmante Mahākassapatthero bhikkhū āmantesi: āvuso kim paṭhamaṃ saṃgāyāma dhammaṃ vā vinayaṃ vā ti. bhikkhū āhaṃsu: bhante Mahākassapa, vinayo nāma buddhasāsanassa āyu, vinaye ṭhite sāsanaṃ ṭhitam hoti, tasmā paṭhamaṃ vinayaṃ saṃgāyāmā 'ti.
kaṃ dhuram katvā ti. āyasmantaṃ Upālin ti. kiṃ Ānando na ppahotīti. no na ppahoti, api ca kho pana sammāsambuddho dharamāno yeva vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya āyasmantaṃ Upāliṃ etadagge ṭhapesi: etadaggaṃ bhikkhave mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ Upālīti.
tasmā Upālittheraṃ pucchitvā vinayaṃ saṃgāyāmā 'ti.
tato thero vinayaṃ pucchanatthāya attanā 'va attānaṃ sammanni, Upālitthero pi vissajjanatthāya sammanni.
tatrāyaṃ pāli. atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo saṃghaṃ ñāpesi: suṇātu me āvuso saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ Upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyan ti. āyasmā pi Upāli saṃghaṃ ñāpesi: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmatā Mahākassapena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyyan ti. evaṃ attānaṃ sammannitvā āyasmā Upāli vuṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ vījaniṃ gahetvā.
tato Mahākassapo therāsane nisīditvā āyasmantaṃ Upāliṃ vinayaṃ pucchi: paṭhamaṃ āvuso Upāli pārājikaṃ kattha bhagavatā paññattan ti.
[page 014]
14 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Vesāliyaṃ bhante ti. kaṃ ārabbhā 'ti. Sudinnaṃ Kalandakaputtaṃ ārabbhā 'ti.
kismiṃ vatthusmin ti. methunadhamme ti.
atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ Upāliṃ paṭhamassa pārājikassa vatthum pi pucchi, nidānam pi pucchi, puggalam pi pucchi, paññattim pi pucchi, anuppaññattim pi pucchi, āpattim pi pucchi, anāpattim pi pucchi. yathā ca paṭhamassa tathā dutiyassa tathā tatiyassa tathā catutthassa pārājikassa vatthum pi pucchi --pe-- anāpattim pi pucchi, puṭṭho puṭṭho Upālitthero vissajjesi.
tato imāni cattāri pārājikāni pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma idan ti saṃgahaṃ āropetvā terasa saṃghādisesāni terasakan ti ṭhapesuṃ. dve sikkhāpadāni aniyatānīti ṭhapesuṃ tiṃsasikkhāpadāni nissaggiyapācittiyānīti ṭhapesuṃ. dvenavutisikkhāpadāni pācittiyānīti ṭhapesuṃ. catāri sikkhāpadāni pāṭidesaniyānīti ṭhapesuṃ. pañcasattatisikkhāpadāni sekhiyānīti ṭhapesuṃ. satta dhamme adhikaraṇasamathā ti ṭhapesuṃ.
evaṃ Mahāvibhaṇgaṃ saṃgahaṃ āropetvā Bhikkhunīvibhaṅge aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma idan ti ṭhapesuṃ. sattarasa sikkhāpadāni sattarasakan ti ṭhapesuṃ. tiṃsasikkhāpadāni nissaggiyapācittiyānīti ṭhapesuṃ.
chasaṭṭhisatasikkhāpadāni pācittiyānīti ṭhapesuṃ. aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni pāṭidesaniyānīti ṭhapesuṃ. pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni sekhiyānīti ṭhapesuṃ. satta dhamme adhikaraṇasamathā ti ṭhapesuṃ.
[page 015]
Introduction 15
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ Bhikkhunīvibhaṅgaṃ saṃgahaṃ āropetvā eten' eva upāyena Khandhaka-Parivāre pi āropesuṃ.
evaṃ etaṃ saubhatovibhaṅgakkhandhakaparivāraṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ saṃgahaṃ ārūḷhaṃ. sabbaṃ Mahākassapatthero pucchi, Upalitthero vissajjesi. pucchāvissajjanapariyosāne pañca arahantasatāni saṃgahaṃ āropitanayen' eva gaṇasajjhāyaṃ akaṃsu.
vinayasaṃgahāvasāne Upālitthero dantakhacitaṃ vījaniṃ nikkhipitvā dhammāsanā orohitvā buḍḍhe bhikkhū vanditvā attano pattāsane nisīdi.
vinayaṃ saṃgāyitvā dhammaṃ saṃgāyitukāmo āyasmā Mahākassapo bhikkhū pucchi: dhammaṃ saṃgāyantehi kaṃ puggalaṃ dhuraṃ katvā dhammo saṃgāyitabbo ti.
bhikkhū Ānandattheraṃ dhuraṃ katvā ti āhaṃsu.
atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo saṃghañ ñāpesi: suṇātu me āvuso saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ Ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyyan ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando saṃghaṃ ñāpesi: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmatā Mahākassapena dhammaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyyan ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi dantakhaciṃ vījaniṃ gahetvā. Mahākassapatthero Ānandattheraṃ dhammaṃ pucchi: Brahmajālaṃ āvuso Ānanda kattha bhāsitan ti. antarā ca bhante Rājagahaṃ antarā ca Nālandaṃ rājāgārake Ambalaṭṭhikāyan ti.
[page 016]
16 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kaṃ ārabbhā 'ti. Suppiyañ ca paribbājakaṃ Brahmadattañ ca māṇavakan ti. kismiṃ vatthusmiṃ. vaṇṇāvaṇṇe ti.
atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo āyamantaṃ Ānandaṃ Brahmajālassa nidānam pi pucchi, puggalam pi pucchi.
Sāmaññaphalaṃ panāvuso Ānanda kattha bhāsitan ti.
Rājagahe bhante Jīvakambavane ti. kena saddhin ti.
Ajātasattunā Vedehiputtena saddhin ti. atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ Sāmaññaphalassa nidānam pi pucchi, puggalam pi pucchi. eten' eva upāyena pañca pi nikāye pucchi. pañca nikāyā nāma Dīghanikāyo Majjhimanikāyo Saṃyuttanikāyo Aṅguttaranikāyo Khuddakanikāyo ti. tattha Khuddakanikāyo nāma cattāro nikāye ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ.
tattha vinayo āyasmatā Upālittherena vissajjito, sesaKhuddakanikāyo cattāro ca nikāyā Ānandattherena.
tad' etaṃ sabbam pi buddhavacanaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ, paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ tathā piṭakavasena, nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ, aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ, dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhan ti veditabbaṃ.
kathaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ. yaṃ hi bhagavatā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā yāva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati etthantare pañcacattāḷīsavassāni devamanussanāgayakkhādayo anusāsantena paccavekkhantena vā vuttaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ ekarasaṃ vimuttirasam eva hoti. evaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ.
[page 017]
Introduction 17
kathaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ. sabbam ev' etaṃ dhammo ca vinayo cā 'ti saṅkhaṃ gacchati. tattha Vinayapiṭakaṃ vinayo, avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ dhammo.
ten' evāha: yan nūna mayaṃ āvuso dhammañ ca vinayañ ca saṃgāyeyyāmā 'ti, ahaṃ Upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyaṃ Ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyyan ti ca. evaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ.
kathaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ.
sabbam eva h' idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanan ti tippabhedaṃ hoti. tattha:
anekajātisaṃsāraṃ sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ, gahakārakaṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ.
gahakāraka diṭṭho 'si puna gehaṃ na kāhasi, sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā gahakūṭaṃ visaṃkhitaṃ, visaṃkhāragataṃ cittaṃ taṇhānaṃ khayam ajjhagā 'ti.
idam paṭhamabuddhavacanam. keci, yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā ti khandhake udānagāthaṃ āhu. esā pana pāṭipadadivase sabbaññūbhāvappattassa somanassamayañāṇena paccayākāraṃ paccavekkhantassa uppannā udānagāthā ti veditabbā. yam pana parinibbānakāle abhāsi:
handa dāni bhikkhave āmantayāmi vo vayadhammā saṃkhārā, appamādena sampādethā 'ti idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ. ubhinnam antare yaṃ vuttam etaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ. evaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ.
[page 018]
18 Samantapāsādikā
kathaṃ piṭakavasena tividhaṃ. sabbam pi h' etaṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ Suttantapiṭakaṃ Abhidhammapiṭak ti tippabhedam eva hoti. tattha paṭhamasaṃgītiyaṃ saṃgītañ ca asaṃgītañ ca sabbam pi samodhānetvā, ubhayāni Pātimokkhāni, dve Vibhaṅgāni, dvāvīsati Khandhakāni, soḷasa Parivārā ti idaṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ nāma.
Brahmajālādicatuttiṃsasuttasaṃgaho Dīghanikāyo, Mūlapariyāyasuttādidiyaḍḍhasatadvesuttasaṃgaho Majjhimanikāyo, Oghataraṇasuttādisattasuttasahassasattasatadvāsaṭṭhisuttasaṃgaho Saṃyuttanikāyo, Cittapariyādānasuttādinavasuttasahassapañcasatasattapaññāsasuttasaṃgaho Aṇguttaranikāyo, Khuddakapāṭha-Dhammapada-Udāna-Itivuttaka-Suttanipāta-Vimānavatthu-Petavatthu - Thera - Therīgāthā-Jātaka-Niddesa-Paṭisambhidā-Apadāna-BuddhavaṃsaCariyāpiṭakavasena paññarasabhedo Khuddakanikāyo ti idaṃ Suttantapiṭakaṃ nāma.
Dhammasaṅgani, Vibhaṅgo, Dhātukathā, Puggalapaññatti, Kathāvatthu, Yamakaṃ, Paṭṭhānan ti idaṃ Abhimapiṭakaṃ nāma.
tattha:
vividhavisesanayattā vinayanato c' eva kāyavācānaṃ,
vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ vinayo vinayo ti akkhāto.
vividhā hi ettha pañcavidhaPātimokkhuddesa-Pārājikādisattāapattikkhandha-Mātikā-Vibhaṅgādippabhedanayā, visesabhūtā ca daḷhīkammasithilīkaraṇapayojanā anuppaññattinayā,
[page 019]
Introduction 19
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kāyikavācasikājjhācāranisedhanato c' esa kāyaṃ vācañ ca vineti, tasmā vividhanayattā visesanayattā kāyavācānañ ca vinayanato vinayo ti akkhāto. ten' etam etassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ:
vividhavisesanayattā vinayanato c' eva kāyavācānaṃ,
vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ vinayo vinayo ti akkhāto ti.
itaraṃ pana:
atthānaṃ sūcanato suvuttato savanato ca sūdanato
suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca suttaṃ suttan ti akkhātaṃ.
taṃ hi attatthaparatthādibhede atthe sūceti, suvuttā c' ettha atthā veneyyajjhāsayānulomena vuttattā, pasavati c' etaṃ atthe sassam iva phalaṃ pasavatīti vuttaṃ hoti.
sūdati c' etaṃ dhenu viya khīraṃ paggharatīti vuttaṃ hoti.
suṭṭhu ca ne tāyati rakkhatīti vuttaṃ hoti. suttasabhāgañ ca naṃ yathā hi tacchakānaṃ suttaṃ pamāṇaṃ hoti, evam etam pi viññūnaṃ yathā ca suttena saṃgahītāni pupphāni na vikirīyanti na viddhaṃsiyanti evam etena saṃgahītā atthā.
ten' etam etassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ:
atthānaṃ sūcanato suvuttato savanato ca sūdanato
suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca suttaṃ suttan ti akkhātan ti.
[page 020]
20 Samantapāsādikā
itaro pana:
yaṃ ettha vuddhimanto salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā
vuttādhikā ca dhammā abhidhammo tena akkhāto.
ayaṃ hi abhisaddo vuddhisalakkhaṇapūjitaparicchinnādhikesu dissati. tathā h' esa, bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paṭikkamantīti ādisu vuddhiyaṃ āgato. yā tā rattiyo abhiññātā abhilakkhitā ti ādisu salakkhaṇe.
rājābhirājā manujindo ti ādisu pūjite. paṭibalo vinetuṃ abhidhamme abhivinaye ti ādisu paricchinne. aññamaññaṃ saṃkaravirahite dhamme ca vinaye cā 'ti vuttaṃ hoti.
abhikkantena vaṇṇenā 'ti ādisu adhike. ettha ca rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāveti, mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatīti ādinā nayena vuddhimanto pi dhammā vuttā. rūpārammaṇaṃ vā saddārammaṇaṃ vā ti ādinā nayena ārammaṇādīhi lakkhaṇīyattā salakkhaṇā pi. sekhā dhammā asekhā dhammā lokuttarā dhammā ti ādinā nayena pūjitā pi pūjārahā ti adhippāyo. phasso hoti, vedanā hotīti ādinā nayena sabhāvaparicchinnattā paricchinnā pi.
mahaggatā dhammā appamāṇā dhammā anuttarā dhammā ti ādinā nayena adhikā pi dhammā vuttā.
ten' etam etassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ:
yaṃ ettha vuddhimanto salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā
vuttādhikā ca dhammā abhidhammo tena akkhāto ti.
yaṃ pan' ettha avisiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ
piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū pariyattibhājanatthato āhu,
tena samodhānetvā tayo pi vinayādayo ñeyyā.
[page 021]
Introduction 21
pariyatti pi hi, mā piṭakasampadānenā 'ti ādisu piṭakan ti vuccati. atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṃ ādāyā 'ti ādisu yaṃ kiñci bhājanam pi.
tasmā:
piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū pariyattibhājanatthato āhu,
tena samodhānetvā tayo pi vinayādayo ñeyyā ti.
tena evaṃ duvidhatthena piṭakasaddena saha samāsaṃ katvā vinayo ca so piṭakañ ca pariyattibhāvato tassa tassa atthassa bhājanato cā 'ti Vinayapiṭakaṃ. Yathā vutten' eva nayena suttañ ca taṃ piṭakaṃ cā 'ti Suttapiṭakaṃ, abhidhammo ca so piṭakaṃ cā 'ti Abhidhammapiṭakan ti, evam ete tayo pi vinayādayo ñeyyā. evaṃ ñatvā ca puna pi tesv eva piṭakesu nānappakārakosallatthaṃ:
desanāsāsanakathābhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ
sikkhāppahānagambhīrabhāvañ ca paridīpaye.
pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ vipattiñ cāpi yaṃ yahiṃ
pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu tam pi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye ti.
tatrāyaṃ paridīpanā vibhāvanā ca. etāni hi tīṇi piṭakāni yathāk-kamam āṇāvohāraparamatthadesanā, yathāparādhayathānulomayathādhammasāsanāni, saṃvarāsaṃvaradiṭṭhiviniveṭhananāmarūpaparicchedakathā cā'ti vuccanti. ettha hi Vinayapiṭakaṃ āṇārahena bhagavatā āṇābāhullato desitattā āṇādesanā, Suttapiṭakaṃ vohārakusalena bhagavatā vohārabāhullato desitattā vohāradesanā, Abhidhammapiṭakaṃ paramatthakusalena bhagavatā paramatthabāhullato desitattā paramatthadesanā ti vuccati.
[page 022]
22 Samantapāsādikā
tathā paṭhamaṃ ye te pacurāparādhā sattā te yathāparādhaṃ ettha sāsitā ti yathāparādhasāsanaṃ. dutiyaṃ anekajjhāsayānusayacaritādhimuttikā sattā yathānulomaṃ ettha sāsitā ti yathānulomasāsanaṃ. tatiyaṃ dhammapuñjamatte ahaṃ mamā 'ti saññino sattā yathādhammaṃ ettha sāsitā ti yathādhammasāsanan ti vuccati.
tathā paṭhamaṃ ajjhācārapaṭipakkhabhūto saṃvarāsaṃvaro ettha kathito ti saṃvarāsaṃvarakathā. dutiyaṃ dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhipaṭipakkhabhūtā diṭṭhiviniveṭhanā ettha kathitā ti diṭṭhiviniveṭhanakathā.
tatiyaṃ rāgādipaṭipakkhabhūto nāmarūpaparicchedo ettha kathito ti nāmarūpaparicchedakathā ti vuccati.
tīsu pi ca etesu tisso sikkhā tīni pahāṇāni catubbidho ca gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo. tathā hi Vinayapiṭake visesena adhisīlasikkhā vuttā, Suttapiṭake adhicittasikkhā, Abhidhammapiṭake adhipaññāsikkhā. Vinayapiṭake ca vītikkamappahānaṃ kilesānaṃ vītikkamapaṭipakkhattā sīlassa. Suttapiṭake pariyuṭṭhānappahānaṃ pariyuṭṭhānapaṭipakkhattā samādhissa. Abhidhammapiṭake anusayappahānaṃ anusayapaṭipakkhattā paññāya. paṭhame ca tadaṅgappahānaṃ kilesānaṃ itaresu vikkhambhanasamucchedappahānāni. paṭhame duccaritasaṃkilesassa pahānaṃ itaresu taṇhādiṭṭhisaṃkilesānaṃ. ekamekasmiṃ c' ettha catubbidho pi dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhagambhīrabhāvo veditabbo. tattha dhammo ti pāli, attho ti tassā yeva attho, desanā ti tassā manasā avatthāpitāya pāliyā desanā, paṭivedho ti pāliyā pāliatthassa ca yathābhūtāvabodho. tīsu pi c' etesu ete dhammatthadesanā paṭivedhā yasmā sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo mandabuddhīhi dukkhogāhā alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhā ca,
[page 023]
Introduction 23
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tasmā gambhīrā. evaṃ ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidho pi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.
aparo nayo. dhammo ti hetu, vuttaṃ h' etaṃ: hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā ti. attho ti hetuphalaṃ, vuttaṃ h' etaṃ: hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā ti. desanā ti paññatti. yathādhammaṃ dhammābhilāpo ti adhippāyo.
paṭivedho ti abhisamayo, so ca lokiyo lokuttaro visayato asammohato ca atthānurūpaṃ dhammesu dhammānurūpaṃ atthesu paññatti, pathānurūpaṃ paññattīsu avabodho.
idāni yasmā etesu piṭakesu yaṃ yaṃ dhammajātaṃ atthajātaṃ yo cāyaṃ yathā yathā ñāpetabbo attho sotūnaṃ ñāṇassa abhimukho hoti tathā tathā tadatthajotakadesanā yo c' ettha aviparītāvabodhasaṃkhāto paṭivedho sabbaṃ p' etaṃ anupacitakusalasaṃbhārehi duppaññehi sasādīhi mahāsamuddo viya dukkhogāhaṃ alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhaṃ ca, tasmā evam pi ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidho pi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.
[page 024]
24 Samantapāsādikā
ettāvatā ca:
desanāsāsanakathābhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ
sikkhāppahānagambhīrabhāvañ ca paridīpaye iti ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthā hoti.
pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ vippattiṃ cāpi yaṃ yahiṃ
pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu tam pi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye iti.
ettha pana tīsu piṭakesu tividho pariyattibhedo daṭṭhabbo.
tisso hi pariyattiyo, alagaddūpamā nissaraṇatthā bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti. tattha duggahitā upārambhādihetu pariyāputā alagaddūpamā. yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ:
seyyathā pi bhikkhave puriso alagaddatthiko alagaddagavesī alagaddapariyesanaṃ caramāno so passeyya mahantaṃ alagaddaṃ. tam enaṃ bhoge vā naṅguṭṭhe vā gaṇheyya. tassa so alagaddo paṭiparivattitvā hatthe vā bāhāya vā aññatarasmiṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅge ḍaseyya. so tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ.
taṃ kissa hetu. duggahītattā bhikkhave alagaddassa.
evam eva kho bhikkhave idh' ekacce moghapurisā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti suttaṃ --pe-- Vedallaṃ. te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atth na upaparikkhanti, tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti, te pārambhānisamsā c' eva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā ca, yassa c' atthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, taṃ c' assa atthaṃ nānubhonti, tesaṃ te dhammā duggahītā dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. taṃ kissa hetu. duggahītattā bhikkhave dhammānan ti.
[page 025]
Introduction 25
yā pana suggahītā sīlakkhadhādipāripūriṃ yeva ākaṃkhamānena pariyāputā na upārambhādihetu ayaṃ nissaraṇatthā.
yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ:
tesaṃ te dhammā suggahītā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti.
taṃ kissa hetu. suggahītattā bhikkhave dhammānan ti.
yaṃ pana pariññātakkhandho pahīṇakileso bhāvitamaggo paṭividdhākuppo sacchikatanirodho khīṇāsavo kevalaṃ paveṇipālanatthāya vaṃsānurakkhaṇatthāya pariyāpuṇāti,
ayaṃ bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti.
vinaye pana suppaṭipanno bhikkhū sīlasampattim nissāya tisso vijjā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃ yeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato.
sutte suppaṭipanno samādhisampadaṃ nissāya cha abhiññā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃ yeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato.
abhidhamme suppaṭipanno paññāsampadaṃ nissāya catasso paṭisambhidā pāpuṇāti, tāsañ ca tatth' eva pabhedavacanato.
evam etesu suppaṭipanno yathākkamaṃ imaṃ vijjāttayaṃ chaḷabhiññācatupaṭisambhidābhedaṃ sampattiṃ pāpuṇāti.
vinaye pana duppaṭipanno anuññātasukhasamphassāttharaṇapāpuraṇādiphassasāmaññato paṭikkhittesu upādinnaphassādisu anavajjasaññī hoti. vuttam pi h' etaṃ:
tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā ye me antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā 'ti. tato dussīlabhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti.
[page 026]
26 Samantapāsādikā
sutte duppaṭipanno, cattāro 'me bhikkhave puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā ti ādisu adhippāyaṃ ajānanto duggahītaṃ gaṇhāti. yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ: attanā duggahītena amhe c' eva abbhācikkhati attānañ ca khaṇati bahuñ ca apuññam pasavatīti. tato micchādiṭṭhitaṃ pāpuṇāti.
abhidhamme duppaṭipanno dhammacittaṃ atidhāvanto acinteyyāni pi cinteti. tato cittakkhepaṃ pāpuṇāti. vuttaṃ h' etaṃ: cattāri 'māni bhikkhave acinteyyāni, na cintetabbāni yāni cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā 'ti. evam etesu duppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ dussīlabhāvamicchādiṭṭhitācittakkhepabhedaṃ vipattiṃ pāpuṇātīti. ettā.
vatā:
pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ vipattiṃ cāpi yaṃ yahiṃ
pāpuṇātiathā bhikkhu tam pi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye iti, ayam pi gāthā vuttatthā hoti. evam pi nānappakārato piṭakāni ñatvā tesaṃ vasen' etaṃ buddhavacanaṃ tividhan ti ñātabbaṃ.
kathaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ sabbam eva c' etaṃ Dīghanikāyo, Majjhimanikāyo, Saṃyuttnikāyo, Aṅguttaranikāyo, Khuddakanikāyo ti pañcappabhedaṃ hoti.
tattha katamo Dīghanikāyo. tivaggasaṃgahāni Brahmajālādīni catuttiṃsasuttāni.
catuttiṃs' eva suttantā tivaggo yassa saṃgaho
esa Dīghanikāyo ti paṭhamo anulomiko.
kasmā pan' esa Dīghanikāyo ti vuccati. dīghappamāṇānaṃ suttānaṃ samūhato nivāsato ca, samūhanivāsā hi nikāyo ti vuccanti.
[page 027]
Introduction 27
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] nāhaṃ bhikkhave aññam ekanikāyam pi samanupassāmi evaṃcittaṃ yathayidaṃ bhikkhave tiracchānagatā pāṇā, ponikinikāyo, cikkhallikanikāyo ti evamādīni c' ettha sādhakāni sāsanato lokato ca. evaṃ sesānam pi nikāyabhāve vacanattho veditabbo.
katamo Majjhimanikāyo. majjhimappamāṇāni pañcadasavaggasaṃgahāni Mūlapariyāyasuttādīni diyaḍḍhasataṃ dve ca suttāni.
diyaḍḍhasatasuttantā dve ca suttāni yattha so
nikāyo majjhimo pañcadasavaggapariggaho. katamo Saṃyuttanikāyo. devatāsaṃyuttādivasena ṭhitāni Oghataraṇasuttādīni satta suttasahassāni satta ca suttasatāni dvāsaṭṭhi ca suttāni.
satta suttasahassāhi satta suttasatāni ca
dvāsaṭṭhi c' eva suttantā eso saṃyuttasaṃgaho.
katamo Aṅguttaranikāyo. ekekāṅgātirekavasena ṭhitāni Cittapariyādānādīni nava suttasahassāni pañca suttasatāni sattapaṇṇāsā ca suttāni.
nava suttasahassāni pañca suttasatāni ca
sattapaññāsasuttāni saṅkhā aṅguttare ayaṃ.
katamo Khuddakanikāyo. sakalaṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ, Abhidhammapiṭakam Khuddakapāṭhādayo ca pubbe nidassitā pañcadasabhedā ṭhapetvā cattāro nikāye avasesaṃ buddhavacanan ti.
[page 028]
28 Samantapāsādikā
ṭhapetvā caturo p' ete nikāye dīghādike
tadaññaṃ buddhavacanaṃ nikāyo khuddako mato ti.
evaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ.
kathaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ. sabbam eva h' idaṃ suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthā, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallan ti navappabhedaṃ hoti.
tattha ubhato-Vibhaṅga-Niddesa-Khandhaka-Parivārā, suttanipāte Maṅgalasutta-Ratanasutta-Nālakasutta-Tuvaṭakasuttāni, aññam pi suttanāmakaṃ tathāgatavacanaṃ suttan ti veditabbaṃ. sabbam pi sagāthakaṃ suttaṃ geyyan ti veditabbaṃ visesena saṃyuttake sakalo pi sagāthakavaggo.
sakalaṃ Abhidhammapiṭakaṃ niggāthakaṃ suttaṃ yañ ca aññam pi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi asaṃgahītaṃ buddhavacanaṃ taṃ veyyākaraṇan ti veditabbaṃ. Dhammapadaṃ Theragāthā Therigāthā Suttanipāti nosuttanāmikā suddhikagāthā ca gāthā ti veditabbā.
somanassañāṇamayikagāthā paṭisaṃyuttā dve asīti suttantā udānan ti veditabbaṃ.
vuttaṃ h' etaṃ bhagavatā ti ādinayappavattā dvādasuttarasatasuttantā itivuttakan ti veditabbaṃ.
Apaṇṇakajātakādīni paññāsādhikāni pañca jātakasatāni jātakan ti veditabbaṃ. cattāro 'me bhikkhave acchariyā abbhutā dhammā Ānandeti ādinayappavattā sabbe pi acchariyābbhutadhammapaṭisaṃyuttasuttantā abbhutadhamman ti veditabbaṃ.
Cūḷavedalla-Mahāvedalla-Sammādiṭṭhi-Sakkapañha-Saṃkhārabhājaniya-Mahāpuṇṇamasuttādayo sabbe pi vedaṃ ca tuṭṭhiṃ ca laddhā laddhā pucchitasuttantā vedallan ti veditabbaṃ.
[page 029]
Introduction 29
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ.
kathaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ.
sabbam eva c' etaṃ buddhavacanaṃ
dvāsītiṃ buddhato gaṇhiṃ dve sahassāni bhikkhuto
caturāsītisahassāni ye'me dhammā pavattino ti, evaṃ paridīpitadhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassappabhedaṃ hoti.
tattha ekānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ eko dhammakkhandho.
yaṃ anekānusandhikaṃ tattha anusandhivasena dhammakkhandhagaṇanā. gāthābandhesu pañhapucchanaṃ eko dhammakkhandho vissajjanaṃ eko.
abhidhamme ekamekaṃ tikadukabhājanaṃ ekamekaṃ ca cittavārabhājanaṃ eko dhammakkhandho.
vinaye atthi vatthu, atthi mātikā, atthi padabhājaniyaṃ, atthi antarāpatti, atthi anāpatti, atthi tikacchedo. tattha ekameko koṭṭhāso ekameko dhammakkhandho ti veditabbo.
evaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītihassavidhaṃ.
evam etaṃ abhedato rasavasena ekavidhaṃ bhedato dhammavinayādivasena duvidhādibhedaṃ buddhavacanaṃ saṃgāyantena Mahākassapapamukhena vasīgaṇena, ayaṃ dhammo, ayam vinayo, idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanam, idaṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ Suttapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ Abhidhammapiṭakam, ayaṃ Dīghanikāyo ...pe... ayaṃ Khuddakanikāyo, imāni suttādīni navaṅgāni, imāni caturāsīti dhammakkhandhasahassānīti imaṃ pabhedaṃ vavatthapetvā 'va saṃgītaṃ.
[page 030]
30 Samantapāsādikā
na kevalaṃ ettakam eva aññam pi uddānasaṃgahavaggasaṃgaha-peyyālasaṃgaha-ekanipātadukanipātādinipātasaṃgaha-saṃyuttasaṃgaha-paṇṇāsakasaṃgahādiṃ anekavidhaṃ tīsu piṭakesu sandissamānaṃ saṃgahappabhedaṃ vavatthapetvā evaṃ sattahi māsehi saṃgītaṃ.
saṃgītipariyosāne c' assa: idaṃ Mahākassapattherena dasabalassa sāsanaṃ pañcavassasahassaparimāṇaṃ kālaṃ pavattanasamatthaṃ katan ti sañjātappamodā sādhukāraṃ viya dadamānā ayaṃ mahāpaṭhavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā anekappakāram kampi saṃkampi sampakampi sampavedhi.
anekāni ca acchariyāni pātur ahesun ti.
ayaṃ paṭhamamahāsaṃgīti nāma, yā loke:
satehi pañcahi katā tena pañcasatā ti ca,
thereh' eva katattā ca therikā ti pavuccatīti.
imissā pana paṭhamamahāsaṃgītiyā pavattamānāya vinayaṃ pucchantena āyasmatā Mahākassapena: paṭhamaṃ āvuso Upāli pārājikaṃ kattha paññattan ti evamādivacanapariyosāne vatthum pi pucchi, nidānam pi pucchi, puggalam pi pucchīti ettha nidāne pucchite taṃ nidānaṃ ādito pabhuti vitthāretvā yena ca paññattaṃ yasmā ca paññattaṃ sabbam etaṃ kathetukāmena āyasmatā Upālittherena vuttaṃ: tena samayena buddho bhagavā Verañjāyaṃ viharatīti sabbaṃ vattabbaṃ.
[page 031]
Introduction 31
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evam idaṃ āyasmatā Upālittherena vuttaṃ.
tañ ca pana paṭhamamahāsaṃgītikāle vuttan ti veditabbaṃ.
ettāvatā ca idaṃ vacanaṃ kena vuttaṃ kadā ca vuttan ti etesaṃ padānaṃ attho pakāsito hoti.
idāni kasmā vuttan ti ettha vuccate. yasmā ayam āyasmā Mahākassapattherena nidānaṃ puṭṭho tasmā pan' etaṃ nidānaṃ ādito pabhuti vitthāretuṃ vuttan ti, evam idaṃ āyasmatā Upālittherena paṭhamamahāsaṃgītikāle vadantenāpi iminā kāraṇena vuttan ti veditabbaṃ.
ettāvatā ca ‘vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā' ti imesam mātikāpadānaṃ attho pakāsito hoti.
idāni . . . . . . . . dhāritam yena cābhataṃ
yattha paṭiṭṭhitaṃ c' etam etaṃ vatvā vidhiṃ tato ti etesaṃ atthappakāsanatthaṃ idaṃ vuccati. taṃ pan' etaṃ, tena samayena buddho bhagavā Verañjāyaṃ viharatīti evamādivacanapaṭimaṇḍitanidānaṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ kena dhāritaṃ kenābhataṃ kattha patiṭṭhitan ti vuccate. ādito tāva idaṃ bhagavato sammukhā āyasmatā Upālittherena dhāritaṃ, tassa sammukhato aparinibbute tathāgate chaḷabhiññādibhedehi anekehi bhikkhusahassehi, parinibbute tathāgate Mahākassapapamukhehi dhammasaṃgāhakattherehi.
kenābhatan ti, Jambudīpe tāva Upālittheram adiṃ katvā ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṃgīti tāva ābhataṃ.
[page 032]
32 Samantapāsādikā
tatrāyaṃ ācariyaparamparā:
Upāli Dāsako c' eva Sonako Siggavo tathā
Tisso Moggaliputto ca pañc' ete vijitāvino
paramparāya vinayaṃ dīpe Jambusirivhaye
acchijjamānaṃ ānesuṃ tatiyo yāva saṃgaho.
āyasmā hi Upāli imaṃ vinayavaṃsaṃ vinayatantiṃ vinayapaveṇiṃ bhagavato sammukhā uggahetvā bahunnaṃ bhikkhūnam hadaye patiṭṭhāpesi.
tassa h' āyasmato santike vinayaṃ uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattesu puggalesu puthujjanasotāpannasakadāgāmianāgāmino gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassaṃ ekaṃ ahosi. Dāsakatthero pi tass' eva saddhivihāriko ahosi. so Upālittherassa sammukhā uggahetvā tath' eva vinayaṃ vācesi. tassāpi āyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjanādayo gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassam eva ahosi. Sonakatthero pana Dāsakattherassa saddhivihāriko ahosi. so pi attano upajjhāyassa Dāsakattherassa sammukhā uggahetvā tath' eva vinayaṃ vācesi. tassāpi āyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjanādayo gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassam eva ahosi.
Siggavatthero pi Sonakattherassa saddhivihāriko ahosi.
so pi attano upajjhāyassa Sonakattherassa santike vinayaṃ uggahetvā arahantasahassassa dhuraggāho ahosi. tassa panāyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjanasotāpannasakadāgāmianāgāmino pi khīṇāsavāpi ettakāni satānīti vā ettakāni sahassānīti vā aparicchinnā ahesuṃ.
[page 033]
Introduction 33
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tadā kira Jambudīpe atimahābhikkhusamudayo ahosi. Moggaliputtatissattherassa pana ānubhāvo tatiyasaṃgītiyaṃ pākaṭo bhavissati. evaṃ idaṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ Jambudīpe tāva imāya ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṃgīti tāva ābhatan ti veditabbaṃ.
dutiyasaṃgītivijānanatthaṃ pana ayam anukkamo veditabbo. yadā hi
saṃgāyitvāna saddhammaṃ jotayitvā ca sabbadhī
yāva jīvitapariyantaṃ ṭhatvā pañcasatāpi te,
khīṇāsavā jutīmanto therā Kassapāadayo
khīṇasnehapadīpā va nibbāyiṃsu anālayā.
athānukkamena gacchantesu rattiṃdivesu vassasataparinibbute bhagavati Vesālikā Vajjiputtakā bhikkhū Vesāliyaṃ, kappati siṅgiloṇakappo kappati dvaṅgulakappo kappati gāmantarakappo kappati āvāsakappo kappati anumatikappo kappati āciṇṇakappo kappati amathitakappo kappati jalogi pātuṃ kappati adasakaṃ nisīdanaṃ kappati jātarūparajatan ti imāni dasa vatthūni dīpesuṃ. tesaṃ Susunāgaputto Kālāsoko nāma rājā pakkho ahosi.
tena khpana samayena āyasmā Yaso Kākaṇḍakaputto Vajjīsu cārikaṃ caramāno Vesālikā kira Vajjiputtakā bhikkhū Vesāliyaṃ dasa vatthūni dīpentīti sutvā na kho pan' etaṃ patirūpaṃ yv āham dasabalassa sāsanavipattiṃ sutvā appossukko bhaveyyaṃ, handāhaṃ adhammavādino niggahetvā dhammaṃ dīpemīti cintento yena Vesālī tad avasari.
[page 034]
34 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tatra sudam āyasmā Yaso Kākaṇḍakaputto Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane Kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena Vesālikā Vajjiputtakā bhikkhū tadah' uposathe kaṃsapātiṃ udakena pūretvā majjhe bhikkhusaṃghassa ṭhapetvā āgate Vesālike upāsake evaṃ vadenti: dethāvuso saṃghassa kahāpaṇam pi aḍḍham pi pādam pi māsakarūpam pi, bhavissati saṃghassa parikkhārena karaṇīyan ti sabbaṃ tāva vattabbaṃ yāva, imāya pana vinayasaṃgītiyā satta bhikkhusatāni anūnāni anadhikāni ahesuṃ, tasmāyaṃ dutiyasaṃgīti sattasatikā 'ti vuccatīti.
evaṃ tasmiñ ca sannipāte dvādasabhikkhusatasahassāni sannipatiṃsu āyasmatā Yasena samussāhitā.
tesaṃ majjhe āyasmatā Revatena puṭṭhena Sabbakāmittherena vinayaṃ vissajjentena tāni dasa vatthūni vinicchitāni adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamitaṃ. atha therā puna dhammañ ca vinayañ ca saṃgāyissāmā 'ti tipiṭakadhare pattapaṭisambhide sattasate bhikkhū uccinitvā Vesāliyaṃ Vāḷukārāme sannisīditvā Mahākassapattherena saṃgāyitasadisam eva sabbaṃ sāsanamalaṃ sodhetvā puna piṭakavasena nikāyavasena aṅgavasena dhammakkhandhavasena ca sabbaṃ dhammañ ca vinayañ ca saṃgāyiṃsu.
ayaṃ saṃgīti aṭṭhahi māsehi niṭṭhitā, yā loke
satehi sattahi katā tena sattasatā ti ca
pubbe katam upādāya dutiyā ti ca vuccatīti.
sā panāyaṃ
yehi therehi saṃgītā saṃgīti tesu vissutā
Sabbakāmī ca Sāḷho ca Revato Khujjasobhito
[page 035]
Introduction 35
Yaso ca Sānasambhūto ete saddhivihārikā
therā Ānandattherassa diṭṭhapubbā tathāgataṃ.
Sumano Vāsabhagāmī ca ñeyyā saddhivihārikā
dve ime Anuruddhassa diṭṭhapubbā tathāgataṃ.
dutiyo pana saṃgīto yehi therehi saṃgaho
sabbe pi pannabhārā te katakiccā anāsavā ti, ayaṃ dutiyasaṃgīti.
evam imaṃ dutiyasaṃgītiṃ saṃgāyitvā te therā uppajjissati nu kho anāgate pi sāsanassa evarūpaṃ abbudan ti olokayamānā idaṃ addasaṃsu: ito vassasatassa upari aṭṭhārasame vasse Pāṭaliputte Dhammāsoko nāma rājā uppajjitvā sakala-Jambudīpe rajjaṃ kāressatīti. so buddhasāsane pasīditvā mahantaṃ lābhasakkāraṃ pavattayissati. tato titthiyā lābhasakkāraṃ patthayamānā sāsane pabbajitvā sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paridīpessanti. evaṃ sāsane mahantaṃ abbudaṃ uppajjissatīti.
atha nesaṃ etad ahosi: kin nu kho mayaṃ etasmiṃ abbude uppanne sammukhā bhavissāma na bhavissāmā 'ti. atha sabb' eva tadā attano asammukhabhāvañ ñatvā, ko nu kho taṃ adhikaranaṃ vūpasametuṃ samattho bhavissatīti sakalamanussalokañ ca chakāmāvacaradevalokañ ca olokentā na kañci disvā Brahmaloke Tissaṃ nāma mahābrahmānaṃ addasaṃsu parittāyukaṃ uparibrahmaḷokūpapattiyā bhāvitamaggaṃ.
disvāna nesaṃ etad ahosi: sace mayaṃ etassa brahmuno manussaloke nibbattanatthāya ussāhaṃ kareyyāma, addhā esa Moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gahessati tato ca mantehi palobhito nikkhamitvā pabbajissati,
[page 036]
36 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so evaṃ pabbajitvā sakalabuddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā adhigatapaṭisambhido hutvā titthiye madditvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchinitvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhissatīti.
te Brahmalokaṃ gantvā Tissaṃ mahābrahmānaṃ etad avocuṃ: ito vassasatassa upari aṭṭhārasame vasse sāsane mahantaṃ abbudaṃ uppajjissati, mayañ ca sakalaṃ manussalokam chakāmāvacaradevalokañ ca olokayamānā kañci sāsanaṃ paggaṇhetuṃ samatthaṃ adisvā Brahmalokaṃ vicinantā bhavantaṃ addasāma. sādhu sappurisa manussaloke nibbattitvā dasabalassa sāsanaṃ paggaṇhituṃ paṭiññaṃ dehīti. evaṃ vutte mahābrahmā, ahaṃ kira sāsane uppannaṃ abbudaṃ sodhetvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samattho bhavissāmīti haṭṭhapahaṭṭho udaggudaggo hutvā sādhū 'ti paṭisuṇitvā paṭiññaṃ adāsi. therā Brahmaloke taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā puna paccāgamiṃsu.
tena kho pana samayena Siggavatthero ca Candavajjitthero ca dve pi navakā honti daharabhikkhū tipiṭakadharā pattapaṭisambhidā khīṇāsavā, te taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ na pāpuṇiṃsu. therā tumhe āvuso amhākaṃ imasmiṃ adhikaraṇe no sahāyakā ahuvattha, tena vo idaṃ daṇḍakammaṃ hotu:
Tisso nāma brahmā Moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhissati, taṃ tumhākaṃ eko nīharitvā pabbājetu, eko buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhāpetū 'ti vatvā sabbe pi yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā.
Sabbakāmippabhutayo te pi therā mahiddhikā
aggikkhandhā va lokamhi jalitvā parinibbutā.
dutiyasaṃgahaṃ katvā visodhetvāna sāsanam
[page 037]
Introduction 37
anāgate pi katvāna hetuṃ saddhammasuddhiyā
khīṇāsavā vasippattā pabhinnapaṭisambhidā
aniccatāvasaṃ therā te pi nāma upāgatā.
evaṃ aniccataṃ jammiṃ ñatvā durabhisambhavaṃ
taṃ pattuṃ vāyame dhīro yaṃ niccaṃ amataṃ padanti.
ettāvatā sabbākārena dutiyasaṃgītivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā hoti.
Tisso pi kho mahābrahmā Brahmalokā cavitvā Moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Siggavatthero pi tassa paṭisandhigahaṇato pabhuti sattavassāni brahmaṇassa gehaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. ekadivasam pi uḷuṃkamattaṃ vā yāguṃ kaṭacchumattaṃ vā bhattaṃ nālattha. sattannaṃ pana vassānaṃ accayena ekadivasaṃ, aticchatha bhante ti vacanamattaṃ alattha. taṃ divasam eva brāhmaṇo pi bahiddhā kiñci karaṇīyaṃ katvā āgacchanto paṭipathe theraṃ disvā, bho pabbajita amhākaṃ gehaṃ agamitthā 'ti āha. āma brāhma agamamhā 'ti. api kiñci labhitthā 'ti. āma brāhmaṇa labhimhā 'ti. so gehaṃ gantvā pucchi:
tassa pabbajitassa kiñci adatthā 'ti. na kiñci adamhā 'ti.
brāhmaṇo dutiyadivase gharadvāre yeva nisīdi, ajja pabbajitaṃ musāvādena niggahessāmīti. thero dutiyadivase brāhmaṇassa gharadvāraṃ saṃpatto. brāhmaṇo theraṃ disvā 'va evaṃ āha: tumhe hiyyo amhākaṃ gehe kiñci aladdhā yeva labhimhā 'ti avocuttha. vaṭṭati nu kho tumhākaṃ musāvādo ti. thero āha: mayaṃ brāhmaṇa tumhākaṃ gehe sattavassāni aticchathā 'ti vacanamattam pi alabhitvā hiyyo aticchathā 'ti vacanamattaṃ labhimha. ath' etaṃ paṭisanthāraṃ upādāya evam avocamhā 'ti.
brāhmaṇo cintesi: ime paṭisanthāramattam pi labhitvā labhimhā 'ti pasaṃsanti. aññaṃ kiñci khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ labhitvā kasmā na ppasaṃsantīti pasīditvā attano atthāya paṭiyāditabhattato kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ tadūpiyañ ca vyañjanaṃ dāpetvā imaṃ bhikkhaṃ sabbakālaṃ tumhe labhissathā 'ti āha.
[page 038]
38 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so punadivasato pabhuti upasaṃkamantassa therassa upasamaṃ disvā bhiyyosomattāya pasīditvā theraṃ niccakālaṃ attano ghare bhattavissaggakaraṇatthāya yāci. thero adhivāsetvā divase divase bhattakiccaṃ katvā gacchanto thokathokaṃ buddhavacanaṃ kathetvā gacchati.
so pi kho māṇavako soḷasavassuddesiko yeva tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragu ahosi. Brahmalokato āgatasuddhasattassa āsane vā sayane vā añño koci nisajjitā vā nipajjitā vā n' atthi. so yadā ācariyagharaṃ gacchati tadāssa mañcapīṭhaṃ setena vatthena paṭicchādetvā laggetvā ṭhapenti.
thero cintesi: samayo dāni māṇavakaṃ pabbājetuṃ, cirañ ca me idhāgacchantassa na kāci māṇavakena saddhiṃ kathā uppajjati. handa dāni iminā upāyena pallaṅkaṃ nissāya uppajjissatīti. gehaṃ gantvā yathā tasmiṃ gehe ṭhapetvā māṇavakassa pallaṅkaṃ aññaṃ na kiñci āsanaṃ dissati tathā adhiṭṭhāsi.
brāhmaṇassa gehe jano theraṃ disvā aññaṃ kiñci āsanaṃ apassanto māṇavakassa pallaṅkaṃ attharitvā adāsi. nisīdi thero pallaṅke. māṇavako pi kho taṃkhaṇaṃ yeva ācariyagharā āgamma theraṃ attano pallaṅke nisinnaṃ disvā kupito anattamano, ko mama pallaṅkaṃ samanassa paññāpesīti āha. thero bhattakiccaṃ katvā vūpasante māṇavakassa caṇḍikkabhāve evaṃ āha: kiṃ pana tvaṃ māṇavaka kañci mantaṃ jānāsīti.
[page 039]
Introduction 39
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] māṇavo, bho pabbajita mayi dāni mante ajānante aññe ke jānissantīti vatvā theraṃ pucchi: tumhe pana mantaṃ jānāthā 'ti. puccha māṇava, pucchitvā sakkā jānitun ti.
atha kho māṇavo tīsu vedesu sanighaṇḍukeṭubhesu sākkharappabhedesu itihāsapañcamesu yāni yāni gaṇṭhiṭṭhānāni yesaṃ nayaṃ n' eva attanā passati nāpi 'ssa ācariyo addasa tesu theraṃ pucchi.
thero pakatiyāpi tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragu, idāni pana patisambhidapatto, ten' assa n' atthi nesaṃ pañhānaṃ vissajjane 'va bhāro ti tāvad eva te pañhe vissajjetvā māṇavaṃ āha: māṇava ahaṃ tayā bahuṃ pucchito, aham pi dāni taṃ ekaṃ pañhaṃ pucchāmi, vyākarissasi me ti. āma bho pabbajita puccha, vyākarissāmīti.
thero Cittayamake imaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi: yassa cittaṃ uppajjati na nirujjhati, tassa cittaṃ nirujjhissati n' uppajjissati, yassa vā pana cittaṃ nirujjhissati n' uppajjissati, tassa cittaṃ uppajjati na nirujjhatīti. māṇavo uddhaṃ vā adho vā sarituṃ asakkonto, kiṃ nāma bho pabbajita idan ti āha. buddhamanto nāmāyaṃ māṇavā 'ti. sakkā panāyāṃ bho mayhaṃ pi dātun ti. sakkā māṇava amhehi gahitaṃ pabbajjaṃ gaṇhantassa dātun ti.
[page 040]
40 Samantapāsādikā
tato māṇavo mātāpitaro upasaṃkamitvā āha: ayaṃ pabbajito buddhamantaṃ nāma jānāti na ca attano santike apabbajitassa deti. ahaṃ etassa santike pabbajitvā mantaṃ uggaṇhissāmīti. ath' assa mātāpitaro, pabbajitvā pi no putto mante gaṇhātu, gahetvā punāgamissatīti maññamānā, gaṇha puttā 'ti anujāniṃsu.
thero dārakaṃ pabbājetvā dvatiṃsākārakammaṭṭhānaṃ tāva ācikkhi. so tattha parikammaṃ karonto na cirass' eva sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. tato thero cintesi: sāmaṇero sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhito, abhabbo dāni sāsanato nivattituṃ.
sace pan' assāhaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā katheyyaṃ, arahattaṃ pāpuṇeyya appossukko bhaveyya buddhavacanaṃ gahetuṃ. samayo dāni naṃ Candavajjittherassa santikaṃ pesetun ti.
tato naṃ āha: ehi tvaṃ sāmaṇera therassa santikaṃ gantvā buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇha. mama vacanena ārogyaṃ puccha evaṃ ca vadehi: upajjhāyo maṃ bhante tumhākam santikaṃ pahiṇīti.
konāmo te upajjhāyo ti ca vutte Siggavatthero nāma bhante ti vadeyyāsi.
ahaṃ konāmo ti vutte avaṃ vadeyyāsi: mama upajjhāyo bhante tumhākaṃ nāmaṃ jānātīti. evaṃ bhante ti kho Tisso sāmaṇero theraṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā anupubbena Candavajjittherassa santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
thero sāmaṇeraṃ pucchi: kuto āgato 'sītī āha. upajjhāyo maṃ bhante tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pahiṇīti. konāmo te upajjhāyo ti. Siggavatthero nāma bhante ti. ahaṃ konāmo ti. mama upajjhāyo bhante tumhākaṃ nāmaṃ jānātīti.
pattacīvaraṃ dāni paṭisāmehīti. sādhu bhante ti sāmaṇero pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā punadivase pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvā udakadantapoṇaṃ upaṭṭhāpesi.
[page 041]
Introduction 41
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
thero sammaṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ pana sammajji, taṃ udakaṃ chaḍḍetvā aññaṃ udakaṃ āhari, tañ ca dantakaṭṭhaṃ apanetvā aññaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ gaṇhi. evaṃ sattadivasāni
katvā sattame divase puna pucchi.
sāmaṇero puna pi pubbe kathitasadisam eva kathesi.
thero so vatāyaṃ brāhmaṇo ti sañjānitvā, kimatthaṃ āgato 'sīti āha. buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhanatthāya bhante ti.
thero uggaṇha dāni sāmaṇerā 'ti vatvā punadivasato pabhuti.
buddhavacanaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Tisso sāmaṇero 'va hutvā ṭhapetvā Vinayapiṭakaṃ sabbaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhi saddhiṃ aṭṭhakathāya. upasampannakāle pana avassiko 'va samāno tipiṭakadharo ahosi.
ācariyupajjhāyā Moggaliputtatissattherassa hatthe sakalabuddhavacanaṃ patiṭṭhapetvā yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā parinibbāyiṃsu.
Moggaliputtatissatthero pi aparena samayena kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ patto bahunnaṃ dhammavinayaṃ vācesi.
tena kho pana samayena Bindusārassa rañño ekasataputtā ahesuṃ. te sabbe Asoko attanā saddhiṃ ekamātikaṃ Tissakumāraṃ ṭhapetvā ghātesi. ghātento cattāri vassāni anabhisitto 'va rajjaṃ kāretvā catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena tathāgatassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari aṭṭhārasame vasse sakala-Jambudīpe ekarajjābhisekaṃ pāpuṇi.
[page 042]
42 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] abhisekānubhāvena c' assa imā rājiddhiyo āgatā:
mahāpaṭhaviyā heṭṭhā yojanappamāṇe āṇā pavattati, tathā upari ākāse, Anotattadahato aṭṭhahi, kājehi soḷasa pāniyaghaṭe divase divase devatā āharanti, yato sāsane uppannasaddho hutvā aṭṭhaghaṭe bhikkhusaṃghassa adāsi, dve ghaṭe saṭṭhimattānaṃ sahassānaṃ tipiṭakadharabhikkhūnaṃ, dve ghaṭe aggamahesiyā Asandhimittāya, cattāro ghaṭe attanā paribhuñji. devatā eva, Himavante nāgalatādantakaṭṭhaṃ nāma atthi siniddhaṃ mudukaṃ rasavantaṃ, taṃ divase divase āharanti, yena rañño ca mahesiyā ca soḷasannañ ca nāṭakasahassānaṃ saṭṭhimattānañ ca bhikkhusahassānaṃ devasikaṃ dantapoṇakiccaṃ nippajjati.
devasikam eva tassa devatā agadāmalakaṃ agadaharītakaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇañ ca gandharasasampannaṃ ambapakkañ ca āharanti.
tathā Chaddantadahato pañcavaṇṇaṃ nivāsanapāpuraṇaṃ pītakavaṇṇaṃ hatthapuñchanapaṭṭakaṃ dibbañ ca pānakaṃ āharanti pi nānāgandhaṃ. devasikam eva pana 'ssa anuvilepanagandhaṃ, pārupanatthāya asuttamayikaṃ sumanapupphapaṭaṃ, mahārahañ ca añjanaṃ nāgabhavanato nāgarājāno āharanti.
[page 043]
Introduction 43
Chaddantadahe ca uṭṭhitassa sālino nava vāhasahassāni divase divase suvā āharanti, musikā nitthusakaṃ karonti, eko pi khaṇḍataṇḍulo na hoti, rañño sabbaṭṭhānesu ayaṃ eva taṇḍulo paribhogaṃ gacchati. madhumakkhikā madhuṃ karonti. kammārasālādīsu acchā kūṭaṃ paharanti. karavikasakuṇā āgantvā madhurassaraṃ vikūjantā rañño balikammaṃ karonti.
imāhi iddhīhi samannāgato rājā ekadivasaṃ suvaṇṇasaṃkhalikabandhanaṃ pesetvā catunnaṃ buddhānaṃ adhigatarūpadassanaṃ kappāyukaṃ Kālaṃ nāma nāgarājāṃ ānayitvā setacchattassa heṭṭhā mahārahe pallaṇke nisīdāpetvā anekasatavaṇṇehi jalajathalajapupphehi suvaṇṇapupphehi ca pūjaṃ katvā sabbālaṅkārapatimaṇḍitehi soḷasahi nāṭakasahassehi samantato parikkhipitvā, anantañāṇassa tāva me saddhammavaracakkavattino sammāsambuddhassa rūpaṃ imesaṃ akkhīnaṃ āpāthaṃ karohīti vatvā tena nimmitaṃ sakalasarīre vippakiṇṇapuññappabhāvanibbattāsītianuvyañjanapatimaṇḍitaṃ dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasassirīkatāya vikasitakamaluppalapuṇḍarīkapatimaṇḍitam iva salilatalaṃ tārāgaṇarasmiṃ jālavisadavisphuritasobhāsamujjalam iva gaganatalaṃ nīlapītalohitādibhedavicitravaṇṇaraṃsivinaddhabyāmappabhāparikkhepavilāsitāya sandhyāppabhānurāgaindadhanuvijjullatāparikkhittam iva kanakagirisikharaṃ nānāvirāgavimalaketumālāsamujjalitacārumatthakasobhaṃ.
[page 044]
44 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] nayanarasāyanam iva brahmadevamanujanāgayakkhagaṇānaṃ buddharūpam passanto sattadivasāni akkhipūjaṃ nāma akāsi.
rājā kira abhisekaṃ pāpuṇitvā tīṇi yeva saṃvaccharāni bāhirakapāsaṇḍaṃ parigaṇhi, catutthe saṃvacchare buddhasāsane pasīdi. tassa kira pitā Bindusāro brāhmaṇabhatto ahosi. so brāhmaṇānañ ca brāhmaṇajātiyapāsaṇḍānañ ca paṇḍaraṅgaparibbājakādīnaṃ saṭṭhisahassamattānaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi.
Asoko pitarā pavattitaṃ dānaṃ attano antepure tath' eva dadamāno ekadivasaṃ sīhapañjare ṭhito te upasamaparibāhirena ācārena bhuñjamāne asantindriye avinītairiyāpathe disvā cintesi: īdisaṃ dānaṃ upaparikkhitvā yuttaṭṭhāne dātum vaṭṭatīti. evaṃ cintetvā amacce āha: gacchatha bhaṇe attano attano sādhusammate samaṇabrāhmaṇe antepuraṃ atiharatha dānaṃ dassāmā 'ti. amaccā, sādhu devā 'ti rañño paṭissutvā te te paṇḍaraṅgaparibbājakājīvikaniganthādayo ānetvā, ime mahārāja amhākaṃ arahanto ti āhaṃsu.
atha rājā antepure uccāvacāni āsanāni paññāpetvā āgacchantū 'ti vatvā āgatāgate āha: attano attano patirūpe āsane nisīdathā 'ti.
[page 045]
Introduction 45
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te ekacce bhaddapīṭhakesu ekacce phalakapīṭhakesu nisīdiṃsu. taṃ disvā rājā: n' atthi tesaṃ antosāro ti ñatvā tesaṃ anurūpaṃ khādaniyabhojaniyaṃ datvā uyyojesi. evaṃ gacchante kāle ekadivasaṃ sīhapañjare ṭhito addasa Nigrodhaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ rājaṅgaṇena gacchantaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ santindriyaṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ.
ko panāyaṃ Nigrodho nāma. Bindusārarañño jeṭṭhaputtassa Sumanarājakumārassa putto.
tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā: Bindusārarañño kira dubbalakāle yeva Asokakumāro attanā laddhaṃ Ujjenirajjaṃ pahāya āgantvā sabbaṃ nagaraṃ attano hatthagataṃ katvā Sumanaṃ rājakumāraṃ aggahesi. taṃ divasam eva Sumanassa rājakumārassa Sumanā nāma rājadevī paripuṇṇagabbhā ahosi. sā aññātakavesena nikkhamitvā avidūre aññataraṃ caṇḍālagāmaṃ sandhāya gacchantī jeṭṭhakacaṇḍālassa gehato avidūre aññatarasmim nigrodharukkhe adhivatthāya devatāya, ito ehi Sumaneti vadantiyā saddaṃ sutvā tassā samīpaṃ gatā.
devatā attano ānubhāvena ekaṃ sālaṃ nimminitvā, ettha vasāhīti pādāsi. sā taṃ sālaṃ pāvisi. gatadivase yeva puttaṃ vijāyi. sā tassa nigrodhadevatāya pariggahitattā Nigrodho tv eva nāmaṃ akāsi. jeṭṭhakacaṇḍālo diṭṭhadivasato pabhuti taṃ attano sāmidhītaraṃ maññamāno nibaddhavattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. rājadhītā tattha satta vassāni vasi.
[page 046]
46 Samantapāsādikā
Nigrodhakumāro pi satta vassiko jāto. tadā Mahāvaruṇatthero nāma eko arahā dārakassa hetusampadaṃ disvā tattha viharamāno: sattavassiko dāni dārako, kālo naṃ pabbājetun ti cintetvā rājadhītāya ārocāpetvā Nigrodhakumāraṃ pabbājesi. kumāro khuragge yeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. so ekadivasaṃ pāto 'va sarīraṃ jaggetvā ācariyupajjhāyavattaṃ katvā pattacīvaram ādāya mātu upāsikāya gehadvāraṃ gacchāmīti nikkhami. mātu nivesanaṭṭhānañ c' assa dakkhiṇadvārena naṅgaraṃ pavisitvā nagaramajjhena gantvā pācīnadvārena nikkhamitvā gantabbaṃ hoti.
tena ca samayena Asoko dhammarājā pācīnadisābhimukho sīhapañjare caṅkamati. taṃkhaṇaṃ yeva Nigrodho rājaṅgaṇaṃ sampāpuṇi santdriyo santamānaso yugamattaṃ pekkhamāno. tena vuttaṃ: ekadivasaṃ sīhapañjare ṭhito addasa Nigrodhaṃsāmaṇeraṃ rājaṅgaṇena gacchantaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ santindriyaṃ iriyāpathasampannan ti. disvā pan' assa etad ahosi: ayaṃ jano sabbo pi vikkhittacitto bhantamigapaṭibhāgo, ayaṃ pana dārako avikkhittacitto ativiya c' assa ālokitavilokitaṃ sammiñjanapasāraṇañ ca sobhati, addhā etassa abbhantare lokuttaradhammo bhavissatīti rañño saha dassanen' eva sāmaṇere cittaṃ pasīdi, pemaṃ saṇṭhahi.
kasmā. pubbe pi kira puññakaraṇakāle esa rañño jeṭṭhabhātā vāṇijako ahosi. vuttam pi c' etaṃ:
[page 047]
Introduction 47
pubbeva sannivāsena paccuppannahitena vā
evaṃ taṃ jāyate pemaṃ uppalaṃ va yathodake ti.
atha rājā sañjātapemo sabahumāno, etaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ pakkosathā 'ti amacce pesesi. te aticirāyantīti puna dve tayo pesesi turitaṃ āgacchatū 'ti.
sāmaṇero attano pakatiyā yeva agamāsi. rājā, patirūpam āsanaṃ ñatvā nisīdathā 'ti āha. so ito c' ito ca viloketvā n' atthi dāni aññe bhikkhū ti samussitasetacchattaṃ rājapallaṅkaṃ upasaṃkamitvā pattagahaṇatthāya rañño ākāraṃ dassesi. rājā taṃ pallaṅkasamīpaṃ upagacchantaṃ eva disvā cintesi: ajj' eva dāni ayaṃ sāmaṇero imassa gehassa sāmiko bhavissatīti.
sāmaṇero rañño hatthe pattaṃ datvā pallaṇkaṃ abhirūhitvā nisīdi. rājā attano atthāya sampāditaṃ sabbaṃ yāgukhajjakabhattavikatiṃ upanāmesi.
sāmaṇero khādaniyabhojaniyaṃ attano yāpaniyamattam eva sampaṭicchi. bhattakiccāvasāne rājā āha: satthārā tumhākaṃ dinnaovādaṃ jānāthā 'ti.
jānāmi mahārāja ekadesenā 'ti. tāta mayham pi naṃ kathehīti. sādhu mahārājā 'ti rañño anurūpaṃ Dhammapade appamādavaggaṃ anumodanatthāya abhāsi. rājā pana ‘appamādo amatapadaṃ pamādo maccuno padan' ti sutvā 'va aññātaṃ tāta pariyosāpehīti āha. anumodanāvasāne, aṭṭha te tāta dhuvabhattāni dammīti āha. sāmaṇero āha: etāni ahaṃ upajjhāyassa dammi mahārājā 'ti. ko ayaṃ tāta upajjhāyo nāmā 'ti. vajjāvajjaṃ disvā codetā sāretā mahārājā 'ti. aññāni pi te tāta aṭṭha dammīti.
[page 048]
48 Samantapāsādikā
etāni ācariyassa dammi mahārājā 'ti. ko ayaṃ tāta ācariyo nāmā 'ti. imasmiṃ sāsane sikkhitabbakadhammesu patiṭṭhāpetā mahārājā 'ti. sādhu tāta aññāni pi te aṭṭha dammīti.
etāni bhikkhusaṃghassa dammi mahārājā 'ti. ko ayaṃ tāta bhikkhusaṃgho nāmā 'ti. yaṃ nissāya mahārāja amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyānañ ca mamañ ca pabbajjā ca upasampadā cā 'ti. rājā bhiyyosomattāya tuṭṭhacitto āha:
aññāni pi te tāta aṭṭha dammīti. sāmaṇero sādhū 'ti sampaṭicchitvā punadivase dvattiṃsa bhikkhū gahetvā rājantepuraṃ pavisitvā bhattakiccaṃ akāsi. rājā aññe pi dvattiṃsa bhikkhū tumhehi saddhiṃ sve bhikkhaṃ gaṇhantū 'ti eten' eva upāyena divase divase vaḍḍhāpento saṭṭhisahassānaṃ brāhmaṇaparibbājakādīnaṃ bhattaṃ upacchinditvānto nivesane saṭṭhisahassānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi Nigrodhatthere gaten' eva pasādena.
Nigrodhatthero pi rājānaṃ saparisaṃ tīsu saraṇesu pañcasu ca sīlesu patiṭṭhāpetvā buddhasāsane pothujjanikena pasādena acalappasādaṃ katvā patiṭṭhāpesi.
puna rājā Asokārāmaṃ nāma mahāvihāraṃ kārāpetva saṭṭhisahassānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi.
sakala-Jambudīpe caturāsītiyā naṅgarasahassesu caturāsīti vihārasahassāni kārāpesi caturāsītisahassacetiyapatimaṇḍitāni dhammen' eva no adhammena.
ekadivasaṃ kira rājā Asokārāme mahādānaṃ datvā saṭṭhisahassasaṃkhassa bhikkhusaṃghassa majjhe nisajja saṃghaṃ catūhi paccayehi pavāretvā imaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi: bhante bhagavatā desitadhammo nāma kittako hotīti.
aṅgato mahārāja navaṅgāni, khandhato caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānīti. rājā dhamme pasīditvā ekamekaṃ dhammakkhandhaṃ ekekavihārena pūjessāmīti,
[page 049]
Introduction 49
ekadivasam eva channavutikoṭidhanaṃ vissajjetvā amacce āṇāpesi: etha bhaṇe ekamekasmiṃ nagare ekamekaṃ vihāraṃ kārāpentā caturāsītiyā naṅgarasahassesu caturāsītivihārasahassāni kārāpethā 'ti, sayañ ca Asokārāme Asokamahāvihāratthāya kammaṃ paṭṭhapesi.
saṃgho Indaguttattheraṃ nāma mahiddhikaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ khīṇāsavaṃ navakammādhiṭṭhāyakaṃ adāsi. thero yaṃ yaṃ kammaṃ na niṭṭhāti taṃ taṃ attano ānubhāvena niṭṭhāpesi. evam pi tīhi saṃvaccharehi vihārakammaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
ekadivasam eva sabbanagarehi paṇṇāni āgamimsu; amaccā rañño ārocesum: niṭṭhitāni deva caturāsītivihārasahassānīti.
ājā naṅgare bheriñ carāpesi: ito sattannaṃ divasānaṃ accayena vihāramaho bhavissati, sabbe aṭṭha sīlaṅgāni samādiyitvā antonaṅgare ca bahinaṅgare ca vihāramahaṃ paṭiyādentū 'ti.
tato sattannaṃ divasānaṃ accayena sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitāya anekasatasahassasaṃkhāya caturaṅginīsenāya parivuto devaloke Amaravatiyā rājadhāniyā sirito adhikatarasassirikaṃ viya naṅgaraṃ kātukāmena ussāhajātena mahājanena alaṃkatapaṭiyattaṃ naṅgaraṃ anuvicaranto vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhusaṃghassa majjhe aṭṭhāsi.
tasmiñ ca khaṇe sannipatitā asītibhikkhukoṭiyo ahesuṃ bhikkhunīnañ ca channavutisatasahassāni. tattha khīṇāsavabhikkhū yeva satasahassasaṃkhā ahesuṃ. tesaṃ etad ahosi: sace rājā attano adhikāraṃ anavasesaṃ passeyya, ativiya buddhasāsane pasīdeyyā 'ti.
[page 050]
50 Samantapāsādikā
tato lokavivaraṇaṃ nāma pāṭihāriyaṃ akaṃsu. rājā Asokārāme ṭhito 'va catuddisā anuvilokento samantato samuddapariyantaṃ Jambudīpaṃ passati caturāsītiñ ca vihārasahassāni passati uḷārāya vihāramahapūjāya virocamānāni.
so taṃ vibhūtiṃ passamāno uḷārena pītipāmojjena samannāgato, atthi pana aññassa pi kassaci evarūpaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ uppāpubban ti cintento bhikkhusaṃghaṃ pucchi: bhante amhākaṃ lokanāthassa dasabalassa sāsane ko mahāpariccāgaṃ pariccaji, kassa pariccāgo mahanto ti vadantīti. bhikkhusaṃgho Moggaliputtatissattherassa bhāraṃ akāsi. thero āha: mahārāja dasabalassa sāsane paccayadāyako nāma tayā sadiso dharamāne pi tathāgate pi na koci ahosi, tav' eva pariccāgo mahā ti. rājā therassa vacanaṃ sutvā uḷārena pītipāmojjena nirantaraṃ phuṭasarīro hutvā cintesi: n' atthi kira mayā sadiso paccayadāyako, mayhaṃ kira pariccāgo mahā, ahaṃ kira deyyadhammena sāsanaṃ paggaṇhāmīti.
kiṃ panāhaṃ evaṃ sati sāsanassa dāyādo homi na homīti.
tato bhikkhusaṃghaṃ pucchi: bhavāmi nu kho ahaṃ bhante sāsanassa dāyādo ti. tato Moggaliputtatissatthero rañño idaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā rājaputtassa Mahindassa upanissayasampattiṃ sampassamāno, sace ayaṃ kumāro pabbajissati sāsanassa ativiya vuddhi bhavissatīti cintetvā rājānaṃ etad avoca: na kho mahārāja sāsanassa ettāvatā dāyādo hoti, api ca kho paccayadāyako ti vā upaṭṭhāyako ti vā saṃkhaṃ gacchati. yo pi hi mahārāja paṭhavito yāva brahmalokaparimāṇam paccayarāsiṃ dadeyya so pi sāsane dāyādo ti saṃkhaṃ na gacchatīti. atha, kathañ carahi bhante sāsanassa dāyādo hotīti. yo hi koci mahārāja aḍḍho vā daliddo vā attano orasaṃ puttaṃ pabbājeti,
[page 051]
Introduction 51
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ayaṃ vuccati mahārāja dāyādo sāsanassā 'ti. evaṃ vutte Asoko rājā: ahaṃ kira evarūpaṃ pariccāgaṃ katvāpi n' eva sāsanassa dāyādabhāvaṃ patto ti sāsane dāyādabhāvaṃ patthayamāno ito c' ito ca viloketvā addasa Mahindakumāraṃ avidūre ṭhitaṃ. disvā pan' assa etad ahosi: kiñcāpi ahaṃ imaṃ kumāraṃ Tissakumārassa pabbajitakālato pabhuti oparajje patiṭṭhāpetukāmo, atha kho oparajjato pi pabbajjā va uttamā ti.
tato kumāraṃ āha: sakkhissasi tvaṃ tāta pabbajitun ti.
kumāro pana pakatiyāpi Tissakumārassa pabbajitakālato pabhuti pabbajitukāmo va rañño vacanaṃ sutvā ativiya pāmujjajāto hutvā āha: pabbajāmi deva maṃ pabbājetvā tumhe sāsane dāyādo hothā 'ti. tena ca samayena rājadhītā Saṃghamittā pi tasmiṃ yeva ṭhāne ṭhitā hoti. tassā ca sāmiko Aggibrahmā nāma kumāro uparājena Tissakumārena saddhiṃ pabbajito hoti. rājā taṃ disvā āha: tvam pi amma pabbajituṃ sakkhissasīti. sādhu tāta sakkomīti.
rājā puttānaṃ manaṃ labhitvā pahaṭṭhacitto bhikkhusaṃghaṃ etad avoca: bhante ime dārake pabbājetvā maṃ sāsane dāyādaṃ karothā 'ti.
aṃgho rañño vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā kumāraṃ Mogga-
liputtatissattherena upajjhāyena Mahādevattherena ca ācariyena pabbājesi, Majjhantikattherena ācariyena upasampādesi. tadā kira kumāro paripuṇṇavīsativasso va hoti.
So tasmiṃ yeva upasampadāsīmāmaṇḍale saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Saṃghamittāya pi rājadhītāya ācariyā Āpālittherī nāma upajjhāyā pana Dhammapālittherī nāma ahosi.
[page 052]
52 Samantapāsādikā
tadā Saṃghamittā aṭṭhārasa vassāni hoti. taṃ pabbajitamattaṃ tasmiṃ yeva sīmāmaṇḍale sikkhāya patiṭṭhāpesuṃ. ubhinnaṃ pabbajitakāle rājā chavassābhiseko hoti.
atha Mihindatthero upasampannakālato pabhuti attano upajjhāyass' eva santike dhammañ ca vinayañ ca pariyāpuṇanto dve pi saṃgītiyo ārūḷhaṃ tipiṭakasaṃgahītaṃ saṭṭhakathaṃ sabbattheravādaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ abbhantare uggahetvā attano upajjhāyassa antevāsikānaṃ sahassamattānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāmokkho ahosi.
tadā Asoko dhammarājā navavassābhiseko hoti. rañño pana aṭṭhavassābhisekakāle yeva Kontiputtatissatthero vyādhipaṭikammatthaṃ bhikkhācāravattena āhiṇḍanto pasatamattaṃ sappiṃ alabhitvā vyādhibalena parikkhīṇāyusaṃkhāro bhikkhusaṃghaṃ appamādena ovaditvā ākāse pallaṅkena nisīditvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā parinibbāyi.
rājā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā therassa sakkāraṃ katvā, mayi nāma rajjaṃ kārente evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paccayā dullabhā ti naṅgarassa catusu dvāresu pokkharaṇiyo kārāpetvā bhesajjassa pūrāpetvā dāpesi.
tena kira samayena Pāṭaliputtassa catusu dvāresu cattāri satasahassāni, sabhāyaṃ satasahassan ti divase divase pañcasatasahassāni rañño uppajjanti, tato rājā Nigrodhattherassa devasikaṃ satasahassaṃ vissajjesi, buddhassa tiye gandhamālādīhi pūjanatthāya satasahassaṃ, dhammassa satasahassaṃ, taṃ dhammadharānaṃ bahussutānaṃ catupaccayatthāya upanīyati, saṃghassa satasahassaṃ, catusu dvāresu bhesajjatthāya satasahassaṃ. evaṃ sāsane uḷāro lābhasakkāro nibbatti.
[page 053]
Introduction 53
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] titthiyā parihīnalābhasakkārā antamaso ghāsacchādanam pi alabhantā lābhasakkāraṃ patthayamānā sāsane pabbajitvā sakāni sakāni diṭṭhigatāni ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo ti dīpenti. pabbajjaṃ alabhamānāpi sayam eva muṇḍetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā vihāresu vicarantā uposatham pi pavāraṇam pi saṃghakammam pi gaṇakammam pi pavisanti. bhikkhū tehi saddhiṃ uposatham na karonti.
tadā Moggaliputtatissatthero, uppannaṃ dāni idaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ, taṃ na cirass' eva kakkhalaṃ bhavissati, na kho pan' etaṃ sakkā imesaṃ majjhe vasantena vūpasametun ti Mahindattherassa gaṇaṃ niyyādetvā attano phāsukavihārena viharitukāmo Ahogaṅgāpabbataṃ agamāsi.
te pi kho titthiyā bhikkhusaṃghena dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena niggayhamānāpi dhammavinayānulomāya paṭipattiyā asandhahantā anekarūpaṃ sāsanassa abbudañ ca malañ ca kaṇṭakañ ca samuṭṭhāpesuṃ. keci aggiṃ paricaranti, keci pañcātape tappanti, keci ādiccaṃ anuparivattanti, keci dhammañ ca vinayañ ca vobhindissāmā 'ti paggaṇhiṃsu.
tadā bhikkhusaṃgho na tehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ vā pavāraṇaṃ vā ākāsi. Asokārame satta vassāni uposatho upacchijji. rañño pi etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. rājā ekaṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi, vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehīti. amacco rājānaṃ paṭipucchituṃ avisahanto aññe amacce upasaṃkamitvā āha: rājā maṃ vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehīti pahiṇi. kathan nu kho adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamatīti. te āhaṃsu:
[page 054]
54 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] mayaṃ evaṃ sallakkhema: yathā nāma paccantaṃ vūpasamentā core ghātenti evam evaṃ ye uposathaṃ na karonti te mārāpetukāmo rājā bhavissatīti.
atha so amacco vihāram gantvā bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātetvā āha: ahaṃ raññā, uposathaṃ kārāpehīti pesito, karotha dāni bhante uposathan ti. bhikkhū: na mayaṃ titthiyehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ karomā 'ti āhaṃsu. amacco therāsanato paṭṭhāya asinā sīsāni pātetuṃ āraddho.
addasā kho Tissatthero taṃ amaccaṃ tathā vippaṭipannaṃ.
Tissatthero nāma na yo vā so vā, rañño ekamātiko bhātā Tissakumāro nāma. taṃ kira rājā pattābhiseko oparajje ṭhapesi, so ekadivasaṃ vanacāraṃ gato addasa mahantaṃ migasaṃghaṃ cittāya kīḷikāya kīḷantaṃ.
disvā tassa etad ahosi: ime tāva tiṇabhakkhā migā evaṃ kīḷanti, ime pana samaṇā rājakule paṇītāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā mudukāsu seyyāsu sayamānā kīva nāma kīḷikaṃ na kīḷissantīti. so tato āgantvā imaṃ attano vitakkaṃ rañño ārocesi.
rājā: aṭṭhāne kukkuccāyitaṃ kumārena, handa naṃ evaṃ saññāpessāmīti ekadivasaṃ kenaci kāraṇena kuddho viya hutvā, ehi sattadivase rajjaṃ sampaṭiccha, tato taṃ ghātessamīti maraṇabhayena tajjetvā tam atthaṃ saññāpesi. so kira kumāro, sattame maṃ divase māressantīti na cittarūpaṃ nahāyi, na bhuñji, na supi, ativiya lūkhasarīro ahosi.
tato naṃ rājā pucchi: kissa tvaṃ evarūpo jāto ti. maraṇabhayena devā 'ti. are tvaṃ nāma paricchinnamaraṇaṃ sampassamāno vissattho na kīḷasi,
[page 055]
Introduction 55
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhikkhū assāsapassāsupanibaddhaṃ maraṇaṃ pekkhamānā kathaṃ kīḷissantīti.
tato pabhuti kumāro sāsane pasīdi.
so puna ekadivasaṃ migavaṃ nikkhamitvā araññe anuvicaramāno addasa Yonakamahādhammarakkhitattheraṃ aññatarena hatthināgena sālasākhaṃ gahetvā vījayamānaṃ nisinnaṃ. disvā pāmujjajāto cintesi: kadā nu kho aham pi ayaṃ mahatthero viya pabbajeyyaṃ. siyā nu kho so divaso ti.
thero tassa ajjhāsayaṃ viditvā tassa passantass' eva ākāse uppatitvā Asokārāme pokkharaṇiyā udakathale ṭhatvā cīvarañ ca uttarāsaṅgañ ca ākāse laggetvā nahāyituṃ āraddho, kumāro therassānubhāvaṃ disvā ativiya pasanno, ajj' eva pabbajissāmīti nivattitvā rañño ārocesi: pabbajissām' ahaṃ devā 'ti.
rājā anekappakāram yācitvā tam nivattetum asakkonto Asokārāmagamanīyaṃ maggaṃ alaṅkārāpetvā kumāraṃ chaṇavesaṃ gāhāpetvā alaṅkatāya senāya parivārāpetvā vihāraṃ nesi.
yuvarājā kira pabbajissatīti sutvā bahubhikkhū pattacīvarāni paṭiyādesum, kumāro padhānagharaṃ gantvā Mahādhammarakkhitattherass' eva santike pabbaji saddhiṃ purisasatasahassena. kumārassa pana anupabbajitānaṃ gaṇanaparicchedo n' atthi.
kumāro rañño catuvassābhisekakāle pabbajito. ath' añño pi rañño bhāgineyyo Saṃghamittāya sāmiko Aggibrahmā nāma kumāro atthi. Saṃghamittā tassa ekam eva puttaṃ vijāyi.
[page 056]
56 Samantapāsādikā
so pi, yuvarājā pabbajito ti sutvā rājānaṃ upasaṃkamitvā, aham pi deva pabbajissāmīti yāci. pabbaja tātā 'ti ca raññā anuññāto taṃ divasam eva pabbaji. evam anupabbajitauḷāravibhavena khattiyajātena rañño kaniṭṭhabhātā Tissatthero ti viññeyyo.
so taṃ amaccaṃ tathā vippaṭipannaṃ disvā cintesi: na rājā there māretum pahiṇeyya, addhā imass' ev' etaṃ amaccassa duggahītaṃ bhavissatīti gantvā sayaṃ tassa āsanne āsane nisīdi.
so theraṃ sañjānitvā satthaṃ nipātetuṃ avisahanto gantvā rañño ārocesi: ahaṃ deva uposathaṃ kātuṃ anicchantānaṃ ettakānaṃ nāma bhikkhūnaṃ sīsāni pātesiṃ, atha ayyassa Tissattherassa paṭipāṭi sampattā, kinti karomīti.
rājā sutvā 'va: are kiṃ pana tvaṃ mayā bhikkhū ghātetuṃ pesito ti, tāvad ev' assa sarīre uppannaḍāho hutvā vihāraṃ gantvā there bhikkhū pucchi: ayaṃ bhante amacco mayā anāṇatto va evaṃ akāsi. kassa nu kho iminā pāpena bhavitabban ti.
ekacce therā ayaṃ tava vacanena akāsi, tuyh' etaṃ pāpan ti āhaṃsu. ekacce ubhinnam pi vo etaṃ pāpan ti āhaṃsu.
ekacce evam āhaṃsu: kim pana te mahārāja atthi cittaṃ, ayaṃ gantvā bhikkhū ghātetū 'ti.
n' atthi bhante kusalādhippāyo ahaṃ pesesiṃ, samaggo bhikkhusaṃgho uposathaṃ karotū 'ti. sace tvaṃ kusalādhippāyo, n' atthi tuyhaṃ pāpaṃ, amaccass' ev' etaṃ pāpan ti.
rājā dveḷhakajāto āha: atthi nu kho bhante koci bhikkhu mam' etaṃ dveḷhakaṃ chinditvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samattho ti. atthi mahārāja Moggaliputtatissatthero nāma,
[page 057]
Introduction 57
so te imaṃ dveḷhakaṃ chinditvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhituṃ samattho ti. rājā tadah' eva cattāro dhammakathike ekekaṃ bhikkhusahassaparivāraṃ cattāro ca amacce ekekaṃ purisasahassaparivāraṃ, theraṃ gaṇhitvā āgacchathā 'ti, pesesi.
te gantvā, rājā pakkosatīti āhaṃsu. thero nāgañchi, dutiyam pi kho rājā aṭṭha dhammakathike aṭṭha ca amacce sahassasahassaparivāre yeva pesesi, rājā bhante pakkosatīti vatvā gaṇhitvā 'va āgacchathā 'ti. te tath' eva āhaṃsu.
dutiyam pi thero nāgañchi. rājā there pucchi: ahaṃ bhante dvikkhattuṃ pahiṇiṃ, kasmā thero nāgacchatīti. rājā pakkosatīti vuttattā mahārāja nāgacchatīti, evaṃ pana vutte āgaccheyya: sāsanaṃ bhante osīdati, amhākaṃ sāsanaṃ paggaṇhanatthāya sahāyakā hothā ti. atha rājā tathā vatvā soḷasa dhammakathike soḷasa ca amacce sahassasahassaparivāre pesesi. bhikkhū ca paṭipucchi: mahallako nu kho bhante thero daharo nu kho 'ti. mahallako mahārājā 'ti. vayhaṃ vā sivikaṃ vā abhirūhissati bhante 'ti.
nābhirūhissati mahārājā 'ti. kuhiṃ bhante thero vasatīti.
upari-Gaṅgāya mahārājā 'ti. rājā āha: tena hi bhaṇe nāvāsaṃghāṭaṃ bandhitvā tattha theraṃ nisīdāpetvā dvīsu ca tīresu ārakkhaṃ saṃvidhāya theraṃ ānethā 'ti. bhikkhū ca amaccā ca therassa santikaṃ gantvā rañño sāsanaṃ ārocesuṃ. thero sutvā, ayaṃ kho ahaṃ mūlato paṭṭhāya sāsanaṃ paggaṇhissāmīti pabbajito 'mhi, ayaṃ dāni me so kālo anuppatto ti cammakhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhitvā 'va uṭṭhahi. atha' thero sve Pāṭaliputtaṃ sampāpuṇissatīti rattibhāge rājā supinaṃ addasa.
[page 058]
58 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evarūpo supino ahosi: sabbaseto hatthināgo āgantvā rājānaṃ sīsato paṭṭhāya parāmasitvā dakkhiṇahatthe aggahesi. punadivase rājā supinajjhāyake pucchi:
mayā evarūpo supino diṭṭho, kim me bhavissatīti. eko taṃ mahārāja samaṇanāgo dakkhiṇahatthe gaṇhissatīti. atha rājā tāvad eva, thero āgato ti sutvā Gaṅgātīraṃ gantvā nadiṃ otaritvā abbhuggacchanto jānumatte udake theraṃ sampāpuṇitvā therassa nāvāto otarantassa hatthaṃ adāsi.
thero rājānaṃ dakkhiṇahatthe aggahesi. taṃ disvā asiggāhā therassa sīsaṃ pātessāmā 'ti kosito asiṃ abbāhiṃsu.
kasmā, etaṃ kira cārittaṃ rājakulesu yo rājānaṃ hatthe gaṇhāti tassa asinā sīsaṃ pātetabban ti. rājā chāyaṃ yeva disvā āha: pubbe pi ahaṃ bhikkhūsu viruddhakāraṇā assāsaṃ na vindāmi, mā kho there virajjhitthā 'ti. thero pana kasmā rājānaṃ hatthe aggahesīti. yasmā raññā pañhaṃ pucchanatthāya pakkosāpito, tasmā antevāsiko me ayan ti aggahesi. rājā theraṃ attano uyyānaṃ netvā bāhirato tikkhattuṃ parivārāpetvā ārakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā sayam eva therassa pāde dhovitvā telena makkhetvā therassa santike nisīditvā, paṭibalo nu kho thero mama kaṅkhaṃ chiṅditvā uppannaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhitun ti vīmaṃsanatthāya, ahaṃ bhante ekaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ daṭṭhukāmo 'ti āha. kataraṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ daṭṭhukāmo 'si maharājā 'ti. paṭhavikampanaṃ bhante 'ti.
sakalapaṭhavikampanaṃ daṭṭhukāmo 'si mahārāja padesapaṭhavikampanan ti. kataraṃ pan' ettha bhante dukkaran ti. kin nu kho mahārāja kaṃsapātiyā udakapuṇṇāya sabbaṃ udakaṃ kampetuṃ dukkaraṃ udāhu upaḍḍhan ti. upaḍḍhaṃ bhante ti. evam eva kho mahārāja padesapaṭhavikampanaṃ dukkaran ti. tena hi bhante padesapaṭhavi kampanaṃ passissāmā 'ti.
[page 059]
Introduction 59
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena hi mahārāja samantato yojane yojane puratthimāya disāya ekena cakkena sīmaṃ akkamitvā ratho tiṭṭhatu, dakkhiṇāya disāya dvīhi pādehi sīmaṃ akkamitvā asso tiṭatu, pacchimāya disāya ekena pādena sīmaṃ akkamitvā puriso tiṭṭhatu, uttarāya disāya upaḍḍhabhāgena sīmaṃ akkamitvā ekā udakapātī tiṭṭhatū 'ti. rājā tathā kārāpesi. thero abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhāṇaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya, rājā passatū' ti yojanappamāṇaṃ paṭhavicalanaṃ adhiṭṭhahi. puratthimāya disāya rathassa anto sīmāya ṭhito 'va cakkapādo cali, itaro na cali, evaṃ dakkhiṇapacchimadisāsu assapurisānaṃ anto sīmāya ṭhitapādā eva caliṃsu upaḍḍhupaḍḍhaṃ sarīrañ ca, uttarāya disāya udakapātiyāpi anto sīmāya ṭhitaṃ upaḍḍhabhāgaṭhitam eva udakaṃ cali, avasesaṃ niccalam ahosīti. rājā taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā, sakkhissati dāni thero sāsanaṃ paggaṇhitun ti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā attano kukkuccaṃ pucchi: ahaṃ bhante ekaccaṃ amaccaṃ, vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārehīti pahiṇiṃ, so vihāraṃ gantvā ettake bhikkhū jīvitā voropesi. etaṃ pāpaṃ kassa hotīti. kim pana te mahārāja atthi cittaṃ, ayaṃ vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhū ghātetū'ti. n' atthi bhante.
sace te mahārāja n' atthi evarūpaṃ cittaṃ, n' atthi tuyhaṃ pāpan ti. atha thero rājānaṃ etam atthaṃ iminā suttena saññāpesi: cetanāhaṃ bhikkhave kammaṃ vadāmi, cetayitvā kammaṃ karoti kāyena vācā manasā 'ti. tam eva atthaṃ pidīpetuṃ Tittirajātakaṃ āhari:
[page 060]
60 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atīte mahārāja dīpakatittiro tāpasaṃ pucchi:
ñātako no nisinno 'ti bahu āgacchati jano,
paṭiccakammaṃ phusati, tasmiṃ me saṅkati mano 'ti.
tāpaso āha: atthi pana te cittaṃ mama saddena ca rūpadassanena ca āgantvā ete pakkhino bajjhantu vā haññantu vā ti. n' atthi bhante ti tittiro āha. tato naṃ tāpaso paññāpesi: sace te n' atthi cittaṃ, n' atthi pāpaṃ, cetayantam eva hi kammaṃ phusati nācetayantaṃ.
na paṭiccakammaṃ phusati mano ce na ppadussati,
appossukkassa bhadrassa na pāpam upalimpatīti.
evaṃ thero rājānaṃ saññāpetvā tatth' eva rājuyyāne satta divasāni vasanto rājānaṃ samayaṃ uggaṇhāpesi. rājā sattame divase Asokārāme bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā sāṇipākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā sāṇipākārantare nisinno ekaladdhike ekaladdhike bhikkhū ekato ekato kāretvā ekamekaṃ bhikkhusamūhaṃ pakkosāpetvā pucchi: kiṃvādī sammāsambuddho ti. tato sassatavādino sassatavādīti āhaṃsu, ekaccasassatikā antānantikā amarāvikkhepikā adhiccasamuppattikā saññīvādā asaññīvādā nevasaññīnāsaññīvādā ucchedavādā diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādā ti āhaṃsu.
[page 061]
Introduction 61
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] rājā paṭhamam eva samayassa uggahitattā, na ime bhikkhū aññatitthiyā ime ti ñatvā tesaṃ setakāni vat thāni datvā upapabbājesi. te sabbe pi saṭṭhisahassā ahesuṃ. ath' aññe bhikkhū pakkosāpetvā pucchi: kiṃvādī bhante sammāsambuddho ti. vibhajjavādī mahārājā 'ti.
evaṃ vutte rājā theraṃ pucchi: vibhajjavādī bhante sammāsambuddho ti. āma mahārājā 'ti. tato rājā: suddhaṃ dāni bhante sāsanaṃ, karotu bhikkhusaṃgho uposathan ti ārakkhaṃ datvā naṅgaraṃ pāvisi. samaggo saṃgho sannipativā uposathaṃ akāsi. tasmiṃ sannipāte saṭṭhi bhikkhusatasahassāni ahesuṃ. tasmiṃ samāgame Moggaliputtatissatthero parappavādaṃ maddamāno Kathāvatthuppakaraṇaṃ abhāsi. tato saṭṭhisatasahassasaṃkheyyesu bhikkhūsu uccinitvā tipiṭakapariyattidharānaṃ pabhinnapaṭisambhidānaṃ tevijjādibhedānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sahassam ekaṃ gahetvā yathā Mahākassapatthero ca Kākaṇḍakaputto Yasatthero ca dhammañ ca vinayañ ca saṃgāyiṃsu, evam eva dhammañ ca vinayañ ca saṃgāyanto sabbaṃ sāsanamalaṃ visodhetvā tatiyasaṃgītiṃ akāsi. saṃgītipariyosāne anekappakāraṃ paṭhavi akampittha.
ayaṃ saṃgīti navahi māsehi niṭṭhitā yā loke
katā bhikkhusahassena tasmā sahassikā ti ca
purimā dve upādāya tatiyā 'ti ca vuccatīti, ayaṃ tatiyasaṃgīti.
ettāvatā ca kenābhatan ti etassa pañhassa vissajjanatthaṃ yad avocumha: Jambudīpe tāva Upālittheraṃ ādiṃ katvā ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṃgīti tāva ābtaṃ,
[page 062]
62 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tatrāyaṃ ācariyaparamparā:
Upāli Dāsako c' eva Sonako Siggavo tathā,
Tisso Moggaliputto ca pañc' ete vijitāvino,
paramparāya vinayaṃ dīpe Jambusirivhaye
acchijjamānaṃ ānesuṃ tatiyo yāva saṃgaho 'ti, tass'attho ettāvatā pakāsito hoti.
tatiyasaṃgahato pana uddhaṃ imaṃ dīpaṃ Mahindādīhi ābhataṃ, Mahindato uggahetvā kañci kālaṃ Ariṭṭhattherādīhi ābhataṃ, tato yāva ajjatanā tesaṃ yeva antevāsikaparamparābhūtāya ācariyaparamparāya ābhatan ti veditabbaṃ. yathāhu porāṇā:
[tato Mahindo Iṭṭhiyo Uttiyo Sambalo pi ca, Bhaddanāmo ca paṇḍito;]
ete nāgā mahāpaññā Jambudīpā idhāgatā:
vinayaṃ te vācayiṃsu piṭakaṃ Taṃbapaṇṇiyā.
nikāye pañca vācesuṃ satta c' eva pakāraṇe.
tato Ariṭṭho medhāvī Tissadatto ca paṇḍito
[visārado Kālasumano thero ca Dīghanāmako, Dīghasumano ca paṇḍito. punar eva Kālasumano Nāgatthero ca Buddharakkhito,]
Tissatthero ca medhāvī Devatthero ca paṇḍito.
punar eva Sumano medhāvī vinaye ca visārado,
bahussuto Cūlanāgo gajo 'va duppadhaṃsiyo.
[page 063]
Introduction 63
Dhammapālināmo ca Rohaṇe sādhupūjito,
tassa sisso mahāpañño Khemanāmo tipeṭako.
dīpe tārakarājā 'va paññāya atirocatha,
Upatisso ca medhāvī Phussadevo mahākathi.
punar eva Sumano medhāvī Phussanāmo bahussuto,
mahākathi Mahāsīvo piṭake sabbattha kovido.
punar eva Upāli medhāvī vinaye ca visārado,
Mahānāgo mahāpañño saddhammavaṃsakovido.
punar eva Sahayo medhāvī piṭake sabbattha kovido,
Tissatthero ca medhāvī vinaye ca visārado.
tassa sisso mahāpañño Pupphanāmo bahussuto,
sāsanaṃ anurakkhanto Jambudīpe patiṭṭhito.
Cūlābhayo ca medhāvī vinaye ca visārado,
Tissatthero ca medhāvī saddhammavaṃsakovido.
Cūladevo ca medhāvī vinaye ca visārado,
Sīvatthero ca medhāvī vinaye sabbattha kovido,
ete nāgā mahāpaññā vinayaññū maggakovidā,
vinayaṃ dīpe pakāsesuṃ piṭakaṃ Tambapaṇṇiyā 'ti.
tatrāyaṃ ānupubbikathā:
Moggaliputtatissatthero kira imaṃ tatiyaṃ dhammasaṃgītiṃ katvā evam cintesi: kattha nu kho anāgate sāsanaṃ suppatiṭṭhitaṃ bhaveyyā 'ti. ath' assa upaparikkhato etad ahosi: paccantimesu kho janapadesu suppatiṭṭhitaṃ bhavissatīti. so tesaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhāraṃ katvā te te bhikkhū tattha tattha pesesi. Majjhantikattheraṃ Kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhaṃ pesesi, tvaṃ etaṃ raṭṭhaṃ gantvā ettha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpehīti. Mahādevattheraṃ tath' eva vatvā Mahisakamaṇḍalaṃ pesesi, Rakkhitattheraṃ Vanavāsiṃ, Yonakadhammarakkhitattheraṃ Aparantakaṃ,
[page 064]
64 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Mahādhammarakkhitattheraṃ Mahāraṭṭhaṃ, Mahārakkhitattheraṃ Yonakalokaṃ, Majjhimattheraṃ Himavantapadesabhāgaṃ, Sonakattherañ ca Uttarattherañ ca Suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ, attano saddhivihārikaṃ Mahindattheraṃ Iddhiyattherena Uttiyattherena Sambalattherena Bhaddasālattherena ca saddhiṃ Tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pesesi, tumhe Tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantvā ettha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpethā 'ti. sabbe pi taṃ taṃ disābhāgaṃ gacchantā attapañcamā agamaṃsu, paccantimesu janapadesu pañcavaggo gaṇo alaṃ upasampadakammāyā 'ti maññamānā.
ena kho pana samayena Kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhe sassapākasamaye Aravālo nāma nāgarājā karakavassaṃ nāma vassaṃ vassāpetvā sassaṃ harāpetvā mahāsamuddaṃ pāpesi. Majjhantikatthero Pāṭaliputtato vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā Himavati Aravāladahassa upari otaritvā Aravāladahapiṭṭhiyaṃ caṅkamati pi tiṭṭhati pi nisīdati pi seyyam pi kappeti. nāṅgamāṇavakā disvā Aravālassa nāṅgarājassa ārocesuṃ: mahārāja eko chinnabhinnapaṭadharo bhaṇḍukāsāvavasano amhākaṃ udakaṃ dūsetīti. ṇāṅgarājā tāvad eva kodhābhibhūto nikkhamitvā theraṃ disvā makkhaṃ asahamāno antalikkhe anekāni bhiṃsanakāni nimmini, tato tato bhusaṃ vātā vāyanti, rukkhā bhijjanti, pabbatakūṭāni patanti, meghā gajjanti, vijjullatā niccharanti, asaniyo phalanti, bhinnaṃ viya gaganaṃ udakaṃ paggharati, bhayānakarūpā nāgakumārā sannipatanti,
[page 065]
Introduction 65
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sayam pi dhūmayati pajjalati paharaṇavuṭṭhiyo vissajjeti, ko ayaṃ muṇḍako chinnabhinnapaṭadharo ti ādīhi pharusavacanehi theraṃ santajjesi, etha gaṇhatha bandhatha niddhamatha imaṃ samaṇan ti nāgabalam āṇāpesi. thero sabban taṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ attano iddhibalena paṭibāhitvā nāgarājānaṃ āha:
sadevako pi ce loko āgantvā tāsayeyya maṃ
na me paṭibalo assa janetuṃ bhayabheravaṃ.
sace pi tvaṃ mahiṃ sabbaṃ sasamuddaṃ sapabbataṃ
ukkhipitvā mahānāga khipeyyāsi mam' ūpari.
n' eva me sakkuṇeyyāsi janetuṃ bhayabheravaṃ.
aññadatthu tav' assa vighāto uragādhipā 'ti.
evaṃ vutte nāgarājā vihatānubhāvo nipphalavāyāmo dukkhī dummano ahosi. taṃ thero taṃkhaṇānurūpāya dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā tīsu saraṇesu ca pañcasu ca sīlesu patiṭṭhāpesi saddhiṃ caturāsītiyā nāgasahassehi. aññe pi bahū Himavantavāsino yakkhā ca gandhabbakumbhaṇḍā ca therassa dhammakathaṃ sutvā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca paṭiṭṭhahiṃsu, Pañcako pi yakkho saddhiṃ bhariyāya yakkhiniyā pañcahi ca puttasatehi paṭhame phale patiṭṭhito. atha āyasmā Majjhantikatthero sabbe pi nāgayakkharakkhase āmantetvā evaṃ āha:
mā dāni kodhaṃ janayittha ito uddhaṃ yathā pure,
sassaghātañ ca mā kattha sukhakāmā hi pāṇino;
karotha mettaṃ sattesu, vasantu manujā sukhan ti.
[page 066]
66 Samantapāsādikā
te sabbe sādhu bhante ti therassa paṭissutvā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjiṃsu. taṃ divasam eva ca nāgarājassa pūjāsamayo hoti. atha nāgarājā attano ratanamayaṃ pallaṅkaṃ āharāpetvā therassa paññāpesi. nisīdi thero pallaṅke, nāgarājāpi theraṃ vījayamāno samīpe aṭṭhāsi. tasmiṃ khaṇe Kasmīragandhāraṭṭhavāsino āgataṃ theraṃ disvā, amhākaṃ nāgarājato pi thero mahiddhikataro ti theram eva vanditvā nisinnā. thero tesaṃ Āsivisopamasuttantaṃ kathesi.
suttapariyosāne asītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, kulasatasahassaṃ pabbaji, tato pabhuti ca Kasmīragandhārā yāva ajjatanā kāsāvapajjotā isivātaparivātā eva.
gantvā Kasmīragandhāraṃ isi Majjhantiko tadā
ruṭṭhaṃ nāgaṃ pasādetvā mocesi bandhanā bahū ti.
Mahādevatthero pi Mahiṃsakamaṇḍalaṃ gantvā Devadūtasuttaṃ kathesi, suttapariyosāne cattālīsapāṇasahassāni dhammacakkhuṃ paṭilabhiṃsu, cattālīsaṃ yeva pāṇasahassāni pabbajiṃsu.
[gantvāna raṭṭhaṃ Mahisaṃ Mahādevo mahiddhiko, codetvā Devadūtehi mocesi bandhanā bahū ti.] Rakkhitatthero ca Vanavāsiṃ gantvā ākāse ṭhaṭvā Anamataggapariyāyakathāya Vanavāsike pasādesi, kathāpariyosāne pana saṭṭhisahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi,
[page 067]
Introduction 67
sattatiṃsasahassamattā pabbajiṃsu, pañcavihārasatāni patiṭṭhahiṃsu. evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
gantvāna Rakkhitatthero Vanavāsiṃ mahiddhiko
antalikkhe ṭhito tattha desesi Anamataggiyan ti.
Yonakadhammarakkhitatthero pi Aparantakaṃ gantvā Aggikkhandhūpamasuttantakathāya Aparantake pasādetvā sattatimsapāṇasahassāni dhammāmatam pāyesi. khattiyakulato yeva purisasahassaṃ pabbajiṃsu samadhikāni cha itthisahassāni. evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
Aparantaṃ vigāhitvā Yonako Dhammarakkhito
Aggikkhandhūpamen' ettha pasādesi jane bahū ti.
Mahādhammarakkhitatthero pana Mahāraṭṭhaṃ gantvā Mahānāradakassapajātakakathāya Mahāraṭṭhake pasādetvā caturāsītipāṇasahassāni maggaphalesu patiṭṭhāpesi, terasa sahassāni pabbajiṃsu. evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
Mahāraṭṭhaṃ isi gantvā so Mahādhammarakkhito
jātakaṃ kathayitvāna pasādesi mahājanan ti.
Mahārakkhitatthero pi Yonakaraṭṭhaṃ gantvā Kālakārāmasuttantakathāya Yonakalokaṃ pasādetvā sattatiṃsasahassādhikassa pāṇasatasahassassa maggaphalālaṃkāraṃ adāsi, santike c' assa dasasahassā pabbajiṃsu. evaṃ so pi tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
Yonakaraṭṭhaṃ tadā gantvā so Mahārakkhito isi
Kālakārāmasuttena te pasādesi Yonake ti.
[page 068]
68 Samantapāsādikā
Majjhimatthero pana Kassapagottattherena Alakadevattherena Dundubhissarattherena Sahadevattherena ca saddhim Himavantapadesabhāgaṃ gantvā Dhammacakkappavattanasuttantakathāya taṃ desaṃ pasādetvā asītipāṇakoṭiyo maggaphalaratanāni paṭilābhesi. pañca pi c' ete therā pañcaraṭṭhāni pasādesuṃ, ekamekassa santike satasahassamattā pabbajiṃsu. evaṃ te tattha sāsaṇaṃ paṭiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
gantvāna Majjhimatthero Himavantaṃ pasādayi
yakkhasenaṃ pakāsento Dhammacakkappavattanan ti.
Sonakatthero pi saddhiṃ Uttarattherena Suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ agamāsi. tena ca samayena tattha ekā rakkhasī samuddato nikkhamitvā rājakule jāte jāte dārake khādati. taṃ divasam eva rājakule eko dārako jāto hoti. manussā theraṃ disvā, rakkhasānaṃ sahāyako eso ti maññamānā āvudhāni gahetvā theraṃ pariharitukāmā gacchanti. thero kiṃ tumhe āvudhahatthā āgacchathā'ti āha. te āhaṃsu: rājakule jāte jāte dārake rakkhasā khādanti, tesaṃ tumhe sahāyakā ti.
thero, na mayaṃ rakkhasānaṃ sahāyakā, samaṇā nāma mayaṃ viratā pāṇātipātā --pe-- viratā majjapānā ekabhattikā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā ti āha. tasmiṃ yeva ca khaṇe sā rakkhasī saparivārā samuddato nikkhami, rājakule dārako jāto taṃ khādissāmīti. manussā taṃ disvā, esā bhante rakkhasī āgacchatītibhītā viraviṃsu. thero rakkhasehi diguṇe attabhāve nimminitvā tehi attabhāvehi taṃ rakkhasiṃ saparisaṃ majjhe katvā ubhosu passesu parikkhipi.
[page 069]
Introduction 69
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassā saparisāya etad ahosi: addhā imehi imaṃ ṭhānaṃ laddhaṃ bhavissati, mayaṃ pana imesaṃ bhakkhā bhavissāmā 'ti, sabbarakkhasā vegena palāyiṃsu. thero pi te yāva adassanaṃ tāva palāpetvā dīpassa samantato rakkhaṃ ṭhapesi. tasmiñ ca samaye sannipatitaṃ mahājanakāyaṃ Brahmajālasuttantakathāya pasādetvā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāpesi. sisahassānaṃ pan' ettha dhammābhisamayo ahosi, kuladārakānaṃ aḍḍhuḍḍhāni sahassāni pabbajiṃsu, kuladhītānaṃ diyaḍḍhasahassaṃ. evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
tato pabhuti rājakule jātadārakāṇaṃ Sonuttaranāmam eva karonti.
Suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ gantvāna Sonuttarā mahiddhikā
pisāce niddhamitvāna Brahmajālaṃ adesayun ti.
Mahindatthero pana, Tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantvā sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpehīti upajjhāyena ca bhikkhusaṃghena ca ajjhiṭṭho cintesi: kālo nu kho me Tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantuṃ no ti.
ath' assa vīmaṃsato, na tāva kālo ti ahosi. kiṃ pan' assa disvā etad ahosi. Muṭasīvarañño mahallakabhāvaṃ. tato cintesi: ayaṃ rājā mahallako, na sakkā imaṃ gaṇhitvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ, idāni pan' assa putto Devānampiyatisso rajjaṃ kāressati taṃ gaṇhitvā sakkā bhavissati sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ. handa yāva so samayo āgacchati tāva ñātake olokema, puna dāni mayaṃ imaṃ janapadaṃ āgaccheyyāma vā na vā ti. so evaṃ cintetvā upajjhāyañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca vanditvā Asokārāmato nikkhamma tehi Iddhiyādīhi catūhi therehi Saṃghamittāya puttena Sumanasāmaṇerena Bhaṇḍukena ca upāsakena saddhiṃ Rājagahanagaraparivattakena Dakkhiṇagirijanapade cārikaṃ caramāno ñātake olokento cha māse atikkāmesi.
[page 070]
70 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] athānupubbena mātu nivesanaṭṭhānaṃ Vedisanagaraṃ nāma sampatto. Asoko kira kumārakāle janapadaṃ labhitvā Ujjeniṃ gacchanto Vedisanagaraṃ patvā Devaseṭṭhissa dhītaraṃ aggahesi. sā taṃ divasam eva gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā Ujjeniyaṃ Mahindakumāraṃ vijāyi. kumārassa cuddasavassakāle rājā abhisekaṃ pāpuṇi. sā tassa mātā tena samayena ñātighare vasati.
tena vuttaṃ: anupubbena mātu nivesanaṭṭhānaṃ Vedisanagaraṃ nāma sampatto ti. sampattañ ca pana theraṃ disvā theramātā Devī pāde sirasā vanditvā bhikkhaṃ datvā theraṃ attano kataṃ Vedisagirimahāvihāraṃ nāma āropesi.
thero tasmiṃ vihāre nisinno cintesi: amhākaṃ idha kattabbakiccaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ, samayo nu kho idāni Laṅkādīpaṃ gantun ti. tato cintesi: anubhavatu tāva me pitarā pesitaṃ abhisekaṃ Devānampiyatisso ratanattayaguṇañ ca suṇātu chaṇatthañ ca nagarato nikkhamitvā Missakapabbataṃ abhirūhatu, tadā taṃ tattha dakkhissāmā 'ti. athāparam ekamāsaṃ tatth' eva saṃkappesi. māsātikkamena ca jeṭṭhamūlamāsapuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathadivase sannipatitā sabbe pi, kālo nu kho amhākaṃ Tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gamanāya udāhu no ti mantayiṃsu. tenāhu porāṇā:
Mahindo nāma nāmena saṃghatthero tadā ahū,
Iddhiyo Vuttiyo thero Bhaddasālo ca Sambalo;
[page 071]
Introduction 71
sāmaṇero ca Sumano chaḷabhiñño mahiddhiko,
Bhaṇḍuko sattamo tesaṃ diṭṭhasacco upāsako:
iti ete mahānāgā mantayiṃsu rahogatā ti.
tadā Sakko devānam Indo Mahindattheraṃ upasaṃkamitvā etad avoca: kālakato bhante Muṭasīvarājā, idāni Devānampiyatissamahārājā rajjaṃ kāreti. sammāsambuddhena ca tumhe vyākatā: anāgate Mahindo nāma bhikkhu Tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pasādessatīti. tasmāt iha vo bhante kālo dīpavaraṃ gamanāya, ahaṃ pi vo sahāyo bhavissāmīti. kasmā pana Sakko evam āha. bhagavā kir' assa bodhimūle yeva buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ oloketvā anāgate imassa dīpassa sampattiṃ disvā etaṃ atthaṃ ārocesi, tadā tvam pi sahāyo bhaveyyāsīti ca āṇāpesi. tasmā evaṃ āha. thero tassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā attasattamo Vedisakapabbatā vehāsaṃ uppatitvā Anurādhapurassa puratthimadisāya Missakapabbate patiṭṭhahi yaṃ pan' etarahi Cetiyapabbato ti pi sañjānanti. tenāhu porāṇā:
Vedisagirimhi Rājagahe vasitvā tiṃsarattiyo
kālo ca gamanassā 'ti gacchāmi dīpam uttamaṃ.
palīnā Jambudīpāto haṃsarājā va ambare
evam uppatitā therā nipatiṃsu naguttame.
purato puraseṭṭhassa pabbate meghasannibhe
patiṭṭhahiṃsu kūṭamhi haṃsā va nagamuddhanīti.
[page 072]
72 Samantapāsādikā
evaṃ Iddhiyādīhi saddhiṃ āgantvā patiṭṭhahanto ca āyasmā Mahindatthero sammāsambuddhassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari chattiṃsatime vasse imasmiṃ dīpe patiṭṭhahīti veditabbaṃ.
Ajātasattussa hi aṭṭhame vasse sammāsambuddho parinibbāyi. tasmiṃ yeva vasse Sīhakumārassa putto Tambapaṇṇidīpassa ādirājā Vijayakumāro imaṃ dīpam āgantvā manussavāsaṃ akāsi. Jambudīpe Udayabhadrassa cuddasame vasse idha Vijayo kālam akāsi. Udayabhadrassa pañcadasame vasse Paṇḍuvāsadevo nāma imasmiṃ dīpe rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. tattha Nāgadassakarañño vīsatime vasse idha Paṇḍuvāsadevo tiṃsavassāni rajjaṃ kāretvā kālam akāsi. tasmiṃ vasse Abhayo nāma rājakumāro imasmiṃ dīpe rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. tattha Susunāgarañño sattarasame vasse idha Abhayarañño vīsaṃ vassāni paripūriṃsu. atha Abhayassa vīsatime vasse Pakuṇḍakābhayo nāma dāmariko rajjam aggahesi. tattha Kālāsokassa soḷasame vasse idha Pakuṇḍakābhayassa sattarasa vassāni paripūriṃsu. tāni heṭṭhā ekena vassena saha aṭṭhārasa honti. tattha Candaguttassa cuddasame vasse idha Pakuṇḍakābhayo kālam akāsi, Muṭasīvarājā rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. tattha Asokadhammarājassa sattarasame vasse idha Muṭasīvarājā kālam akāsi, Devānaṃpiyatisso rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. parinibbute ca pana sambuddhe Ajātasattu catuvīsativassāni rajjaṃ kāresi, Udayabhadro ca soḷasa,
[page 073]
Introduction 73
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Anuruddho ca Muṇḍo ca aṭṭhārasa, Nāgadassako catuvīsati, Susunāgo aṭṭhārasa, tass' eva putto Asoko aṭṭhavīsati, Asokassa puttā dasabhātukarājāno dvevīsativassāni rajjaṃ kāresuṃ. tesaṃ pacchato nava Nandā dvevīsatiṃ eva, Candagutto ca catuvīsati, Bindusāro aṭṭhavīsaṃ. tassāvasāne Asoko rajjaṃ pāpuṇi.
tassa pure abhisekā cattāri, abhisekato aṭṭhārasame vasse imasmiṃ dīpe Mahindatthero patiṭṭhito. evam etena rājavaṃsānusārena veditabbam eva tam sammāsambuddhassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari chattiṃsatime vasse imasmiṃ dīpe patiṭṭhahīti.
tasmiñ ca divase Tambapaṇṇidīpe jeṭṭhamūlanakkhattaṃ nāma nakkhattaṃ hoti. rājā nakkhattaṃ ghosāpetvā chaṇaṃ karothā 'ti amacce āṇāpetvā cattālīsapurisasahassaparivāro nagaramhā nikkhamitvā yena Missakapabbato tena pāyāsi migavaṃ kīḷitukāmo. atha tasmiṃ pabbate adhivatthā ekā devatā rañño there dassessāmīti rohitamigarūpaṃ gahetvā avidūre tiṇapaṇṇāni khādamānā viya carati. rājā disvā, ayuttaṃ dāni pamattaṃ vijjhitun ti jiyaṃ poṭhesi.
migo Ambatthalamaggaṃ gahetvā palāyituṃ ārabhi. rājā piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhanto Ambatthalam eva abhirūhi.
migo pi therānaṃ avidūre antaradhāyi. Mahindatthero rājānaṃ avidūre āgacchantaṃ disvā, mamaṃ yeva rājā passatu mā itare ti adhiṭṭhahitvā, Tissa Tissa ito ehīti āha. rājā sutvā cintesi: imasmiṃ dīpe jāto man Tissā 'ti nāmaṃ gahetvā ālapituṃ samattho nāma n' atthi.
[page 074]
74 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ayaṃ pana chinnabhinnapaṭadharo bhaṇḍukāsāvavasano maṃ nāmena ālapati.
ko nu kho ayaṃ bhavissati manusso vā amanusso vā ti. thero āha:
samaṇā mayaṃ mahārāja dhammarājassa sāvakā
tam eva anukampāya Jambudīpā idhāgatā ti.
tena ca samayena Devānampiyatisso mahārājā ca Asokadhammarājā ca adiṭṭhasahāyakā honti. Devānampiyatissamahārājassa ca puññānubhāvena Chātakapabbatapāde ekamhi veṇugumbe tisso veṇuyaṭṭhiyo rathayaṭṭhippamāṇā uppajjiṃsu, ekā latāyaṭṭhi nāma, ekā pupphayaṭṭhi nāma, ekā sakuṇayaṭṭhi nāma. tāsu latāyaṭṭhiyaṃ rajatavaṇṇā hoti, taṃ alaṃkaritvā uppannalatā kañcanavaṇṇā khāyati.
pupphayaṭṭhiyaṃ pana nīlapītalohitāvadātakāḷavaṇṇāni pupphāni suvibhattavaṇṭapattakiñjakkhāni hutvā khāyanti, sakuṇayaṭṭhiyaṃ haṃsakukkuṭajīvajīvakādayo sakuṇā nānappakārāni catuppadāni sajīvāni viya khāyanti.
vuttam pi c' etaṃ Dīpavaṃse:
Chātapabbatapādamhi veṇuyaṭṭhi tayo ahu:
setā rajatayaṭṭhi ca latā kañcanasannibhā,
nīlādi yādisaṃ pupphaṃ pupphayaṭṭhiṃhi tādisaṃ,
sakuṇā sakuṇayaṭṭhimhi sarūpen' eva saṇṭhitā ti.
[page 075]
Introduction 75
samuddato pi 'ssa muttamaṇiveḷuriyādi anekavihitaratanaṃ uppajji. Tambapaṇṇiyaṃ aṭṭha muttā uppajjiṃsu, hayamuttā gajamuttā rathamuttā āmalakamuttā valayamuttā aṅguliveṭhakamuttā kakudhaphalamuttā pākatikamuttā ti so tā yaṭṭhiyo tā ca muttāyo aññañ ca bahuṃ ratanaṃ Asokassa dhammarañño paṇṇākāratthāya pesesi. Asoko pasīditvā tassa pañcarājakakudhabhaṇḍāni pahiṇi chattaṃ cāmaraṃ khaggaṃ moliṃ ratanaṃ pādukaṃ aññañ ca abhisekatthāya bahuvidhaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ, seyyath' īdaṃ, saṅkhaṃ Gaṅgodakaṃ vaḍḍhamānaṃ vaṭaṃsakaṃ bhiṅkāraṃ nandiyāvaṭṭaṃ sivikaṃ kaññaṃ kaṭacchuṃ adhovimaṃ dussayugaṃ hatthapuñchanaṃ haricandanaṃ aruṇavaṇṇamattikaṃ añjanaṃ harītakaṃ āmalakan ti. vuttam pi c' etaṃ Dīpavaṃse:
vālavījani uṇhīsaṃ chattaṃ khaggañ ca pādukaṃ
veṭhanaṃ sārapāmaṅgaṃ bhiṅkāraṃ nandivaṭṭakaṃ.
sivikaṃ saṅkhaṃ vaṭamsañ ca adhoviṃ vatthakoṭikaṃ
sovaṇṇapātikāṭacchuṃ mahagghaṃ hatthapuñchaniṃ
Anotattodakaṃ kājaṃ uttamaṃ haricandanaṃ
[page 076]
76 Samantapāsādikā
aruṇavaṇṇamattikañ ca añjanaṃ nāgamāhaṭaṃ.
harītakaṃ āmalakaṃ mahaggham amatosadhaṃ
saṭṭhivāhasataṃ sāliṃ sugandhaṃ suvakāhaṭaṃ
puññakammābhinibbattaṃ pāhesi Asokasavhayo ti.
na kevalañ ca etaṃ āmisapaṇṇākāraṃ imaṃ kira dhammapaṇṇākāram pi pesesi:
ahaṃ buddhañ ca dhammañ ca saṃghañ ca saraṇaṃ gato
upāsakattaṃ vedesiṃ Sakyaputtassa sāsane.
imesu tīsu vatthūsu uttame jinasāsane
tvam pi cittaṃ pasādehi saddhāsaraṇam upehisīti.
sv' āyam rājā taṃ divasaṃ Asokarañño pesitena abhisekena ekamābhisitto hoti, Visākhapuṇṇamāya hi 'ssa abhisekaṃ akaṃsu. so acirasutaṃ taṃ sāsanapavattiṃ anussaramāno taṃ therassa, samaṇā mayaṃ mahārāja dhammarājassa sāvakā ti vacaṇaṃ sutvā, ayyā nu kho āgatā ti tāvad eva āvudhaṃ nikkhipitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ kathayamāno. yathāha:
āvudhaṃ nikkhipitvāna ekamantaṃ upāvisi,
nisajja rājā sammodi bahuṃ atthūpasaṃhitan ti.
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ ca kurumāne yeva tasmiṃ tāni pi cattālīsapurisasahassāni āgantvā taṃ parivāresuṃ. tadā thero itare pi cha jane dassesi. rājā disvā, ime kadā āgatā ti āha.
[page 077]
Introduction 77
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] mayā saddhiṃ yeva mahārājā 'ti. idāni pana Jambudīpe aññe pi evarūpā samaṇā santīti. santi mahārāja, etarahi Jambudīpo kāsāvapajjoto isivātaparivāto, tasmiṃ.
tevijjā iddhippattā ca cetopariyāyakovidā
khīṇāsavā arahantā bahū buddhassa sāvakā ti.
bhante kena āgata 'tthā 'ti. n' eva mahārāja udakena na thalenā 'ti. rājā ākāsena āgatā 'ti aññāsi. thero atthi nu kho rañño paññāveyyattikan ti vīmaṃsanatthāya āsannāmbarukkhaṃ ārabbha pañhaṃ pucchi: kiṃnāmo ayaṃ mahārāja rukkho ti. ambarukkho nāma bhante ti.
imaṃ pana mahārāja ambaṃ muñcitvā añño ambo atthi n' atthīti. atthi bhante aññe pi bahū ambarukkhā ti. imañ ca ambaṃ te ca ambe muñcitvā atthi nu kho mahārāja aññe rukkhā ti. atthi bhante, te pana na ambarukkhā ti. aññe ambe ca anambe ca muñcitvā atthi pana añño rukkho ti.
ayam eva bhante ambarukkho ti. sādhu mahārāja paṇḍito 'si. atthi pana te mahārāja ñātakā ti. atthi me bhante bahū janā 'ti. te muñcitvā aññe keci aññātakāpi atthi mahārājā 'ti. aññātakā bhante ñātakehi bahutarā ti. tava ñātake ca aññātake ca muñcitvā atth' añño koci mahārājā 'ti.
ahaṃ bhante. sādhu mahārāja attā nāma attano n' eva ñātako na aññātako ti. atha thero, paṇḍito rājā sakkhissati dhammaṃ aññātun ti Cūlahatthipadopamasuttaṃ kathesi.
kathāpariyosāne rājā tīsu saraṇesu patiṭṭhahi saddhim cattālīsāya pāṇasahassehi. taṃ khaṇañ ñeva rañño bhattaṃ āhariyittha.
[page 078]
78 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] rājā suttaṃ suṇanto yeva evaṃ aññāsi: na imesaṃ imasmiṃ kāle bhojanaṃ kappatīti, āpucchitvā pana bhuñjituṃ ayuttan ti cintetvā, bhuñjissatha bhante ti pucchi.
na mahārāja amhākaṃ imasmiṃ kāle bhojanaṃ kappatīti.
kasmiṃ kāle bhante kappatīti. aruṇuggamanato paṭṭhāya yāva majjhantikasamayā mahārājā 'ti. gacchāma bhante nagaran ti. alaṃ mahārāja idh' eva vasissāmā 'ti. sace bhante tumhe vasatha ayaṃ dārako āgacchatū 'ti. mahārāja ayaṃ dārako āgataphalo viññātasāsano pabbajjāpekho idāni pabbajissatīti. rājā tena hi bhante sve rathaṃ pesessāmi taṃ abhirūhitvā āgaccheyyathā 'ti vatvā vanditvā pakkāmi.
thero acirapakkantassa rañño Sumanasāmaṇeraṃ āmantesi:
ehi tvaṃ Sumana dhammasavaṇassa kālaṃ ghosehīti. bhante kittakaṃ ṭhānaṃ sāvento ghosemīti. sakalaṃ Tambapaṇṇidīpan ti. sādhu bhante ti sāmaṇero abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhāṇaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya adhiṭṭhahitvā samāhitena cittena sakalaṃ Tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ sāvento tikkhattuṃ dhammasavaṇassa kālaṃ ghosesi. rājā taṃ saddaṃ sutvā therānaṃ santikaṃ pesesi: kim bhante atthi koci upaddavo'ti. n' atth' amhākaṃ koci upaddavo ti dhammasavaṇassa kālaṃ ghosāpayimha buddhavacanaṃ kathetukāma 'mhā 'ti. tañ ca pana sāmaṇerassa saddaṃ sutvā bhummā devatā saddam anussāvesuṃ, eten' upāyena yāva Brahmalokā saddo abbhuggañchi. tena saddena mahādevatāsannipāto ahosi. thero ca mahantaṃ devatāsannipātaṃ disvā Samacittasuttantaṃ kathesi, kathāpariyosāne asaṃkheyyānaṃ devatānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, bahū nāgā ca supaṇṇā ca saraṇesu patiṭṭhahiṃsu.
[page 079]
Introduction 79
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yādiso Sāriputtattherassa imaṃ suttantaṃ kathayato devatāsannipāto ahosi tādiso Mahindattherassāpi jāto.
atha tassā rattiyā accayena rājā therānaṃ rathaṃ pesesi.
sārathi rathaṃ ekamante ṭhapetvā therānaṃ ārocesi: āhaṭo bhante ratho, abhirūhatha gacchissāmā 'ti. therā, na mayaṃ rathaṃ abhirūhāmāccha tvaṃ, pacchā mayaṃ āgacchissāmā 'ti vatvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā Anurādhapurassa puratthimadisāyaṃ Paṭhamacetiyaṭṭhāne otariṃsu. taṃ hi cetiyaṃ therehi paṭhamaṃ otiṇṇaṭṭhāne katattā yeva Paṭhamacetiyan ti vuccati. rājāpi sārathiṃ pesetvā antonivesane maṇḍapaṃ paṭiyādethā 'ti amacce āṇāpesi. tāvad eva sabbe haṭṭhatuṭṭhā ativiya pāsādikaṃ maṇḍapaṃ paṭiyādesuṃ.
puna rājā cintesi: hiyyo thero sīlakkhandhaṃ kathayamāno uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ na kappatīti āha. nisīdissanti nu kho ayyā āsanesu na nisīdissantīti. tass' evaṃ cintayantass' eva so sārathi nagaradvāraṃ sampatto. tato addasa there paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā cīvaraṃ pārupante. disvā ativiya pasannacitto hutvā āgantvā rañño ārocesi: āgatā deva therā ti. rājā rathaṃ ārūḷhā 'ti pucchi. na ārūḷhā deva api ca mama pacchato nikkhamitvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā pācīnadvāre ṭhitā ti.
rājā ratham pi nārūhiṃsū; 'ti sutvā, na dāni ayyā uccāsayanaṃ sādiyissantīti cintetvā, tena hi bhaṇe therānaṃ bhummattharaṇasaṃkhepena āsanāni paññāpethā 'ti vatvā paṭipathaṃ agamāsi. amaccā paṭhaviyaṃ taddhikaṃ paññāpetvā upari kojavakādīni vicitrattharaṇāni paññāpesuṃ.
uppādapāṭhakā disvā, gahitā dāni imehi paṭhavī, ime Tambapaṇṇidīpassa sāmikā bhavissantīti vyākariṃsu.
[page 080]
80 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] rājāpi gantvā there vanditvā Mahindattherassa hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā mahatiyā pūjāya ca sakkārena ca there nagaraṃ pavesetvā antonivesanaṃ pavesesi. thero āsanapaññattiṃ disvā amhākaṃ sāsaṇaṃ sakala-Laṅkādīpe paṭhavī viya patthataṃ niccalañ ca hutvā patiṭṭhahissatīti cintento nisīdi. rājā there paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā, Anulādevipamukhāni pañca itthisatāni therānaṃ abhivādanaṃ pūjāsakkārañ ca karontīti pakkosāpetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. thero bhattakiccāvasāne rañño saparijanassa dhammaratanavassaṃ vassento Petavatthuṃ Vimānavatthuṃ Saccasaṃyuttañ ca kathesi. taṃ therassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā tāni pañca pi itthisatāni sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikariṃsu. ye pi te manussā purimadivase Missakapabbate there addasaṃsu te tesu tesu ṭhānesu therānaṃ guṇe kathenti, tesaṃ sutvā mahājanakāyo rājaṅgaṇe sannipatitvā mahāsaddaṃ akāsi.
rājā kiṃ eso saddo 'ti pucchi. nāgarā deva, there daṭṭhuṃ na labhāmā 'ti vilapanti. rājā, sace idha pavisissanti okāso na bhavissatīti cintetvā, gacchatha bhaṇe hatthisālaṃ paṭijaggitvā vāḷukaṃ ākiritvā pañcavaṇṇāni pupphāni vikiritvā celavitānaṃ bandhitvā maṅgalahatthiṭṭhāne therānaṃ āsanāni paññāpethā 'ti āha. rājāmaccā tathā akaṃsu.
thero tattha gantvā nisīditvā Devadūtasuttantaṃ kathesi.
kathāpariyosāne pāṇasahassaṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi.
tato, hatthisālā atisambādhā 'ti dakkhiṇadvāre Nandanavanuyyāne āsanaṃ paññāpesuṃ. thero tattha nisīditvā Āsivisopamasuttaṃ kathesi. tam pi sutvā pāṇasahassaṃ sotāpattiphalaṃ paṭilabhi.
[page 081]
Introduction 81
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ āgatadivasato dutiyadivase aḍḍhateyyānaṃ sahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi.
therassa Nandanavane āgatāgatāhi kulitthīhi kulasuṇhāhi kulakumārīhi saddhiṃ sammodamānass' eva sāyaṇhasamayo jāto. thero kālaṃ sallakkhetvā, gacchāma dāni Missakapabbatan ti uṭṭhahi. amaccā kattha bhante gacchathā 'ti. amhākaṃ nivesanaṭṭhānan ti. te rañño saṃviditaṃ katvā rājānumatena āhaṃsu: akālo bhante idāni tattha gantuṃ, idam eva Nandanavanaṃ uyyānaṃ ayyānam āvāsaṭṭhānaṃ hotū 'ti. alaṃ gacchāmā 'ti. puna rañño vacanenāhaṃsu: rājā bhante āha, etaṃ Meghavanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ mama pitu santakaṃ nagarato nātidūran nāccāsannaṃ gamanāgamanasampannaṃ, ettha therā vāsaṃ kappentū 'ti. vasiṃsu therā Meghavane uyyāne. rājāpi kho tassā rattiyā accayena therassa samīpaṃ gantvā sukhasayitabhāvaṃ pucchitvā, kappati bhante bhikkhusaṃghassa ārāmo ti pucchi. thero kappati mahārājā 'ti vatvā imaṃ suttaṃ āhari: anujānāmi bhikkhave ārāman ti. rājā tuṭṭho suvaṇṇabhiṅkāraṃ gahetvā therassa hatthe udakaṃ pātetvMahāmeghavanauyyānaṃ adāsi. saha udakapātena paṭhavī kampi. ayaṃ Mahāvihāre paṭhamo paṭhavikampo ahosi. rājā bhīto theraṃ pucchi: kasmā bhante paṭhavī kampatīti. mā bhāyi mahārāja, imasmiṃ dīpe dasabalassa sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhahissati, idam ca paṭhamaṃ vihāraṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati, tass' etaṃ pubbanimittan ti. rājā bhiyyosomattāya pasīdi. thero punadivase pi rājagahe yeva bhuñjitvā Nandanavane Anamataggiyāni kathesi. punadivase Aggikkhandhopamasuttaṃ kathesi. eten' eva upāyena satta divasāni kathesi, aḍḍhanavamānaṃ pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. tato paṭṭhāya Nandanavanaṃ sāsanassa jotipātubhāvaṭṭhānaṃ ti katvā Jotivanan ti nāmaṃ labhi.
[page 082]
82 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]
sattame pana divase therā antopure rañño Mahāappamādasuttaṃ kathayitvā Cetiyagirim eva agamaṃsu. atha kho rājā amacce pucchi: thero amhe gāḷhena ovādena ovadati, gaccheyya nu kho 'ti. amaccā, tumhehi deva thero ayācito sayam eva āgato, tasmā tassa anāpucchā 'va gamanam pi bhaveyyā 'ti āhaṃsu. tato rājā rathaṃ abhirūhitvā dve ca deviyo āropetvā Cetiyagiriṃ agamāsi mahaccā rājānubhāvena. gantvā deviyo ekamantaṃ apakkamāpetvā sayaṃ therānaṃ samīpaṃ upasaṃkamanto ativiya kilantarūpo hutvā tato naṃ thero āha: kasmā tvaṃ mahārāja evaṃ kilamamāno āgato ti. tumhe mama gāḷhaṃ ovādaṃ datvā idāni gantukāmā nu kho ti jānanatthaṃ bhante ti. na mayaṃ mahārājā gantukāmā, api ca vassūpanāyikakālo nāmāyaṃ mahārāja, tatra samaṇena ca vassūpanāyikaṭṭhānaṃ ñātuṃ vaṭṭatīti. taṃ divasam eva Ariṭṭho nāma amacco pañcapannāsajeṭṭhakaniṭṭhakabhātukehi saddhiṃ rañño samīpe ṭhito āha: icchāma mayaṃ deva therānaṃ santike pabbajitun ti. sādhu bhaṇe pabbajassū 'ti rājā anujānitvā theraṃ sampaṭicchāpesi. thero tadah' eva pabbājesi. sabbe khuragge yeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. rājāpi kho taṃkhaṇaṃ yeva Kaṇṭakacetiyaṅgaṇaṃ parikkhipitvā aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyā lenesu kammaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nagaram eva agamāsi. te pi therā dasabhātikasamākulaṃ rājakulaṃ pasādetvā mahājanaṃ ovadamānā Cetiyagirimhi vassaṃ vasiṃsu.
[page 083]
Introduction 83
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tadā Cetiyagirimhi paṭhamavassaṃ upagatā dvāsaṭṭhi arahanto ahesuṃ.
athāyasmā Mahāmahindo vutthavasso pavāretvā kattikapuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathadivase rājānaṃ etad avoca: mahārāja amhehi ciradiṭṭho sammāsambuddho, anāthavassaṃ vasimha, icchāma Jambudīpaṃ gantun ti. rājā, ahaṃ bhante tumhe catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahāmi ayañ ca mahājano tumhe nissāya tīsu saraṇesu patiṭṭhito, kasmā tumhe ukkaṇṭhathā 'ti. ciradiṭṭho no mahārāja sammāsambuddho abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānāñjalikammasāmīcikammakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ n' atthi, tena 'mha ukkaṇṭhitā ti. nanu bhante tumhe avocuttha: parinibbuto sammāsambuddho ti. kiñ cāpi mahārāja parinibbuto, atha khv assa sarīradhātuyo tiṭṭhantīti. aññātam bhante thūpapatiṭṭhānaṃ tumhe ākaṅkhathā 'ti, karomi bhante thūpūmibhāgaṃ dāni vicinātha. api ca bhante dhātuyo kuto lacchāmā 'ti. Sumanena saddhiṃ mantehi mahārājā 'ti. sādhu bhante ti rājā Sumanaṃ upasaṃkamitvā pucchi: kuto dāni bhante dhātuyo lacchāmā 'ti. Sumano āha: appossukko tvaṃ mahārāja vīthiyo sodhāpetvā dhajapatākapuṇṇaghaṭādīhi alaṃkārāpetvā saparijano uposathaṃ samādiyitvā sabbatālāvacare upaṭṭhapetvā maṅgalahatthiṃ sabbālaṅkārapatimaṇḍitaṃ kāretvā upari c' assa setacchattaṃ ussāpetvā sāyaṇhasamaye Mahānāgavanuyyānābhimukho yāhi, addhā etasmiṃ ṭhāne dhātuyo lacchasīti.
[page 084]
84 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sa rājā sādhū 'ti sampaṭicchi.
therā Cetiyagirim eva agamaṃsu. tatrāyasmā Mahindatthero Sumanasāmaṇeram āha: gaccha tvaṃ sāmaṇera Jambudīpe tava ayyakaṃ Asokaṃ dhammarājānaṃ upasaṃkamitvā mama vacanena evaṃ vadehi: sahāyo te mahārāja Devānampiyatisso buddhasāsane pasanno thūpaṃ patiṭṭhā petukāmo, tumhākaṃ kira hatthe dhātuyo atthi, taṃ me dethā 'ti. taṃ gahetvā Sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadehi: tumhākaṃ kira mahārāja hatthe dve dhātuyo atthi, dakkhiṇadāṭhā dakkhiṇakkhakañ ca, tato tumhe dakkhiṇadāṭhaṃ pūjetha, dakkiṇakkhakaṃ pana mayhaṃ dethā 'ti. evañ ca naṃ vadehi: kasmā tvaṃ mahārāja amhe Tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pahiṇitvā pamajjitthā 'ti. sādhu bhante ti kho Sumano therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā tāvad eva pattacīvaram ādāya vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā Pāṭaliputtadvāre oruyha rañño santikaṃ gantvā tam attham ārocesi.
rājā tuṭṭho sāmaṇerassa hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā gandhehi ubbaṭṭetvā varamuttasadisānaṃ dhātūnaṃ pūretvā adāsi.
so taṃ gahetvā Sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ upasaṃkami. Sakko devarājā sāmaṇeraṃ disvā 'va: kiṃ bhante Sumana āhiṇḍasīti āha. tvaṃ mahārāja amhe Tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pesetvā kasmā pamajjasīti. na ppamajjāmi bhante, vadehi kiṃ karomīti. tumhākaṃ kira hatthe dve dhātuyo atthi dakkhiṇadāṭhā ca dakkhiṇakkhakañ ca, tato tumhe dakkhiṇadāṭhaṃ pūjetha dakkhiṇakkhakam pana mayhaṃ dethā 'ti.
sādhu bhante 'ti kho Sakko devānam Indo yojanappamāṇaṃ maṇithūpaṃ ugghāṭetvā dakkhiṇakkhakadhātuṃ nīharitvā Sumanassa adāsi. so taṃ gahetvā Cetiyagirimhi yeva patiṭṭhāsi. atha kho Mahindapamukhā sabbe pi te mahānāgā Asokadhammarājena dinnadhātuyo Cetiyagirimhi yeva patiṭṭhāpetvā dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ ādāya vaḍḍhamānakacchāyāya Mahānāgavanuyyānam agamaṃsu.
[page 085]
Introduction 85
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] rājāpi kho Sumanena vuttappakāraṃ pūjāsakkāraṃ katvā hatthikkhandhavaragato sayaṃ maṅgalahatthimatthake setacchattaṃ dhārayamāno Mahānāgavanaṃ sampāpuṇi. ath' assa etad ahosi: sace ayaṃ sammāsambuddhassa dhātu, chattaṃ apanetu, maṅgalahatthī jannukehi bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhahatu, dhātucaṅgoṭakaṃ mayhaṃ matthake patiṭṭhātū 'ti.
saha rañño cittuppādena chattaṃ apanami, hatthī jannukehi patiṭṭhahi, dhātucaṅgoṭakaṃ rañño matthake patiṭṭhahi.
rājā amateneva abhisittagatto paramena pītipāmojjena samannāgato hutvā pucchi: dhātuṃ bhante kiṃ karomā 'ti. hatthikumbhamhi yeva tāva mahārāja ṭhapehīti. rājā dhātucaṅgoṭakam gahetvā hatthikumbhe ṭhapesi. pamudito nāgo koñcanādaṃ nadi, mahāmegho uṭṭhahitvā pokkharavassaṃ vassi, udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahābhūmicālo ahosi, paccante pi nāma sammāsambuddhassa dhātu patiṭṭhahissatīti devamanussā pamodiṃsu. evaṃ iddhānubhāvasiriyā devamanussānaṃ pītiṃ janayanto,
puṇṇamāyaṃ mahāvīro cātumāsiniyā idha
āgantvā devalokamhā hatthikumbhe patiṭṭhito ti.
ath' assa so hatthināgo anekatālāvacaraparivārito ativiya uḷārāya pūjāya sakkārena sakkariyamāno pacchimadisābhimukho hutvā apasakkanto yāva nagarassa puratthimadvāraṃ tāva gantvā puratthimadvārena nagaraṃ pavisitvā sakalanagarena uḷārāya pūjāya kayiramānāya dakkhiṇadvārena nikkhamitvā Thūpārāmassa pacchimadisābhāge Pahecivatthu nāma kira atthi tattha gantvā puna Thūpārāmābhimukho eva patinivatti.
[page 086]
86 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena ca samayena Thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhānaṃ hoti.
atīte kira ayaṃ dīpo Ojadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā pana Abhayo nāma, nagaraṃ Abhayapuraṃ nāma, Cetiyapabbato Devakūṭapabbato nāma, Thūpārāmo Paṭiyārāmo nāma. tena kho pana samayena Kakusandho bhagavā loke uppanno hoti.
tassa sāvako Mahādevo nāma bhikkhusahassena saddhiṃ Devakūṭe patiṭṭhāsi Mahindatthero viya Cetiyapabbate.
tena ca samayena Ojadīpe sattā pajjarakena anayavyasanaṃ āpajjanti. addasā kho Kakusandho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayavyasanam āpajjante, disvā cattālīsāya bhikkhusahassehi parivuto agamāsi. tassānubhāvena tāvad eva pajjarako vūpasanto. roge vūpasante bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi, caturāsītipāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. bhagavā dhammakarakaṃ datvā pakkāmi. taṃ anto pakkhipitvā Paṭiyārāme cetiyaṃ akaṃsu. Mahādevo dīpaṃ anusāsanena pālayanto vihāsi.
Konāgamanassa pana bhagavato kāle ayaṃ dīpo Varadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā Samiddho nāma, nagaraṃ Vaḍḍhamānaṃ nāma,
[page 087]
Introduction 87
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pabbato Suvaṇṇakūṭo nāma. tena kho pana samayena Varadīpe dubbuṭṭhikā ahosi dubbhikkhaṃ dussassaṃ, sattā chātakarogena anayavyasanaṃ āpajjanti. addasā kho Konāgamano bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayavyasanaṃ āpajjante, disvā tiṃsabhikkhusahassaparivuto agamāsi. buddhānubhāvena devo sammā dhāraṃ anupavecchi, subhikkhaṃ ahosi. bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi, caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivāraṃ Mahāsumanaṃ nāma theraṃ dīpe ṭhapetvā kāyabandhanaṃ datvā pakkāmi, taṃ anto pakkhipitvā cetiyaṃ akaṃsu.
Kassapassa pana bhagavato kāle ayaṃ dīpo Maṇḍadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā Jayanto nāma, nagaraṃ Visālaṃ nāma, pabbato Subhakūṭo nāma. tena kho pana samayena Maṇḍadīpe mahāvivādo hoti, bahusattā kalahaviggahajātā anayavyasanaṃ āpajjanti. addasā kho Kassapo bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayavyasanaṃ āpajjante, disvā vīsatibhikkhusahassaparivuto āgantvā vivādaṃ vūpasametvā dhammaṃ desesi. caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. bhagavā bhikkhusahāparivāraṃ Sabbanandaṃ nāma theraṃ dīpe patiṭṭhāpetvā udakasāṭikaṃ datvā pakkāmi. tam pi anto pakkhipitvā cetiyaṃ akaṃsū 'ti.
evaṃ Thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ cetiyāni patiṭṭhahiṃsu, tāni sāsanantaradhāne nassanti ṭhānamattaṃ avasissati. tasmā vuttaṃ: tena ca samayena Thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhānaṃ hotīti. tad etaṃ vinaṭṭhesu cetiyesu devatānubhāvena kaṇṭakasamākiṇṇasākhehi nānāgacchehi parivutaṃ tiṭṭhati,
[page 088]
88 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] mā naṃ koci ucchiṭṭhāsucimalakacavarehi sandūsesīti.
atha khv assa hatthino purato gantvā rājapurisā sabbe gacche chinditvā bhūmiṃ sodhetvā taṃ hatthatalasadisaṃ akaṃsu.
hatthināgo gantvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ purato katvā tassa pacchimadisābhāge bodhirukkhaṭṭhāne aṭṭhāsi. ath' assa matthakato dhātuṃ oropetuṃ ārabhiṃsu. nāgo oropetuṃ na deti.
rājā theraṃ pucchi: kasmā bhante nāgo dhātuṃ oropetuṃ na detīti. ārūḷhaṃ mahārāja oropetuṃ na vaṭṭatīti. tasmiñ ca kāle Abhayavāpiyā udakaṃ chinnaṃ hoti, samantā bhūmi phalitā hoti, sūddharā mattikāpiṇḍā. tato mahājano sīghasīghaṃ mattikaṃ āharitvā hatthikumbhappamāṇaṃ vatthum akāsi. tāvad eva ca thūpakaraṇatthaṃ iṭṭhikā kātuṃ ārabhiṃsu. yāva iṭṭhikā pariniṭṭhanti tāva hatthināgo katipāhaṃ divā bodhirukkhaṭṭhāne hatthisālāyaṃ tiṭṭhati, rattiṃ thūpapatiṭṭhānabhūmiṃ pariyāyati. atha vatthuṃ cināpetvā rājā theraṃ pucchi: kīdiso bhante thūpo kātabbo ti. vīhirāsisadiso mahārājā 'ti. sādhu bhante ti rājā jaṅghappamāṇaṃ thūpaṃ cināpetvā dhātuoropanatthāya mahāsakkāraṃ kāresi. sakalanagarañ ca janapado ca dhātumahaṃ dassanatthaṃ sannipati. sannipatite ca pana tasmiṃ mahājanakāye dasabalassa dhātu hatthikumbhato sattatālappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassesi, tehi tehi dhātuppadesehi channaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ udakadhārā ca aggikkhandhā ca pavattanti.
Sāvatthiyaṃ gaṇḍambamūle bhagavatā dassitapāṭihāriyasadisam eva pāṭihāriyaṃ ahosi.
[page 089]
Introduction 89
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tañ ca kho n' eva therānubhāvena na devatānubhāvena api ca kho buddhānubhāven' eva. bhagavā kira dharamāno 'va adhiṭṭhāsi: mayi parinibbute Tambapaṇṇidīpe Anurādhapurassa dakkhiṇabhāge purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhāne mama dakkhiṇakkhakadhātupatiṭṭhānadivase yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ hotū 'ti.
evaṃ acintiyā buddhā buddhadhammā acintiyā
acintiyesu pasannānaṃ vipāko hoti acintiyo ti.
sammāsambuddho kira imaṃ dīpaṃ dharamānakāle pi tikkhattuṃ agamāsi. paṭhamaṃ yakkhadamanatthaṃ ekako 'va āgantvā yakkhe dametvā, mayi parinibbute imasmiṃ dīpe sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhahissatīti Tambapaṇṇidīpe rakkhaṃ karonto tikkhattuṃ dīpaṃ āvijjhi. dutiyaṃ mātulabhāgineyyānaṃ nāgarājūnaṃ damanatthāya ekako 'va āgantvā te dametvā agamāsi. tatiyaṃ pañcasatabhikkhuparivāro āgantvā Mahācetiyaṭṭhāne ca Thūpārāmacetiyaṭṭhāne ca mahābodhipatiṭṭhitaṭṭhāne ca Mutiyaṅganacetiyaṭṭhāne ca Dīghavāpicetiyaṭṭhāne ca Kalyāṇicetiyaṭṭhāne ca nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi. idam assa catutthaṃ dhātusarīrena āgamanaṃ. dhātusarīrato ca pan' assa nikkhantaudakaphusitehi sakala-Tambapaṇṇitale na koci aphuṭṭhokāso nāma ahosi. evam assa taṃ dhātusarīraṃ udakaphusitehi Tambapaṇṇitalassa pariḷāhaṃ vūpasametvā mahājanassa pāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā otaritvā rañño matthake patiṭṭhāsi.
[page 090]
90 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] rājā, saphalaṃ manussapaṭilābhaṃ maññamāno mahantaṃ sakkāraṃ karitvā dhātuṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. saha dhātupatiṭṭhāne mahābhūmicālo ahosi. tasmiñ ca pana dhātupāṭihāriye cittaṃ pasādetvā rañño bhātā Abhayo nāma rājakumāro purisasahassena saddhiṃ pabbaji. Cetāligāmato pañca dārakasatāni pabbajiṃsu. tathā Dvāramaṇḍalādīhi gāmakehi nikkhamitvā pañca dārakasatāni sabbāni pi antonagarato ca bahinagarato ca pabbajitāni. tiṃsa bhikkhusahassāni ahesuṃ. niṭṭhite pana thūpasmiṃ rājā ca rājabhātikā ca deviyo ca devanāgayakkhānam pi vimhayakaraṃ paccekaṃ paccekaṃ pūjaṃ akaṃsu. niṭṭhitāya pana dhātupūjāya patiṭṭhite dhātuvare Mahindatthero Meghavanuyyānam eva gantvā vāsaṃ kappeti.
tasmiṃ kho pana samaye Anulā devī pabbajitukāmā hutvā rañño ārocesi. rājā tassā vacanaṃ sutvā theraṃ etad avoca:
Anulā bhante devī pabbajitukāmā, pabbājetha nan ti. na mahārāja amhākaṃ mātugāmaṃ pabbājetuṃ kappati. Pāṭaliputte pana mayhaṃ bhaginī Saṃghamittattherī nāma atthi, taṃ pakkosāpehīti. imasmiñ ca mahārāja dīpe purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ bodhi patiṭṭhāsi, amhākam pi bhagavato sarasaraṃsijālavissajjanakena bodhinā idha patiṭṭhātabbaṃ. tasmā tathā sāsanaṃ pahiṇeyyāsi yathā Saṃghamittāpi bodhiṃ gahetvā āgaccheyyā'ti. sādhu bhante ti rājā therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā amaccehi saddhiṃ mantento Ariṭṭhaṃ nāma attano bhāgineyyaṃ āha: sakkhissasi tvaṃ Pāṭaliputtaṃ gantvā mahābodhinā saddhiṃ ayyaṃ Saṃghamittattheriṃ ānetun ti.
sakkhissāmi deva sace pabbajjaṃ anujānissasīti. gaccha tāta theriṃ ānetvā pabbajāhīti.
[page 091]
Introduction 91
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so rañño ca therassa ca sāsanaṃ gahetvā therassa adhiṭṭhānavasena ekadivasena Jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ gantvā nāvaṃ abhirūhitvā samuddaṃ atikkamitvā Pāṭaliputtam eva agamāsi. Anulāpi kho devī pañcahi ca kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ dasa sīlāni samādiyitvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā nagarassa ekadese upassayaṃ kārāpetvā nivāsaṃ kappesi.
Ariṭṭho ca taṃ divasam eva gantvā rañño sāsanaṃ appesi, evañ ca avoca: putto te deva Mahindatthero evam āha: sahāyassa kira te Devānampiyatissassa bhātu jāyā Anulā nāma devī pabbajitukāmā, taṃ pabbājetuṃ ayyaṃ Saṃghamittattheriṃ pahiṇatha ayyāy' eva ca saddhiṃ mahābodhin ti therassa sāsanaṃ ārocetvā Saṃghamittattheriṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ āha: ayye tumhākaṃ bhātā Mahindatthero maṃ tumhākaṃ santike pesesi, Devānampiyatissarañño bhātu jāyā Anulā nāma devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi ca pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ pabbajitukāmā, taṃ kira āgantvā pabbājethā 'ti tumhākaṃ bhātā Mahindatthero maṃ pesesīti ārocesi. sā tāvad eva turitaturitā rañño santikaṃ gantvā evam āha: mahārāja mayhaṃ bhātā Mahindatthero evaṃ pahiṇi: rañño kira bhātu jāyā Anulā nāma devī pañcahi ca kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ pabbajitukāmā mayhaṃ āgamanam udikkhati, gacchām' ahaṃ mahārāja Tambapaṇṇidīpan ti.
rājā āha: amma puttopimeMahindattheronattāca Sumanasāmaṇero maṃ chinnahatthaṃ viya karontā Tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gatā.
[page 092]
92 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa mayhaṃ te pi apassantassa uppanno soko tava mukhaṃ passantassa vūpasammati. alaṃ amma mā agamāsīti. bhāriyaṃ me mahārāja bhātuno vacanaṃ, Anulāpi khattiyā itthisahassaparivutā pabbajjāpurekkhārā maṃ patimāneti. gacchām' ahaṃ mahārājā 'ti. tena hi amma mahābodhiṃ gahetvā gacchāhīti. kuto rañño mahābodhi. rājā kira tato pubbe eva dhātugahaṇatthāya anāgate Sumane Laṅkādīpaṃ mahābodhiṃ pesetukāmo, kathan nu kho asatthaghātārahaṃ mahābodhiṃ pesessāmīti upāyaṃ apassanto Mahādevaṃ nāma amaccaṃ pucchi. so āha:
santi deva bahū paṇḍitā bhikkhū ti. taṃ sutvā rājā bhikkhusaṃghassa bhattaṃ paṭiyādetvā bhattakiccāvasāne saṃghaṃ pucchi: gantabbaṃ nu kho bhante bhagavato bodhinā Laṅkādīpaṃ no ti. saṃgho Moggaliputtatissattherassa bhāraṃ akāsi. thero gantabbaṃ mahārāja mahābodhinā Laṅkādīpan ti vatvā bhagavato pañca mahāadhiṭṭhānāni kathesi.
katamāni pañca.
bhagavā kira mahāparinibbānamañce nipanno, Laṅkādīpe mahābodhipatiṭṭhāpanatthāya Asahājāmahābodhigaṇhaṇatthaṃ gamissati, tadā mahābodhissa dakkhiṇasākhā sayam eva chijjitvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhātū 'ti adhiṭṭhāsi.
idam ekaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ. tattha patiṭṭhānakāle 'va, mahābodhi himavalāhakagabbhaṃ pavisitvā tiṭṭhatū 'ti adhiṭṭhāsi. idaṃ dutiyam adhiṭṭhāṇaṃ. sattame divase himavalāhakagabbhato oruyha suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhahanto, pattehi ca phalehi ca chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo muñcatū 'ti adhiṭṭhāsi. idaṃ tatiyam adhiṭṭhāṇaṃ Thūpārāme dakkhiṇakkhakadhātu cetiyamhi patiṭṭhānadivase, yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karotū'ti adhiṭṭhāsi. imaṃ catuttham adhiṭṭhānaṃ. Laṅkādīpamhi yeva me doṇamattadhātuyo Mahācetiyamhi patiṭṭhānakāle buddhavesaṃ gahetvā vehāsaṃ uppatitvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karontū 'ti adhiṭṭhāsi.
[page 093]
Introduction 93
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idaṃ pañcamaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ.
rājā imāni pañca mahāadhiṭṭhānāni sutvā pasannacitto Pāṭaliputtato yāva mahābodhi tāva maggaṃ paṭijaggāpetvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhatthāya bahuṃ suvaṇṇaṃ nīharāpesi. tāvad eva ca rañño cittaṃ ñatvā Vissakammadevaputto kammāravaṇṇam nimminitvā purato aṭṭhāsi. rājā naṃ disvā, tāta imaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ gahetvā kaṭāhaṃ karohīti āha. pamānaṃ deva jānathā 'ti. tvam eva tāta ñatvā karohi. sādhu deva karissāmīti suvaṇṇaṃ gahetvā attano ānubhāvena hatthena parimadditvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhaṃ nimmini navahatthaparikkhepaṃ pañcahatthubbedhaṃ tihatthavikkhambhaṃ aṭṭhaṅgulabahalaṃ hatthisoṇḍapamāṇamukhavaṭṭim. atha rājā sattayojanāyāmāni yojanavitthārāya mahatiyā senāya Pāṭaliputtato nikkhamitvā ariyasaṃghaṃ ādāya mahābodhisamīpaṃ agamāsi. senā samussitadhajapatākaṃ nānāratanavicittaṃ anekālaṃkārapatimaṇḍitaṃ nānāvidhakusumasamākiṇṇaṃ anekaturiyasaṃghuṭṭhaṃ mahābodhiṃ parikkhipi. rājā sahassamatte gaṇapāmokkhe mahāthere gahetvā sakala-Jambudīpe pattābhisekānaṃ rājānaṃ sahassena attānañ ca mahābodhiñ ca parivārāpetvā mahābodhimūle ṭhatvā mahābodhiṃ ullokesi. mahābodhissa khandhañ ca dakkhiṇamahāsākhāyañ catuhatthappamāṇaṃ padesaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ adassanaṃ agamāsi. rājā taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā uppannapītipāmojjo, ahaṃ bhante imaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā tuṭṭho mahābodhiṃ sakala-Jambudīpe rajjena pūjemīti bhikkhusaṃghassa tvā abhisekaṃ adāsi.
[page 094]
94 Samantapāsādikā
tato pupphagandhādīhi pūjetvā tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu vanditvā uṭṭhāya añjaliṃ paggayha ṭhatvā saccavacanakiriyāya bodhiṃ gaṇhitukāmo bhūmito yāva mahābodhissa dakkhiṇasākhā tāva uccaṃ katvā ṭhapitassa sabbaratanamayapīṭhassa upari suvaṇṇakaṭāhaṃ ṭhapāpetvā ratanapīṭhaṃ āruyha suvaṇṇatūlikaṃ gahetvā manosilāya lekhaṃ katvā, yadi mahābodhinā Laṅkādīpe patiṭṭhātabbaṃ yadi cāhaṃ buddhasāsane nibbematiko bhaveyyaṃ mahābodhi sayam eva imasmiṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhātū 'ti saccavacanakiriyam akāsi. saha saccakiriyāya bodhisākhā manosilāya paricchinnaṭṭhāne chijjitvā gandhakalalapūrassa suvaṇṇakaṭāhassa upari aṭṭhāsi. tassa ubbedhena dasahattho khandho hoti, catuhatthā catuhatthā pañca mahāsākhā pañcahi eva phalehi patimaṇḍitā, khuddakasākhānaṃ pana sahassaṃ. atha rājā mūle lekhāya upari tivaṅgule padese aññaṃ lekhaṃ paricchinditvā tato tāvad eva bubbulakā hutvā dasa mahāmūlāni nikkhamiṃsu, puna uparūpari tivaṅgule tivaṅgule aññā nava lekhā paricchindi. tāpi dasadasabubbulakā hutvā navuti mūlāni nikkhamiṃsu. paṭhamakā dasa mahāmūlā caturaṅgulamattaṃ nikkhantā, itare pi gavakkhajālasadisaṃ anusibbantā nikkhantā. ettakaṃ pāṭihīraṃ rājā ratanapīṭhamatthake ṭhito yeva disvā añjalim paggayha mahānādaṃ nadi, anekāni bhikkhusahassāni sādhukāram akaṃsu, sakalarājasenā unnādinī ahosi, ceḷukkhepasatasahassāni pavattiṃsu, bhummaṭṭhakadeve ādim katvā yāva brahmakāyikā devā tāva sādhukāraṃ pavattayiṃsu.
[page 095]
Introduction 95
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] rañño imaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ passantassa pītiyā nirantaraṃ phuṭasarīrassa añjālim paggahetvā ṭhitass' eva mahābodhi mūlasatena suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhāsi. dasa mahāmūlā suvaṇṇakaṭāhatalaṃ āhacca aṭṭhaṃsu, avasesā navuti anupubbena vaḍḍhanā hutvā gandhakalale oruyha ṭhitā. evaṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitamatte mahābodhimhi mahāputhuvi cali, ākāse devadundubhiyo phaliṃsu, pabbatānaṃ naccehi devatānaṃ sādhukārehi yakkhānaṃ hiṃkārehi asurānaṃ thutijappehi brahmāṇaṃ appoṭhanehi meghānaṃ gajjitehi catuppadānaṃ ravehi pakkhīnaṃ virutehi sabbatālāvacarānaṃ sakasakapaṭibhānehi puthuvitalato yāva brahmalokā tāva ekakolāhaḷaṃ ekaninnādaṃ ahosi. pañcasu sākhāsu phalato phalato chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo nikkhamitvā sakalacakkavālaṃ ratanagopānasīvinaddham viya kurumānā yāva brahmalokā abbhuggacchiṃsu. taṃkhaṇato ca pana pabhuti satta divasāni mahābodhi himavalāhakagabbhaṃ pavisitvā aṭṭhāsi; na koci mahābodhiṃ passati. rājā ratanapīṭhato oruyha satta divasāni mahābodhipūjaṃ kāresi. sattame divase sabbadisāhi himā ca chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo ca āvattitvā mahābodhim eva pavisiṃsu. vigatahimavalāhake vippasanne cakkavālagabbhe mahābodhi paripuṇṇakhandhasākhāpasākho pañcaphalapatimaṇḍito suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhito 'va paññāyittha.
[page 096]
96 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] rājā mahābodhiṃ disvā tehi pāṭihāriyehi sañjanitapītipāmojjo, sakala-Jambudīpe rajjena taruṇamahābodhiṃ pūjessāmīti abhisekaṃ datvā satta divasāni mahābodhiṭṭhāne yeva aṭṭhāsi. mahābodhi pubbakattikajuṇhapavāraṇadivase sāyaṇhasamaye paṭhamaṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhahi. tato himagabbhasattāhaṃ abhisekasattāhañ ca vītināmetvā kālapakkhass' eva uposathadivase rājā ekadivasen' eva Pāṭaliputtaṃ pavisitvā kattikajuṇhapakkhassa pāṭipadadivase mahābodhim pācīnamahāsālamūle ṭhapesi. suvaṇṇakaṭāhapatiṭṭhitadivasato sattarasame divase mahābodhissa abhinavaṅkurā pāturahesuṃ. te disvāpi pasanno rājā puna mahābodhiṃ rajjena pūjento sakala-Jambudīpābhisekam adāsi. Sumanasāmaṇero kattikapuṇṇamadivase dhātugahaṇatthaṃ gato mahābodhissa kattikachaṇapūjaṃ addasa.
evaṃ mahābodhiṃ maṇḍato ānetvā Pāṭaliputte ṭhapitaṃ mahābodhiṃ sandhāya āha: tena hi amma mahābodhiṃ gahetvā yāhīti. sā sādhū 'ti sampaṭicchi. rājā mahābodhirakkhaṇatthāya aṭṭhārasa devakulāni aṭṭha amaccakulāni aṭṭha brāhmaṇakulāni aṭṭha kuṭumbikakulāni aṭṭha gopakakulāni aṭṭha taracchakulāni aṭṭha ca Kāliṅgakulāni datvā udakāsiñcanatthāya aṭṭha suvaṇṇaghaṭe aṭṭha ca rajataghaṭe datvā iminā parivārena mahābodhiṃ Gaṅgāya nāvaṃ āropetvā sayam pi nagarato nikkhamitvā Viñjhāṭaviṃ samatikkamma anupubbena sattahi divasehi Tāmalittiṃ anuppatto.
[page 097]
Introduction 97
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] antarā-magge devanāgamanussā uḷāraṃ mahābodhipūjaṃ akaṃsu. rājāpi samuddatīre satta divasāni mahābodhim ṭhapetvā sakala-Jambudīpe mahārajjaṃ adāsi.
idam assa tatiyaṃ Jambudīpe rajjasampadānaṃ hoti. evaṃ mahārajjena pūjetvā māgasiramāsassa paṭhamapāṭipadadivase Asoko dhammarājā mahābodhiṃ ukkhipitvā galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha nāvāyaṃ patiṭṭhapetvā Saṃghamittattherim pi saparivāraṃ nāvaṃ āropetvā Ariṭṭhaṃ amaccaṃ etad avoca: ahaṃ tāta mahābodhiṃ tikkhattuṃ sakala-Jambudīpe rajjena pūjetvā galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha mama sahāyassa pasesiṃ, so pi evam eva mahābodhiṃ pūjetū 'ti. evaṃ sahāyassa sāsanaṃ datvā, gacchati vata re dasabalassa sarasaraṃsijālaṃ vimuñcamāno mahābodhirukkho ti kanditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā assūni pavattayamāno aṭṭhāsi. sāpi kho mahābodhisamārūḷhā nāvā passato mahārājassa mahāsamuddatalaṃ pakkhantā. mahāsamudde pi samantā yojanaṃ vīciyo vūpasantā, pañcavaṇṇāni padumāni pupphitāni, antalikkhe dibbāni turiyāni vajjiṃsu, ākāsato jalathalarukkhādisannissitāhi devatāhi pavattitā ativiya uḷārā pūjā ahosi. Saṃghamittattherī supaṇṇarūpena mahāsamudde nāgakulāni santāsesi. te samutrastarūpā nāgā āgantvā taṃ vibhūtiṃ passitvā therim yācitvā mahābodhiṃ nāgabhavanaṃ atiharitvā sattadivasāni nāgarajjena pūjetvā puna nāvāyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
[page 098]
98 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] taṃ divasam eva nāvā Jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ agamāsi. Asokamahārājāpi mahābodhiviyogadukkhito pi kanditvā roditvā yāva dassanavisayaṃ oloketvā paṭinivatti.
Devānampiyatisso mahārājāpi kho Sumanasāmaṇerassa vacanena māgasiramāsassa paṭhamapāṭipadadivasato pabhuti uttaradvārato paṭṭhāya yāva Jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ maggaṃ sodhāpetvā alaṃkārāpetvā nagarato nikkhamanadivase uttaradvārasamīpe samuddasālāvatthusmiṃ ṭhito yeva tāya vibhūtiyā mahāsamudde āgacchantaṃ yeva mahābodhiṃ therassa ānubhāvena disvā tuṭṭhamānaso nikkhamitvā sabbaṃ maggaṃ pañcavaṇṇehi pupphehi okirāpento antarantare pupphāgghiyāni ṭhapento ekāhen' eva Jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ gantvā sabbatālāvacaraparivuto pupphadhūpagandhādīhi pūjayamāno galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha, āgato vata re dasabalassa sarasaraṃsijālavissajjanako bodhirukkho ti pasannacitto mahābodhiṃ ukkhipitvā uttamaṅge sirasmiṃ patiṭṭhapetvā mahābodhiṃ parivāretvā āgatehi soḷasahi jātisampannakulehi saddhiṃ samuddato paccuttaritvā samuddatīre mahābodhiṃ ṭhapetvā tīṇi divasāni sakala-Tambapaṇṇidīpe rajjena pūjesi, soḷasannaṃ jātisampannakulānaṃ rajjaṃ vicāresi. atha catutthe divase mahābodhiṃ ādāya uḷāraṃ pūjaṃ kurumāno anupubbena Anurādhapuraṃ sampatto. Anurādhapure pi mahāsakkāraṃ katvā cātuddasadivase yeva vaḍḍhamānakacchāyāya mahābodhiṃ uttaradvārena pavesetvā nagaramajjhena atiharanto dakkhiṇadvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇadvārato pañcadhanusatikaṭṭhāne yattha amhākaṃ sambuddho nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi,
[page 099]
Introduction 99
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] purimakā ca tayo sammāsambuddhā samāpattiṃ appetvā nisīdiṃsu, yattha Kakusandhassa bhagavato mahāsirīsabodhi Konāgamanassa bhagavato udumbarabodhi Kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa ca nigrodhabodhi patiṭṭhāsi, tasmiṃ Mahāmeghavanuyyānassa tilakabhūte Sumanasāmaṇerassa vacanena paṭhamam eva katabhūmiparikamme rājavatthudvārakoṭṭhakaṭṭhāne mahābodhiṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. kathaṃ. tāni kira bodhiṃ parivāretvā āgatāni soḷasa jātisampannakulāni rājavesaṃ gaṇhiṃsu, rājā dovārikavesaṃ gaṅhi, soḷasa kulāni ca mahābodhiṃ gahetvā oropayiṃsu, mahābodhi tesaṃ hatthato muttasamanantaram eva asītihatthappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo muñci, sarasaraṃsiyo sakaladīpaṃ pattharitvā upari brahmalokaṃ āhacca aṭṭhaṃsu. mahābodhipāṭihāriyaṃ disvā sañjātappasādāni dasa purisasahassāni anupubbavipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā arahattaṃ patvā pabbajiṃsu. yāva suriyass' atthaṃgamā mahābodhi antalikkhe aṭṭhāsi; atthaṃgamite pana suriye rohiṇinakkhattena paṭhaviyaṃ patiṭṭhahi. saha bodhipatiṭṭhānā udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahāpaṭhavi akampi. patiṭṭhahitvā ca pana mahābodhi satta divasāni himagabbhe sannisīdi, lokassa adassanaṃ agamāsi. sattame divase vigatavalāhakaṃ nabhaṃ ahosi, chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo jalantā vipphurantā nicchariṃsu, mahābodhissa khandho ca sākhāyo ca tāni ca pañca phalāni dissiṃsu.
[page 100]
100 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Mahindatthero ca Saṃghamittattherī ca rājā ca saparivārā mahābodhiṭṭhānam eva agamiṃsu, yebhuyyena ca sabbadīpavāsino sannipatiṃsu.
tesaṃ passantānaṃ yeva uttarasākhato ekaṃ phalaṃ paccitvā sākhato mucci. thero hatthaṃ upanāmesi. phalaṃ therassa hatthe patiṭṭhāsi. taṃ thero,ropaya mahārājā'ti rañño adāsi. rājā gahetvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhe madhurapaṃsū ākiritvā gandhakalalaṃ pūretvā ropetvā mahābodhiāsannaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. sabbesaṃ passantānaṃ yeva catuhatthappamāṇā aṭṭha taruṇabodhirukkhā uṭṭhahiṃsu. rājā taṃ acchariyaṃ disvā aṭṭha taruṇabodhirukkhe setacchattena pūjetvā abhisekaṃ adāsi. tato ekaṃ bodhirukkhaṃ āgamanakāle mahābodhinā paṭhamapatiṭṭhitokāse Jambukolapaṭṭane ropayiṃsu, ekaṃ Tavakkabrāhmaṇassa gāmadvāre, ekaṃ Thūpārāme, ekaṃ Issaranimmānavihāre, ekaṃ Paṭhamacetiyaṭṭhāne, ekaṃ Cetiyapabbate, ekaṃ Rohaṇajanapadamhi Kāṭaragāme, ekaṃ Rohaṇajanapadamhi yeva Candanagāme. itaresaṃ catunnaṃ phalānaṃ bījehi dvattiṃsabodhitaruṇe yojaniyayojaniyesu ārāmesu patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
evaṃ puttanattaparamparāya samantā dīpavāsīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya patiṭṭhite dasabalassa dhammadhajabhūte mahābodhimhi Anulā devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehīti mātugāmasahassena saddhiṃ Saṃghamittattheriyā santike pabbajitvā na cirass' eva saparivārā arahatte patiṭṭhāsi.
[page 101]
Introduction 101
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Ariṭṭho pi kho rañño bhāgineyyo pañcahi purisasatehi saddhiṃ therassa santike pabbajitvā na cirass' eva saparivāro arahatte patiṭṭhāsi.
ath' ekadivasaṃ rājā mahābodhiṃ vanditvā therena saddhiṃ Thūpārāmaṃ gacchati. tattha Lohapāsādaṭṭhānaṃ sampattassa purisā pupphāni abhihariṃsu. rājā therassa pupphāni adāsi. thero pupphehi Lohapāsādaṭṭhānaṃ pūjesi.
pupphesu bhūmiyā patitamattesu mahābhūmicālo ahosi.
rājā,kasmā bhante bhūmi calitā ti pucchi. imasmiṃ mahārāja okāse saṃghassa anāgate uposathāgāraṃ bhavissati, tass' etaṃ pubbanimittan ti. rājā puna therena saddhiṃ gacchanto Ambaṅgaṇaṭṭhānaṃ patto, tatth' assa vaṇṇagandharasasampannaṃ atimadhurarasam ekaṃ ambapakkaṃ āhariyittha. rājā taṃ therassa paribhogatthāya adāsi.
thero tatth' eva paribhuñjitvā, idaṃ etth' eva ropāpethā 'ti āha. rājā taṃ ambaṭṭhiṃ gahetvā tatth' eva ropāpetvā udakaṃ āsiñci. saha ambabījaropanena paṭhavi saṃkampi.
rājā kasmā bhante paṭhavi kampitthā 'ti pucchi. imasmiṃ mahārāja okāse saṃghassa anāgate Ambaṅgaṇaṃ nāma sannipātaṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati, tass' etaṃ pubbanimittan ti.
rājā tattha aṭṭha pupphamuṭṭhiyo okiritvā vanditvā puna therena saddhiṃ gacchanto Mahācetiyaṭṭhānaṃ patto.
tatth' assa campakapupphāni abhihariṃsu, tāni rājā therassa adāsi. thero Mahācetiyaṭṭhānaṃ pupphehi pūjetvā vanditvā tāvad eva mahāpaṭhavikampi. rājā kasmā bhante paṭhavi kampihā 'tiucc. imasmiṃ mahārāja okāse anāgate buddhassa bhagavato asadiso mahāthūpo bhavissati, tass' etaṃ pubbanimittan ti.
[page 102]
102 Samantapāsādikā
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ahaṃ eva karomi bhante 'ti. alaṃ mahārāja tumhākaṃ aññaṃ bahuṃ kammaṃ atthi, tumhākaṃ pana nattā Duṭṭhagāmini Abhayo nāma rājā kāressatīti.
atha rājā, sace bhante mayhaṃ nattā karissati kataṃ yeva mayā 'ti dvādasahatthaṃ pāsāṇatthambham āharāpetvā, Devānampiyatissarañño nattā Duṭṭhagāmini Abhayo nāma imasmiṃ padese thūpaṃ karotū'ti likhāpetvā patiṭṭhāpetvā theraṃ pucchi: patiṭṭhitaṃ nu kho bhante Tambapaṇṇidīpe sāsanan ti. patiṭṭhitaṃ mahārāja sāsanaṃ, mūlāni pan' assa na tāva otarantīti. kadā pana bhante mūlāni otiṇṇāni nāma bhavissantīti. yadā mahārāja Tambapaṇṇidīpakānaṃ mātāpitunnaṃ Tambapaṇṇidīpe jāto dārako Tambapaṇṇidīpe pabbajitvā Tambapaṇṇidīpamhi yeva vinayaṃ uggahetvā Tambapaṇṇidīpe vācessati, tadā sāsanassa mūlāni otiṇṇāni nāma bhavisantīti. atthi pana bhante ediso bhikkhū 'ti. atthi mahārāja Ariṭṭho bhikkhu paṭibalo etasmiṃ kamme. kiṃ mayā ettha bhante kātabban ti. maṇḍapaṃ mahārāja kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti. sādhu bhante ti rājā Meghavaṇṇābhayassa amaccassa pariveṇaṭṭhāne mahāsaṃgītikāle Ajātasattumahārājena katamaṇḍapākāraṃ rājānubhāvena maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā sabbatālāvacare sakasakasippe payojetvā, sāsanassa mūlāni otarantāni passissāmīti anekapurisasahassaparivuto Thūpārāmaṃ anuppatto. tena kho pana samayena Thūpārāme aṭṭhasaṭṭhi bhikkhusahassāni sannipatiṃsu. Mahāmahindattherassa āsanaṃ dakkhiṇābhimukhaṃ paññattaṃ hoti,
[page 103]
Introduction 103
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Mahāariṭṭhattherassa dhammāsanaṃ uttarābhimukham paññattaṃ hoti. atha kho Mahāariṭṭhatthero Mahindattherena ajjhiṭṭho attano anurūpena pattānukkamena dhammāsane nisīdi. Mahindattherapamukhā aṭṭhasaṭṭhi mahattherā dhammāsanaṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsu.
rañño pi kaniṭṭhabhātā Mattābhayatthero nāma dhuraggāho hutvā, vinayaṃ gaṇhissāmīti pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhim Mahāariṭṭhattherassa dhammāsanaṃ eva parivāretvā nisīdi. avasesāpi bhikkhū sarājikā ca parisā attano attano pattāsane nisīdiṃsu. athāyasmā Mahāariṭṭhatthero: tena samayena buddho bhagavā Verañjāyaṃ viharati Nalerupucimandamūle ti vinayanidānaṃ abhāsi. bhāsite ca panāyasmatā Ariṭṭhattherena vinayanidāne ākāsaṃ mahāviravitaṃ viravi, akālavijjullatā nicchariṃsu, devatā sādhukāraṃ adaṃsu, mahāpaṭhavi udakapariyantaṃ katvā saṃkampievaṃ anekesu pāṭihāriyesu vattamānesu āyasmā Ariṭṭhatthero Mahāmahindattherapamukhehi aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyā paccekagaṇīhi khīṇāsavamahātherehi tadaññehi ca aṭṭhasaṭṭhisahassehi bhikkhūhi parivuto paṭhamakattikapavāraṇadivase Thūpārāmavihāramajjhe satthu karuṇāguṇaparidīpakaṃ bhagavato anusiṭṭhikarānaṃ kāyakammavacīkammavipphanditavinayanaṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ pakāsesi, pakāsetvā ca yāvatāyukaṃ tiṭṭhamāno bahunnaṃ vācetvā bahunnaṃ hadaye patiṭṭhāpetvā anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi.
te pi kho Mahāmahindattherapamukhā tasmiṃ samāgame
[page 104]
104 Samantapāsādikā
aṭṭhasaṭṭhi mahātherā dhuraggāhā samāgatā
paccekagaṇino sabbe dhammarājassa sāvakā;
khīṇāsavā vasippattā tevijjā iddhikovidā
uttamattham abhiññāya anusāsiṃsu rājino.
ālokaṃ dassayitvāna obhāsetvā mahiṃ imaṃ
jalitvā aggikkhandhā va parinibbāyiṃsu mahesayo.
tesaṃ parinibbānato aparabhāge aññe pi tesaṃ therāṇaṃ antevāsikā Tissadatta-Kālasumana-Dīghasumanādayo ca Mahāariṭṭhattherassa antevāsikā antevāsikānaṃ antevāsikā cā 'ti evaṃ pubbe vuttappakārā ācariyaparamparā imaṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ yāva ajjatanā ānesuṃ.
tena vuttaṃ. tatiyasaṃgahato pana uddhaṃ imaṃ dīpaṃ Mahindādīhi ābhataṃ. Mahindato uggahetvā kañci kālaṃ Ariṭṭhattherādīhi ābhataṃ, tato yāva ajjatanā tesaṃ yeva antevāsikaparamparābhūtāya ācariyaparamparāya ābhatan ti.
kattha ppatiṭṭhitan ti, yesaṃ pālito ca atthato ca anūnaṃ vattati maṇighaṭe pakkhittatelam iva īsakam pi na paggharati, evarūpesu adhimattasatigatidhitimantesu lajjikukkuccakesu sikkhākāmesu puggalesu patiṭṭhitan ti veditabbaṃ, tasmā vinayapatiṭṭhāpanatthaṃ vinayapariyattiyā ānisaṃsaṃ sallakkhetvā sikkhākāmena bhikkhunā vinayo pariyāpuṇitabbo. tatrāyaṃ vinayapariyattiyā ānisaṃso: vinayapariyattikusalo hi puggalo sāsane paṭiladdhasaddhānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ mātupituṭṭhāniyo hoti, tadāyattā hi nesaṃ pabbajjā upasampadā vattānuvattapaṭipatti ācāragocarakusalatā. api c' assa vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya attano sīlakhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito kukkuccapakatānaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti, visārado saṅghamajjhe voharati, paccatthike sahadhammena suniggahītaṃ niggaṅhāti, saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hoti.
[page 105]
Introduction 105
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tenāha bhagavā: pañcime bhikkhave ānisaṃsā vinayadhare puggale, attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito --pe-- saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hotīti. ye cāpi saṃvaramūlakā kusaladhammā vuttā bhagavatā, vinayadharo puggalo tesaṃ dāyādo vinayamūlakattā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ. vuttam pi h' etaṃ bhagavatā:--vinayo saṃvaratthāya saṃvaro avippaṭisāratthāya avippaṭisāro pāmujjatthāya pāmujjaṃ pītatthāya pīti passaddhatthāya passaddhi sukhatthāya sukhaṃ samādhatthāya samādhi yathābhūtañāṇadassanatthāya yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ nibbidatthāya nibbidā virāgatthāya virāgo vimuttatthāya vimutti vimuttiñāṇadassanatthāya vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ anupādāparinibbānatthāya, etadatthā kathā etadatthā mantanā etadatthā upanisā etadatthaṃ sotāvadhānaṃ yadidaṃ anupādā cittassa vimokkho ti. tasmā vinayapariyattiyā āyogo karaṇīyo ti.
ettāvatā ca yā sā vinayasaṃvaṇṇanatthaṃ mātikā ṭhapitā, tattha
vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ,
yattha ppatiṭṭhitaṃ c' etam etaṃ vatvā vidhiṃ tato ti, imissā tāva gāthāya attho pakāsito, vinayassa ca bāhiranidānavaṇṇanā yathādhippāyaṃ saṃvaṇṇitā hotīti.
[page 106]
106 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA-VAṆṆANĀ
I
PĀRĀJIKA I
Idāni tenā 'ti ādipāṭhassa atthaṃ nānappakārato dassayanto karissāmi vinayass' atthavaṇṇanan ti, vuttattā tena samayena buddho bhagavā ti ādīnaṃ atthavaṇṇanaṃ karissāmi. seyyathīdaṃ: tenā 'ti aniyamaniddesavacanaṃ, tassa sarūpena avuttenāpi parabhāge atthato siddhena yenā 'ti iminā vacanena paṭiniddeso kattabbo. parabhāge hi vinayapaññattiyācanahetubhūto āyasmato Sāriputtassa parivitakko siddho. tasmā yena samayena so parivitakko udapādi, tena samayena buddho bhagavā Verañjāyaṃ viharatīti evam ettha sambandho veditabbo. ayaṃ hi sabbasmiṃ vinaye yutti yadidaṃ yattha yattha tenā 'ti vuccati, tattha tattha pubbe vā pacchā vā atthato siddhena yenā 'ti iminā vacanena paṭiniddeso kattabbo ti, tatrīdaṃ mukhamattanidassanaṃ: tena hi bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmi yena Sudinno methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi, yasmā paṭisevi tasmā paññāpessāmīti vuttaṃ hoti. evaṃ tāva pubbe atthato siddhena yenā 'ti iminā vacanena paṭiniddeso yujjati, tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati, yena samayena Dhaniyo Kumbhakāraputto rañño dārūni adinnaṃ ādiyīti evaṃ pacchā atthato siddhena yenā 'ti iminā vacanena so paṭiniddeso yujjatīti vutto tenā 'ti vacanassa attho. samayenā 'ti ettha pana samayasaddo
[page 107]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 107
samavāye khaṇe kāle samūhe hetudiṭṭhisu
paṭilābhe pahāne ca paṭivedhe ca dissati.
tathā hi 'ssa, appevanāma sve pi upasaṅkameyyāma yāva kālañ ca samayañ ca upādāyā 'ti evamādisu samavāyo attho.
eko 'va bhikkhave khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyā 'ti evamādisu khaṇo attho. uṇhasamayo pariḷāhasamayo ti evamādisu kālo, mahāsamayo pavanasmiṃ ti evamādisu samūho, samayo pi kho te Bhaddāli appaṭividdho ahosi, bhagavāpi kho Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati, bhagavāpi maṃ jānissati Bhaddāli nāma bhikkhu sāsane sikkhāya aparipūrakārīti, ayam pi kho te Bhaddāli samayo appaṭividdho ahosīti evamādisu hetu, tena samayena uggahamāno paribbājako samaṇamuṇḍikāputto samayappavādake tindukācīre ekasālake mallikāya ārāme paṭivasatīti evamādisu diṭṭhi. [diṭṭhe 'va dhamme yo attho yo c' attho samparāyiko, atthābhisamayā dhīro paṇḍito ti pavuccatīti] evamādisu paṭilābho, sammā mānābhisamayā antam akāsi dukkhassā 'ti evamādisu pahānaṃ, dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho saṃkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho viparināmaṭṭho abhisamayaṭṭho ti evamādisu paṭivedho attho. idha pan' assa kālo attho. tasmā yena kālena āyasmato Sāriputtassa vinayapaññattiyācanahetubhūto parivitakko udapādi tena kālenā 'ti evam ettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
etthāha: atha kasmā yathā suttante ekaṃ samayaṃ ti upayogavacanena niddeso kato, abhidhamme ca yasmim samaye kāmāvacaran ti bhummavacanena, tathā akatvā idha tena samayenā 'ti karaṇavacanena niddeso kato ti tattha tathā idha ca aññathā atthasambhavato. kathaṃ suttante tāva accantasaṃyogattho sambhavati yaṃ hi samayaṃ bhagavā Brahmajālādīni suttantāni desesi accantam eva taṃ samayaṃ karuṇāvihārena vihāsi, tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ tattha upayoganiddeso kato. abhidhamme ca adhikaraṇattho bhāvena bhāvalakkhaṇattho ca sambhavati;
[page 108]
108 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] adhikaraṇaṃ hi kālattho samūhattho ca samayo tattha vuttānaṃ phassādidhammānaṃ, khaṇasamavāyahetusaṅkhātassa ca samayassa bhāvena tesaṃ bhāvo lakkhīyati, tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ tattha bhummavacanena niddeso kato. idha pana hetuattho karaṇattho ca sambhavati. yo hi so sikkhāpadapaññattisamayo Sāriputtādīhi pi dubbiññeyyo tena samayena hetubhūtena karaṇabhūtena ca sikkhāpadāni paññāpayanto sikkhāpadapaññattihetuñ ca avekkhamāno bhagavā tattha tattha vihāsi, tasmā tadatthajotanatthaṃ idha karaṇavacanena niddeso kato ti veditabbo.
hoti c' ettha:
upayogena bhummena taṃ taṃ attham apekkhiya
aññatra samayo vutto karaṇen' eva so idhā 'ti porāṇā pana vaṇṇayanti, taṃ samayan ti vā tasmiṃ samaye ti vā tena samayenā 'ti vā abhilāpamattabhedo esa sabbattha bhummam eva attho hi, tasmā tesaṃ laddhiyā tena samayenā 'ti vutte pi tasmiṃ samaye ti attho veditabbo.
buddho bhagavā 'ti imesaṃ padānaṃ parato atthaṃ vaṇṇayissāma. Verañjāyaṃ viharatīti, ettha pana Verañjā ti aññatarassa nagarass' etaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tassaṃ Verañjāyaṃ samīpaṭṭhe bhummavacanaṃ, viharatīti avisesena iriyāpathadibbabrahmāriyavihāresu aññataravihārasamaṅgiparidīpanam etaṃ; idha pana ṭhānagamanāsanasayanappabhedesu iriyāpathesu aññatarairiyāpathasamāyogaparidīpanaṃ, tena ṭhito pi gacchanto pi nisinno pi sayāno pi bhagavā viharati 'cc eva veditabbo, so hi ekaṃ iriyāpathabādhanaṃ aññena iriyāpathena vicchinditvā aparipaṭantaṃ attabhāvaṃ harati pavatteti, tasmā viharatīti vuccati. Naḷerupucimandamūle ti, ettha Naḷeru nāma yakkho, pucimando ti nimbarukkho,
[page 109]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 109
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] mūlan ti samīpaṃ. ayaṃ hi mūlasaddo, mūlāni uddhareyya antamaso usīranāḷamattāni pīti ādisu mūlamūle dissati, lobho akusalamūlaṃ ti ādisu asādhāraṇahetumhi, yāva majjhantike kāle chāyā pharati nivāte paṇṇāni paṭanti ettāvatā rukkhamūlaṃ ti ādisu samīpe.
idha pana samīpe adhippeto, tasmā Naḷeruyakkhena adhiggahītassa pucimandassa samīpe ti evam ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. so kira pucimando ramaṇīyo pāsādiko anekesaṃ rukkhānaṃ ādhipaccaṃ viya kurumāno tassa nagarassa avidūre gamanāgamanasampaṇṇe ṭhāne ahosi. atha bhagavā Verañjaṃ. gantvā patirūpe ṭhāne viharanto tassa rukkhassa samīpe heṭṭhābhāge vihāsi. tena vuttaṃ Verañjāyaṃ viharati Naḷerupucimandamūle ti. tattha siyā yadi tāva bhagavā Verañjāyaṃ viharati Naḷerupucimandamūle ti na vattabbaṃ, atha tattha viharati Verañjāyaṃ ti na vattabbaṃ, na hi sakkā ubhayattha ten' eva samayena apubbaṃ acarimaṃ viharitun ti; na kho pan' etaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. nanu avocumha samīpaṭṭhe bhummavacanaṃ ti, tasmā yathā Gaṅgāyamunādīnaṃ samīpe goyūthāni carantāni Gaṅgāya caranti Yamunāya carantīti vuccanti evam idhāpi yadidaṃ Verañjāya samīpe Naḷerupucimandamūlaṃ tattha viharanto vuccati Verañjāyaṃ viharati Naḷerupucimandamūle ti. gocaragāmanidassanatthaṃ hi 'ssa Verañjāvacanaṃ, pabbajitānurūpanivāsanaṭṭhānanidassanatthaṃ Naḷerupucimandamūlavacanaṃ. tattha Verañjākittanena āyasmā Upāḷitthero bhagavato gahaṭṭhānuggahakaraṇaṃ dasseti, Naḷerupucimandamūlakittanena pabbajitānuggahakaraṇaṃ, tathā purimena paccayagahaṇato attakilamathānuyogavivajjanaṃ, pacchimena vatthukāmappahāṇato kāmasukhallikānuyogavivajjanūpāyadassanaṃ, purimena ca dhammadesanābhiyogaṃ, pacchimena vivekādhimuttiṃ, purimena karuṇāya upagamanaṃ,
[page 110]
110 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pacchimena paññāya apagamanaṃ, purimena sattānaṃ hitasukhanipphādanādhimuttataṃ, pacchimena parahitasukhakaraṇe nirupalepanaṃ, purimena dhammikasukhapariccāganimittaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ, pacchimena uttarimanussadhammānuyoganimittaṃ, purimena manussānaṃ upakārabahulataṃ, pacchimena devatānaṃ, purimena loke jātassa loke saṃvaddhabhāvaṃ, pacchimena lokena anupalittataṃ, purimena: ekapuggalo bhikkhave loke uppajjamāno uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. katamo ekapuggalo, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho ti vacanato yadatthaṃ bhagavā uppanno tadatthaparinipphādanaṃ, pacchimena yattha uppanno tadanurūpavihāraṃ, bhagavā hi paṭhamaṃ Lumbinivane dutiyaṃ bodhimaṇḍe tilokiyalokuttarāya uppattiyā vane yeva uppanno ten' assa vane yeva vihāraṃ dassesīti evamādinā nayen' ettha yojanā veditabbā.
mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhin ti ettha mahatā ti guṇamahantenāpi mahatā saṅkhyāmahantenāpi, so hi bhikkhusaṅgho guṇehi pi mahā ahosi, yasmā yo tattha pacchimako so sotāpanno, saṅkhyāya pi mahā pañcasatasaṅkhattā, bhikkhūnaṃ saṅghena bhikkhusaṅghena, diṭṭhisīlasāmaññasaṅkhātasaṅghātena samaṇagaṇenā 'ti attho. saddhin ti ekato, pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehīti pañcamattā etesan ti pañcamattā, mattā 'ti pamāṇaṃ vuccati, tasmā yathā bhojane matt 'ti vuttehoje mattaṃ jānāti pamāṇaṃ jānātīti attho hoti, evam idhāpi tesaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ pañcamattā pañcapamāṇan ti evam attho daṭṭhabbo, bhikkhūnaṃ satāni bhikkhusatāni, tehi pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi; etena yaṃ vuttaṃ mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhin ti ettha tassa mahato bhikkhusaṅghassa saṅkhyāmahattaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. parato pan' assa:
[page 111]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 111
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] nirabbudo hi Sāriputta bhikkhusaṅgho nirādīnavo apagatakālako suddho sāre patiṭṭhito, imesaṃ pi Sāriputta pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako so sotāpanno ti vacanena guṇamahattaṃ āvibhavissati.
assosi kho Verañjo brāhmaṇoti, assosīti suṇi upalabhi sotadvārasampattavacananigghosānusārena aññāsi, kho ti padapūraṇamatte avadhāraṇatthe vā nipāto, tattha avadhāraṇatthena assosi eva nāssa koci savaṇantarāyo āhosīti ayam attho veditabbo. padapūraṇena pana vyañjanasiliṭṭhatāmattam eva. Verañjāyaṃ jāto Verañjāyaṃ bhavo Verañjā vā assa nivāso ti Verañjo, mātāpitūhi katanāmavasena panāyaṃ udayo ti vuccati, brahmaṃ aṇatīti brāhmaṇo, mante sajjhāyatīti attho, idam eva hi jātibrāhmaṇānaṃ niruttivacanaṃ, ariyā pana bāhitapāpattā brāhmaṇā ti vuccanti. idāni yam atthaṃ Verañjo brāhmaṇo assosi taṃ pakāsento samaṇo khalu bho Gotamo ti ādim āha. tattha samitapāpattā samaṇo ti veditabbo, vuttaṃ h' etaṃ: bāhitapāpo ti brāhmaṇo, samitattā samaṇo ti vuccatīti, bhagavā ca anuttarena ariyamaggena samitapāpo, ten' assa yathābhuccaguṇādhigatam etaṃ nāmaṃ yadidaṃ samaṇo ti. khalū 'ti anussavatthe nipāto, bho ti brāhmaṇajātikānaṃ, jātisamudāgataṃ ālapanamattam, vuttam pi h' etaṃ: bhovādī nāma so hoti sace hoti sakiñcano ti. Gotamo ti bhagavantaṃ gottavasena parikitteti, tasmā samaṇo khalu bho Gotamo ti ettha samaṇo kira bho Gotamagotto ti evam attho daṭṭhabbo.
Sakyaputto ti idaṃ pana bhagavato uccākulaparidīpanaṃ, Sakyakulā pabbajito ti saddhāpabbajitabhāvaparidīpanaṃ kenaci pārijuññena anabhibhūto aparikkhīṇaṃ yeva taṃ kulaṃ pahāya saddhāya pabbajito ti vuttaṃ hoti. tato paraṃ vuttattham eva. taṃ kho panā' ti itthambhūtakkhyānatthe upayogavacanaṃ,
[page 112]
112 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa kho pana bhoto Gotamassā' ti attho. kalyāṇo ti kalyāṇaguṇasamannāgato, seṭṭho ti vuttaṃ hoti. kittisaddo ti kitti eva thutighoso vā.
iti pi so bhagavā ti ādisu pana ayaṃ tāva yojanā: so bhagavā iti pi arahaṃ, iti pi sammāsambuddho --pe-- iti pi bhagavā ti, iti iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇenā 'ti vuttaṃ hoti.
idāni vinayadharānaṃ suttantanayakosallatthaṃ vinayasaṃvaṇṇanārambhe buddhaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya cittasampahaṃsanatthañ ca etesaṃ padānaṃ vitthāranayena saṃvaṇṇanaṃ karissāmi, tasmā yaṃ vuttaṃ so bhagavā iti pi arahaṃ ti ādi, tattha ārakattā, arīnaṃ arānañ ca hatattā, paccayādīnaṃ arahattā, pāpakaraṇe rahābhāvā ti imehi tāva kāraṇehi so bhagavā arahaṃ ti veditabbo. ārakā hi so sabbakiḷesehi suvidūravidūre ṭhito maggena savāsanānaṃ kilesānaṃ viddhaṃsitattā ti ārakattā arahaṃ. te ca nena kilesārayo maggena hatā ti arīnaṃ hatattāpi arahaṃ. yañ c' etaṃ avijjābhavataṇhāmayanābhi puññādiabhisaṅkhārāraṃ jarāmaraṇanemi āsavasamudayamayena akkhena vijjhitvā tibhavarathe samāyojitaṃ anādikālappavattaṃ saṃsāracakkaṃ, tassānena bodhimaṇḍe viriyapādehi sīlapaṭhaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya saddhāhatthena kammakkhayakarañāṇapharasuṃ gahetvā sabbe arā hatā ti arānaṃ hatattāpi arahaṃ. athavā saṃsāracakkan ti anamataggasaṃsāravaṭṭaṃ vuccati, tassa ca avijjānābhimūlattā jarāmaraṇanemi-pariyosānattā sesā dasadhammā arā avijjāmūlakattā jarāmaraṇapariyantattā ca, tattha dukkhādisu aññāṇaṃ avijjā. kāmabhave ca avijjā kāmabhave saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti. tathā rūpabhave avijjā rūpabhave saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti. arūpabhave avijjā arūpabhave saṅkhārānaṃ pacca hoti. kāmabhave saṅkhārā kāmabhave paṭisandhiviññāṇassa paccayā honti.
[page 113]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 113
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] esa nayo itaresu. kāmabhave paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ kāmabhave nāmarūpassa paccayo hoti. tathā rūpabhave, arūpabhave nāmass' eva paccayo hoti. kāmabhave nāmarūpaṃ kāmabhave saḷāyatanassa paccayo hoti. rūpabhave nāmarūpaṃ rūpabhave tiṇṇaṃ āyatanānaṃ paccayo hoti. arūpabhave nāmaṃ arūpabhave ekassāyatanassa paccayo hoti. kāmabhave saḷāyatanaṃ kāmabhave chabbidhassa phassassa paccayo hoti. rūpabhave tīṇi āyatanāni rūpabhave tiṇṇaṃ phassānaṃ arūpabhave ekam āyatanaṃ arūpabhave ekassa phassassa paccayo hoti. kāmabhave cha phassā kāmabhave channaṃ vedanānaṃ paccayā honti. rūpabhave tayo tatth' eva tissannaṃ arūpabhave eko tatth' eva ekissā vedanāya paccayo hoti. kāmabhave cha vedanā kāmabhave channaṃ taṇhākāyānaṃ paccayā honti. rūpabhave tisso tatth' eva tiṇṇaṃ, arūpabhave ekā vedanā arūpabhave ekassa taṇhākāyassa paccayo hoti. tattha tattha sā sā taṇhā upādānassa, upādānādayo bhavādīnaṃ. kathaṃ. idh' ekacco kāme paribhuñjissāmīti kāmūpādānapaccayā kāyena duccaritaṃ carati vācāya manasā duccaritaṃ carati, duccaritapāripūriyā apāye uppajjati tatth' assa uppattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo kammanibbattā khandhā uppattibhavo, khandhānaṃ nibbatti jāti, paripāko jarā, bhedo maraṇaṃ. aparo saggasampattiṃ anubhavissāmīti tath' eva sucaritaṃ carati, sucaritapāripūriyā sagge uppajjati.
tatth' assa uppattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo ti so eva nayo. aparo pana brahmalokasampattiṃ anubhavissāmīti kāmūpādānapaccayā eva mettaṃ bhāveti karuṇaṃ muditaṃ upekkhaṃ bhāveti, bhāvanā pāripūriyā brahmaloke nibbattati. tatth' assa nibbattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo ti so yeva nayo. aparo arūpabhave sampattiṃ anubhavissāmīti tath' eva ākāsānañcatanādi samāpattiyo bhāveti,
[page 114]
114 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhāvanā pāripūriyā tattha tattha nibbattati. tatth' assa nibbattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo, kammanibbattā khandhā uppattibhavo, khandhānaṃ nibbatti jāti, paripāko jarā, bhedo maraṇan ti esa nayo sesesu 'pādānamūlikāsu pi yojanāsu. evam ayaṃ avijjāhetu, saṇkhārāhetusamuppannā ti ubho p' ete hetusamuppannā ti paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ. atītam pi addhānaṃ anāgatam pi addhānaṃ avijjāhetu, saṅkhārāhetu-samuppannā, ubho p' ete hetusamuppannā ti paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇan ti etena nayena sabbapadāni vitthāretabbāni. tattha avijjā saṅkhārā eko saṅkhepo, viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanā eko, taṇhūpādānabhavā eko, jātijarāmaraṇaṃ eko, purimasaṅkhepo c' ettha atīto addhā, dve majjhimā paccuppanno, jātijarāmaraṇaṃ anāgato, avijjā saṅkhāragahaṇena c' ettha taṇhūpādānabhavā gahitā 'va hontīti ime pañca dhammā atīte kammavaṭṭaṃ, viññāṇādayo pañca etarahi vipākavaṭṭaṃ. taṇhūpādānabhavagahaṇena avijjāsaṅkhārā gahitā 'va hontīti ime pañca dhammā etarahi kammavaṭṭaṃ, jātijarāmaraṇāpadesena viññāṇādinaṃ niddiṭṭhattā ime pañca dhammā āyati vipākavaṭṭaṃ. te ākārato vīsatividhā honti, saṅkhāraviññāṇānaṃ c' ettha antarā eko sandhi, vedanātaṇhānam antarā eko, bhavajātīnam antarā eko ti, iti bhagavā etaṃ catusaṅkhepaṃ tiyaddhaṃ visatākāraṃ tisandhiṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ sabbākārato jānāti passati aññāti paṭivijjhati.
taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ pajānanaṭṭhena paññā, tena vuccati paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ ti, iminā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇena bhagavā te dhamme yathābhūtaṃ ñatvā tesu nibbindanto virajjanto vimuccanto vuttappakārassa imassa saṃsāracakkassa are hani vihani viddhaṃsesi, evam pi arānaṃ hatattā arahaṃ. aggadakkhiṇeyyattā ca cīvarādipaccaye arahati pūjāvisesañ ca,
[page 115]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 115
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ten' eva uppanne tathāgate ye keci mahesakkhā devamanussā na te aññattha pūjaṃ karonti, tathā hi Brahmā Sahampati Siṇerumattena ratanadāmena tathāgataṃ pūjesi, yathābalañ ca aññe devā manussā ca Bimbisārakosalarājādayo, parinibbutam pi ca bhagavantaṃ uddissa channavutikoṭidhanaṃ vissajjetvā Asokamahārājā sakala-Jambudīpe caturāsīti vihārasahassāni patiṭṭhāpesi, ko pana vādo aññesaṃ pūjāvisesānan ti paccayādīnaṃ arahattāpi arahaṃ. yathā ca loke keci paṇditamānino bālā asilokabhayena raho pāpaṃ karonti evam esa na kadāci karotīti pāpakaraṇe rahābhāvato pi arahaṃ.
hoti c' ettha:
ārakattā hatattā ca kilesārīna so muni,
hatasaṃsāracakkāro paccayādīna cāraho,
na raho karoti pāpāni arahaṃ tena pavuccatīti.
sammā sāmañ ca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā pana sammāsambuddho, tathā h' esa sabbadhamme sammāsambuddho, abhiññeyye dhamme abhiññeyyato buddho, pariññeyye pariññeyyato, pahātabbe pahātabbato, sacchikātabbe sacchikātabbato, bhāvetabbe bhāvetabbato. ten' eva cāha:
abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, bhāvetabbañ ca bhāvitaṃ, pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ me, tasmā buddho 'smi brāhmaṇā 'ti.
api ca cakkhuṃ dukkhasaccaṃ, tassa mūlakāraṇabhāvena samuṭṭhāpikā purimataṇhā samudayasaccaṃ, ubhinnam appavatti nirodhasaccaṃ, nirodhapajānanā paṭipadā maggasaccan ti evaṃ ekekapaduddhārenāpi sabbadhamme sammā sāmañ ca buddho. esa nayo sotaghāṇajivhākāyamanesu, eten' eva nayena rūpādīni cha āyatanāni, cakkhuviññāṇādayo cha viññāṇakāyā, cakkhusamphassādayo cha phassā, cakkhusamphassajādayo cha vedanā, rūpasaññādayo cha saññā, rūpasañcetanādayo cha cetanā, rūpataṇhādayo cha taṇhākāyā, rūpavitakkādayo cha vitakkā, rūpavicārādayo cha vicārā,
[page 116]
116 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] rūpakkhandhādayo pañcakkhandhā, dasakasiṇāni, dasānussatiyo, uddhumātakasaññādivasena dasasaññā, kesādayo dvattiṃsākārā, dvādasāyatanāni, aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo, kāmabhavādayo navabhavā, paṭhamādīni cattāri jhānāni, mettābhāvanādayo catasso appamaññā, catasso arūpasamāpattiyo, paṭilomato jarāmaraṇādīni anulomato avijjādīni paṭiccasamuppādaṅgāni ca yojetabbāni. tatrāyaṃ ekapadayojanā: jarāmaraṇaṃ dukkhasaccaṃ, jāti samudayasaccaṃ, ubhinnam pi nissaraṇaṃ nirodhasaccaṃ, nirodhapajānanā paṭipadā maggasaccan ti, evaṃ ekekapaduddhārena sabbadhamme sammā sāmañ ca buddho anubuddho paṭividdho, tena vuttaṃ sammā sāmañ ca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā pana sammāsambuddho ti.
vijjāhi pana caraṇena ca sampannattā vijjācaraṇasampanno, tattha vijjā ti tisso vijjā aṭṭha pi vijjā, tisso Bhayabheravasutte vuttanayena veditabbā, aṭṭha Ambaṭṭhasutte, tatra hi vipassanāñāṇena manomayiddhiyā ca saha cha abhiññā pariggahetvā aṭṭhavijjā vuttā. caraṇan ti sīlasaṃvaro, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā, jāgariyānuyogo, sattasaddhammā, cattāri rūpāvacarajjhānānīti ime paṇṇarasadhammā veditabbā, ime yeva hi paṇṇarasadhammā yasmā etehi carati ariyasāvako gacchati amataṃ disaṃ tasmā caraṇan ti vuttā. yathāha: idha mahānāma ariyasāvako sīlavā hotīti vitthāro, bhagavā imāhi vijjāhi iminā ca caraṇena samannāgato tena vuccati vijjācaraṇasampanno ti. tattha vijjāsampadā bhagavato sabbaññutam pūretvā ṭhitā, caraṇasampadā mahākāruṇikataṃ so sabbaññutāya sabbasattānaṃ atthānatthaṃ ñatvā mahākāruṇikatāya anatthaṃ parivajjetvā atthe niyojeti, yathā taṃ vijjācaraṇasampanno. ten' assa sāvakā suppaṭipannā honti no duppaṭipannā, vijjācaraṇavipannānaṃ hi sāvakā attantapādayo viya.
sobhanagamanattā sundaraṃ ṭhānaṃ gatattā sammā gatattā sammā ca gadattā sugato, gamanam pi hi gatan ti vuccati tañ ca bhagavato sobhanaṃ parisuddham anavajjaṃ.
[page 117]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 117
kim pana tan ti. ariyamaggo tena h' esa gamanena khemaṃ disaṃ asajjamāno gato ti sobhanagamanattā sugato. sundaraṃ c' esa ṭhānaṃ gato amataṃ nibbānan ti sundaraṃ gatattāpi sugato. sammā ca gato tena tena maggena pahīṇakilese puna apaccāgacchanto, vuttañ c' etaṃ: sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīṇā te kilese na pun' eti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti sugato --pe-- arahattamaggena ye kilesā pahīṇā te kilese na pun' eti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti.
sammā vā gato Dīpaṅkarapādamūlato ppabhūti yāva bodhimaṇḍā tāva samatiṃsapāramīpūritāya sammāpaṭipattiyā sabbalokassa hitasukham eva karonto sassataṃ ucchedaṃ kāmasukham attakilamathan ti ime ca ante anupagacchanto gato ti sammāgatattāpi sugato. sammā c' esa gadati yuttaṭhāne yuttam eva vācaṃ bhāsatīti sammā gadattāpi sugato.
tatrīdaṃ Sādhakasuttaṃ: yaṃ tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ sā ca paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā tam pi tathāgato vācaṃ na bhāsati, yañ ca kho tathāgato vācaṃ jānāto bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ sā ca paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā tam pi tathāgato vācaṃ na bhāsati, yañ ca kho tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ sā ca paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā tatra kālaññu tathāgato hoti tassā vācāya veyyākaraṇāya, yaṃ tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ sā ca paresaṃ piyā manāpā na taṃ tathāgato vācaṃ bhāsati, yam pi tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ sā ca paresaṃ piyā manāpā tam pi tathāgato vācaṃ na bhāsati, yañ ca kho tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ sā ca paresaṃ piyā manāpā tatra kālaññu tathāgato hoti tassā vācāya veyyākaraṇāyā 'ti, evaṃ sammāgadattāpi sugato ti veditabbo.
sabbathā viditalokattā lokavidū, so hi bhagavā sabhāvato samudayato nirodhato nirodhūpāyato ti sabbathā lokaṃ avedi abhiññāsi paṭivijjhi, yathāha: yattha kho āvuso na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati nāhan taṃ gamanena lokass' antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyan ti vadāmi,
[page 118]
118 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na cāhaṃ āvuso appatvā 'va lokass' antaṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmi, api cāhaṃ āvuso imasmiṃ yeva vyāmamatte kalebare saññimhi samanake lokañ ca paññāpemi lokasamudayañ ca lokanirodhañ ca lokanirodhagāminiñ ca paṭipadaṃ.
gamanena na pattabbo lokass' anto kudācanaṃ,
na ca appatvā lokantaṃ dukkhā atthi pamocanaṃ.
tasmā have lokavidū sumedho,
lokantagu vusitabrahmacariyo,
lokassa antaṃ samitāvī ñatvā,
nāsiṃsatī lokam imaṃ parañ cā 'ti.
api ca tayo lokā, saṅkhāraloko sattaloko okāsaloko ti, tatra eko loko: sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā ti āgataṭṭhāne saṅkhāraloko veditabbo; sassato loko ti vā sassato lo vā ti āgataṭṭhāne sattaloko.
yāvatā candimasuriyā pariharanti disābhanti virocanā,
tāva sahassadhā loko, ettha te vattatī vaso ti,
āgataṭṭhāne okāsaloko; tam pi bhagavā sabbathā avedi.
tathā hi 'ssa eko loko sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā, dve lokā nāmañ ca rūpañ ca, tayo lokā tisso vedanā, cattāro lokā cattāro āhārā, pañca lokā pañcupādānakkhandhā, cha lokā cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni, satta lokā sattaviññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, aṭṭha lokā aṭṭha lokadhammā, nava lokā nava sattāvāsā, dasa lokā dasāyatanāni, dvādasa lokā dvādasāyatanāni, aṭṭharasa lokā aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo ti ayaṃ saṅkhāraloko pi sabbathā vidito. yasmā pan' esa sabbesam pi sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānāti anusayaṃ jānāti caritaṃ jānāti adhimuttim jānāti apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye bhabbe abhabbe satte jānāti, tasmāssa sattaloko pi sabbathā vidito; yathā ca sattaloko evaṃ okāsaloko pi,
[page 119]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 119
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tathā h' esa ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ āyāmato ca vitthārato ca yojanānaṃ dvādasasatasahassāni tīṇi sahassāni cattāri satāni paññāsañ ca yojanāni parikkhepato [sabbaṃ satasahassāni chattiṃsa parimaṇḍalaṃ, dasa c' eva sahassāni aḍḍhuḍḍhāni satāni ca.] tattha, [duve satasahassāni cattāri nahutāni ca, ettakaṃ bahalattena saṅkhātāyaṃ vasundharā,] tassā eva sandhārakam: [cattāri satasahassāni aṭṭh' eva nahutāni ca, ettakaṃ bahalattena jalaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ.] tassāpi sandhārako: [nava satasahassāni māluto nabhamuggato, saṭṭhi c' eva sahassāni esā lokassa saṇṭhiti.] evam saṇṭhite c' ettha yojanānaṃ, [caturāsīti sahassāni ajjhogāḷho mahaṇṇave, accuggato tāvad eva Siṇerupabbatuttamo. tato upaḍḍhupaḍḍhena pamāṇena yathākkamaṃ, ajjhogāḷhuggatā dibbā nānāratanacittitā:--Yugandharo Īsadharo Karavīko Sudassano, Nemindharo Vinatako Assakaṇṇo giribrahā. ete satta mahāselā Siṇerussa samantato mahārājānamāvāsā devayakkhanisevitā, yojanānaṃ satānucco Himavā pañca pabbato, yojanānaṃ sahassāni tīṇi āyatavitthato, caturāsīti sahassehi kūṭehi patimaṇḍito, tipañcayojanakkhandhā parikkhepā nagavhayā paññāsayojanakkhandhasākhāyāmā samantato, satayojanavitthīṇṇā tāvad eva ca uggatā, jambū yassānubhāvena Jambūdīpo pakāsito, dve asīti sahassāni ajjhogāḷho mahaṇṇave, accuggato tāvad eva cakkavāḷasiluccayo, parikkhipitvā taṃ sabbaṃ lokadhātum ayaṃ ṭhito.] tattha candamaṇḍalaṃ ekūṇapaññāsayojanaṃ, suriyamaṇḍalaṃ paññāsayojanaṃ, Tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ dasasahassayojanaṃ, tathā Asurabhavanaṃ Avīcimahānirayo Jambudīpo ca, Aparagoyānaṃ sattasahassayojanaṃ, tathā Pubbavideho Uttarakuru aṭṭhasahassayojanaṃ, ekameko c' ettha mahādīpo pañcasatapañcasataparittadīpaparivāro, taṃ sabbam pi ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ ekā lokadhātu,
[page 120]
120 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tadanantaresu lokantarikanirayā evaṃ anantāni cakkavāḷāni anantā lokadhātuyo bhagavā anantena buddhañāṇena avedi aññāsi paṭivijjhi, evam assa okāsaloko pi sabbathā vidito evam pi sabbathā viditalokattā lokavidū.
attano pana guṇehi visiṭṭhatarassa kassaci abhāvā n' atthi etassa uttaro ti anuttaro, tathā h' esa sīlaguṇenāpi sabbalokam abhibhavati, samādhipaññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanaguṇenāpi, sīlaguṇenāpi asamo asamasamo appaṭimo appaṭibhāgo appaṭipuggalo --pe-- vimuttiñāṇadassanaguṇenāpi, yathāha: na kho panāhaṃ bhikkhave samanupassāmi sadevake loke samārake --pe-- sadevamanussāya attanā sīlasampaṇṇataran ti vitthāro, evaṃ Aggappasādasuttādīni, na me ācariyo atthīti ādikā gāthāyo ca vitthāretabbā. purisadamme sāretīti purisadammasārathī, dameti vinetīti vuttaṃ hoti, tattha purisadammā 'ti adantā dametuṃ yuttā tiracchānapurisāpi manussapurisāpi amanussapurisāpi, tathā hi bhagavatā tiracchānapurisāpi Apalāḷo nāgarājā Cūḷodaro Mahodaro Aggisikho Dhūmasikho Dhanapālo hatthīti evamādayo damitā nibbisā katā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāpitā, manussapurisāpi Saccakanigaṇṭhaputta-Ambaṭṭhamāṇava-Pokkharasāti-Soṇadaṇḍa-Kūṭadantādayo, amanussapurisāpi Āḷavaka-Sūciloma-Kharalomayakkha-Sakkadevarājādayo damitā vinītā vicitrehi vinayanūpāyehi, ahaṃ kho Kesi purisadamme saṇhena pi vinemi pharusena pi vinemi saṇhapharusena pi vinemīti idaṃ c' ettha suttaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ.
athavā anuttaro purisadammasārathīti ekam ev' idaṃ atthapadaṃ,
[page 121]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 121
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhagavā hi tathā purisadamme sāreti yathā ekapallaṅken' eva nisinnā aṭṭhadisā asajjamānā dhāvanti tasmā anuttaro purisadammasārathīti vuccati, hatthidamakena bhikkhave hatthidammo sārito ekaṃ yeva disaṃ dhāvatīti idañ c' ettha suttaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ.
diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi yathārahaṃ anusāsatīti satthā, api ca satthā viyā 'ti satthā bhagavā satthavāho; yathā satthavāho satthe kantāraṃ tāreti corakantāraṃ tāreti vāḷakantāraṃ, dubbhikkhakantāraṃ, nirūdakakantāraṃ tāreti uttāreti nittāreti patāreti khemantaṃ bhūmiṃ sampāpeti, evam evaṃ bhagavā satthā satthavāho satte kantāraṃ tāreti jātikantāraṃ tāretīti ādinā niddesanayena p' ettha attho veditabbo. devamanussānan ti devānaṃ ca manussānaṃ ca ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasen' etaṃ vuttam bhabbapuggalaparicchedavasena ca, bhagavā pana tiracchānagatānam pi anusāsanippadānena satthā yeva. te pi hi bhagavato dhammasavaṇena upanissayasampattiṃ patvā tāya eva upanissayasampattiyā dutiye tatiye vā attabhāve maggaphalabhāgino honti, Maṇḍukadevaputtādayo c' ettha nidassanaṃ: bhagavati kira Gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre Campānagaravāsīnaṃ dhammaṃ desayamāne eko maṇḍuko bhagavato sare nimittaṃ aggahesi, taṃ eko vacchapālako daṇḍam olubbha tiṭṭhanto sīse sannirumbhitvā aṭṭhāsi. so tāvad eva kālaṃ katvā Tāvatiṃsabhavane dvādasayojanike kaṇakavimāne nibbatti suttappabuddho viya ca. tattha accharāsaṅghaparivutaṃ attānaṃ disvā: are aham pi nāma idha nibbatto kin nu kho kammaṃ akāsiṃ ti āvajjento nāññaṃ kiñci addasa aññatra bhagavato sare nimittaggāhā, so tāvad eva saha vimānena āgantvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi,
[page 122]
122 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhagavā jānanto 'va pucchi:[ko me vandati pādāni iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ abhikkantena vaṇṇena sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā ti. maṇḍuko 'haṃ pure āsiṃ udake vārigocaro, tava dhammaṃ suṇantassa avadhi vacchapālako ti.] bhagavā tassa dhammaṃ desesi. desanāvasāne caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, devaputto pi sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya sitaṃ katvā pakkāmīti.
yaṃ pana kiñci atthi neyyaṃ nāma tassa sabbassa buddhattā vimokkhantikañāṇavasena buddho, yasmā vā cattāri saccāni attanāpi bujjhi aññe pi satte bodhesi tasmā evamādīhi pi kāraṇehi buddho, imassa c' atthassa viññāpaṇatthaṃ bujjhitā saccānīti buddho bodhetā pajāyā 'ti buddho ti evaṃ pavatto sabbo pi niddesanayo paṭisambhidānayo ca vā vitthāretabbo.
bhagavā ti idaṃ pan' assa guṇavisiṭṭhasattuttamagarugāravādhivacanaṃ. tenāhu porāṇā: [bhagavā ti vacanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ bhagavā ti vacanam uttamaṃ, garugāravayutto so bhagavā tena pavuccatīti.] catubbidhaṃ vā nāmaṃ āvatthikaṃ liṅgikaṃ nemittikaṃ adhiccasamuppannan ti. adhiccasamuppannaṃ nāma lokiyavohārena yadicchakan ti vuttaṃ hoti. tattha vaccho dammo balivaddo ti evamādi āvatthikaṃ. daṇḍī chattī sikhī karīti evamādi liṅgikaṃ. tevijjo chaḷabhiñño ti evamādi nemittikaṃ. sirivaḍḍhako dhanavaḍḍhako ti evamādi vacanattham anapekkhitvā pavattaṃ adhiccasamuppannan ti. idaṃ pana bhagavā ti nāmaṃ nemittikaṃ, na Mahāmāyāya na Suddhodanamahārājena na asītiyā ñātisahassehi kataṃ, na Sakkasantusitādīhi devatāvisesehi, vuttaṃ c' etaṃ Dhammasenāpatinā: bhagavā ti pan' etaṃ nāmaṃ na mātarā kataṃ --pe-- vimokkhantikam etaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodhiyā mūle saha sabbaññutañāṇassa paṭilābhā saccikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavā ti,
[page 123]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 123
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yaṃ guṇanemittikaṃ c' etaṃ nāmaṃ tesaṃ guṇānaṃ pakāsanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthaṃ vadanti:
bhagī bhajī bhāgi vibhattavā iti
akāsi bhaggan ti garū 'ti bhāgyavā
bahūhi ñāyehi subhāvitattano
bhavantago so bhagavā ti vuccatīti.
niddese vuttaṇayen' eva c' ettha tesaṃ tesaṃ padānam attho daṭṭhabbo. ayaṃ pana aparo nayo:
bhāgyavā bhaggavā yutto bhagehi ca vibhattavā
bhattavā vantagamano bhavesu bhagavā tato ti.
tattha vaṇṇāgamo vaṇṇavipariyayo ti etaṃ niruttilakkhaṇaṃ gahetvā saddanayena vā pisodarādipakkhepalakkhaṇaṃ gahetvā yasmā lokiyalokuttarasukhābhinibbattakaṃ dānasīlādipārappattaṃ bhāgyam assa atthi tasmā bhāgyavā ti vattabbe bhagavā ti vuccatīti ñātabbaṃ. yasmā pana lobhadosamoha -viparītamanasikāra -ahirikānottappakodhūpanāha-makkhapalāsa-issāmacchariya-māyā-sāṭheyyathambhasārambha-mānātimāna -madappamāda -taṇhāvijjātividhākusalamūla -duccaritasaṅkilesamala -visamasaññā-vitakkapapañca -catubbidhavipariyesa -āsavagantha- oghayogāgati-taṇhuppādupādāna-pañcacetokhila -vinibandhanīvaraṇābhinandanā-chavivādamūla-taṇhākāya-sattānusayaaṭṭhamicchatta - navataṇhāmūlaka - dasākusalakammapathadvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigata -aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritappabheda -sabbadarathapariḷāhakilesasatasahassāni saṇkhepato vā pañca kilesakhandha-abhisaṅkhāramaccudevaputtamāre abhañji, tasmā bhaggattā etesaṃ parissayānaṃ bhaggavā ti vattabbe bhagavā ti vuccati, āha c' ettha:
bhaggarāgo bhaggadoso bhaggamoho anāsavo,
bhaggāssa pāpakā dhammā bhagavā tena pavuccatīti.
[page 124]
124 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)
bhāgyavatāya c' assa satapuññalakkhaṇadharassa rūpakāyasampatti dipitā hoti, bhaggadosatāya dhammakāyasampatti, tathā lokikaparikkhakānam bahumatabhāvo gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi abhigamanīyatā abhigatānañ ca tesaṃ kāyacittadukkhāpanayane paṭibalabhāvo, āmisadānadhammadānehi upakāritā lokiyalokuttarasukhehi ca saññojanasamatthatā dīpitā hoti, yasmā ca loke issariyadhammayasasirikāmappayatanesu chasu dhammesu bhagasaddo vattati, paramañ c' assa sakacitte issariyaṃ aṇimalaghimādikaṃ vā lokiyasammataṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ atthi, tathā lokuttaro dhammo lokattayavyāpako yathābhuccaguṇādhigato ativiyaparisuddho yaso rūpakāyadassanavyāvaṭajananayanamanappasādajananasamatthā sabbākāraparipūrā sabbaṅgapaccaṅgasiri yaṃ yaṃ etena icchitapatthitaṃ attahitaṃ parahitaṃ vā tassa tassa tatheva abhinippannattā icchitatthanippattisaññito kāmo sabbalokagarubhāvappattihetubhūto sammāvāyāmasaṅkhāto payatano vā atthi, tasmā imehi bhagehi yuttattāpi bhagā assa santīti iminā atthena bhagavā ti vuccati, yasmā pana kusalādīhi bhedehi sabbadhamme khandhāyatanadhātusaccaindriyapaṭiccasamuppādādīhi vā kusalādidhamme pīḷanasaṅkhatasantāpavipariṇāmaṭṭhena vā dukkham ariyasaccaṃ, āyūhananidānasaṃyogapaḷibodhaṭṭhena samudayaṃ, nissaraṇavivekasaṅkhataamataṭṭhena nirodhaṃ, nīyyānikahetudassanādhipateyyaṭṭhena maggaṃ, vibhattavā vibhajitvā vivaritvā desitavā ti vuttaṃ hoti, tasmā vibhattavā ti vattabbe bhagavā ti vuccati,
[page 125]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 125
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yasmā ca esa dibbabrahmāriyavihāre kāyacittaupadhiviveke suññatāppaṇihitānimittavimokhe aññe ca lokiyalokuttare uttarimanussadhamme bhaji sevi bahulam akāsi tasmā bhattavā ti vattabbe bhagavā ti vuccati, yasmā pana tīsu bhavesu taṇhāsaṅkhātaṃ gamanaṃ anena vantaṃ, tasmā bhavesu vantagamano ti vattabbe bhavasaddato bhakāraṃ gamanasaddato gakāraṃ vantasaddato vakārañ ca dīghaṃ katvā ādāya bhagavā ti vuccati, yathā loke mehanassa khassa mālā ti vattabbe mekhalā ti vuccati.
so imaṃ lokan ti so bhagavā imaṃ lokaṃ idāni vattabbaṃ nidasseti, sadevakan ti saha devehi sadevakaṃ, evaṃ saha mārena samārakaṃ, saha brahmuṇā sabrahmakaṃ, saha samaṇabrāhmaṇehi sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ, pajātattā pajā, taṃ pajaṃ, saha devamanussehi sadevamanussaṃ, tattha sadevakavacanena pañcakāmāvacaradevagahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ, samārakavacanena chaṭṭhakāmāvacaradevagahaṇaṃ, sabrahmavacanena brahmakāyikādibrahmagahaṇaṃ, sassamaṇabrāhmaṇavacanena sāsanassa paccatthikapaccāmittasamaṇabrāhmaṇagahaṇaṃ samitapāpabāhitapāpasamaṇabrāhmaṇagahaṇañ ca, pajāvacanena sattalokagahaṇaṃ, sadevamanussavacanena sammutidevāvasesamanussagahaṇaṃ, evam ettha tīhi padehi okāsaloko dvīhi pajāvasena sattaloko gahito ti veditabbo. aparo nayo: sadevakagahaṇena arūpāvacaraloko gahito, samārakagahaṇena chakāmāvacaradevaloko, sabrahmakagahaṇena rūpībrahmaloko, sassamaṇabrāhmaṇādigahaṇena catuparisavasena sammutidevehi vā saha manussaloko avasesasabbasattaloko vā.
api c' ettha sadevakavacanena ukkaṭṭhaparicchedato sabbassāpi lokassa sacchikatabhāvaṃ sāvento tassa bhagavato kittisaddo abbhuggato, tato yesaṃ siyā māro mahānubhāvo chakāmāvacarissaro vasavatti kiṃ so pi etena sacchikato ti, tesaṃ vimatiṃ vidhamanto samārakan ti abbhuggato, yesaṃ pana siyā brahmā mahānubhāvo ekaṅguliyā ekasmiṃ cakkavāḷasahasse ālokaṃ pharati,
[page 126]
126 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] dvīhi --pe-- dasahi aṅgulīhi dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu ālokaṃ pharati anuttarañ ca jhānasamāpattisukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti kiṃ so pi sacchikato ti, tesaṃ vimatiṃ vidhamanto sabrahmakan ti abbhuggato, tato yesaṃ siyā puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇā sāsanapaccatthikā kiṃ te pi sacchikatā ti, tesaṃ vimatiṃ vidhamanto sassamaṇabrāhmaṇim pajan ti abbhuggato, evaṃ ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭhānaṃ sacchikatabhāvaṃ pakāsetvā atha sammutideve avasesamanusse ca upādāya ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena sesasattalokassa sacchikatabhāvaṃ pakāsento sadevamanussan ti abbhuggato, ayam ettha anusandhikkamo.
sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedetīti ettha pana sayan ti sāmaṃ aparaneyyo hutvā, abhiññā ti abhiññāya adhikena ñāṇena ñatvā ti attho, sacchikatvā ti paccakkhaṃ katvā etena anumānādipaṭikkhepo kato hoti, pavedetīti bodheti ñāpeti pakāseti, so dhammaṃ deseti ādi --pe-- pariyosānakaḷyāṇan ti so bhagavā sattesuāruññataṃ ṭic hitvāpi anuttaraṃ vivekasukhaṃ dhammaṃ deseti tañ ca kho appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā desento ādikalyāṇādippakāram eva deseti. kathaṃ. ekagāthāpi hi samantabhadrakattā dhammassa paṭhamapādena ādikalyāṇaṃ dutiyatatiyapādehi majjhekalyāṇam pacchimapādena pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ ekānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ nidānena ādikalyāṇaṃ nigamanena pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sesena majjhe-kalyāṇaṃ, nānānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ paṭhamānusandhinā ādikalyāṇaṃ pacchimena pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sesehi majjhe-kalyāṇaṃ, sakalo pi sāsanadhammo attano attabhūtena sīlena ādikalyāṇo samathavipassanāmaggaphalehi majjhe-kalyāṇo nibbānena pariyosānakalyāṇo, sīlasamādhīhi vā ādikalyāṇo vipassanāmaggehi majjhekalyāṇo phalanibbānehi pariyosānakalyāṇo, buddhasubodhitāya vā ādikalyāṇo dhammasudhammatāya majjhe-kalyāṇo saṅghasuppaṭipattiyā pariyosānakalyāṇo, taṃ sutvā tathattāya paṭipannena adhigantabbāya abhisambodhiyā vā ādikalyāṇo paccekabodhiyā majjhe -kalyāṇo sāvakabodhiyā pariyosānakalyāṇo, suyyamāno c' esa nīvaranāṇi vikkhambhaṇato savaṇena pi kalyāṇam eva āvahatīti ādikalyāṇo,
[page 127]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 127
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] paṭipajjiyamāno samathavipassanāsukhāvahanato paṭipattiyāpi kalyāṇam eva āvahatīti majjhe-kalyāṇo, tathā paṭipanno ca paṭipattiphale niṭṭhite tādibhāvāvahanato paṭipattiphalena pi kalyāṇam eva āvahatīti pariyosānakalyāṇo, nāthappabhavattā ca pabhavasuddhiyā ādikalyāṇo atthasuddhiyā majjhekalyāṇo kiccasuddhiyā pariyosānakalyāṇo, tasmā eso bhagavā appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā desento ādikalyāṇādippakāram eva desetīti veditabbo.
sātthaṃ sabyañjanan ti evamādisu pana yasmā imaṃ dhammaṃ desento sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ maggabrahmacariyañ ca pakāseti nānānayehi dīpeti, tañ ca yathānurūpaṃ atthasampattiyā sātthaṃ, byañjanasampattiyā sabyañjanaṃ, saṅkāsanapakāsanavivaraṇavibhajanauttānikaraṇapaññattiatthapadasamāyo gato sātthaṃ, akkharapadavyañjanākāraniruttiniddesasampattiyā sabyañjanaṃ, atthagambhīratāpaṭivedhagambhīratāhi sātthaṃ, dhammagambhīratādesanāgambhīratāhi sabyañjanaṃ, atthapaṭibhāṇapaṭisambhidāvisayato sātthaṃ, dhammaniruttipaṭisambhidāvisayato sabyañjanaṃ, paṇḍitavedanīyato parikkhakajanappasādakan ti sātthaṃ, saddheyyato lokiyajanappasādakan ti sabyañjanaṃ, gambhīrādhippāyato sātthaṃ, uttānapadato sabyañjanaṃ, upanetabbassa abhāvato sakalaparipuṇṇabhāvena kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ, apanetabbassa abhāvato niddosabhāvena parisuddhaṃ, sikkhāttayapariggahītattā brahmabhūtehi seṭṭhehi caritabbato tesaṃ cariyabhāvato brahmacariyaṃ, tasmā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ --pe-- brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetīti vuccati. api ca: yasmā sanidānaṃ sauppattikañ ca desento ādikalyāṇaṃ deseti, veneyyānaṃ anurūpato atthassa aviparītatāya ca hetu udāharaṇayuttato ca majjhekalyāṇaṃ sotūnaṃ saddhāpaṭilābhena nigamanena ca pariyosānakalyāṇam deseti, evaṃ desento ca parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti, tañ ca paṭipattiyā adhigamavyattito sātthaṃ, pariyattiyā āgamavyattito sabyañjanaṃ, sīlādipañcadhammakkhandhayuttato kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ, nirupakkilesato nittharaṇatthāya pavattito lokāmisanirapekkhato ca parisuddhaṃ,
[page 128]
128 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.1)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] seṭṭhaṭṭhena brahmabhūtānaṃ buddhapaccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ cariyaṃ brahmacariyan ti vuccati, tasmā pi so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ --pe-- brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetī ti vuccati. sādhu kho panā 'ti sundaraṃ kho pana atthāvahaṃ sukhāvahan ti vuttaṃ hoti. tathārūpānaṃ arahatan ti yathārūpo so bhavaṃ Gotamo evarūpānaṃ yathābhuccaguṇādhigamena loke arahanto ti laddhasaddānam arahataṃ. dassanaṃ hotīti pasādasommāni akkhīni ummīletvā dassanamattam pi sādhu hotīti. ||1||
evaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ katvā, atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā ten' upasaṅkami. yenā 'ti bhūmmatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, tasmā yattha bhagavā tattha upasaṅkamīti evam ettha attho daṭṭhabbo, yena vā kāraṇena bhagavā devamanussehi upasaṅkamitabbo tena kāraṇena upasaṅkamīti evam ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. kena ca kāraṇena bhagavā upasaṅkamitabbo. nānappakāraguṇavisesādhigamādhippāyena sāduphalūpabhogādhippāyena dvijagaṇehi niccaphalitamahārukkho viya, upasaṅkamīti ca gato ti vuttaṃ hoti, upasaṅkamitvā ti upasaṅkamaṇapariyosānadīpanaṃ, atha vā evaṃ gato tato āsannataraṃ ṭhānaṃ bhagavato samīpasaṅkhātaṃ gantvā ti vuttaṃ hoti.
bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodīti yathākhamanīyādīni pucchanto bhagavā tena evaṃ so pi bhagavatā saddhim samappavattamodo ahosi sītodakaṃ viya uṇhodakena sammoditaṃ ekībhāvaṃ agamāsi, yāya ca:kacci bho Gotama khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīyaṃ kacci bhoto ca Gotamassa Gotamasāvakānañ ca appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāro ti ādikāya kathāya sammoditaṃ pītipāmujjasaṅkhātasammodajananato sammodituṃ yuttabhāvato ca sammodanīyaṃ, atthabyañjanamadhuratāya suciram pi kālaṃ sāretuṃ nirantaraṃ pavattetuṃ araharūpato saritabbabhāvato ca sārāṇīyaṃ,
[page 129]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.2.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 129
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] suyyamānasukhato ca sammodanīyam anussariyamānasukhato sārāṇīyaṃ, tathā byañjanaparisuddhatāya sammodanīyam, atthaparisuddhatāya sārāṇīyan ti evaṃ anekehi pariyāyehi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā pariyosāpetvā niṭṭhāpetvā yen' atthena āgato taṃ pucchitukāmo ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantan ti bhāvanapuṃsakaniddeso visamaṃ candimasuriyā parivattantīti ādisu viya, tasmā yathā nisinno pana ekamante nisinno hoti, tathā nisīdīti evam ettha attho daṭṭhabbo; bhummatthe vā etaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. nisīdīti upāvisi, paṇḍitā hi purisā garuṭṭhānīyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āsanakusalatāya ekamantaṃ nisīdanti, ayañ ca tesaṃ aññataro tasmā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. kathaṃ nisinno pana ekamantaṃ nisinno hotīti.
cha nisajjadose vajjetvā; seyyathīdaṃ: atidūram accāsannaṃ uparivātam unnatappadesaṃ atisammukham atipacchā ti. atidūre nisinno hi sace kathetukāmo hoti uccāsaddena kathetabbaṃ hoti, accāsanne nisinno saṅghaṭṭanaṃ karoti, uparivāte nisinno sarīragandhena bādhati, unnatappadese nisinno agāravaṃ pakāseti, atisammukhā nisinno sace daṭṭhukāmo hoti cakkhunā cakkhuṃ āhacca daṭṭhabbaṃ hoti, atipacchā nisinno sace daṭṭhukāmo hoti gīvaṃ pasāretvā daṭṭhabbaṃ hoti, tasmā ayam pi ete cha nisajjadose vajjetvā nisīdi. tena vuttaṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdīti. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Verañjo brāhṃano bhagavantaṃ etad avocā'ti etan ti idāni vattabbam atthaṃ dasseti, dakāro padasandhikaro.
avocā 'ti abhāsi, sutam metan ti sutaṃ me etaṃ, etaṃ mayā sutan ti idāni vattabbam atthaṃ dasseti, bho Gotamā 'ti bhagavantaṃ gottena ālapati. idāni yaṃ tena sutaṃ taṃ dassento na samaṇo Gotamo ti evam ādim āha. tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanā: brāhmaṇe ti jātibrāhmaṇe, jiṇṇe ti jajjarībhūte jarāya khaddhiccādibhāvaṃ āpādite,
[page 130]
130 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.2.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] vuddhe ti aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ vuddhimariyādappatte, mahallake ti jātimahallakatāya samannāgate cirakālappasute ti vuttaṃ hoti. addhagate ti addhānaṃ gate dve tayo rājaparivaṭṭe atīte ti adhippāyo, vayo anuppatte ti pacchimavayaṃ sampatte, pacchimavayo nāma vassasatassa pacchimo tatiyabhāgo. api ca jiṇṇe ti porāṇe cirakālappavattakulanvaye ti vuttaṃ hoti, vuddhe ti sīlācārādiguṇavuddhiyutte. mahallake ti vibhavamahantatāya samannāgate mahaddhane mahābhoge, addhagate ti maggapaṭipanne brāhmaṇānaṃ vatacariyādimariyādaṃ avītikkamma caramāṇe, vayo anuppatte ti jātivuddhabhāvam antimavayaṃ anuppatte ti evam p' ettha yojanā veditabbā.
idāni abhivādetīti evamādīni na samaṇo Gotamo ti ettha vuttanakārena yojetvā evam atthato veditabbāni: na vandati nāsanā ṭṭhahati nāpi idha bhonto nisīdantū 'ti evaṃ āsanena vā upanimantetīti. ettha hi vāsaddo vibhāvano nāma attho, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti ādisu viya, evaṃ vatvā atha attano abhivādanādīni akarontaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā āha: tayidaṃ bho Gotama tath' evā 'ti, yaṃ taṃ mayā sutaṃ taṃ tath' eva, taṃ savaṇañ ca me dassanañ ca saṃsandati sameti atthato ekībhāvaṃ gacchati na hi bhavaṃ Gotamo --pe-- āsanena vā nimantetīti evaṃ attanā sutaṃ diṭṭhena nigametvā nindanto āha: tayidaṃ bho Gotama na sampannam evā 'ti, taṃ, abhivādanādīnaṃ akaraṇaṃ ayuttam eva. ath' assa bhagavā attukkaṃsanaparavambhanadosaṃ anupagamma karuṇāsītalahadayena taṃ aññāṇaṃ vidhamitvā yuttabhāvaṃ dassetukāmo āha: nāhan taṃ brahmaṇa --pe-- muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā 'ti,
[page 131]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.3)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 131
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho: ahaṃ brāhmaṇa appaṭihatena sabbaññutañāṇacakhunā olokento pi taṃ puggalaṃ etasmiṃ sadevakādibhede loke na passāmi yam ahaṃ abhivādeyyaṃ vā paccuṭṭheyyaṃ vā āsanena vā nimanteyyaṃ,anacchariyaṃ vā etaṃ yv āhaṃ ajja sabbaññutaṃ patto evarūpaṃ nipaccakārārahaṃ puggalaṃ na passāmi, api ca kho yadāp' ahaṃ sampatijāto 'va uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihāre gantvā sakalaṃ dasasahassīlokadhātuṃ olokesiṃ tadāpi etasmiṃ sadevakādibhede loke taṃ puggalaṃ na passāmi yam ahaṃ abhivādeyyaṃ vā paccuṭṭheyyaṃ vā āsanena vā nimanteyyaṃ, atha kho maṃ soḷasakappasahassāyuko khīṇāsavamahābrahmāpi añjaliṃ paggahetvā: tvaṃ loke mahāpuriso tvaṃ sadevakassa lokassa aggo ca jeṭṭho ca seṭṭho ca,n' atthi tayā uttaritaro ti sañjātasomanasso paṭimānesi, tadāpi cāhaṃ attanā uttaritaraṃ apassanto āsabhiṃ vācaṃ nicchāresiṃ: aggo 'ham asmi lokassa, jeṭṭho 'ham asmi lokassa, seṭṭho 'ham asmi lokassā 'ti, evaṃ sampatijātassāpi mayhaṃ abhivādanādiraho puggalo n' atthi sv āhaṃ idāni sabbaññutaṃ patto kaṃ abhivādeyyaṃ vā --pe-- āsanena vā nimanteyyaṃ, tasmā tvaṃ brāhmaṇa mā tathāgatā evarūpaṃ nipaccākāraṃ patthayittha yaṃ hi brāhmaṇa tathāgato abhivādeyya vā---pe ---āsanena vā nimanteyya, muddhāpi tassa puggalassa rattipariyosāne paripākasithilabandhanaṃ vaṇṭā pamuttatālaphalam iva gīvato pacchijjitvā sahas' eva bhūmiyaṃ vipateyyā'ti.
||2|| evaṃ vutte pi brāhmaṇo duaññatāya tathāgatassa lokajeṭṭhabhāvaṃ asallakkhento kevalaṃ taṃ vacanaṃ asahamāno āha: arasarūpo bhavaṃ Gotamo ti. ayaṃ kir' assa adhippāyo: yaṃ loke abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānāñjalikammasāmīcikammaṃ sāmaggiraso ti vuccati taṃ bhoto Gotamassa n' atthi,
[page 132]
132 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.3.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tasmā arasarūpo bhavaṃ Gotamo arasajātiko arasasabhāvo ti. ath' assa bhagavā cittamudubhāvajananatthaṃ ujuvipaccanīkabhāvaṃ pariharanto aññathā tassa vacanassa 'ttham attani sandassento atthi khv esa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo ti ādim āha, tattha pariyāyo ti kāraṇaṃ; ayaṃ hi pariyāyasaddo desanāvārakāraṇesu vattati. madhupiṇḍikapariyāyo tv eva naṃ dhārehīti ādisu hi esa desanāyaṃ vatatti. kassa nu kho Ānanda ajja pariyāyo bhikkhuṇiyo ovadituṃ ti ādisu vāre. sādhu bhante bhagavā aññaṃ pariyāyaṃ ācikkhatu yathāyaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho aññāya saṇṭhaheyyā 'ti ādisu kāraṇe. sv āyaṃ idha kāraṇe vatatti, tasmā ettha evam attho daṭṭhabbo: atthi kho brāhmaṇa etaṃ kāraṇaṃ yena kāraṇena maṃ arasarūpo bhavaṃ Gotamo ti vadamāno puggalo sammā vadeyya avitathavādīti saṅkham gaccheyya, katamo pana so ti. ye te brāhmaṇa rūparasā --pe-- phoṭṭhabbarasā te tathāgatassa pahīṇā ti, kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti. ye te jātivasena uppattivasena vā seṭṭhasammatānam pi puthujjanānaṃ rūpārammaṇādīni assādentānaṃ abhinandantānaṃ rajjantānaṃ uppajjanti kāmasukhassādasaṅkhātā rūparasā saddarasā gandharasā rasarasā phoṭṭhabbarasā ye imaṃ lokaṃ gīvāya bandhitvā viya āviñjanti vatthārammaṇādisāmaggiyañ ca uppannattā sāmaggirasā ti vuccanti te sabbe pi tathāgatassa pahīṇā, mayhaṃ pahīṇā ti vattabbe pi mamaṃ kārena attānaṃ anukkhipanto dhammaṃ deseti, desanāvilāso vā esa bhagavato. tattha pahīṇā ti cittasantānato vigatā jahitā vā etasmiṃ pan' atthe karaṇe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, ariyamaggasatthena ucchinnaṃ taṇhāvijjāmayaṃ mūlam etesan ti ucchinnamūlā, tālavatthu viya nesaṃ vatthu katan ti tālā vatthukatā, yathā hi talarukkhaṃ samūlaṃ uddharitvā tassa vatthumatte tasmiṃ padese kate na puna tassa tālassa uppatti paññāyati.
[page 133]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.3)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 133
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ ariyamaggasatthena samūle rūpādirase uddharitvā tesaṃ pubbe uppannapubbabhāvena vatthumatte cittasantāne kate sabbe pi te tālā vatthukatā ti vuccanti, avirūḷhidhammattā vā matthakacchinnatālo viya katā ti tālā vatthukatā, yasmā pana evaṃ tālā vatthukatā anabhāvakatā honti, yathā nesaṃ pacchābhāvo na hoti tathā katā honti, tasmā āha anabhāvakatā ti. ayaṃ h' ettha padacchedo anuabhāvaṃ katā anabhāvakatā, anabhāvaṃgatā ti pi pāṭho, tassa anuabhāvaṃ gatā ti attho, tattha padacchedo anuabhāvaṃ gatā anabhāvaṃgatā ti yathā anuacchariyā anacchariyā ti.
āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā ti anāgate anuppajjanakasabhāvā, ye hi abhāvaṅgatā te puna kathaṃ uppajjissanti, tenāha anabhāvagatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā ti. ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo ti idaṃ kho brāhmaṇa kāraṇaṃ, yena maṃ sammāvadamāno vadeyya arasarūpo samaṇo Gotamo ti. no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesīti yañ ca kho tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi so pariyāyo na hoti. kasmā pana bhagavā evam āha, nanu evaṃ vutte so brāhmaṇena vutto sāmaggiraso tass' attani vijjamānatā anuññātā hotīti vuccate. na hoti. yo hi taṃ sāmaggirasaṃ kātuṃ bhabbo hutvā na karoti so tad abhāvena arasarūpo ti vattabbo bhaveyya. bhagavā pana abhabbo 'va taṃ kātuṃ, ten'assa karaṇe abhabbataṃ pakāsento āha: no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesīti, yaṃ pariyāyaṃ sandhāya tvaṃ maṃ arasarūpo ti vadesi so amhesu n' eva vattabbo ti.
evaṃ brāhmaṇo attanā adhippetaṃ arasarūpataṃ āropetuṃ asakkonto athāparaṃ nibbhogo bhavaṃ ti ādim āha.
sabbapariyāyesu c' ettha vuttanayen' eva yojanākkamaṃ viditvā sandhāya bhāsitam atthaṃ evaṃ veditabbam:
[page 134]
134 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.3.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] brāhmaṇo tam eva vayovuḍḍhānaṃ abhivādanakammādiṃ loke sāmaggiparibhogo ti maññamāno tad abhāvena bhagavantaṃ nibbhogo ti āha, bhagavā yv āyaṃ rūpādisu sattānaṃ chandarāgaparibhogo tad abhāvaṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyaṃ anujānāti. puna brāhmaṇo yaṃ loke vayovuḍḍhānaṃ abhivādanādi kulasamudācārakammaṃ lokiyā karonti tassa akiriyaṃ sampassamāno bhagavantakiriyavādti a, bhagavā pana yasmā kāyaduccaritādīnaṃ akiriyaṃ vadati tasmā taṃ akiriyavādaṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyaṃ anujānāti. tattha ca kāyaduccaritan ti pāṇātipātādinnādānamicchācāracetanā veditabbā, vacīduccaritan ti musāvādapisunāvācapharusāvācasapphappalāpacetanā veditabbā, manoduccaritan ti abhijjhābyāpādamicchādiṭṭhiyo veditabbā, ṭhapetvā te dhamme avasesā akusaladhammā anekavihitā pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti veditabbā. puna brāhmaṇo tam eva abhivādanādikammaṃ bhagavati apassanto imaṃ āgamma ayaṃ lokatanti lokapaveṇi ucchijjatīti maññamāno bhagavantaṃ ucchedavādo ti āha. bhagavā pana yasmā aṭṭhasu lobhasahagatacittesu uppajjamānassa pañcakāmaguṇikarāgassa dvīsu akusalacittesu uppajjamānakadosassa ca anāgāmi-maggena ucchedaṃ vadati, sabbākusalasambhavassa pana niravasesassa mohassa arahattamaggena ucchedaṃ vadati, ṭhapetvā te tayo avasesānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ yathānurūpaṃ catūhi maggehi ucchedaṃ vadati, tasmā taṃ ucchedavādaṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyaṃ anujānāti. puna brāhmaṇo jigucchati maññe samaṇo Gotamo idaṃ vayovuḍḍhānaṃ abhivādanādikulasamudācārakammaṃ tena naṃ na karotīti maññamāno bhagavantaṃ jegucchīti āha. bhagavā pana yasmā jigucchati kāyaduccaritādīhi, kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti.
[page 135]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.3)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 135
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yañ ca tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritam yañ ca catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ yañ ca tividaṃ manoduccaritaṃ yā ca ṭhapetvā tāni duccaritāni avasesānaṃ lāmakaṭṭhena pāpakānaṃ akosallasambhūtaṭṭhena akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpatti samāpajjanā samaṅgibhāvo taṃ sabbam pi gūthaṃ viya maṇḍanakajātiyo puriso jigucchati hirīyati tasmā taṃ jegucchitaṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyaṃ anujānāti. tattha kāyaduccaritenā 'ti upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. puna brāhmaṇo tam eva abhivādanādikammaṃ bhagavati apassanto ayaṃ imaṃ lokajeṭṭhakakammaṃ vineti vināseti, athavā yasmā etaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ na karoti tasmā ayaṃ vinetabbo niggaṇhitabbo ti maññamāno bhagavantaṃ venayiko ti āha. tatrāyaṃ padattho: vinayatīti vinayo vināsetīti vuttaṃ hoti, vinayo eva venayiko vinayaṃ vā arahatīti venayiko niggahaṃ arahatīti vuttam hoti, bhagavā pana yasmā rāgādīnaṃ vinayāya vūpasamāya dhammaṃ deseti tasmā venayiko hoti, ayam eva c' ettha padattho:
vinayāya dhammaṃ desetīti venayiko, vicitrāhi taddhitavutti, sv āyaṃ taṃ venayikabhāvaṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyaṃ anujānāti. puna brāhmaṇo, yasmā abhivādanādīni sāmīcikammāni karontā vayovuḍḍhe tosenti hāsenti, akarontā pana tāpenti vihesenti domanassaṃ nesaṃ uppādenti, bhagavā ca tāni na karoti, tasmā ayaṃ vayovuḍḍhe tapatīti maññamāno sappurisācāravirahitattā vā kapaṇapuriso ayaṃ ti maññamāno bhagavantaṃ tapassīti āha.
tatrāyaṃ padattho: tapatīti tapo roseti vihesetīti vuttaṃ hoti, sāmīcikammākaraṇass' etaṃ nāmaṃ, tapo assa atthīti tapassī, dutiye atthavikappe vyañjanāni avicāretvā loke kapaṇapuriso tapassīti vuccati. bhagavā pana ye akusalā dhammā lokaṃ tapanato tapanīyā ti vuccanti tesaṃ hi pahīṇattā yasmā tapassīti saṅkhaṃ gato, tasmā taṃ tapassitaṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyaṃ anujānāti.
tatrāyaṃ padattho: tapantīti tapā, akusalānaṃ dhammānam etaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
[page 136]
136 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.4.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] vuttam pi h' etaṃ: idha tappati pecca tappatīti, tathāyaṃ te tape assi nirassi pahāsi vidhaṃsīti tapassī. puna brāhmaṇo taṃ abhivādanādikammaṃ devalokagabbhasampattiyā devalokapaṭisandhipaṭilābhāya saṃvattatīti. maññamāno bhagavati c' assa abhāvaṃ disvā bhagavantaṃ apagabbho ti āha, kodhavasena vā bhagavato mātukucchismiṃ paṭisandhigahaṇe dosaṃ dassento pi evam āha. tatrāyaṃ padattho: gabbhato apagato ti apagabbho, abhabbo devalokūpapattiṃ pāpuṇitun ti adhippāyo. hīno vā gabbho assā 'ti apagabbho, devalokagabbhaparibāhirattā āyatiṃ hīnagabbhapaṭilābhabhāgīti hīno vāssa mātukucchismiṃ gabbhavāso ahosīti adhippāyo. bhagavato pana yasmā āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā apagatā tasmā so taṃ apagabbhataṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyaṃ anujānāti. tatra ca yassa kho brāhmaṇa āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīṇā ti etesaṃ padānaṃ evam attho daṭṭhabbo:
brāhmaṇa yassa puggalassa anāgate gabbhaseyyā punabbhave ca abhinibbatti anuttarena maggena vigatakāraṇattā pahīṇā, gabbhaseyyāgahaṇena c' ettha jalābujayoni gahitā, punabbhavābhinibbattigahaṇena itarā tisso pi, api ca gabbhassa seyyā gabbhaseyyā, punabbhavo eva abhinibbatti punabbhavābhinibbattīti evam ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. yathā ca viññāṇaṭṭhitīti vutte pi na viññāṇato aññā ṭhiti atthi evam idhāpi na gabbhato aññā seyyā veditabbā. abhinibbatti ca nāma yasmā punabbhavabhūtāpi apunabbhavabhūtāpi atthi idha ca punabbhavabhūtāpi adhippetā tasmā vuttaṃ punabbhavo eva abhinibbatti punabbhavābhinibbattīti. ||3||
evaṃ āgatakālato paṭṭhāya arasarūpatādīhi aṭṭhahi akkosavatthūhi akkosantam pi brāhmaṇam bhagavā dhammissaro dhammarājā dhammassāmi tathāgato anukampāsītaleneva cakkhunā brāhmaṇaṃ olokento yaṃ dhammadhātuṃ paṭivijjhitvā desanāvilāsappatto hoti tassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā vigatavalāhake antalikkhe samabbhuggato puṇṇacando viya saradakālasuriyo viya ca brāhmaṇassa hadayandhakāraṃ vidhamanto tāni yeva akkosavatthūni tena tena pariyāyena aññathā dassetvā puna pi attano karuṇāvipphāraṃ aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi akampiyabhāvena paṭiladdhaṃ tādiguṇalakkhaṇaṃ paṭhavisamacittataṃ akuppadhammatañ ca pakāsento ayaṃ brāhmaṇo kevalaṃ patasirakhaṇḍadantavalittacatādīhi attano vuḍḍhabhāvaṃ sañjānāti no ca kho jānāti attānaṃ jātiyā anugataṃ jarāya anusaṭaṃ vyādhinābhibhūtaṃ maraṇena abbhāhataṃ vaṭṭakhānubhūtaṃ ajja maritvā puna sv eva uttānasayanadārakabhāvagamanīyaṃ,
[page 137]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.4)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 137
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] mahantena kho pan' assa ussāhena mama santikaṃ āgato tad assa āgamanaṃ sātthakaṃ hotū 'ti cintetvā imasmiṃ loke attano appaṭisamaṃ purejātabhāvaṃ dassento seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā 'ti ādinā nayena brāhmaṇassa dhammadesanaṃ vaḍḍhesi. tattha seyyathāpīti opammatthe nipāto, pīti sambhāvanatthe, ubhayenāpi yathā nāma brāhmaṇā 'ti dasseti. kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā ti ettha pana kiñcāpi kukkuṭiyā vuttappakārato ūnādhikāni pi aṇḍāni honti atha kho vacanasiliṭṭhatāya evaṃ vuttan ti veditabbaṃ. evaṃ hi loke siliṭṭhaṃ vacanaṃ hoti. tān' assū'ti tāni assu, bhaveyyun ti vuttaṃ hoti. kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitānīti tāya janettiyā kukkuṭiyā pakkhe pasāretvā tesaṃ upari sayantiyā sammā adhisayitāni. sammā pariseditānīti kālena kālaṃ utuṃ gaṇhāpentiyā suṭṭhu samantato seditāni, usmīkatānīti vuttaṃ hoti. sammā paribhāvitānīti kālena kālaṃ suṭṭhu samantato bhāvitāni, kukkuṭagandhaṃ gāhāpitānīti vuttaṃ hoti. idāni yasmā tāya kukkuṭiyā evaṃ tīhi pakārehi tāni aṇḍāni paripāliyamānāni na pūtīni honti. yo pi nesaṃ allasineho so pariyādānaṃ gacchati, kapālaṃ tanukaṃ hoti, pādanakhasikhā ca mukhatuṇḍakañ ca kharaṃ hoti, kukkuṭapotakā pariṇāmaṃ gacchanti, kapālassa tanukattā bahiddhā āloko anto paññāyati.
[page 138]
138 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.4.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha te kukkuṭapotakā, ciraṃ vata mayaṃ saṃkucitahattapādā sambādhe sayimha, ayaṃ ca bahi āloko dissati ettha dāni no sukhavihāro bhavissatīti nikkhamitukāmā hutvā kapālaṃ pādena paharanti gīvaṃ pasārenti. tato taṃ kapālaṃ dvedhā bhijjati, kukkuṭapotakā pakkhe vidhūnantā taṃ khaṇānurūpaṃ viravantā nikkhamanti. evaṃ nikkhamantānañ ca tesam yo paṭhamataraṃ nikkhamati so jeṭṭho ti vuccati, tasmā bhagavā tāya upamāya attano jeṭṭhabhāvaṃ sādhetukāmo brāhmaṇaṃ pucchati yo nu kho tesaṃ kukkuṭacchāpakānaṃ --pe-- kinti sv āssa vacanīyo ti. tatra kukkuṭacchāpakānan ti kukkuṭapotakānaṃ. kinti sv āssa vacanīyo ti so kinti vacanīyo assa, kiṃ vattabbo bhaveyya jeṭṭho vā kaniṭṭho vā ti sesaṃ uttānattham eva.
tato brāhmaṇo āha: jeṭṭho ti'ssa bho Gotama vacanīyo ti bho Gotama jeṭṭho iti assa vacanīyo, kasmā iti ce so hi nesaṃ jeṭṭho ti. yasmā so nesaṃ vuḍḍhataro ti attho. ath' assa bhagavā opammaṃ sampaṭipādento āha: evam eva kho brāhmaṇa yathā so kukkuṭacchāpako evaṃ aham pi avijjāgatāya pajāyā 'ti ādi, tattha avijjāgatāyā 'ti avijjā vuccati aññāṇaṃ, tattha gatāya pajāyā 'ti sattādhivacanam etaṃ, tasmā ettha avijjaṇḍakosassa anto paviṭṭhesu sattesū 'ti evaṃ attho daṭṭhabbo. aṇḍabhūtāyā 'ti aṇḍe bhūtāya jātāya sañjātāya, yathā hi aṇḍe nibbattā ekacce sattā aṇḍabhūtā ti vuccanti, evam ayaṃ sabbāpi pajā avijjaṇḍakose nibbattattā aṇḍabhūtā ti vuccati. pariyonaddhāyā 'ti tena avijjaṇḍakosena samantato onaddhāya baddhāya veṭhitāya.avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāḷetvā ti taṃ avijjāmayaṃ aṇḍakosaṃ chinditvā.
[page 139]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.4.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 139
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] eko 'va loke ti sakale pi lokasannivāse aham eva eko adutiyo. anuttaraṃ sammā sambodhiṃ abhisambuddho ti anuttaran ti uttaravirahitaṃ sabbaseṭṭhaṃ, sammāsambodhin ti sammā sāmañ ca bodhiṃ, atha vā pasatthaṃ sundarañ ca bodhiṃ, bodhīti rukkho pi maggo pi sabbaññutañāṇam pi nibbānam pi. bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho ti ca antarā ca Bodhiṃ antarā ca Gayaṃ ti āgataṭṭhānesu hi rukkho bodhi. bodhīti vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ ti āgataṭṭhāne maggo. pappoti bodhiṃ varabhūrimedhaso ti āgataṭṭhāne sabbaññutañāṇaṃ. patvāna bodhim amataṃ asaṅkhataṃ ti āgataṭṭhāne nibbānaṃ. idha pana bhagavato arahattamaggañāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. sabbaññutañāṇan ti pi vadanti. aññesaṃ arahattamaggo anuttarā bodhi hoti na hotīti. na hoti. kasmā. asabbaguṇadāyakattā, tesaṃ hi kassaci arahattamaggo arahattaphalam eva deti kassaci tisso vijjā kassaci cha abhiññā kassaci catasso paṭisambhidā kassaci sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ, paccekabuddhānam pi paccekabodhiñāṇam eva deti, buddhānaṃ pana sabbaguṇasampattiṃ deti, abhiseko viya rañño sabbalokissariyabhāvaṃ.
tasmā aññassa kassaci pi anuttarā bodhi na hotīti. abhisambuddho ti abbhañāsiṃ paṭivijjhiṃ, patto 'mhi adhigato 'mhīti vuttaṃ hoti.
idāni yad etaṃ bhagavatā evam eva kho ahaṃ brāhmaṇā 'ti ādinā nayena vuttaṃ opammasampaṭipādanaṃ taṃ evaṃ atthena saṃsandetvā veditabbam: yathā hi tassā kukkuṭiyā attano aṇḍesu adhisayanādi tividhakiriyā-karaṇaṃ, evaṃ bodhipallaṅke nisinnassa bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato attano santāne aniccaṃ dukkham anattā ti tividhānupassanākaraṇaṃ. kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyā-sampādanena aṇḍānaṃ apūtibhāvo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena vipassanāñāṇassa aparihāni. kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyā-karaṇena aṇḍānaṃ allasinehapariyādānaṃ viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanā -sampādanena bhavattayānugatanikantisinehapariyādānaṃ.
[page 140]
140 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.4-5.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyā -karaṇena aṇḍakapālānaṃ tanubhāvo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanā -sampādanena avijjaṇḍakosassa tanubhāvo. kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyākaraṇena kukkuṭacchāpakassa pādanakhatuṇḍakānaṃ thaddhakharabhāvo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanā -sampādanena vipassanāñāṇassa tikkhakharavippasannasūrabhāvo. kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyā -karaṇena kukkuṭacchāpakassa pariṇāmakālo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena vipassanāñāṇassa pariṇāmakālo vaḍḍhitakālo gabbhagahaṇakālo ti veditabbo.
tato kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyākaraṇena kukkuṭacchāpakassa pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāḷetvā pakkhe papphoṭetvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjanakālo viya tassa bhagavato tividhānupassanā-sampādanena vipassanāñāṇaṃ gabbhaṃ gaṇhāpetvā anupubbādhigatena arahattamaggena avijjaṇḍakosaṃ papadāḷetvā abhiññāpakkhe papphoṭetvā sotthinā sakalabuddhaguṇasacchikatakālo veditabbo. sv āhaṃ brāhmaṇa jeṭṭho seṭṭho lokassā 'ti so ahaṃ brāhmaṇa yathā tesaṃ kukkuṭapotakānaṃ paṭhamataraṃ aṇḍakosaṃ padāḷetvā abhinibbatto kukkuṭapotako jeṭṭho hoti---evaṃ avijjāgatāya pajāya taṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāḷetvā paṭhamataraṃ ariyāya jātiyā jātattā jeṭṭho vuddhatamo ti saṅkhaṃ gato, sabbaguṇehi pana appaṭisamattā seṭṭho ti. ||4||
evaṃ bhagavā attano anuttaraṃ jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ brāhmaṇassa pakāsetvā idāni yāya paṭipadāya taṃ adhigato taṃ paṭipadaṃ pubbabhāgato ppabhūti dassetuṃ āraddhaṃ kho pana me brāhmaṇā 'ti ādim āha. imaṃ vā bhagavato anuttaraṃ jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ sutvā brāhmaṇassa cittaṃ evam uppannaṃ kāya nu kho paṭipadāya imaṃ patto ti,
[page 141]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 141
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa cittam aññāya imāyāhaṃ paṭipadāya imaṃ anuttaraṃ jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ patto ti dassento evam āha. ettha āraddhaṃ kho pana me brāhmaṇa viriyaṃ ahosīti brāhmaṇa na mayā ayaṃ anuttaro jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvo kusītena muṭṭhassatinā sāraddhakāyena vikkhittacittena adhigato, api ca kho tad adhigamāya āraddhaṃ kho pana me viriyaṃ ahosi, bodhimaṇḍe nisinnena mayā caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ viriyaṃ āraddhaṃ ahosi paggahītaṃ asithilappavattitan ti vuttaṃ hoti. āraddhattā yeva ca me taṃ asallīnaṃ ahosi, na kevalañ ca viriyam eva sati pi me ārammaṇābhimukhībhāvena upaṭṭhitā ahosi upaṭṭhitattā eva ca apammuṭṭhā.
passaddho kāyo asāraddho ti kāyacittapassaddhivasena kāyo pi me passaddho ahosi, tattha yasmā nāmakāye passaddhe rūpakāyo passaddho yeva hoti, tasmā nāmakāyo rūpakāyo ti avisesetvā va passaddho kāyo ti vuttaṃ. asāraddho ti so ca kho passaddhattā yeva asāraddho, vigatadaratho ti vuttaṃ hoti. samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggan ti cittam pi me sammā āhitaṃ suṭṭhapitaṃ appitaṃ viya ahosi, samāhitattā eva ca ekaggaṃ acalaṃ nipphandaṃ. ettāvatā jhānassa pubbabhāgapaṭipadā kathitā hoti.
idāni imāya paṭipadāya adhigataṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ ādiṃ katvā vijjāttayapariyosānaṃ visesaṃ dassento so kho ahaṃ ti ādim āha, tattha vivicc'eva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehīti ādīnaṃ, kiñcāpi tattha katame kāmā, chando kāmo, rāgo kāmo, chandarāgo kāmo, saṅkappo kāmo, rāgo kāmo, saṅkapparāgo kāmo, ime vuccanti kāmā, tattha katame akusalā dhammā kāmacchando --pe-- vicikicchā, ime vuccanti akusalā dhammā, iti imehi kāmehi imehi ca akusalehi dhammehi vivitto hoti pavivitto,
[page 142]
142 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena vuccati, vivicc'eva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehīti ādinā nayena Vibhaṅge yeva attho vutto, tathāpi aṭṭhakathānayaṃ vinā na suṭṭhu pākaṭo hoti aṭṭhakathānayen' eva naṃ pakāsayissāmi. seyyathīdaṃ. vivicc' eva kāmehīti kāmehi viviccitvā vinā hutvā apasakkitvā, yo panāyam ettha evakāro so niyamattho ti veditabbo. yasmā ca niyamattho tasmā tasmim paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharaṇasamaye avijjamānānam pi kāmānaṃ tassa paṭhamajjhānassa paṭipakkhabhāvaṃ kāmapariccāgen' eva c' assa adhigamaṃ dīpeti. kathaṃ vivicc' eva kāmehīti evaṃ hi niyame kayiramāne idaṃ paññāyati nūnam assa jhānassa kāmā paṭipakkhabhūtā yesu sati idaṃ na ppavattati andhakāre sati padīpo viya, tesaṃ pariccāgen' eva c' assa adhigamo hoti orimatīrapariccāgena pārimatīrasseva, tasmā niyamaṃ karotīti. tattha siyā:
kasmā pan' esa pubbapade yeva vutto na uttarapade kiṃ akusalehi dhammehi aviviccāpi jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyā 'ti, na kho pan' etaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, taṃ nissaraṇato hi pubbapade eva vutto kāmadhātusamatikkamaṇato hi kāmarāgapaṭipakkhato ca idaṃ jhānaṃ kāmānam eva nissaraṇaṃ. yathāha: kāmānam etaṃ nissaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ nekkhamman ti, uttarapade pi pana yathā, idh' eva bhikkhave samaṇo idha dutiyo samaṇo ti ettha evakāro ānetvā vuccati evaṃ vattabbo, na hi sakkā ito aññehi pi nīvaraṇasaṅkhātehi akusaladhammehi avivicca jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ, tasmā vivicc' eva kāmehi vivicc' eva akusalehi dhammehi evaṃ padadvaye pi esa daṭṭhabbo. padadvaye pi ca kiñcāpi viviccā 'ti iminā sādhāraṇavacanena tadaṅgavivekādayo kāyavivekādayo ca sabbe pi vivekā saṅgahaṃ gacchanti, tathāpi kāyaviveko cittaviveko vikkhambhaṇaviveko ti tayo eva idha daṭṭhabbo. kāmehīti iminā pana padena ye ca Niddese, katame vatthukāmā manāpiyā rūpā ti ādinā nayena vatthukāmā vuttā yeva, tatth' eva Vibhaṅge ca, chando kāmo ti ādinā nayena kilesakāmā vuttā,
[page 143]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 143
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te sabbe pi saṅgahītā icc' eva daṭṭhabbā. evaṃ hi sati vivicc' eva kāmehīti vatthukāmehi pi vivicc' evā 'ti attho yujjati, tena kāyaviveko vutto hoti. vivicca akusalehi dhammehīti kilesakāmehi sabbākusalehi vā viviccā 'ti attho yujjati, tena cittaviveko vutto hoti. purimena c' ettha vatthukāmehi vivekavacanato yeva kāmasukhapariccāgo, dutiyena kilesakāmehi vivekavacanato nekkhammasukhapariggaho vibhāvito hoti. evam vatthukāmakilesakāmavivekavacanato yeva ca etesaṃ paṭhamena saṃkilesavatthuppahāṇaṃ, dutiyena saṃkilesappahāṇaṃ, paṭhamena lolabhāvassa hetu pariccāgo, dutiyena bālabhāvassa, paṭhamena ca payogasuddhi, dutiyena āsayaposanaṃ vibhāvitaṃ hotīti viññātabbaṃ. esa tāva nayo kāmehīti ettha vuttakāmesu vatthukāmapakkhe, kilesakāmapakkhe pana chando ti ca rāgo ti ca evamādīhi anekabhedo kāmacchando yeva ko ti adhippeto. so ca akusalapariyāpanno pi samāno, tattha katamo kāmacchando kāmo ti ādinā nayena Vibhaṅge jhānapaṭipakkhato viṃ vutto, kilesakāmattā vā purimapade vutto, akusalapariyāpannattā dutiyapade, anekabhedato c' assa kāmato ti avatvā kāmehīti vuttaṃ. aññesam pi ca dhammānaṃ akusalabhāve vijjamāne, tattha katame akusalā dhammā kāmacchando ti ādinā nayena Vibhaṅge uparijhānaṅgānaṃ paccanīkapaṭipakkhabhāvadassanato nīvaraṇān' eva vuttāni.
nīvaraṇāni hi jhānaṅgapaccanīkāni, tesaṃ jhānaṅgān' eva paṭipakkhā, viddhaṃsakāni vighātakānīti vuttaṃ hoti, yathā hi samādhi kāmacchandassa paṭipakkho, pīti byāpādassa, vitakko thīnamiddhassa, sukhaṃ uddhaccakukkuccassa, vicāro vicikicchāyā 'ti Peṭake vuttaṃ---evam ettha vivicc' eva kāmehīti iminā kāmacchandassa vikkhambhaṇaviveko vutto hoti. viviccākusalehi dhammehīti iminā pañcannam pi nīvaraṇānaṃ, agahitagahaṇena paṭhamena kāmacchandassa, dutiyena sesanīvaraṇānaṃ, tathā paṭhamena tīsu akusalamūlesu pañcakāmaguṇabhedavisayassa lobhassa, dutiyena āghātavatthubhedādivisayānaṃdosamohānaṃ,
[page 144]
144 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] oghādisu vā dhammesu paṭhamena kāmoghakāmayogakāmāsavakāmūpādānābhijjhākāyaganthakāmarāgasaṃyojanānaṃ, dutiyena avasesaoghayogāsavaupādānaganthasaṃyojanānaṃ, paṭhamena ca taṇhāya taṃ sampayuttakānañ ca, dutiyena avijjāya taṃ sampayuttakānañ ca, api ca paṭhamena lobhasampayuttāṭṭhacittuppādānaṃ, dutiyena sesānaṃ catunnaṃ akusalacittuppādānaṃ vikkhambhaṇaviveko vutto hotīti veditabbo. ayaṃ tāva vivicc' eva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehīti ettha atthappakāsanā.
ettāvatā ca paṭhamassa jhānassa pahāṇaṅgaṃ dassetvā idāni sampayogaṅgaṃ dassento savitakkaṃ savicāran ti ādim āha. tattha vitakkaṇaṃ vitakko ūhanan ti vuttaṃ hoti.
sv āyaṃ ārammaṇe cittassa abhiniropaṇalakkhaṇo, āhananapariyāhananaraso, tathā hi tena yogāvacaro ārammaṇaṃ vitakkāhataṃ vitakkapariyāhataṃ karotīti vuccati, ārammaṇe cittassa ānayanapaccupaṭṭhāno. vicaraṇaṃ vicāro, anusañcaraṇan ti vuttaṃ hoti, sv āyaṃ ārammaṇānumajjanalakkhaṇo, tattha sahajātānuyojanaraso, cittassa anuppabandhanapaccupaṭṭhāno, sante pi ca tesaṃ katthaci avippayoge oḷārikaṭṭhena ghaṇṭābhighātasaddo viya cetaso paṭhamābhinipāto vitakko, sukhumaṭṭhena anurāvo viya anuppabandho vicāro, vipphāravā c' ettha vitakko paripphandabhāvo cittassa ākāse uppatitukāmassa pakkhino pakkhavikkhepo viya padumābhimukhapāto viya ca gandhānubaddhacetaso bhamarassa, santavutti vicāro na atiparipphandabhāvo cittassa ākāse uppatitassa pakkhino pakkhappasāraṇaṃ viya paribbhamaṇaṃ viya ca padumābhimukhapatitassa bhamarassa padumassa uparibhāge, so pana nesaṃ viseso paṭhamadutiyajjhānesu pākaṭo hoti. iti iminā ca vitakkena iminā ca vicārena saha vattati rukkho viya pupphena ca phalena cā 'ti idaṃ jhānaṃ savitakkaṃ savicāran ti vuccati.
Vibhaṅge pana iminā ca vitakkena iminā ca vicārena upeto hoti samupeto hotīti ādinā nayena puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanā katā,
[page 145]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 145
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] attho pana tatrāpi evam eva daṭṭhabbo.
vivekajan ti ettha vivitti viveko, nīvaraṇānaṃ vigamo ti attho, vivitto ti vā viveko, nīvaraṇā vivitto jhānasampayuttadhammarāsīti. attho, tasmā vivekā tasmiṃ vā viveke jātan ti vivekajam. pītisukhan ti ettha pīṇayatīti pīti, sā sampiyāyanalakkhaṇā kāyacittapīṇanarasā pharaṇarasā vā, odagyapaccupaṭṭhānā, sukhanaṃ sukhaṃ, suṭṭhu vā khādati khaṇati ca kāyacittābādhan ti sukhaṃ, taṃ sātalakkhaṇaṃ sampayuttānaṃ upabrūhaṇarasaṃ anuggahapaccupatṭhānaṃ, sati pi ca nesaṃ katthaci avippayoge iṭṭhārammaṇapaṭilābhatuṭṭhi pīti, paṭiladdharasānubhavanaṃ sukhaṃ, yattha pīti tattha sukhaṃ, yattha sukhaṃ tattha na niyamato pīti, saṅkhārakkhandhasaṅgahītā pīti, vedanākkhandhasaṅgahītaṃ sukhaṃ, kantārakhinnassa vanantūdakadassanasavaṇesu viya pīti, vanacchāyāpavesaudakaparibhogesu viya sukhaṃ. tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samaye pākaṭabhāvato c' etaṃ vuttan ti veditabbaṃ. ayañ ca pīti idañ ca sukhaṃ assa jhānassa asmiṃ vā jhāne atthīti idaṃ jhānaṃ pītisukhan ti vuccati, athavā pīti ca sukhañ ca pītisukhaṃ dhammavinayādayo viya. vivekajaṃ pītisukham assa jhānassa asmiṃ vā jhāne atthīti evaṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ. yatheva hi jhānaṃ evaṃ pītisukham p' ettha vivekajam eva hoti, tañ c' assa atthīti tasmā ekapaden' eva vivekajaṃ pītisukhan ti pi vattuṃ yujjati. Vibhaṅge pana, idaṃ sukhañ imāya pītiyā sahagataṃ ti ādinā nayen' etaṃ vuttaṃ, attho pana tatrāpi evam eva daṭṭhabbo. paṭhaman ti gaṇanānupubbato paṭhamaṃ, idaṃ paṭhamaṃ samāpajjatīti paṭhamaṃ. paccanīkadhamme jhāpetīti jhānaṃ, iminā yogino jhāyantīti pi jhānaṃ, paccanīkadhamme dahanti gocaraṃ vā cintentīti attho. sayaṃ vā taṃ jhāyati upanijjhāyatīti jhānaṃ, ten' eva upanijjhāyanalakkhaṇan ti vuccati. tad etaṃ ārammaṇūpanijjhānaṃ lakkhaṇūpanijjhānan ti duvidhaṃ hoti.
[page 146]
146 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tattha ārammaṇūpanijjhānan ti saha upacārena aṭṭha samāpattiyo vuccanti. kasmā. kasiṇārammaṇūpanijjhāyanato; lakkhaṇūpanijjhānan ti vipassanāmaggaphalāni vuccanti. kasmā. lakkhaṇūpanijjhāyanato, ettha hi vipassanā aniccalakkhaṇādīni upanijjhāyati. vipassanāya upanijjhānakiccaṃ pana maggena sijjhatīti maggo lakkhaṇūpanijjhānan ti vuccati. phalaṃ pana nirodhassa tathālakkhaṇam upanijjhāyatīti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānan ti vuccati; imasmiṃ pan' atthe ārammaṇūpanijjhānam eva jhānan ti adhippetaṃ. etthāha: katamaṃ pana jhānaṃ nāma yaṃ savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ --pe-- pītisukhan ti evaṃ apadesaṃ arahatīti vuccati. yathā sadhano saparijano ti ādisu ṭhapetvā dhanaṃ ca parijanaṃ ca añño apadesāraho na hoti evaṃ ṭhapetvā vitakkādidhamme aññaṃ apadesārahaṃ n' atthi, yathā pana sarathā sapattisenā ti vutte senaṅgesu eva senā sammuti--evam idha pañcasu aṅgesu yeva jhānasammuti veditabbā. katamesu pañcasu. vitakko vicāro pīti sukhaṃ cittekaggatā ti, etesu etān' eva hi 'ssa savitakkaṃ savicāran ti ādinā nayena aṅgabhāvena vuttāni. avuttattā ekaggatā aṅgaṃ na hotīti ce, tañ ca na. kasmā. vuttattā eva.
sāpi hi Vibhaṅge, jhānan ti vitakko vicāro pīti sukhaṃ cittass' ekaggatā 'ti evaṃ vuttā yeva, tasmā yathā savitakkaṃ savicāran ti evaṃ sacittekaggatan ti idha avutte pi iminā Vibhaṅgavacanena cittekaggatāpi aṅgam evā 'ti veditabbā, yena hi adhippāyena bhagavatā uddeso kato so evānena Vibhaṅge pi pakāsito ti. upasampajjā 'ti upagantvā, pāpuṇitvā ti vuttaṃ hoti, upasampādayitvā vā nipphādetvā ti vuttaṃ hoti. Vibhaṅge pana, upasampajjā 'ti paṭhamassa jhānassa lābho paṭilābho patti sampatti passanā sacchikiriyā upasampadā ti vuttaṃ, tassāpi evam ev' attho veditabbo.
vihāsin ti bodhimaṇḍe nisajjāsaṅkhātena iriyāpathavihārena, iti vuttappakārajhānasamaṅgī hutvā attabhāvassa irīyanaṃ vuttiṃ pālanaṃ yapanaṃ yāpanaṃ cāraṃ vihāraṃ abhinipphādesin ti attho.
[page 147]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 147
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] vuttaṃ h' etaṃ Vibhaṅge, viharatīti irīyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti carati viharati, tena vuccati viharatīti. kiṃ pana katvā bhagavā imaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsīti. kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetvā. kataraṃ. ānāpāṇasatikammaṭṭhānaṃ. aññena tadatthikena kiṃ kātabban ti. aññena pi etaṃ vā kammaṭṭhānaṃ paṭhavikasiṇādīnaṃ vā aññataraṃ bhāvetabbaṃ. tesaṃ bhāvanānayo Visuddhimagge vuttanayen' eva veditabbo. idha pana vuccamāne atibhāriyaṃ vinayanidānaṃ hoti, tasmā pāliyā atthappakāsanamattam eva karomā 'ti. paṭhamajjhānakathā niṭṭhitā.
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ti vitakkassa ca vicārassa cā 'ti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ vūpasamā samatikkamā, dutiyajjhānakkhaṇe apātubhāvā ti vuttaṃ hoti. tattha kiñcāpi dutiyajjhāne sabbe pi paṭhamajjhānadhammā na santi, aññe yeva hi paṭhamajjhāne phassādayo aññe idha, olārikassa olārikassa pana aṅgassa samatikkamā paṭhamajjhānato paresaṃ dutiyajjhānādīnaṃ adhigamo hotīti dīpanatthaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ti evaṃ vuttan ti veditabbam.
ajjhattan ti idha niyakajjhattam adhippetaṃ, Vibhaṅge pana ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ ti ettakam eva vuttaṃ, yasmā pana niyakajjhattaṃ adhippetaṃ, tasmā attani jātaṃ attano santāne nibbattan ti ayam ettha attho. sampasādanan ti sampasādanaṃ vuccati saddhā, sampasādanayogato jhānam pi sampasādanaṃ nīlavaṇṇayogato nīlavatthaṃ viya, yasmā vā taṃ jhānaṃ sampasādanasamannāgatattā vitakkavicārakkhobhavūpasamanena ceto sampasādayati tasmāpi sampasādanan ti vuttaṃ, imasmiñ ca atthavikappe sampasādanaṃ cetaso ti evaṃ padasambandho veditabbo. purimasmiṃ pana atthavikappe cetaso ti etaṃ ekodibhāvena saddhiṃ yojetabbaṃ. tatrāyaṃ atthayojanā: eko udetīti ekodi, vitakkavicārehi anajjhārūḷhattā aggo seṭṭho hutvā udetīti attho;
[page 148]
148 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] seṭṭho pi hi loke eko ti vuccati, vitakkavicāravirahato vā eko asahāyo hutvā iti pi vaṭṭati, athavā sampayuttadhamme udāyatīti udi, uṭṭhāpetīti attho, seṭṭhaṭṭhena eko ca so udi cā 'ti ekodi; samādhiss' etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. iti imaṃ ekodiṃ bhāveti vaḍḍhayatīti idam dutiyajjhānaṃ ekodibhāvaṃ, so panāyaṃ ekodi yasmā cetaso na sattassa na jīvassa tasmā etaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvan ti vuttam. nanu cāyaṃ saddhā paṭhamajjhāne pi atthi ayañ ca ekodināmako samādhi, atha kasmā idam eva sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvañ cā 'ti vuttaṃ. vuccate: aduṃ hi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ vitakkavicārakkhobhena vīcitaraṅgasamākulam iva jalaṃ na suppasannaṃ hoti, tasmā satiyāpi saddhāya sampasādanan ti na vuttaṃ, na suppasannattā yeva c' ettha samādhi pi na suṭṭhu pākaṭo tasmā ekodibhāvan ti pi na vuttaṃ. imasmiṃ pana jhāne vitakkavicārapalibodhābhāvena laddhokāsā balavatī saddhā, balavasaddhāsahāya paṭilābhen' eva ca samādhi pi pākaṭo tasmā idam eva evaṃ vuttan ti veditabbaṃ. Vibhaṅge pana sampasādanan ti yā saddhā saddahanā okappanā abhippasādo, cetaso ekodibhāvan ti yā cittassa ṭhiti --pe-- sammāsamādhīti ettakam eva vuttaṃ, evaṃ vuttena pan' etena saddhiṃ ayaṃ atthavaṇṇanā yathā na virujjhati aññadatthu saṃsandati c' eva sameti ca evaṃ veditabbo. avitakkaṃ avicāran ti bhāvanāya pahīṇattā etasmiṃ etassa vā vitakko n' atthīti avitakkaṃ, iminā 'va nayena avicāram. Vibhaṅge pi vuttaṃ, iti ayaṃ ca vitakko ayaṃ ca vicāro santā honti samitā vūpasantā atthaṅgatā abbhatthaṅgatā appitā vyappitā sositā visositā vyantikatā, tena vuccati avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ ti. etthāha:
nanu ca vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ti imināpi ayam attho siddho, atha kasmā puna vuttaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāran ti.
vuccate: evam etaṃ siddho vāyam attho na pan' etaṃ tad atthadīpakaṃ nanu avocumha, oḷārikassa oḷārikassa pana aṅgassa samatikkamā paṭhamajjhānato paresaṃ dutiyajjhānādīnaṃ adhigamo hotīti dīpanatthaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ti evaṃ vuttaṃ ti.
[page 149]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 149
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] api ca vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā idaṃ sampasādanaṃ na kilesakālussiyassa vitakkavicārānaṃ ca vūpasamā ekodibhāvaṃ na upacārajjhānam iva nīvaraṇappahāṇā paṭhamajjhānam iva ca aṅgapātubhāvā ti, evaṃ sampasādanaekodibhāvānaṃ hetuparidīpakam idaṃ vacanaṃ. tāa vitakkavārāṃ vūpasamā idaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ na tatiyacatutthajjhānāni viya cakkhuviññāṇādīni viya ca abhāvā ti. evaṃ avitakkāvicārabhāvassa hetuparidīpakañ ca na vitakkavicārābhāvamattaparidīpakaṃ, vitakkavicārābhāvamattaparidīpakam eva pana avitakkaṃ avicāran ti idam vacanaṃ, tasmā purimaṃ vatvā pi vattabbam evā 'ti. samādhijan ti paṭhamajjhānasamādhito sampayuttasamādhito vā jātan ti attho. tattha kiñcāpi paṭhaman pi sampayuttasamādhito jātaṃ atha kho ayam eva samādhīti vattabbataṃ arahati vitakkavicārakkhobhavirahena ativiya acalattā suppasannattā ca, tasmā imassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ idam eva samādhijan ti vuttaṃ. pītisukhan ti idaṃ vuttanayam eva. dutīyan ti gaṇanānupubbato dutiyaṃ, idaṃ dutiyaṃ samāpajjatīti dutiyaṃ. jhānan ti ettha pana yathā paṭhamajjhānaṃ vitakkādīhi pañcaṅgikaṃ hoti am idaṃ sampasādādīhi caturaṅgikan ti veditabbaṃ. yathāha: jhānan ti sampasādo pīti sukhaṃ cittassa ekaggatā ti pariyāyo yeva, cetaso sampasādaṃ pana ṭhapetvā nippariyāyena tivaṅgikam ev' etaṃ hoti. yathāha:
katamaṃ tasmiṃ samaye tivaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti, pīti sukham cittassa ekaggatā ti. sesaṃ vuttanayam evā 'ti. dutiyajjhānakathā niṭṭhitā.
pītiyā ca virāgā ti ettha vuttatthā yeva pīti, virāgo ti tassā jigucchanaṃ vā samatikkamo vā, ubhinnam antarā ca saddo sampiṇḍanattho, so vūpasamaṃ vā sampiṇḍeti vitakkavicāravūpasam vā, tattha yadā vūpasamam eva sampiṇḍeti tadā pītiyā virāgā ca kiñca bhīyyo vūpasamā cā 'ti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā.
[page 150]
150 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] imissā ca yojanāya virāgo jigucchanattho hoti, tasmā pītiyā jigucchanā ca vūpasamā cā 'ti ayam attho daṭṭhabbo. yadā pana vitakkavicāravūpasamaṃ sampiṇḍeti, tadā pītiyā ca virāgā kiñca bhīyyo vitakkavicārānañ ca vūpasamā ti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā. imissā ca yojanāya virāgo samatikkamanattho hoti, tasmā pītiyā ca samatikkamā vitakkavicārānañ ca vūpasamā ti ayam attho daṭṭhabbo.
kāmañ c' ete vitakkavicārā dutiyajjhāne yeva vūpasantā.
imassa pana jhānassa maggaparidīpanatthaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanatthañ c' etaṃ vuttaṃ. vitakkavicārānañ ca vūpasamā ti hi vutte idaṃ paññāyati: nūna vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamo maggo imassa jhānassā 'ti, yathā ca tatiye ariyamagge appahīṇānaṃ pi sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahāṇā ti vuccamānaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ hoti, tad adhigamāya ussukkānaṃ ussāhajanakaṃ, evam evaṃ idha avūpasantānam pi vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamo vuccamāno vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ hoti, tenāyam attho vutto pītiyā ca samatikkamā vitakkavicārānañ ca vūpasamā ti.
upekkhako ca vihāsin ti ettha uppattito ikkhatīti upekkhā samaṃ passati apakkhapatitā 'va hutvā passatīti attho.
tāya visadāya vipulāya thāmagatāya samannāgatattā tatiyajjhānasamaṅgī upekkhako ti vuccati. upekkhā pana dasavidhā hoti, chaḷaṅgupekkhā brahmavihārupekkhā bojjhaṅgupekkhā viriyūpekkhā saṅkhārupekkhā vedanūpekkhā vipassanūpekkhā tatra majjhattupekkhā jhānupekkhā pārisuddhiupekkhā ti, evam ayaṃ dasavidhāpi tattha tattha āgatanayato bhūmipuggalacittārammaṇato khandhasaṅgahaekakkhaṇakusalattikasaṅkhepavasena ca Atthasāliniyā Dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāya vuttanayena veditabbā,
[page 151]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 151
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idha pana vuccamānā vinayanidānaṃ atibhāriyaṃ karotīti na vuttā. lakkhaṇādito pana idha adhippetupekkhā majjhattalakkhaṇā anābhogarasā abyāpārapaccupaṭṭhānā pītivirāgapadaṭṭhānā ti. etthāha: nanu cāyaṃ atthato tatra majjhattupekkhā 'va hoti, sā ca paṭhamadutiyajjhānesu pi atthi tasmā tatrāpi upekkhako ca vihāsin ti evam ayaṃ vattabbā siyā, sā kasmā na vuttā ti. aparivyattakiccato; aparivyattaṃ hi tassā tattha kiccaṃ vitakkādīhi abhibhūtattā, idha panāyaṃ vitakkavicārapītīhi anabhibhūtattā ukkhittasirā viya hutvā parivyattakiccā jātā, tasmā vuttā 'ti. niṭṭhitā ca upekkhako ca vihāsin ti etassa sabbaso atthavaṇṇanā.
idānī sato ca sampajāno ti ettha saratīti sato, sampajānātīti sampajāno; puggalena sati ca sampajaññañ ca vuttaṃ, tattha saraṇalakkhaṇā sati apammussanarasā ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā, asammohalakkhaṇaṃ sampajaññaṃ tīraṇarasaṃ pavicayapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. tattha kiñcāpi idaṃ satisampajaññaṃ purimajjhānesu pi atthi, muṭṭhassatissa hi asampajānassa upacāramattam pi na sampajjati pageva appanā oḷārikattā pana tesaṃ jhānānaṃ bhūmiyaṃ viya purisassa cittassa gatisukhā hoti, aparivyattaṃ tattha satisampajaññakiccaṃ, oḷārikaṅgappahāṇena pana sukhumattā imassa jhānassa purisassa khuradhārāyaṃ viya satisampajaññakiccapariggahītā yeva cittassa gati icchitabbā ti idh' eva vuttaṃ. kiñca bhīyyo yathāpi dhenūpago vaccho dhenuto apanīto arakkhiyamāno punad eva dhenuṃ upagacchati, evam idaṃ tatiyajjhānasukhaṃ pītito apanītaṃ taṃ satisampajaññarakkhena arakkhiyamānaṃ punad eva pītiṃ upagaccheyya, pītisampayuttam eva siyā, sukhe cāpi sattā rajjanti idaṃ ca atimadhuraṃ sukhaṃ tato paraṃ sukhabhāvā,
[page 152]
152 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] satisampajaññānubhāvena pan' ettha sukhe asārajjanā hoti no aññathā ti imam pi atthavisesaṃ dassetuṃ idaṃ idh' eva vuttan ti veditabbaṃ. idāni sukhañ ca kāyena paṭisaṃvedesin ti ettha kiñcāpi tatiyajjhānasamaṅgino sukhapaṭisaṃvedanābhogo n' atthi evaṃ sante pi yasmā tassa nāmakāyena sampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ yaṃ vā taṃ nāmakāyasampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ taṃ samuṭṭhānen' assa yasmā atipaṇītena rūpena rūpakāyo phuṭo yassa phuṭattā jhānā vuṭṭhito pi sukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeyya, tasmā etam atthaṃ dassento sukhañ ca kāyena paṭisaṃvedesin ti āha. idāni yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti ettha yaṃ jhānahetu yaṃ jhānakāraṇā taṃ tatiyajjhānasamaṅgipuggalaṃ buddhādayo ariyā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānī-karonti pakāsenti pasaṃsantīti adhippāyo. kin ti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti, taṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsin ti evam ettha yojanā veditabbā. kasmā pana taṃ te evaṃ pasaṃsantīti, pasaṃsārahato, ayaṃ hi yasmā atimadhurasukhe sukhapāramippatte pi tatiyajjhāne upekkhako na tattha sukhābhisaṅgena ākaḍḍhīyati, yathā ca pīti na uppajjati evaṃ upaṭṭhitasatitāya satimā. yasmā ca ariyakantaṃ ariyajanasevitam eva ca asaṅkiliṭṭhasukhaṃ nāmakāyena paṭisaṃvedeti tasmā pasaṃsāraho, iti pasaṃsārahato naṃ ariyā te evaṃ pasaṃsāhetubhūte guṇe pakāsentā upekhako satimā sukhavihārīti evaṃ pasaṃsantīti veditabbaṃ. tatiyan ti gaṇanānupubbato tatiyaṃ. idaṃ tatiyaṃ samāpajjatīti tatiyaṃ. jhānan ti ettha ca yathā dutiyaṃ sampasādādīhi caturaṅgikaṃ evam idaṃ upekkhādīhi pi pañcaṅgikaṃ.
yathāha: jhānan ti upekkhā satisampajaññaṃ sukhaṃ cittassa ekaggatā ti, pariyāyo 'va c' eso, upekkhā satisaṃpajaññāni ṭhapetvā nippariyāyena duvaṅgikam eva taṃ hoti.
yathāha: katamaṃ tasmiṃ samaye duvaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti,
[page 153]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 153
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sukhaṃ cittass' ekaggatā ti, sesaṃ vuttanayam evā 'ti.
tatiyajjhānakathā niṭṭhitā.
sukhassa ca pahāṇā dukkhassa ca pahāṇā ti kāyikasukhassa ca kāyikadukkhassa ca pahāṇā. pubbevā'ti tañ ca kho pubbeva na catutthajjhānakkhaṇe. somanassadomanassānaṃ atthagamā ti cetasikasukhassa cetasikadukkhassa cā 'ti imesam pi dvinnaṃ pubbe yeva atthagamā pahāṇā icc eva vuttaṃ hoti. kadā pana nesaṃ pahāṇaṃ hoti, catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇe, somanassaṃ hi catutthassa jhānassa upacārakkhaṇe yeva pahīyati, dukkhadomanassa--sukhāni paṭhamadutiyatatiyānaṃ upacārakkhaṇesu, evam etesaṃ pahāṇakkamena avuttānaṃ Indriyavibhaṅge pana indriyānaṃ uddesakkamen' eva idhāpi vuttānaṃ sukhadukkhasomanassadomanassānaṃ pahāṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. yadi pan' etāni tassa tassa jhānass' ūpacārakkhaṇe yeva pahīyanti, atha kasmā: kattha c' uppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati, idha bhikkhave bhikkhu vivicc' eva kāmehi --pe-- paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati etth' uppannaṃ dukkhindriyam aparisesam nirujjhati, kattha c' uppannaṃ domanassindriyaṃ sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati, idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahāṇā --pe-- catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, etth' uppannaṃ somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatīti evaṃ jhāne sv' eva nirodho vutto ti. atisayanirodhattā, atisayanirodho hi nesaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīsu na, nirodho yeva pana upacārakkhaṇe, nātisayanirodho, tathā hi nānāvajjane paṭhamajjhānūpacāre nirudhassāpi dukkhindriyassa ḍaṃsamakasādisamphassena vā visamāsanūpatāpena vā siyā uppatti na tv eva anto appaṇāya, upacāre vā niruddham p' etaṃ na suṭṭhu niruddhaṃ hoti paṭipakkhena avihatattā, anto appaṇāya pana pītipharaṇena sabbo kāyo sukhokkanto hoti, sukhokkantakāyassa ca suṭṭhu niruddhaṃ hoti dukkhindriyaṃ paṭipakkhena vihatattā, nānāvajjane eva ca dutiyajjhānūpacāre pahīṇassāpi domanassindriyassa.
[page 154]
154 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yasmā etaṃ vitakkavicārappaccaye pi kāyakilamathe cittūpaghāte ca sati uppajjati, vitakkavicārābhāve ca n' eva uppajjati, yattha pana uppajjati tattha vitakkavicārābhāve, appahīṇā eva ca dutiyajjhānūpacāre vitakkavicārā ti tatth' assa siyā uppatti appahīṇapaccayattā, na tv eva dutiyajjhāne pahīṇapaccayattā, tathā tatiyajjhānūpacāre pahīṇassāpi sukhindriyassa pītisamuṭṭhānapaṇītarūpaphuṭakāyassa siyā uppatti na tv eva tatiyajjhāne, tatiyajjhāne hi sukhassa paccayabhūtā pīti sabbaso niruddhā ti, tathā catutthajjhānūpacāre pahīṇassāpi somanassindriyassa āsannattā appaṇāppattāya upekhāya abhāvena sammā anatikkantattā ca siyā uppatti na tv eva catutthajjhāne, tasmā eva ca etth' uppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesam nirujjhatīti tattha tattha aparisesagahaṇaṃ katan ti. etthāha: ath' evaṃ tassa tassa jhānass' ūpacāre pahīṇāpi etā vedanā idha kasmā samāharīti. sukhagahaṇatthaṃ. yāhi ayaṃ adukkhamasukhan ti ettha adukkhamasukhavedanā vuttā, sā sukhumā duviññeyyā na sakkā sukhena gahetuṃ, tasmā yathā nāma duṭṭhassa yathā tathā vā upasaṅkamitvā gahetuṃ asakkuneyyassa goṇassa gahaṇatthaṃ gopo ekasmiṃ vaje sabbā gāvo samāharati ath' ekekaṃ nīharanto paṭipāṭiyā āgataṃ ayaṃ so, gaṇhātha naṃ ti tam pi gāhayati evam evaṃ bhagavā sukhagahaṇatthaṃ sabbā etā samāhari. evaṃ hi samāhaṭā etā dassetvā yaṃ n' eva sukhaṃ na dukkhaṃ na somanassaṃ na domanassaṃ ayaṃ adukkhamasukhā vedanā ti sakkā hoti esā gāhayituṃ. api ca adukkhamasukhāya ceto vimuttiyā paccayadassanatthaṃ cā 'ti pi etā vuttā ti veditabbā, sukhappahāṇādayo hi tassā paccayā. yathāha: cattāro kho āvuso paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā: idhāvuso bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahāṇā --pe-- catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati,
[page 155]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 155
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ime kho āvuso cattāro paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā samāpattiyā ti. yathā vā aññattha pahīṇāpi sakkāyadiṭṭhiādayo tatiyamaggassa vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ tattha pahīṇā ti vuttā, evaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanattham p'etassa jhānass' etā idha vuttā ti veditabbā.
paccayaghātena vā ettha rāgadosānaṃ atidūrabhāvaṃ dassetum p' etā vuttā ti veditabbā. etāsu hi sukhaṃ somanassassa paccayo, somanassaṃ rāgassa, dukkhaṃ domanassassa paccayo, domanassaṃ dosassa, sukhādighātena ca sappaccayā rāgadosā hatā atidūre hontīti. adukkhamasukhan ti dukkhābhāvena adukkhaṃ, sukhābhāvena asukhaṃ, eten' ettha dukkhasukhapaṭipakkhabhūtaṃ tatiyavedanaṃ dīpeti na dukkhasukhābhāvamattaṃ, tatiyavedanā nāma adukkhā asukhā upekkhā ti pi vuccati, sā iṭṭhāniṭṭhaviparītānubhavanalakkhaṇā, majjhattarasā avibhūtapaccupaṭṭhānā sukhanirodhapadaṭṭhānā ti veditabbā.
upekhāsatipārisuddhin ti upekhāya janitasatipārisuddhiṃ, imasmiṃ jhāne suparisuddhā sati, yā ca tassā satiyā pārisuddhi sā upekkhāya katā na aññena, tasmā etaṃ upekhāsatipārisuddhīti vuccati. Vibhaṅge pi vuttaṃ, ayaṃ sati imāya upekhāya visadā hoti parisuddhā pariyodātā tena vuccati upekhāsatipārisuddhīti, yāya ca upekhāya ettha satiyā pārisuddhi hoti sā atthato tatra majjhattatā ti veditabbā. na kevalañ c' ettha tayā satiy' eva parisuddhā api ca kho sabbe pi sampayuttadhammā, satisīsena pana desanā vuttā. tattha kiñcāpi ayaṃ upekhā heṭṭhāpi tīsu jhānesu vijjati, yathā pana divā suriyappabhābhibhavā sommabhāvena ca attano upakārakattena vā shāgāya rattiyā alābhā divā vijjamānāpi candalekhā aparisuddhā hoti apariyodātā, evam ayam pi tatra majjhattupekkhā candalekhā vitakkādipaccanīkadhammatejābhibhavā sabhāgāya ca upekkhā vedanā rattiyā alābhā vijjamānāpi paṭhamādijhānabhede aparisuddhā hoti,
[page 156]
156 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassā ca aparisuddhāya divā aparisuddhacandalekhāya pabhā viya sahajātāpi satiādayo aparisuddhā 'va honti, tasmā tesu ekam pi upekhāsatipārisuddhīti na vuttaṃ.
idha pana vitakkādipaccanīkadhammatejābhibhavā sabhāgāya ca upekhāvedanārattiyā paṭilābhā ayaṃ tatra majjhattupekkhā candalekhā ativiya parisuddhā tassā parisuddhattā parisuddhacandalekhāppabhā viya sahajātāpi satiādayo parisuddhā honti pariyodātā, tasmā idam eva upekkhāsatipārisuddhin ti vuttan ti veditabbaṃ. catutthan ti gaṇanānupubbato catutthaṃ, idaṃ catutthaṃ samāpajjatīti catutthaṃ. jhānan ti ettha yathā tatiyaṃ upekkhādīhi pañcaṅgikaṃ evam idaṃ upekkhādīhi tivaṅgikaṃ. yathāha: jhānan ti upekkhā sati cittass' ekaggatā ti, pariyāyo eva c' eso, ṭhapetvā pana sati upekhāvedanam eva gahetvā nippariyāyena duvaṅgikam etaṃ hoti. yathāha: katamaṃ tasmiṃ samaye duvaṅgikajhānaṃ hoti, upekkhā cittass' ekaggatā ti, sesaṃ vuttanayam evā 'ti. catutthajjhānakathā niṭṭhitā.
iti imāni cattāri jhānāni kesañci cittekaggatatthāni honti, kesañci vipassanāpādakāni, kesañci abhiññāpādakāni, ke sañci nirodhapādakāni, kesañci bhavokkamanatthāni. tattha khīṇāsavānaṃ cittekaggatatthāni honti. te hi, samāpajjitvā ekaggacittā sukhaṃ divasaṃ viharissāmā 'ti icc' evaṃ kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā aṭṭhasamāpattiyo nibbattentiekhaputhujnān samāpattito vuṭṭhāya samāhitena cittena vipassissāmā 'ti nibbattentānaṃ vipassanāpādakāni honti. ye pana aṭṭhasamāpattiyo nibbattetvā abhiññāpādakam jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā samāpattito vuṭṭhāya eko pi hutvā bahudhā hotīti vuttanayā abhiññāyo patthentā nibbattenti tesaṃ abhiññāpādakāni honti. ye pana aṭṭhasamāpattiyo nibbattetvā nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā sattāhaṃ acittā hutvā diṭṭh' eva dhamme nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ patvā sukhaṃ viharissāmā 'ti nibbattenti, tesaṃ nirodhapādakāni honti.
[page 157]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.5-6.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 157
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ye pana aṭṭhasamāpattiyo nibbattetvā aparihīṇajjhānā brahmaloke uppajjissāmā 'ti nibbattenti, tesaṃ bhavokkamanatthāni honti. bhagavatā pan' idaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ bodhirukkhamūle nibbattitaṃ taṃ tassa vipassanāpādakañ c' eva ahosi abhiññāpādakañ ca nirodhapādakañ ca sabbakiccasādhakañ ca, sabbalokiyalokuttaraguṇadāyakan ti veditabbaṃ. ||5||
yesañ ca guṇānaṃ dāyakaṃ ahosi tesaṃ ekadesaṃ dassento so evaṃ samāhite citte ti ādim āha. tattha so ti so ahaṃ. evan ti catutthajjhānakkamanidassanam etaṃ, iminā kkamena catutthajjhānam paṭilabhitvā ti vuttaṃ hoti.
samāhite ti iminā catutthajjhānasamādhinā samāhite. parisuddhe ti ādisu pana upekhāsatipārisuddhibhāvena parisuddhe. parisuddhattā yeva pariyodāte, pabhassare ti vuttaṃ hoti. sukhādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ ghātena vihatarāgādi -aṅgaṇattā anaṅgaṇe. anaṅgaṇattā yeva vigatūpakkilese, aṅgaṇena hi cittaṃ upakkilissati. subhāvitattā mudubhūte vasībhāvappatte ti vuttaṃ hoti, vase vattamānaṃ hi cittaṃ mudū 'ti vuccati. muduttā eva ca kammaniye, kammakkhame kammayogge ti vuttaṃ hoti. mudū hi cittaṃ kammaniyaṃ hoti suddhantam iva suvaṇṇaṃ, tad ubhayam pi ca subhāvitattā eva. yathāha: nāhaṃ bhikkhave aññaṃ ekadhammam pi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ muduñ ca hoti kammaniyañ ca yathayidaṃ bhikkhave cittaṃ ti. etesu parisuddhabhāvādisu ṭhitattā ṭhite.
ṭhitattā yeva ānejjappatte acale niriñjane ti vuttaṃ hoti.
mudukammaññabhāvena vā attano vase ṭhitattā ṭhite.
saddhādīhi pariggahītattā ānejjappatte. saddhāpariggahītaṃ hi cittaṃ assaddhiyena na iñjati, viriyapariggahītaṃ kosajjena na iñjati, satipariggahītaṃ pamādena na iñjati, samādhipariggahītam uddhaccena na iñjati, paññāpariggahītaṃ avijjāya na iñjati, obhāsagataṃ kilesandhakārena na iñjati, imehi chahi dhammehi pariggahītaṃ ānejjappattaṃ hoti.
[page 158]
158 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.6.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ cittaṃ abhinīhārakkhamaṃ hoti abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ abhiññā sacchikiriyāya. aparo nayo: catutthajjhānasamādhinā samāhite, nīvaraṇadūrībhāvena parisuddhe, vitakkādisamatikkamena pariyodāte, jhānapaṭilābhapaccayānaṃ pāpakānaṃ icchāvacarānaṃ abhāvena anaṅgaṇe, abhijjhādīnaṃ cittūpakkilesānaṃ vigamena vigatūpakkilese, ubhayam pi c' etaṃ Anaṅgaṇavatthasuttānusārena veditabbaṃ. vasippattiyā mudubhūte, iddhipādabhāvūpagamena kammaniye, bhāvanāpāripūriyā paṇītabhāvūpagamena ṭhite ānejjappatte, yathā anejabhāvam ānejjappattaṃ hoti evam ṭhite ti attho.
evaṃ pi aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ cittaṃ abhinīhārakkhamaṃ hoti abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ abhiññā sacchikiriyāya pādakaṃ padaṭṭhānabhūtan ti.
pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāyā 'ti evaṃ abhiññāpādake jāte etasmiṃ citte pubbenivāsānusstimhi yaṃ ñānaṃ tad atthāya. tattha pubbenivāso ti pubbe atītajātīsu nivutthakkhandhā, nivutthā ti ajjhāvutthā anubhūtā attano santāne uppajjitvā niruddhā, nivutthadhammā vā; nivutthā ti gocaranivāsena nivutthā attano viññāṇena viññātā paricchinnā paraviññāṇaviññātāpi vā. chinnavaṭumakānussaraṇādisu pubbenivāsānussatīti yāya satiyā pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, pubbenivāsānussati, ñāṇan ti tāya satiyā sampayuttaṃ ñāṇaṃ. evam imassa pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇassa atthāya pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya, etassa ñāṇassa adhigamāya pattiyā 'ti vuttaṃ hoti. abhininnāmesin ti abhihariṃ. so ti so ahaṃ. anekavihitan ti anekavidhaṃ, anekehi vā pakārehi pavattitaṃ saṃvaṇṇitan ti attho. pubbenivāsan ti samanantarātītaṃ bhavaṃ ādiṃ katvā tattha tattha nivutthasantānaṃ. anussarāmīti ekam pi jātiṃ dve pi jātiyo ti evaṃ jātipaṭipātiṃ anugantvā anugantvā sarāmi, anudeva vā citte abhininnāmitamatte eva sarāmīti dasseti.
[page 159]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.6.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 159
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pūritapāramīnaṃ hi mahāpurisānaṃ parikammakaranaṃ n' atthi, tena te cittaṃ abhininnāmetvā 'va saranti, ādikammikakulaputtā pana parikammaṃ katvā saranti, tasmā tesaṃ vasena parikammaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, tam pana vuccamānaṃ atibhāriyaṃ vinayanidānaṃ karoti tasmā taṃ na vadāma. atthikehi pana Visuddhimagge vuttanayena gahetabbaṃ, idha pana pāḷim eva vaṇṇayissāma. seyyathīdan ti āraddhappakāradassanatthe nipāto. ten' eva yv āyaṃ pubbenivāso āraddho tassa pakāraṃ pabhedaṃ dassento ekam pi jātin ti ādim āha. tattha ekam pi jātin ti ekam pi paṭisandhimūlaṃ cutipariyosānaṃ ekabhavapariyāpannaṃ khandhasantānaṃ. esa nayo dve pi jātiyo ti ādisu. aneke pi saṃvaṭṭakappe ti ādisu pana parihāyamāno kappo saṃvaṭṭakappo, vaḍḍhamāno vivaṭṭakappo ti veditabbo. tattha saṃvaṭṭena saṃvaṭṭaṭṭhāyī gahito hoti taṃ mūlakattā, vivaṭṭena ca vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyī. evaṃ hi sati yāni tāni: cattārimāni bhikkhave kappassa asaṅkheyyāni, katamāni cattāri, saṃvaṭṭo saṃvaṭṭaṭṭhāyī vivaṭṭo vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyīti vuttāni, tāni sabbāni pariggahītāni honti. tattha tayo saṃvaṭṭā tejosaṃvaṭṭo āposaṃvaṭṭo vāyosaṃvaṭṭo ti, tisso saṃvaṭṭasīmā ābhassarā subhakiṇhā vehapphalā ti. yadā kappo tejena saṃvaṭṭati ābhassarato heṭṭhā agginā ḍayhati, yadā udakena saṃvaṭṭati subhakiṇhato heṭṭhā udakena vilīyati, yadā vātena saṃvaṭṭati vehapphalato heṭṭhā vātena viddhaṃsīyati. vitthārato pana sadāpi ekaṃ buddhakkhettaṃ vinassati. buddhakkhettaṃ nāma tividhaṃ hoti, jātikkhettaṃ āṇakkhettaṃ visayakkhettañ ca. tattha jātikkhettaṃ dasasahassacakkavāḷapariyantaṃ hoti, yaṃ tathāgatassa paṭisandhiādisu kampati. āṇakkhettaṃ koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷapariyantaṃ yathā ratanaparittaṃ khandhaparittaṃ dhajaggaparittaṃ āṭānāṭiyaparittaṃ moraparittan ti imesaṃ parittānaṃ ānubhāvo pavattati. visayakkhettaṃ anantam aparimāṇaṃ,
[page 160]
160 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.6.)
yaṃ yāvatā vā pana ākaṅkheyyā 'ti vuttaṃ, yattha yaṃ yaṃ ākaṅkhati taṃ taṃ anussarati. evam etesu tīsu buddhakkhettesu ekaṃ āṇakkhettaṃ vinassati, tasmiṃ pana vinassante jātikkhettaṃ vinaṭṭham eva hoti, vinassantañ ca ekato va vinassati, saṇṭhahantañ ca ekato va saṇṭhahati, tassa vināso ca saṇṭhahanañ ca Visuddhiṃagge vuttaṃ, atthikehi tato gahetabbaṃ. ye pana te saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭā vuttā-etesu bhagavā bodhimaṇḍe sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhanatthāya nisinno aneke pi saṃvaṭṭakappe aneke pi vivaṭṭakappe aneke pi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe sari. kathaṃ. amutrāsin ti ādinā nayena. tattha amutrāsin ti amumhi saṃvaṭṭakappe ahaṃ amumhi bhave vā yoniyā vā gatiyā vā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā vā sattāvāse vā sattanikāye vā ahosiṃ. evaṃnāmo ti Vessantaro vā Jotipālo vā. evaṃgotto ti Bhaggavo vā Gotamo vā.
evaṃvaṇṇo ti odāto vā sāmo vā. evamāhāro ti sālimaṃ sodanāhāro vā pavattaphalabhojano vā. evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedīti anekappakārena kāyikacetasikānaṃ sāmisanirāmisādippabhedānaṃ vā sukhadukkhānaṃ paṭisaṃvedī.
evamāyupariyanto ti evaṃ vassasataparamāyupariyanto vā caturāsītikappasahassaparamāyupariyanto. so tato cuto amutra uppādin ti so 'haṃ tato bhavato yonito gatito viññāṇaṭṭhitito sattāvāsato vā sattanikāyato vā cuto puna amukasmiṃ nāma bhave yoniyā gatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā sattāvāse sattanikāye vā uppādiṃ. tatrāp' āsin ti atha tatrāpi bhave yoniyā gatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā sattāvāse sattanikāye vā puna ahosiṃ. evaṃnāmo ti ādivuttanayam eva.
athavā yasmā amutrāsin ti idaṃ anupubbena ārohantassa yāvadicchakaṃ saraṇaṃ. so tato cuto ti paṭinivattantassa paccavekkhaṇaṃ; tasmā idhūpapanno ti imasmā idhūpapattiyā anantaraṃ amutra uppādin ti Tusitabhavanaṃ sandhāyā 'ti veditabbo. tatrāp'āsim evaṃ nāmo ti tatrāpi Tusitabhavane Setaketu nāma devaputto ahosiṃ.
[page 161]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.6.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 161
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃgotto ti tāhi devatāhi saddhiṃ ekagotto. evaṃvaṇṇo ti suvaṇṇavaṇṇo. evamāhāro ti dibbasudhāhāro. evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedīti evaṃ dibbasukhapaṭisaṃvedi, dukkhaṃ pana saṃkhāradukkhamattam eva. evamāyupariyanto ti evaṃ sattapaññāsavassakoṭisaṭṭhivassasatasahassāyupariyanto. so tato cuto ti so ahaṃ tato Tusitabhavanato cuto, idh' ūpapanno ti idha Mahāmāyāya deviyā kucchismiṃ nibbatto. itīti evaṃ. sākāraṃ sauddesan ti nāmagottavasena sauddesaṃ vaṇṇādivasena sākāraṃ, nāmagottena hi satto Tisso Gotamo ti uddisīyati vaṇṇādīhi odāto sāmo ti nānattato paññāyati, tasmā nāmagottaṃ uddeso, itare ākārā. kiṃ pana buddhā eva pubbenivāsaṃ sarantīti. vuccate, na buddhā yeva, paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakatitthiyāpi no ca kho avisesena, titthiyā hi cattāḷīsaṃ yeva kappe saranti na tato paraṃ. kasmā. dubalapaññattā; tesaṃ hi nāmarūpaparicchedavirahato dubbalā paññā hoti.
sāvakesu pana asītimahāsāvakā satasahassaṃ saranti, dve aggasāvakā ekam asaṅkheyyaṃ satasahassañ ca, paccekasambuddhā dve asaṅkheyyāni satasahassañ ca; ettako hi tesaṃ abhinīhāro, buddhānaṃ pana paricchedo n' atthi, yāva icchanti tāva saranti. titthiyā ca khandhapaṭipātim eva saranti paṭipāṭiṃ muñcitvā cutipaṭisandhivasena sarituṃ na sakkonti, tesaṃ hi andhānaṃ viya icchitapadesokkamaṇam n' atthi; sāvakā ubhayathāpi saranti, tathā paccekabuddhā, buddhā pana khandhapaṭipāṭiyāpi cutipaṭisandhivasena pi sīhokkantavasena pi anekāsu kappakoṭīsu heṭṭhā vā upari vā yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ ākaṅkhanti taṃ sabbaṃ saranti yeva.
ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇā 'ti ādisu, me ti mayā. vijjā ti viditakaraṇaṭṭhena vijjā. kim viditaṃ karoti, pubbenivāsaṃ.
avijjā ti tass' eva pubbenivāsassa aviditakaraṇaṭṭhena tappaṭicchādakamoho vuccati. tamo ti sv eva moho pacchādakaṭṭhena tamo ti vuccati.
[page 162]
162 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.6-7.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āloko ti sā yeva vijjā obhāsakaraṇaṭṭhena āloko ti vuccati. ettha ca vijjā adhigatā ti ayaṃ attho, sesaṃ pasaṃsāvacanaṃ, yojanā pan' ettha ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa vijjā adhigatā tassa me adhigatavijjassa avijjā vihatā vinaṭṭhā ti attho. kasmā. yasmā vijjā uppannā, esa nayo itarasmim pi padadvaye. yathā tan ti ettha yathā ti opamme, tan ti nipāto. satiyā avippavāsena appamattassa, viriyatāpena atāpino, kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhatāya pahitattassa pasitattassā 'ti attho. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti: yathā appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avijjā vihaññeyya vijjā uppajjeyya tamo vihaññeyya āloko uppajjeyya, evam evaṃ mama avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā tamo vihato āloko uppanno, etassa me padhānānuyogassa anurūpam eva phalaṃ laddhan ti. ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa paṭhamā abhinibbhidā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakass' eva aṇḍakosamhā ti ayaṃ kho mama brāhmaṇa pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇamukhatuṇḍakena pubbe nivutthakkhandhapaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā paṭhamā abhinibbhidā paṭhamā nikkhanti paṭhamā ariyā jāti ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakass' eva mukhatuṇḍakena vā pādanakhasikhāya vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā tamhā aṇḍakosamhā abhinibbhidā nikkhanti kukkuṭanikāye paccājātīti. pubbenivāsakaṭhā niṭṭhitā. ||6||
so evaṃ --pe-- cutūpapātañāṇāyā 'ti cutiyā ca upapāte ca ñāṇāya, yena ñāṇena sattānaṃ cuti ca upapāto ca ñāyati tad atthan ti vuttaṃ hoti. cittaṃ abhininnāmesin. ti parikammacittaṃ nīhariṃ. so dibbena --pe-- passāmīti ettha pana pūritapāramīnaṃ mahāsattānaṃ parikammakaraṇaṃ n' atthi, te hi citte abhininnāmitamatte yeva dibbena cakkhunā satte passanti, ādikammikakulaputtā pana parikammaṃ katvā, tasmā tesaṃ vasena parikammaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ pana vuccamānaṃ atibhāriyaṃ vinayanidānaṃ karoti tasmā taṃ na vadāma. atthikehi pana Visuddhimagge vuttanayena gahetabbaṃ, idha pana pāḷim eva vaṇṇayissāma. so ti so ahaṃ. dibbenā 'ti ādisu dibbasadisattā dibbaṃ,
[page 163]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.7.)] Suttavibhaṅga -vaṇṇaṇā 163
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] devatānaṃ hi sucaritakammanibbattaṃ pittasemharuhīrādīhi apaḷibuddhaṃ upakkilesavimuttatāya dūre pi ārammaṇasampaṭicchanasamatthaṃ dibbaṃ pasādacakkhuṃ hoti. idañ cāpi viriyabhāvanābalanibbattaṃ ñāṇacakkhuṃ. tādisam evā 'ti dibbasadisattā dibbaṃ, dibbavihāravasena paṭiladdhattā attanā ca dibbavihārasannissitattāpi dibbaṃ, ālokapariggahena mahājutikattāpi dibbaṃ, tirokuḍḍādigatarūpadassanena mahāgatikattāpi dibbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ saddasatthānusārena veditabbaṃ. dassanaṭṭhena cakkhu, cakkhukiccakaraṇena cakkhum ivā 'ti pi cakkhu.
cutūpapātadassanena diṭṭhivisuddhihetuttā visuddhaṃ, yo hi cutimattam eva passati na upapātaṃ so ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti, yo upapātamaṭṭam eva passati na cutiṃ so navasattapātubhāvadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti, yo pana tad ubhayaṃ passati so yasmā duvidham pi taṃ diṭṭhigataṃ anivattati, tasmāssa taṃ dassanaṃ diṭṭhivisuddhihetu hoti; tad ubhayaṃ bhagavā addasa, ten' etaṃ vuttaṃ: cutūpapātadassanena diṭṭhivisuddhihetuttā visuddhan ti. ekādasa upakkilesavirahato vā visuddhaṃ, bhagavato hi ekādasūpakkilesavirahitaṃ dibbacakkhu. yathāha: so kho ahaṃ Anuruddhā vicikicchā cittassa upakkileso ti iti viditvā vicikicchaṃ cittassa upakkilesaṃ pajahiṃ, amanasikāro cittassa, thīnamiddhaṃ cittassa, chambhitattaṃ cittassa, ubbillaṃ cittassa, duṭṭhullaṃ cittassa, accāraddhaviriyaṃ cittassa, atilīnaviriyaṃ cittassa, abhijappā cittassa, nānattasaññā cittassa, atinijjhāyitattaṃ rūpānaṃ cittassa upakkileso ti iti viditvā atinijjhāyitattaṃ rūpānaṃ cittassa upakkilesaṃ pajahiṃ, so kho ahaṃ Anuruddhāappamatto ātāpi pahitatto viharanto obhāsaṃ hi kho sañjānāmi na ca rūpāni passāmi, rūpāni hi kho passāmi na ca obhāsaṃ sañjānāmīti evam ādi, tad evaṃ ekādasūpakkilesavirahato vā visuddhaṃ.
[page 164]
164 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.7.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] manussūpacāraṃ atikkaā rūpadasnenatikkantamānusakaṃ, mānusakaṃ vā maṃsacakkhuṃ atikkantattā atikkantamānusakan ti veditabbaṃ; tena dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena. satte passāmīti manussamaṃsacakkhunā viya satte passāmi dakkhāmi olomi. cavamāne uppajjamāne ti ettha cutikkhaṇe vā uppattikkhaṇe vā dibbacakkhunā daṭṭhuṃ na sakkā, ye pana āsannacutikā idāni cavissantīti te cavamānā, ye ca gahitapaṭisandhikā sampati nibbattā vā te uppajjamānā ti adhippetā, te evarūpe cavamāne uppajjamāne ca passāmīti dasseti. hīne ti mohanissandayuttattā hīnānaṃ jātikulabhogādīnaṃ vasena hīḷite ohīḷite oñāte avañāte. paṇīte ti amohanissandayuttattā tabbiparīte. suvaṇṇe ti adosanissandayuttattā iṭṭhakantamanāpavaṇṇayutte.
dubbaṇṇe ti dosanissandayuttattā aniṭṭhākantāmanāpavaṇṇayutte, abhirūpavirūpe ti pi attho. sugate ti sugatigate alobhanissandayuttattā vā aḍḍhe mahaddhane. duggate ti duggatigate lobhanissandayuttattā vā daḷidde appannapāne.
yathākammūpage ti yaṃ yaṃ kammaṃ upacitam tena tena upagate. tattha purimehi cavamāne ti ādīhi dibbacakkhukiccaṃ vuttaṃ, iminā pana padena yathā kammūpagañāṇakiccaṃ, tassa ca ñāṇassa ayam uppattikkamo: heṭṭhā nirayābhimukhaṃ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā nerayikasatte passati mahantaṃ dukkham anubhavamāne, taṃ dassanaṃ dibbacakkhukiccam eva. so evaṃ manasikaroti: kin nu kho kammaṃ katvā ime sattā evaṃ dukkham anubhavantīti, ath' assa idaṃ nāma katvā ti taṃ kammārammaṇam ñāṇaṃ uppajjati, tathā uparidevalokābhimukhaṃ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā Nandanavana-Missakavana-Phārusakavanādisu satte passati mahāsampattiṃ anubhavamāne, tam pi dassanaṃ dibbacakkhukiccam eva. so evaṃ manasikaroti: kin nu kho kammaṃ katvā ime sattā etaṃ sampattiṃ anubhavantīti. ath' assa idaṃ nāma kammaṃ katvā ti taṃ kammārammaṇaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati.
[page 165]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.7.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 165
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idaṃ yathā-kammūpagañāṇaṃ nāma, imassa visuṃ parikammaṃ nāma n' atthi, yathā c' imassa evaṃ anāgataṃ sañāṇassāpi, dibbacakkhupādakān' eva hi imāni dibbacakkhunā sah' eva ijjhanti, kāyaduccaritenā 'ti ādisu duṭṭhu caritaṃ duṭṭhaṃ vā caritaṃ kilesapūtikattā 'ti duccaritaṃ.
kāyena duccaritaṃ kāyato vā uppannaṃ duccaritan ti kāyaduccaritaṃ, evaṃ vacīmanoduccaritāni pi daṭṭhabbāni.
samannāgatā ti samaṅgībhūtā, ariyānaṃ upavādakā ti buddhapaccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ ariyānam antamaso gihīsotāpannānam pi anatthakāmā hutvā antimavatthunā vā guṇaparidhaṃsanena vā upavādakā, akkosakā garahakā ti vuttaṃ hoti. tattha n' atthi imesaṃ samaṇadhammo assamaṇā ete ti vadanto antimavatthunā upavadati, n' atthi imesaṃ jhānaṃ vā vimokkho vā maggo vā phalaṃ vā ti vadanto, guṇaparidhaṃsanena upavadatīti veditabbo. so ca jānaṃ vā upavadeyya ajānaṃ vā, ubhayathāpi ariyūpavādo 'va hoti. bhāriyaṃ kammaṃ saggāvaraṇaṃ maggāvaraṇañ ca, tassa ca āvibhāvatthaṃ idaṃ vatthum udāharanti: aññatarasmiṃ kira gāme eko thero ca daharabhikkhu ca piṇḍāya caranti, te paṭhamaghare yeva uḷuṅkamattaṃ uṇhayāguṃ labhiṃsu, therassa ca kucchivāto atthi, so cintesi ayaṃ yāgu mayhaṃ sappāyā yāva na sītalā hoti tāva naṃ pivāmīti, so manussehi ummāratthāya āhaṭe dārukhaṇḍe nisīditvā taṃ pivi. itaro taṃ jigucchi, aticchāto vatāyaṃ mahallako amhākaṃ lajjitabbakaṃ akāsīti. thero gāme caritvā vihāraṃ gantvā daharabhikkhuṃ āha: atthi te āvuso imasmiṃ sāsane patiṭṭhā 'ti. āma bhante sotāpanno ahaṃ ti. tena h' āvuso upari maggatthāya vāyāmaṃ mā akāsi khīṇāsavo tayā upavadito ti. so taṃ khamāpesi, ten' assa taṃ pākatikaṃ ahosi. tasmā yo añño pi ariyam upavadati tena gantvā sace attanā buḍḍhataro hoti: ahaṃ āyasmantaṃ idañ c' idañ ca avacaṃ taṃ me khamāhīti khamāpetabbo, sace navakataro hoti vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā:
[page 166]
166 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.7.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ahaṃ bhante tumhākaṃ idañ c' idañ ca avacaṃ tam me khamathā 'ti khamāpetabbo, sace so na kkhamati disā pakkanto vā hoti, ye tasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhū vasanti tesaṃ santikaṃ gantvā, sace attanā buḍḍhataro hoti ṭhitaken' eva, sace navakataro ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā khamāpetabbaṃ: ahaṃ bhante asukaṃ nāma āyasmantaṃ idañ c' idañ ca avacaṃ khamatu me so āyasmā ti evaṃ vadantena khamāpetabbam, sace so parinibbuto hoti parinibbutamañcaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā yāva sīvathikaṃ gantvā pi khamāpetabbaṃ, evaṃ kate saggāvaraṇañ ca maggāvaraṇañ ca na hoti pākatikam eva hoti.
micchādiṭṭhikā ti viparītadassanā, micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā ti micchādiṭṭhivasena samādinnanānavidhakammā, ye ca micchādiṭṭhimūlakesu kāyakammādisu aññe pi samādapenti; tattha vacīduccaritagahaṇen' eva ariyūpavāde manoduccaritagahaṇena ca micchādiṭṭhiyā saṅgahītāya pi imesaṃ dvinnaṃ puna vacanaṃ mahāsāvajjabhāvadassanatthan ti veditabbaṃ. mahāsāvajjo hi ariyūpavādo ānantariyasadiso, yathāha: seyyathāpi Sāriputta bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno diṭṭh' eva dhamme aññaṃ ārādheyya, evaṃ sampadam idaṃ Sāriputta vadāmi, taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evam niraye ti, micchādiṭṭhito ca mahāsāvajjataraṃ nāma aññaṃ n' atthi. yathāha:
nāhaṃ bhikkhave aññaṃ ekadhammam pi samanupassāmi evaṃ mahāsāvajjataraṃ yathayidaṃ micchādiṭṭhi, micchādiṭṭhiparamāni bhikkhave vajjānīti. kāyassa bhedā ti upādinnakkhandhapariccāgā, paraṃ maraṇā ti tad anantaraṃ abhinibbattakhandhagahaṇe. athavā kāyassa bhedā ti jīvitindriyass' upacchedā, param maraṇā ti cuticittato uddhaṃ.
apāyan ti evam ādi sabbaṃ nirayavevacanaṃ, nirayo hi saggamokkhahetubhūtā puññasammatā ayā apetattā sukhānaṃ vā āyassa abhāvā apāyo,
[page 167]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.7-8.)] Suttavibhaṅga- vaṇṇanā 167
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] dukkhassa gati paṭisaraṇan ti duggati, dosabahulatāya vā duṭṭhena kammunā nibbattā gatīti duggati, vivasā nipatanti tattha dukkatakārino ti vinipāto, vinassantā vā ettha nipatanti sambhijjamānaṅgapaccaṅgā ti vinipāto, n' atthi ettha assādasaññito ayo ti nirayo.
athavā apāyagahaṇena tiracchānayoniṃ dīpeti, tiracchānayoni hi apāyo sugatito apetattā na duggati mahesakkhānaṃ nāgarājādīnaṃ sambhavato, duggatigahaṇena pettivisayaṃ dīpeti, so hi apāyo c' eva duggati ca sugatito apayātattā dukkhassa ca gatibhūṭattā, na tu vinipāto asurasadisaṃ avinipatitattā, petamahiddhikānaṃ hi vimānāni pi nibbattanti, vinipātagahaṇena asurakāyaṃ dīpeti, so hi yathāvutten' atthena apāyo c' eva duggati ca, sabbasamussayehi ca vinipatitattā vinipāto ti vuccati, nirayagahaṇena avīciādim anekappakāraṃ nirayam eva dīpeti. uppannā ti upagatā, tattha abhinibbattā ti adhippāyo. vuttavipariyāyena sukkapakkho veditabbo, ayaṃ pana viseso. ettha sugatigahaṇena manussagati pi saṅgayhati, saggagahaṇena devagati yeva, tattha sundarā gatīti sugati, rūpādīhi visayehi suṭṭhu aggo ti saggo, so sabbo pi lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena loko ti ayaṃ vacanattho. vijjā ti dibbacakkhuñāṇavijjā. avijjā ti sattānaṃ cutipaṭisandhicchādikā avijjā. sesaṃ vuttanayam evā 'ti. dibbacakkhukathā niṭṭhitā. ||7||
ayam eva h' ettha viseso. yathā pubbenivāsakathāya pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇamukhatuṇḍakena pubbenivutthakhandhapaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāḷetvā ti vuttaṃ, evam idha cutūpapātañāṇamukhatuṇḍakena cutūpapātapaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāḷetvā ti vattabbaṃ. so evaṃ samāhite citte ti idha vipassanāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānacittaṃ veditabbaṃ. āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāyā 'ti arahattamaggañāṇatthāya, arahattamaggo hi āsavavināsanato āsavānaṃ khayo ti vuccati, tatra c' taṃ ñāṇaṃ tattha pariyāpannattā ti.
[page 168]
168 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.8.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] cittaṃ abhininnāmesin ti vipassanācittaṃ abhinīhariṃ.
so idaṃ dukkhan ti evam ādisu ettakaṃ dukkhaṃ na ito bhīyyo ti sabbam pi dukkhasaccaṃ sarasalakkhaṇapaṭivedhena yathābhūtam abbhaññāsiṃ jāniṃ paṭivijjhiṃ, tassa ca dukkhassa nibbattikaṃ taṇhaṃ ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo ti tad ubhayam pi yaṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā nirujjhati taṃ tesaṃ appavatti nibbānaṃ ayaṃ dukkhanirodho ti tassa ca sampāpakaṃ ariyamaggaṃ ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ti sarasalakkhaṇapaṭivedhena yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ jāniṃ paṭivijjhin ti evam attho veditabbo. evaṃ sarūpato saccāni dassetvā idāni kilesavasena pariyāyato dassento ime āsavā ti ādim āha. tassa me evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato ti tassa mayhaṃ evaṃ jānantassa evaṃ passantassa saha vipassanāya koṭippattaṃ maggaṃ katheti. kāmāsavā ti kāmāsavato.
vimuccitthā 'ti iminā phalakkhaṇaṃ dasseti, maggakkhaṇehi cittaṃ vimuccati phalakkhaṇe vimuttaṃ hoti. vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇan ti iminā paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ dasseti, khīṇā jātīti ādīhi tassa bhūmiṃ; tena hi ñāṇena bhagavā paccavekkhanto khīṇā jātīti ādinā abbhaññāsi. katamā pana bhagavato jāti khīṇā kathañ ca naṃ abbhaññāsīti. vuccate:
na tāv' assa atītā jati khīṇā pubbe va khīṇattā na anāgatā anāgate vāyāmābhāvato na paccuppannā vijjamānattā, yā pana maggassa abhāvitattā uppajjeyya ekacatupañcavokārabhavesu ekacatupañcakkhandhappabhedā jāti, sā maggassa bhāvitattā anuppādadhammataṃ āpajjanena khīṇā, taṃ so maggabhāvanāya pahīṇakilese paccavekkhitvā kilesābhāve vijjamānam pi kammaṃ āyatiṃ appaṭisandhikaṃ hotīti jānanto abbhaññāsi. vusitan ti vutthaṃ parivutthaṃ kataṃ caritaṃ niṭṭhitan ti attho. brahmacariyan ti maggabrahmacariyaṃ, puthujjanakalyāṇakena hi saddhiṃ sattasekhā brahmacariyavāsaṃ vasanti nāma, khīṇāsavo vutthavāso, tasmā bhagavā attano brahmacariyavāsaṃ paccavekkhanto vusitaṃ brahmacariyan ti abbhaññāsi. kataṃ karaṇīyan ti catusu saccesu catuhi maggehi pariññāpahāṇasacchikiriyabhāvanāvasena soḷasavidham pi kiccaṃ niṭṭhāpitan ti attho.
[page 169]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.8.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 169
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] puthujjanakalyāṇakādayo hi taṃ kiccaṃ karonti, khīṇāsavo katakaraṇīyo, tasmā bhagavā attano karaṇīyaṃ paccavekkhanto kataṃ karaṇīyan ti abbhaññāsi. nāparaṃ itthattāyā 'ti idāni puna itthabhāvāya evaṃ soḷasakiccabhāvāya kilesakkhayāya vā maggabhāvanākiccaṃ me n' atthīti abbhaññāsi. idāni evaṃ paccavekkhaṇañāṇapariggahītaṃ taṃ āsavānaṃ khayañāṇādhigamaṃ brāhmaṇassa dassento ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇā 'ti ādim āha. tattha vijjā ti arahattamaggañāṇavijjā. avijjā ti catusaccapaṭicchādikā avijjā, sesaṃ vuttanayam eva. ayaṃ pana viseso: ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa tatiyā abhinibbhidā ahosīti ettha ayaṃ kho mama brāhmaṇa āsavānaṃ khayañāṇamukhatuṇḍakena catusaccapaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāḷetvā tatiyā abhinibbhidā tatiyā nikkhanti tatiyā ariyajāti ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva mukhatuṇḍakena vā pādanakhasikhāya vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāḷetvā tamhā aṇḍakosamhā abhinibbhidā nikkhanti kukkuṭanikāye paccājātīti. ettāvatā kiṃ dassetīti so hi brāhmaṇa kukkuṭacchāpako aṇḍakosaṃ padāḷetvā tato nikkhanto sakid eva jāyati ahaṃ pana pubbe nivutthakkhandhapaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ bhinditvā paṭhamaṃ tāva pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇavijjāya jāto tato sattānaṃ cutipaṭisandhipaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāḷetvā dutiyaṃ dibbacakkuñāṇavijjāya jāto. puna catusaccapaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāḷetvā tatiyaṃ āsavānaṃ khayañāṇavijjāya jāto. evaṃ tīhi vijjāhi tikkhattuṃ jāto 'mhi, sā ca me jāti ariyā suparisuddhā ti idaṃ dassesi.
evaṃ dassento ca pubbenivāsañāṇena atītaṃsañāṇaṃ dibbacakkhuṇā paccuppannānāgataṃsañāṇaṃāsavakkhayena sakalalokiyalokuttaraguṇan ti evaṃ tīhi vijjāhi sabbe pi sabbaññuguṇe pakāsetvā attano ariyāya jātiyā jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ brāhmaṇassa dassesi. āsavakkhayakathā niṭṭhitā. ||8||
[page 170]
170 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.9.)
evaṃ vutte Verañjo brāhmaṇo ti evaṃ bhagavatā lokānukampakena brāhmaṇaṃ anukampamānena vinigūhitabbe pi attano ariyāya jātiyā jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāve vijjāttayappakāsikāya dhammadesanāya vutte pītivipphāraparipuṇṇagattacitto Verañjo brāhmaṇo taṃ bhagavato ariyāya jātiyā jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ viditvā, īdisaṃ nāmāhaṃ sabbalokajeṭṭhaseṭṭhaṃ sabbaguṇasamannāgataṃ sabbaññuṃ aññesaṃ abhivādanādikammaṃ na karotīti avacaṃ, dhiratthu vata re aññāṇaṃ ti attānaṃ garahitvā, ayaṃ dāni loke ariyāya jātiyā pure jātaṭṭhena jeṭṭho sabbaguṇehi appaṭisamaṭṭhena seṭṭho ti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: jeṭṭho bhavaṃ Gotamo seṭṭho bhavaṃ Gotamo ti. evañ ca pana vatvā puna taṃ bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ abbhanumodamāno, abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama abhikkantaṃ bho Gotamā 'ti ādim āha.
tatthāyaṃ abhikkantasaddo khayasundarābhirūpābbhanumodanesu dissati. abhikkantā bhante ratti nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho ti ādisu hi khaye dissati. ayaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā 'ti ādisu sundare. [ko me vandati pādāni iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ, abhikkantena vaṇṇena sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā ti] ādisu abhirūpe. abhikkantaṃ bhante ti ādisu abbhanumodane. idhāpi abbhanumodane yeva; yasmā ca abbhanumodane tasmā, sādhu sādhu bho Gotamā 'ti vuttaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. [bhaye kodhe pasaṃsāyaṃ turite kotūhalacchare hāse soke pasāde ca kare āmeṇḍitaṃ budho ti,] iminā ca lakkhaṇena idha pasādavasena pasaṃsāvasena cāyaṃ dvikkhattuṃ vutto ti veditabbo. atha vā abhikkantan ti atikantaṃ atiiṭṭhaṃ atimanāpaṃ atisundaran ti vuttaṃ hoti. tattha ekena abhikkantasaddena desanaṃ thometi ekena attano pasādaṃ. ayaṃ hi ettha adhippāyo:
abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama yadidaṃ bhoto Gotamassa dhammadesanā abhikkantaṃ yadidaṃ bhoto Gotamassa dhammadesanaṃ āgamma mama pasādo. bhagavato yeva vā vacanaṃ dve dve atthe sandhāya thometi:
[page 171]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.9.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 171
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhoto Gotamassa vacanaṃ abhikkantaṃ dosanāsanato abhikkantaṃ guṇādhigamanato, tathā saddhājananato paññājananato sātthato sabyañjanato uttānapadato gambhīratthato kaṇṇasukhato hadayaṅgamato anattukkaṃsanato aparavambhanato karuṇāsītalato paññāvadātato āpātharamaṇīyato vimaddakkhamato suyyānasukhato maṃsiyamānahitato ti evam ādīhi yojetabbaṃ.
tato param pi catuhi upamāhi desanaṃ yeva thometi.
tattha nikkujjitan ti adhomukhaṭhapitaṃ, heṭṭhā mukhajātaṃ vā. ukkujjeyyā 'ti upari mukhaṃ kareyya. paṭicchannan ti tiṇapaṇṇādīhi paṭicchāditaṃ. vivareyyā 'ti ugghāṭeyya.
mūḷhassā 'ti disāmūḷhassa. maggaṃ ācikkheyyā 'ti hatthe gahetvā esa maggo ti vadeyya. andhakāre ti kāḷapakkhacātuddasī aḍḍharattighaṇavanasaṇḍameghapaṭalehi caturaṅge tamasi, ayaṃ tāva anuttānapadattho; ayaṃ pana adhippāyayojanā: yathā koci nikkujjitaṃ ukkujjeyya evaṃ saddhammavimukhaṃ asaddhamme patiṭṭhitaṃ maṃ asaddhammā uṭṭhāpentena yathā paṭicchannaṃ vivareyya evaṃ Kassapassa bhagavato sāsanantaradhānā pabhūti (sic) micchādiṭṭhigahaṇapaṭicchannaṃ sāsanaṃ vivarantena yathā mūḷhassa maggaṃ ācikkheyya evaṃ kummaggamicchāmaggapaṭipannassa me saggamokkhamaggaṃ ācikkhantena yathā andhakāre telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, evaṃ mohandhakāre nimuggassa me buddhādiratanarūpāni apassato tappaṭicchādakamohandhakāraviddhaṃsakadesanāpajjotadhāraṇena mayhaṃ bhotā Gotamena etehi pariyāyehi pakāsitattā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. evaṃ desanaṃ thometvā imāya desanāya ratanattaye pasannacitto pasannākāraṃ karonto esāhan ti ādim āha. tattha esāhan ti eso ahaṃ.
bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇan ti gacchāmi bhavaṃ me Gotamo saraṇaṃ parāyanaṃ aghassa tātā hitassa ca vidhātā ti iminā adhippāyena bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ gacchāmi bhajāmi sevāmi payirupāsāmi evaṃ jānāmi bujjhāmīti,
[page 172]
172 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.9.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yesaṃ hi dhātūnaṃ gati attho buddhi pi tesaṃ attho tasmā gacchāmīti imassa jānāmi bujjhāmīti ayam pi attho vutto. dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṅghañ cā 'ti ettha pana adhigatamagge sacchikatanirodhe yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāne catusu apāyesu apatamāne dhāretīti dhammo, so atthato ariyamaggo c' eva nibbānañ ca, vuttaṃ h' etaṃ: yāvatā bhikkhave dhammā saṅkhatā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo tesaṃ aggam akkhāyatīti vitthāro. na kevalaṃ ariyamaggo c' eva nibbānañ ca api ca kho ariyaphalehi saddhiṃ pariyattidhammo pi. vuttam pi h' etaṃ Chattamānavakavimāne: [rāgavirāgam anejam asokaṃ dhammam asaṅkhatam appaṭikūlaṃ madhuram imaṃ paguṇaṃ suvibhattaṃ dhammam imaṃ saraṇattham upehīti.] ettha hi rāgavirāgo ti maggo kathito, anejam asokan ti phalaṃ, dhammam asaṅkhatan ti nibbānaṃ, appaṭikūlaṃ madhuram imaṃ paguṇaṃ suvibhattan ti piṭakattayena vibhattasabbadhammakkhandhā ti. diṭṭhisīlasaṅghātena saṃhato ti saṅgho, so atthato aṭṭha ariyapuggalasamūho.
vuttaṃ h' etaṃ tasmiṃ yeva vimāne: [yattha ca dinnamahapphalam āhu catusu sucīsu purisayugesu, aṭṭha ca puggaladhammadasā te, saṅgham imaṃ saraṇattham upehīti.] bhikkhūnaṃ saṅgho bhikkhusaṅgho. ettāvatā ca brāhmaṇo tīṇi saraṇagamanāni paṭivedesi.
idāni te sv eva tīsu saraṇagamanesu kosallatthaṃ saraṇaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ yo saranaṃ gacchati saraṇagamanappabhedo saranagamanaphalaṃ saṅkileso bhedo ti ayaṃ vidhi veditabbo. so pana idha vuccamāno atibhāriyaṃ vinayanidānaṃ karotīti na vutto, atthikehi pana Papañcasūdaniyaṃ vā Majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ Bhayabheravasuttavaṇṇanato, Sumaṅgalavilāsiniyaṃ vā Dīghaṭṭhakathāyaṃ saraṇavaṇṇato gahetabbo ti. upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretū 'ti maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo, upāsako ayaṃ ti evaṃ dhāretū 'ti attho. upāsakavidhikosallatthaṃ pan' ettha ko upāsako, kasmā upāsako ti vuccati.
[page 173]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.9.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 173
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kim assa sīlaṃ, ko ājīvo, kā vipatti, kā sampattīti, imaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ veditabbaṃ. taṃ atibhāriyakaraṇato idha na vibhattaṃ, atthikehi pana Papañcasūdaniyaṃ Majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. ajjatagge ti ayaṃ aggasaddo ādikoṭikoṭṭhāsaseṭṭhesu dissati, ajjatagge samma dovārika āvarāmi dvāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīnaṃ ti ādisu hi ādimhi dissati, ten' eva aṅgulaggena taṃ aṅgulaggaṃ parāmaseyya ucchaggaṃ velaggan ti ādisu koṭiyaṃ, ambilaggaṃ vā madhuraggaṃ vā tittaggaṃ vā anujānāmi bhikkhave vihāraggena vā pariveṇaggena vā bhājetuṃ ti ādisu koṭṭhāse, yāvatā bhikkhave sattā apādā vā dvipādā vā --pe-- tathāgato tesaṃ aggam akkhāyatīti ādisu seṭṭhe: idha panāyaṃ ādimhi daṭṭhabbo, tasmā ajjatagge ti ajjataṃ ādiṃ katvā ti evam ettha attho veditabbo. ajjatan ti ajjabhāvan ti vuttaṃ hoti. ajjadagge icc' eva vā pāṭho dakāro padasandhikaro, ajja aggaṃ katvā ti vuttaṃ hoti. pāṇupetan ti pāṇehi upetaṃ yāva me jīvitaṃ pavattati tāva upetaṃ anaññasatthukaṃ tīhi saraṇagamanehi saraṇagataṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu jānātu; ahaṃ hi sace pi me tikhiṇena asinā sīsaṃ chindeyyuṃ n' eva buddhaṃ na buddho ti vā dhammaṃ na dhammo ti vā saṅghaṃ na saṅgho ti vā vadeyyan ti. ettha ca brāhmaṇo pāṇupetaṃ saraṇagatan ti puna saraṇagamanam vadanto attaniyyātanaṃ pakāsetīti veditabbo. evaṃ attānaṃ nīyyātetvā bhagavantam saparisaṃ upaṭṭhātukāmo āha: adhivāsetu ca me bhavaṃ Gotamo Verañjāyaṃ vassāvāsaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā 'ti. kim vuttaṃ hoti. upāsakañ ca maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu, adhivāsetu ca me Verañjāyaṃ vassāvāsaṃ, tayo māse Verañjaṃ upanissāya mama anuggahatthaṃ vassāvāsaṃ sampaṭicchatū 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvenā 'ti ath' assa vacanaṃ sutvā bhagavā kāyaṅgaṃ vā vācaṅgaṃ vā acopetvā abbhantare yeva khantiṃ cāretvā tuṇhībhāvena adhivāsesi, brāhmaṇassa anuggahatthaṃ manasā 'va, sampaṭicchīti vuttam hoti.
[page 174]
174 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.1.9;2.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā ti atha Verañjo brāhmaṇo, sace me samaṇo Gotamo nādhivāseyya kāyena vā vācāya vā paṭikkhipeyya, yasmā pana apaṭikkhitvā abbhantare khantiṃ cāresi tasmā me manasā 'va adhivāsesīti evaṃ ākārasallakkhaṇakusalatāya bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā, attano nisinnāsanato vuṭṭhāya catusu disāsu bhagavantaṃ sakkaccaṃ abhivādetvā tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā āgatakālato pabhūti jātimahallakabrāhmaṇānaṃ abhivādanādīni na karotīti vigarahitvā pi idāni viññātabuddhaguṇo kāyena vācāya manasā ca anekakkhattuṃ vandanto pi atitto yeva hutvā dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ anjaliṃ paggayha sirasmiṃ patiṭṭhapetvā yāva dassanavisayo tāva paṭimukho yeva apakkamitvā dassanavisayaṃ vijahanaṭṭhāne vanditvā pakkāmi. ||9||1||
tena kho pana samayena Verañjā dubbhikkhā hotīti yasmiṃ samaye Verañjena brāhmaṇena bhagavā Verañjaṃ upanissāya vassāvāsaṃ yācito tena samayena Verañjā dubbhikkhā hoti. dubbhikkhā ti dullabhabhikkhā, sā pana dullabhabhikkhatā yattha manussā assaddhā honti appasannā tattha susassakāle pi atisamahagghe pi pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇe hoti.
Verañjāyaṃ pana yasmā na tathā ahosi, api ca kho dussassa tāya chātakadosena ahosi, tasmā tam atthaṃ dassento dvīhitikā ti ādim āha. tattha dvīhitikā ti dvidhāpavattaīhitikā, īhitikaṃ nāma iriyā dvidhā pavattā cittairiyā cittaīhā, ettha lacchāma nu kho kiñci bhikkhamānā na lacchāmā 'ti jīvituṃ vā sakkhissāma nu kho no ti ayam ettha adhippāyo. athavā dvīhitikā ti dujjīvitikā īhataṃ īhā irīyanaṃ pavattanam jīvitan ti ādīni pi padāni ekatthāni, tasmā dukkhena īhitaṃ ettha pavattatīti dvīhitikā ti ayam ettha padattho.
[page 175]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.2.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 175
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] setakāni aṭṭhīni etthā 'ti setaṭṭhikā, divasam pi yācitvā kiñci aladdhā matakānaṃ kapaṇamānusakānāṃ ahicchattakavaṇṇehi aṭṭhikehi tatra tatra parikiṇṇā ti vuttaṃ hoti. setaṭṭikā ti pi pāṭho, tass' attho setā aṭṭi etthā ti setaṭṭikā.
aṭṭīti āturatā vyādhi rogo. tattha ca sassānaṃ gabbhagahaṇakāle setakarogena upahatam eva pacchinnakhīraṃ agahitataṇḍulaṃ paṇḍarapaṇḍaraṃ sālisīsaṃ vā yavagodhūmasīsaṃ vā nikkhamati tasmā setaṭṭikā ti vuccati. vappakāle suṭṭhu abhisaṅkharitvā pi vuttasassaṃ tattha salākā yeva sampajjatīti salākāvuttā. salākāya vā tattha jīvikaṃ pavattentīti salākāvuttā. kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti. tattha kira dhaññavikkayakānaṃ santikaṃ kayakesu gatesu dubbalamanusse abhibhavitvā balavamanussā va dhaññaṃ kiṇitvā gacchanti, dubbalamanussā alabhamānā mahāsaddaṃ karonti. dhañ ñavikkayakā sabbesaṃ saṅgahaṃ karissāmā 'ti dhaññakaraṇaṭṭhāne dhaññamāpakaṃ nisīdāpetvā ekapasse vaṇṇajjhakkhaṃ nisīdāpesuṃ. dhaññatthikā vaṇṇajjhakkhassa santikaṃ gacchanti. so āgatapaṭipāṭiyā mūlaṃ gahetvā itthannāmassa ettakaṃ dātabban ti salākaṃ likhitvā deti. te taṃ gahetvā dhaññamāpakassa santikaṃ gantvā dinnapaṭipāṭiyā dhaññaṃ gaṇhanti, evaṃ salākāya tattha jīvitaṃ vattentīti salākāvuttā. na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetun ti paggahena yo uñcho tena yāpetuṃ na sukarā. pattaṃ gahetvā yaṃ ariyā uñchaṃ karonti, bhikkhācariyaṃ caranti, tena uñchena yāpetuṃ na sukarā ti vuttaṃ hoti. tadā kira tattha sattaṭṭhagāme piṇḍāya caritvā ekadivasam pi yāpanamattaṃ na labhanti.
tena kho pana samayena uttarāpathakā assavāṇijā --pe-- assosi kho bhagavā udukkhalasaddan ti, tenā 'ti yasmiṃ samaye bhagavā Verañjaṃ upanissāya vassāvāsaṃ upagato tena samayena. uttarāpathavāsikā uttarāpathato vā āgatattā evaṃ laddhavohārā assavāṇijā uttarāpathe assānaṃ uṭṭhānaṭṭhāne pañcāssasatāni gahetvā diguṇaṃ tiguṇaṃ lābhaṃ patthayamānā desantaraṃ gacchantā tehi attano vikkāyikabhaṇḍabhūtehi pañcamattehi assasatehi Verañjaṃ vassāvāsaṃ upagatā honti.
[page 176]
176 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.2.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kasmā. na hi sakkā tasmiṃ dese vassike cattāro māse addhānaṃ paṭipajjituṃ, upagacchantā ca bahinagare udakena anajjhottharaṇīye ṭhāne attano ca vāsāgārāni assānañ ca mandiraṃ kārāpetvā vatiyā parikkhipiṃsu, tāni tesaṃ vasanaṭṭhānāni assamaṇḍalikāyo ti paññāyiṃsu.
tenāha: tehi assamaṇḍalikāsu bhikkhūnaṃ patthapatthapulakaṃ paññattaṃ hotīti, patthapatthapulakan ti ekamekassa bhikkhuno patthapatthapamāṇaṃ pulakaṃ, pattho nāma nāḷimattaṃ hoti, ekassa purisassa alaṃ yāpanāya. vuttam pi h' etaṃ, patthodano nāḷamayaṃ duvinnaṃ ti. pulakaṃ nāma nitthusaṃ katvā ussedetvā gahitayavataṇḍulā vuccanti.
yadi hi sathusā honti pāṇakā vijjhanti addhānakkhamā na honti, tasmā te vāṇijā addhānakkhamaṃ katvā yavataṇḍulaṃ ādāya addhānaṃ paṭipajjanti, yattha assānaṃ khādaniyatinaṃ dullabhaṃ bhavissati tatth' etaṃ assabhattaṃ bhavissatīti. kasmā pana tehi taṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paññattan ti.
vuccate, na hi te dakkhiṇāpathamanussā viya appasannā te pana saddhā pasannā buddhamāmakā dhammamāmakā saṅghamāmakā, te pubbaṇhasamayaṃ kenacid eva karaṇīyena nagaraṃ pavisantā dve tayo divase addasaṃsu sattaṭṭhabhikkhū sunivatthe supārute iriyāpathasampanne sakalam pi nagaraṃ piṇḍāya caritvā kiñci alabhamāne, disvāna nesaṃ etad ahosi: ayyā imaṃ nagaraṃ upanissāya vassaṃ upagatā, chātakañ ca vattati, na ca kiñci labhanti ativiya kilamanti, mayañ c' amhāgantukā na sakkoma nesaṃ devasikaṃ yāguñ ca bhattañ ca paṭiyādetuṃ, amhākaṃ pana assā sāyañ ca pāto ca dvikkhattuṃ bhattaṃ labhaṇti, yannūna mayaṃ ekamekassa assassa pātarāsabhattato ekamekassa bhikkhuno patthapatthapulakaṃ dadeyyāma, evaṃ ayyā ca na kilamissanti assā ca yāpessantīti.
[page 177]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.2.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 177
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te bhikkhūnaṃ santikaṃ gantvā etam atthaṃ ārocetvā, bhante tumhe patthapatthapulakaṃ paṭiggahetvā yaṃ vā taṃ vā katvā paribhuñjathā 'ti yācitvā devasikaṃ patthapatthapulakaṃ paññāpesuṃ.
tena vuttaṃ: tehi assamaṇḍalikāsu bhikkhūnaṃ patthapatthapulakaṃ paññattaṃ hotīti. paññattan ti niccabhattasaṅkhepena ṭhapitaṃ.
idāni bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā ti ādisu pubbaṇhasamayan ti divasassa pubbabhāgasamayaṃ pubbaṇhasamaye ti attho. pubbaṇhe vā samayaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ pubbaṇhe ekaṃ khaṇan ti vuttaṃ hoti, evaṃ accantasaṃyoge upayogavacanaṃ labbhati. nivāsetvā ti paridahitvā vihāranivāsanaparivattanavasenedaṃ veditabbaṃ; na hi te tato pubbe anivatthā ahesum. pattacīvaraṃ ādāyā 'ti pattaṃ hatthehi cīvaraṃ kāyehi ādiyitvā sampaṭicchitvā dhāretvā ti attho; yena tena vā hi pakārena gaṇhantā ādāya icc' eva vuccanti, yathā samādāy' eva pakkamatīti. piṇḍaṃ alabhamānā ti sakalam pi Verañjaṃ caritvā tiṭṭhatu piṇḍo antamaso aticchathā 'ti vācam pi alabhamānā.
pattha patthapulakaṃ ārāmaṃ haritvā ti gatagataṭṭhāne laddhaṃ ekamekaṃ patthapatthapulakaṃ gahetvā ārāmaṃ netvā. udukkhale koṭṭetvā koṭṭetvā paribhuñjantīti therānaṃ koci kappiyakārako n' atthi, yo nesaṃ taṃ gahetvā yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā paceyya, sāmam pi pacanaṃ samaṇasāruppaṃ na hoti, na ca vaṭṭati, te evaṃ no sallahukavuttitā ca bhavissati sāmapākaparimocanañ cā 'ti aṭṭhaṭṭhajanā vā dasadasajanā vā ekato hutvā udukkhale koṭṭetvā koṭṭetvā sakaṃ sakaṃ paṭiviṃsaṃ udakena temetvā paribhuñjanti. evaṃ paribhuñjitvā appossukkā samaṇadhammaṃ karonti. bhagavato pana te assavāṇijā patthapulakañ ca denti tadupiyañ ca sappimadhusakkaraṃ, taṃ āyasmā Ānando āharitvā silāyaṃ piṃsati; puññavatā paṇḍitapurisena kataṃ manāpam eva hoti. atha naṃ piṃsitvā sappiādīhi samāyojetvā bhagavato upanāmeti.
[page 178]
178 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.2.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ath' ettha devatā dibbojaṃ pakkhipanti, tam bhagavā paribhuñjati, paribhuñjitvā phalasamāpattiyā kālaṃ atināmeti, na tato paṭṭhāya piṇḍāya carati. kim pan' Ānandatthero tadā upaṭṭhāko hotīti. no ca kho nibaddhaupaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ laddho. bhagavato hi paṭhamabodhiyam vīsativassantare nibaddhupaṭṭhāko nāma n' atthi.
kadāci Nāgasamālatthero bhagavantaṃ upaṭṭhāsi, kadāci Nāgitatthero, kadāci Meghiyatthero, kadāci Upavānatthero, kadāci Sāgatatthero, kadāci Sunakkhatto Licchaviputto, te attano ruciyā upaṭṭhahitvā yadā icchanti tadā pakkamanti.
Ānandatthero tesu upaṭṭhahantesu appossukko hoti, pakkantesu sayam eva vattapaṭivattaṃ karoti, bhagavā pi ca:
kiñcāpi me ñātiseṭṭho upaṭṭhākaṭṭhānaṃ na tāva labhati, atha kho evarūpesu ṭhānesu ayam eva patirūpo ti adhivāseti.
tena vuttaṃ: āyasmā Ānando patthapulakaṃ silāyaṃ piṃsitvā bhagavato upanāmeti taṃ bhagavā paribhuñjatīti. nanu ca manussā dubbhikkhakāle ativiya ussāhajātā puññāni karonti, attanā abhuñjitvā pi bhikkhūnaṃ dātabbaṃ maññanti, te tadā kasmā kaṭacchubhikkham pi na adadaṃsu. aca Verañjo brāhmaṇo mahatā ussāhena bhagavantaṃ vassāvāsaṃ yāci. so kasmā bhagavato atthibhāvam pi na jānātīti.
vuccate, mārāvaṭṭanāya. Verañjaṃ hi brāhmaṇaṃ bhagavato santikā pakkantamattam eva sakalañ ca nagaraṃ samantā ca yojanamattaṃ yattha sakkā purebhattaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā paccāgantuṃ taṃ sabbaṃ māro āvaṭṭetvā mohetvā sabbesaṃ asallakkhaṇabhāvaṃ katvā pakkāmi, tasmā na koci antamaso sāmīcikammam pi kattabbaṃ maññittha.
kiṃ pana bhagavā pi mārāvaṭṭanaṃ ajānitvā va tattha vassaṃ upagato ti. no ajānitvā. atha kasmā Campā-SāvatthiRājagahādīnam aññatarasmiṃ na upagato ti. tiṭṭhantu Campā-Sāvatthi-Rājagahādīni, sace pi bhagavā tasmiṃ saṃvacchare Uttarakuruṃ vā Tidasapuraṃ vā gantvā vassaṃ upagaccheyya tam pi māro āvaṭṭeyya.
[page 179]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.2.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 179
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so kira taṃ saṃvaccharaṃ ativiya āghātena pariyuṭṭhitacitto ahosi. idha pana bhagavā imaṃ atirekakāraṇaṃ addasa: assavāṇijā bhikkhūnaṃ saṅgahaṃ karissantīti. tasmā Verañjāyam eva vassaṃ upagañchi. kiṃ pana māro vāṇijake āvaṭṭetuṃ na sakkotīti. no na sakkoti, te pana mārāvaṭṭitapariyosāne āgamiṃsu. paṭinivattitvā kasmā na āvaṭṭesīti. avisayahatāya. na hi so tathāgatassa abhihaṭabhikkhāya nibbaddhadānassa appitavaṭṭassa antarāyo kātuṃ visahati.
catunnaṃ hi na sakkā antarāyo kātuṃ, katamesaṃ catunnaṃ, tathāgatassa abhihaṭabhikkhāsaṅkhepena vā nibaddhadānasaṅkhepena vā appitavaṭṭasaṅkhepena vā pariccattānaṃ catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātuṃ, buddhānaṃ jīvitassa na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātuṃ, asītiyānubyañjanānaṃ vyāmappabhāya vā na sakkā kenaci antārayo kātuṃ, candimasuriyadevabrahmānam pi hi pabhā tathāgatassa anuvyañjanavyāmappabhāpadesaṃ patvā vigatānubhāvā honti, buddhānaṃ sabbaññutañāṇassa na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātun ti imesaṃ catunnaṃ na sakkā kenaci antarāyo kātuṃ. tasmā mārena akatantarāyaṃ bhikkham bhagavā sasāvakasaṅgho tadā paribhuñjīti veditabbo.
evaṃ paribhuñjanto ca ekadivasaṃ assosi kho bhagavā
udukkhalasaddan ti bhagavā patthapatthapulakaṃ koṭṭentānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ musalasaṅghaṭṭajanitaṃ udukkhalasaddaṃ suṇi. tato paraṃ jānantāpi tathāgatā ti evamādiyam parato kin nu kho so Ānanda udukkhalasaddo ti pucchitassa parihāradassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepavaṇṇanā:
tathāgatā nāma jānantāpi sace tādisaṃ pucchākāraṇaṃ hoti pucchanti, sace pana tādisaṃ pucchākāraṇaṃ n' atthi jānantāpi na pucchanti,
[page 180]
180 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.2.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yasmā pana buddhānaṃ ajānanaṃ nāma n' atthi tasmā ajānantāpīti na vuttaṃ. kālaṃ viditvā pucchantīti sace tassā pucchāya yo kālo hoti evaṃ taṃ kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, sace na hoti evam pi kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti, evaṃ pucchantāpi ca atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti yaṃ atthanissitaṃ kāraṇanissitaṃ tadeva pucchanti no anatthasaṃhitaṃ. kasmā. yasmā anatthasaite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ; setu vuccati maggo, maggen' eva tādisassa vacanassa ghāto samucchedo ti vuttaṃ hoti. idāni atthasaṃhitan ti ettha yaṃ atthanissitaṃ vacanaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti taṃ dassento dvīhi ākārehīti ādim āha. tattha ākārehīti kāraṇehi, dhammaṃ vā desessāmā 'ti aṭṭhuppattiyuttaṃ suttaṃ vā pubbacaritakāraṇayuttaṃ jātakaṃ vā kathayissāma. sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmā 'ti sāvakānaṃ vā tāya pucchāya vītikkamaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā garukaṃ vā lahukaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāma, āṇaṃ ṭhapessāmā 'ti atha kho bhagavā --pe-- etam atthaṃ ārocesīti ettha n' atthi kiñci vattabbaṃ pubbe vuttaṃ eva, bhikkhūnaṃ patthapatthapulakapaṭilābhaṃ sallahukavuttitaṃ sāmaṃ pākaparimocanañ ca ārocento etam atthaṃ ārocesīti vuccati. sādhu sādhu Ānandā 'ti idaṃ pana bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ sampahaṃsento āha. sādhukāraṃ pana datvā dvīsu ākāresu ekaṃ gahetvā dhammaṃ desento āha:
tumhehi Ānanda sappurisehi vijitaṃ, pacchimā janatā sālimaṃsodanaṃ atimaññissatīti. tatrāyam adhippāyo: tumhehi Ānanda sappurisehi evaṃ dubbhikkhe dullabhapiṇḍe imāya sallahukavuttitāya iminā ca sallekhena vijitaṃ. kiṃ vijitan ti, dubbhikkhaṃ vijitaṃ lobho vijito icchācāro vijito. kathaṃ.
ayaṃ Verañjā dubbhikkhā samantato pana antarā gāmanigamā phalabhāranamitasassā subhikkhā sulabhapiṇḍā evaṃ sante pi bhagavā idh' eva amhe gaṇhitvā vasatīti ekabhikkhussa pi cintā vā vighāto vā n' atthi, evaṃ tāva dubbhikkhaṃ vijitaṃ abhibhūtaṃ attano vase vattitaṃ. kathaṃ lobho vijito. ayaṃ Verañjā dubbhikkhā samantato pana antarā gāmanigamā phalabhāranamitasassā subhikkhā sulabhapiṇḍā,
[page 181]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.2.1-2.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 181
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] handa mayaṃ tattha gantvā paribhuñjissāmā 'ti lobhavasena ekabhikkhunāpi ratticchedo vā pacchimikāya tattha vassaṃ upagacchissāmā 'ti vassacchedo vā na kato, evaṃ lobho vijito. kathaṃ icchācāro vijito. ayaṃ Verañjā dubbhikkhā ime ca manussā amhe dvetayo māse vasante pi na kismici maññanti, yan nūna mayaṃ guṇavaṇijjaṃ katvā asuko bhikkhu paṭhamajjhānassa lābhī --pe-- asuko chaḷabhiñño ti evaṃ manussānaṃ aññamaññaṃ pakāsetvā kucchiṃ paṭijaggitvā pacchā sīlaṃ adhiṭṭhaheyyāmā 'ti ekabhikkhunā pi evarūpā icchā na uppāditā, evaṃ icchācāro vijito abhibhūto attano vase vattito ti. anāgate pana pacchimā janatā vihāre nisinnā appakasiren' eva labhitvāpi: kiṃ idaṃ uttaṇḍulaṃ atikilinnaṃ aḷoṇaṃ atiḷoṇaṃ anambilaṃ accambilaṃ, ko iminā attho ti ādinā nayena sālimaṃsodanaṃ atimaññissati, oñātaṃ avañātaṃ karissati. athavā janapado nāma na sabbakālaṃ dubbhikkho hoti, ekadā dubbhikkho hoti ekadā subhikkho hoti. sv āyaṃ yadā subhikkho bhavissati tadā tumhākaṃ sappurisānaṃ imāya paṭipattiyā pasannā manussā bhikkhūnaṃ yāgukhajjakādippabhedena anekappakāraṃ sālivikatiṃ maṃsodanañ ca dātabbaṃ maññissanti, taṃ tumhe nissāya uppannaṃ sakkāraṃ tumhākaṃ sabrahmacārisaṅkhātā pacchimā janatā tumhākaṃ antare nisīditvā anubhavamānā ca atimaññissati tappaccayaṃ mānañ ca omānañ ca karissati. kathaṃ. kasmā ettakaṃ pakkaṃ kiṃ tumhākaṃ bhājanāni n' atthi yattha attano santakaṃ pakkhipitvā thapeyyathā 'ti. ||1||
atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno ti ādisu, āyasmā ti piyavacanam etaṃ, garugāravasappatissādhivacanam etaṃ. Mahāmoggallāno ti mahā ca so guṇamahantatāya Moggallāno ca gottenā 'ti Mahāmoggallāno. etad avocā 'ti etaṃ avoca, idāni vattabbaṃ etarahi bhante ti ādivacanaṃ dasseti. kasmā avoca. thero kira pabbajitvā sattame divase sāvakapāramīñāṇassa matthakaṃ patto satthārāpi mahiddhikatāya etadagge ṭhapito.
[page 182]
182 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.2.2.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so taṃ attano mahiddhikataṃ nissāya cintesi: ayaṃ Verañjā dubbhikkhā bhikkhū ca kilamanti yan nūnāhaṃ puthaviṃ parivattetvā bhikkhū pappaṭakojaṃ bhojeyyaṃ ti. ath' assa etad ahosi: sace panāhaṃ bhagavato santike viharanto bhagavantaṃ ayācitvā evaṃ kareyyaṃ na me taṃ assa patirūpaṃ, yugaggāho viya bhagavatā saddhiṃ kato bhaveyya, tasmā yācitukāmo āgantvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca. heṭṭhimaṃ talaṃ sampannan ti paṭhaviyā kira heṭṭhimatale paṭhavimaṇḍo paṭhavojo paṭhavipappaṭako atthi, taṃ sandhāya vadati, tattha sampannan ti madhuraṃ sādurasan ti attho. yath' eva hi, tatrāssa rukkho sampannaphalo ca uppannaphalo cā 'ti ettha madhuraphalo ti attho. evam idhāpi sampannan ti madhuraṃ sādurasan ti veditabbaṃ. seyyathāpi khuddaṃ madhuṃ anīḷakan ti idaṃ pan' assa madhuratāya opammanidassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, khuddaṃ madhun ti khuddakamakkhikāhi katamadhuṃ. anīḷakan ti nimmakkhikaṃ nimmakkhikaṇḍakaṃ parisuddhaṃ etaṃ kira madhuṃ sabbamadhūhi aggañ ca seṭṭhañ ca surasañ ca ojavantañ ca. tenāha: seyyathāpi khuddaṃ madhuṃ anīḷakaṃ evam assādan ti.
sādh' āhaṃ bhante ti sādhu ahaṃ bhante, ettha ca sādhū 'ti āyācanavacanam etaṃ, puthaviparivattanaṃ āyācanto hi thero bhagavantaṃ evam āha. parivatteyyan ti ukkujjeyyaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ talaṃ uparimaṃ kareyyaṃ. kasmā. evaṃ hi kate sukhena bhikkhū pappaṭakojaṃ paṭhavimaṇḍaṃ paribhuñjissantīti. atha bhagavā ananuññātukāmo pi theraṃ sīhanādaṃ nadāpetuṃ pucchi: ye pana te Moggallāna puthavinissitā pāṇā te kathaṃ karissasīti, ye puthavinissitā gāmanigamādisu pāṇā te paṭhaviyā parivattiyamānāya ākāse saṇṭhātuṃ asakkonte kathaṃ karissasi kattha ṭhapessasīti.
[page 183]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.2.2.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇnanā 183
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha thero bhagavatā etadagge ṭhapitabhāvānurūpaṃ attano iddhānubhāvaṃ pakāsento ekāhaṃ bhante ti ādim āha. tass' attho: ekaṃ ahaṃ bhante hatthaṃ yathā ayaṃ mahāputhavi, evaṃ abhinimminissāmi puthavisadisaṃ karissāmi, evaṃ katvā ye puthavinissitā pāṇā te ekasmiṃ hatthatale ṭhite pāṇe dutiyahatthatale saṅkāmento viya tattha saṅkāmessāmīti. ath' assa bhagavā āyācanaṃ paṭikkhipanto alaṃ Moggallānā 'ti ādim āha; tattha alan ti paṭikkhepavacanaṃ. vipallāsam pi sattā paṭilabheyyun ti viparītagāham pi sattā sampāpuṇeyyuṃ. kathaṃ. ayaṃ na kho puthuvi udāhu na ayan ti, athavā amhākaṃ nu kho ayaṃ gāmo udāhu aññesan ti, evaṃ nigamajanapadakhettārāmādisu. na vā esa vipallāso, acinteyyo hi iddhimato iddhivisayo, evaṃ pana vipallāsaṃ paṭilabheyyuṃ, idaṃ dubbhikkhaṃ nāma na idāni yeva hoti, anāgate pi bhavissati tadā bhikkhū tādisaṃ iddhimantaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ kuto labhissanti, te sotāpannasakadāgāmianāgāmisukkavipassakajhānalābhipaṭisambhidappattā khīṇāsavāpi samānā iddhibalābhāvā parakulāni piṇḍāya upasaṅkamissanti, tatra ca manussānaṃ evaṃ bhavissati: buddhakāle bhikkhū sikkhāsu paripūrakārino ahesuṃ te guṇe nibbattetvā dubbhikkhakāle puthuviṃ parivattetvā pappaṭakojaṃ paribhuñjiṃsu, idāni pana sikkhāya paripūrakārino n' atthi, yadi siyuṃ tath' eva kareyyuṃ, amhākaṃ yaṃ kiñci pakkaṃ vā āmaṃ vā khādituṃ na dadeyyun ti, evaṃ te santesu yeva ariyapuggalesu n' atthi ariyapuggalā 'ti imaṃ vipallāsaṃ paṭilabheyyuṃ, vipallāsavasena ca ariye garahantā upavadantā apāyūpagā bhaveyyuṃ, tasmā mā te rucci puthuviṃ parivattetun ti.
atha thero imaṃ yācanaṃ alabhamāno aññaṃ yācanto sādhu bhante ti ādim āha. tam pi'ssa bhagavā paṭikkhipanto alaṃ Moggallānā 'ti ādim āha.
[page 184]
184 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.2.2;3.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tattha kiñcāpi na vuttaṃ vipallāsam pi sattā paṭilabheyyun ti. atha kho pubbe vuttanayen'eva gahetabbaṃ, attho pi c' assa vuttasadisam eva veditabbo. yadi pana bhagavā anujāneyya thero kiṃ kareyyā 'ti. mahāsamuddaṃ ekena padavītihārena atikkamitabbaṃ mātikāmattaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā Naḷerupucimandato Uttarakuru- abhimukhaṃ maggaṃ nīharitvā Uttarakuruṃ gamanāgamanasampanne ṭhāne katvā dasseyya, yathāpi bhikkhū gocaragāmaṃ viya yathā sukhaṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā nikkhameyyun ti. niṭṭhitā Mahāmoggallānassa sīhanādakathā.
||2||2||
idāni āyasmā Upāli vinayapaññattiyā mūlatoppabhūti nidānaṃ dassetuṃ Sāriputtattherassa sikkhāpadapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ vitakkuppādaṃ dassento atha kho āyasmato Sāriputtassā 'ti ādim āha. tattha rahogatassā 'ti rahasi gatassa. patisallīnassā 'ti līnassa ekibhāvaṃ gatassa. katamesānan ti atītesu Vipassi ādisu buddhesu katamesaṃ ciraṃ assa ṭhiti cirā vā assa ṭhitīti ciraṭṭhitikaṃ. sesam ettha uttānapadattham eva.
kiṃ pana thero imaṃ attano parivitakkaṃ sayaṃ vinicchituṃ na sakkotīti. vuccate, sakkoti ca na sakkoti ca, ayaṃ hi imesaṃ nāma buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosi imesaṃ ciraṭṭhitikan ti ettakaṃ sakkoti vinicchituṃ, iminā pana kāraṇena na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosi iminā ciraṭṭhitikan ti etaṃ na sakkoti. Mahāpadumatthero pana āha: etam pi soḷasavidhāya pañnāya matthakaṃ pattassa aggasāvakassa na bhāriyaṃ, sammāsambuddhena pana saddhiṃ ekaṭṭhāne vasantassa sayaṃ vinicchayakaraṇaṃ tulaṃ chaḍḍetvā hatthena tulanasadisaṃ hotīti bhagavantaṃ yeva upasaṅkamitvā pucchi. ath' assa bhagavā pucchaṃ vissajjento bhagavato ca Sāriputta Vipassissā 'ti ādim āha, tam uttānattham eva. ||1|| puna thero kāraṇaṃ pucchanto ko nu kho bhante hetū'ti ādim āha. tattha ko nu kho bhante ti kāraṇapucchā,
[page 185]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.3.1.)] Suttavibhāṅga-vaṇṇanā 185
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa katamo nu kho bhante ti attho. hetu-paccayo ti ubhayam etaṃ kāraṇādhivacanaṃ kāraṇaṃ hi, yasmā tena tassa phalaṃ hinoti pavattati tasmā hetū 'ti vuccati, yasmā taṃ paṭicca eti pavattati tasmā paccayo ti vuccati. evaṃ atthato ekam pi vohāravasena vacanasiliṭṭhatāya ca tatra tatra etaṃ ubhayam pi vuccati, sesam ettha uttānam eva.
idāni taṃ hetun ca paccayañ ca dassetuṃ bhagavā: bhagavā ca Sāriputta Vipassīti ādiṃ āha. tattha kiḷāsuno ahesun ti na ālasiyakiḷāsuno ahesuṃ, na hi buddhānaṃ ālasiyaṃ vā osannaviriyatā vā atthi, buddhā hi ekassa vā dvinnaṃ vā sakalacakkavāḷassa vā dhammaṃ desentā samaken' eva ussāhena desenti, na parisāya appabhāvaṃ disvā osannaviriyā honti, nāpi mahantabhāvaṃ disvā ussannaviriyā, yathā sīho migarājā sattannaṃ divasānaṃ accayena gocarāya pakkamanto khuddake vā mahante vā pāṇe ekasadisena vegena patati. taṃ kissa hetu. mā me javo parihāyīti.
evaṃ buddhā appakāya vā mahatiyā vā parisāyaṃ samaken' eva ussāhena dhammaṃ desenti. taṃ kissa hetu. mā no dhammagarutā parihāyīti, dhammagaruno hi buddhā dhammagāravā ti. yathā pana amhākaṃ bhagavā mahāsamuddaṃ pūrayamāno viya vitthārena dhammaṃ desesi evaṃ te na desesuṃ. kasmā. sattānaṃ apparajakkhatāya.
tesaṃ kira kāle dīghāyukā sattā apparajakkhā ahesuṃ, te catusaccapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ ekagātham pi sutvā dhammaṃ abhisamenti, tasmā na vitthārena dhammaṃ desesuṃ. ten' eva kāraṇena appakañ ca tesaṃ ahosi suttaṃ --pe-- vedallan ti. tattha suttādīnaṃ nānattaṃ paṭhamasaṅgītivaṇṇanāya vuttam eva. apaññattaṃ sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadan ti sāvakānaṃ niddosatāya dosānurūpato paññāpetabbaṃ sattāpattikkhandhavasena āṇāsikkhāpadaṃ apaññattaṃ. anuddiṭṭhaṃ pātimokkhan ti anvaddhamāsaṃ āṇāpātimokkhaṃ anuddiṭṭhaṃ ahosi.
[page 186]
186 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.3.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ovādapātimokkham eva te uddisiṃsu, tam pi ca no anvaddhamāsaṃ, tathā hi Vipassī bhagavā channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ sak sakiṃ ovādapātimokkhaṃ uddisi, tañ ca kho sāmaṃ yeva, sāvakā pan' assa attano attano vasanaṭṭhānesu na uddisiṃsu. sakala-Jambudīpe ekasmiṃ yeva ṭhāne Bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā kheme Migadāye Vipassissa bhagavato vasanaṭṭhāne sabbo pi bhikkhusaṅgho uposathaṃ akāsi, tañ ca kho saṅghuposatham eva na gaṇūposathaṃ na puggalūposathaṃ na pārisuddhiuposathaṃ na adhiṭṭhānūposathaṃ. tadā kira Jambudīpe caturāsīti vihārasahassāni honti ekam ekasmiṃ vihāre abbokiṇṇāni dasa pi vīsatim pi bhikkhusahassāni vasanti bhīyyo pi vasanti, uposathārocitakā devatā tattha tattha gantvā ārocenti: mārisā ekaṃ vassaṃ atikkantaṃ dve tīṇi cattāri pañca vassāni atikkantāni idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ vassaṃ āgāminiyā puṇṇamāsiniyā buddhadassanatthaṃ uposathakaraṇatthañ ca gantabbaṃ sampatto vo sannipātakālo ti. tato sānubhāvā bhikkhū attano attano ānubhāvena gacchanti, itare devatānubhāvena. kathaṃ. te kira bhikkhū pācīnasamuddante pacchimauttaradakkhiṇasamuddante vā ṭhitā gamiyavattaṃ pūretvā pattacīvaram ādāya, gacchāmā 'ti cittaṃ uppādenti, saha cittuppādā uposathaggaṃ gatā 'va honti. te Vipassīsammāsambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā nisīdanti, bhagavā pi sannisinnāya parisāya idaṃ ovādapātimokkhaṃ uddisati:
[khantī paramaṃ tapo titikkhā, nibbānaṃ paramaṃ vadanti buddhā:
na hi pabbajito parūpaghāti, samaṇo hoti paraṃ viheṭhayanto.]
sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ kusalassa upasampadā
sacittapariyodapanaṃ etaṃ buddhāna sāsanaṃ.
[page 187]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.3.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 187
anupavādo anupaghāto pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro
mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṃ patthañ ca sayanāsanaṃ
adhicitte ca āyogo etaṃ buddhāna sāsanan ti.
eten' eva upāyena itaresam pi buddhānaṃ pātimokkhuddeso veditabbo, sabbabuddhānaṃ hi imā tisso ovādapātimokkhagāthā honti, tā dīghāyukabuddhānaṃ yāva sāsanapariyantā uddesam āgacchanti, appāyukabuddhānaṃ paṭhamabodhiyaṃ yeva sikkhāpadapaññattikālato pabhūti āṇāpātimokkham eva uddisīyati, tañ ca kho bhikkhū yeva uddisanti na buddhā. tasmā amhākam pi bhagavā paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsativassamattam eva idaṃ ovādapātimokkhaṃ uddisi. ath' ekadivasaṃ Pubbārāme Migāramātupāsāde nisinno bhikkhū āmantesi: na dān' āhaṃ bhikkhave ito paraṃ uposathaṃ karissāmi pātimokkhaṃ uddisissāmi, tumhe 'va dāni bhikkhave ito paraṃ uposathaṃ kāreyyātha pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyātha, aṭṭhānam etaṃ bhikkhave anavakāso yaṃ tathāgato aparisuddhāya parisāya uposatham kareyya pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyā 'ti. tato paṭṭhāya bhikkhū āṇāpātimokkhaṃ uddisanti, idaṃ āṇāpātimokkhaṃ tesaṃ anuddiṭṭhaṃ ahosi, tena vuttaṃ anuddiṭṭhaṃ pātimokkhan ti.
tesaṃ buddhānan ti tesaṃ Vipassī ādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhā-
naṃ. antaradhānenā 'ti khandhantaradhānena parinibbānenā 'ti vuttaṃ hoti. buddhānubuddhānan ti ye tesaṃ buddhānaṃ anubuddhā sammukhasāvakā tesañ ca khandhantaradhānena.
ye te pacchimasāvakā ti ye tesaṃ sammukhasāvakānaṃ santike pabbajitā pacchimā sāvakā. nānānāmā ti Buddharakkhito Dhammarakkhito ti ādināmavasena vividhā nāmā.
nānāgottā ti Gotamo Moggallāno ti ādigottavasena vividhā gottā. nānājaccā ti khattiyo brāhmaṇo ti ādijātivasena nānājaccā. nānākulā pubbajitā ti khattiyakulādivasen' eva uccanīcauḷāruḷārabhogādikulavasena vā vividhakulā nikkhamma pabbajitā. te taṃ brahmacariyan ti te pacchimasāvakā yasmā ekanāmā ekagottā ekajātikā ekakulā pabbajitā,
[page 188]
188 Samantapāsādika [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.3.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] amhākaṃ sāsanaṃ tanti paveṇīti attano bhāraṃ katvā brahmacariyaṃ rakkhanti ciraṃ pariyattidhammaṃ pariharanti, ime ca tādisā na honti, tasmā aññamaññaṃ viheṭhentā vilomaṃ gaṇhantā, asukho thero jānissati asukho thero jānissatīti sithilaṃ karontā naṃ brahmacariyaṃ khippaṃ yeva antaradhāpesuṃ, saṅgahaṃ āropetvā na rakkhiṃsu. seyyathāpīti tass' atthassa opammanidassanaṃ. vikiratīti vikkhipati. vidhamatīti ṭhānantaraṃ neti. viddhaṃsetīti ṭhitaṭṭhānato apaneti. yathā taṃ suttena asaṅgahītattā ti yathā suttena aganthitattā abaddhattā evaṃ vikirati, yathā suttena asaṅgahītāni vikirīyanti evaṃ vikiratīti vuttaṃ hoti.
evam eva kho ti opammasampaṭipādanaṃ. antaradhāpesun ti vaggasaṅgahapaṇṇāsasaṅgahādīhi asaṅgaṇhantā yaṃ yaṃ attano ruccati taṃ tad eva gahetvā dassesuṃ sesaṃ vināsesuṃ adassanaṃ nayiṃsu.
akilāsuno ca te bhagavanto ahesuṃ sāvakānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca ovaditun ti api ca Sāriputta te buddhā attano cetasā sāvakānaṃ ceto paricca paricchinditvā ovadituṃ akilāsuno ahesuṃ paracittaṃ ñatvā anusāsaniṃ na bhāriyato na papañcato addasaṃsu. bhūtapubbaṃ Sāriputtā 'ti ādi tesaṃ akilāsubhāvappakāsanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. bhiṃsanake ti bhayānake, bhayajanake. evaṃ vitakkethā 'ti nekkhammavitakkādayo tayo vitakke vitakketha. mā evaṃ vitakkayitthā 'ti kāmavitakkādayo tayo akusalavitakke mā vitakkayittha.
evaṃ manasikarothā 'ti aniccaṃ dukkham anattā asubhan ti manasikarotha. mā evaṃ manas' ākatthā 'ti niccaṃ sukhaṃ attā subhan ti mā manasi akattha. idaṃ pajahathā 'ti akusalaṃ pajahatha. idaṃ upasampajja viharathā 'ti kusalaṃ upasampajja paṭilabhitvā nipphādetvā viharatha. anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsū 'ti agahetvā vimucciṃsu,
[page 189]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.3.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 189
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tesaṃ hi cittāni yehi āsavehi vimucciṃsu, na ca te tāni gahetvā vimucciṃsu, anuppādanirodhena pana nirujjhamānāni agahetvā va vimucciṃsu, tena vuttaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu 'ti, sabbe pi te arahattappattā suriyarasmisamphuṭṭham iva padumavanaṃ vikasitacittā ahesuṃ.
tatra sudaṃ Sāriputta bhiṃsanakassa vanasaṇḍassa bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ hotīti, tatrā 'ti purimavacanāpekkhaṃ. sudan ti padapūraṇamatte nipāto. Sāriputtā 'ti ālapanaṃ ayaṃ pan' ettha atthayojanā. tatrā 'ti yaṃ vuttaṃ aññatarasmiṃ bhiṃsanake vanasaṇḍe ti, tatra yo so bhiṃsanako ti vanasaṇḍo vutto tassa bhiṃsanakassa vanasaṇḍassa bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ hoti bhiṃsanakiriyāya hotīti attho. kiṃ hoti.
idaṃ hoti: yo koci avītarāgo --pe-- lomāni haṃsantīti. athavā tatrā 'ti sāmi atthe bhummaṃ. su iti nipāto, kiṃsu nāma te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā ti ādisu viya. idan ti adhippetamatthaṃ paccakkhaṃ viya katvā dassanavacanaṃ.
suidan ti sudam, sandhivasena ikāralopo veditabbo, cakkhundriyaṃ itthindriyaṃ anaññātaññassāmitindriyaṃ kiṃsūdha vittaṃ ti ādisu viya. ayaṃ pan' ettha atthayojanā: tassa Sāriputta bhiṃsanakassa vanasaṇḍassa bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ idaṃ su hoti, bhiṃsanakatasmin ti bhiṃsanakabhāve ti attho.
ekassa takārassa lopo daṭṭhabbo. bhiṃsanakattasmiṃ yeva vā pāṭho, bhiṃsanakatāya iti vā vattabbo liṅgavipallāso kato, nimittatthe c' etaṃ bhummavacanaṃ, tasmā evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. bhiṃsanakabhāve idaṃ su hoti bhiṃsanakabhāvanimittaṃ bhiṃsanakabhāvahetu bhiṃsanakabhāvappaccayā idaṃ su hoti. yo koci avītarāgo taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ pavisati yebhuyyena lomāni haṃsantīti bahutarāni lomāni haṃsanti uddhamukhāni sūcisadisāni kaṇṭakasadisāni ca hutvā tiṭṭhanti appāni na haṃsanti, bahutarānaṃ vā sattānaṃ haṃsanti appakānaṃ atisūrapurisānaṃ na haṃsanti.
[page 190]
190 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.3.2-3.)
idāni ayaṃ kho Sāriputta hetū 'ti ādi nigamanaṃ. yañ c' ettha antarantarā na vuttaṃ taṃ uttānattham eva tasmā pāḷikkamen' eva veditabbaṃ. yaṃ pana vuttaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti taṃ purisayugavasena vuttan ti veditabbaṃ.
vassagaṇanāya hi Vipassissa bhagavato asītivassasahassāni āyu sammukhasāvakānam pi 'ssa tattakam eva, evaṃ yv' āssa subbapacchimako sāvako tena saha ghaṭetvā satasahassaṃ saṭṭhimattāni ca vassasahassāni brahmacariyaṃ aṭṭhāsi, purisayugavasena pana yugaparamparāya āgantvā dve yeva purisayugāni aṭṭhāsi, tasmā na ciraṭṭhitikan ti vuttaṃ.
Sikhissa pana bhagavato sattativassasahassāni āyu sammukhasāvakānam pi 'ssa tattakam eva, Vessabhussa bhagavato saṭṭhivassasahassāni āyu sammukhasāvakānam pi 'ssa tattakam eva, evaṃ tesam pi ye sabbapacchimakā sāvakā tehi saha ghaṭetvā satasahassato uddhaṃ cattaḷīsamattāni vīsatimattāni ca vassasahassāni brahmacariyaṃ aṭṭhāsi, purisayugavasena pana yugaparamparāya āgantvā dve dve yeva purisayugāni aṭṭhāsi, tasmā na ciraṭṭhitikan ti vuttaṃ.
||2|| evaṃ āyasmā Sāriputto tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ brahmacariyassa na ciraṭṭhitikāraṇaṃ sutvāna itaresaṃ tiṇṇaṃ brahmacariyassa ciraṭṭhitikāraṇaṃ sotukāmo puna bhagavantaṃ ko pana bhante hetū 'ti ādinā nayena pucchi. bhagavā pi 'ssa vyākāsi. taṃ sabbaṃ vuttapaṭipakkhavasena veditabbaṃ. ciraṭṭhitikabhāve pi c' ettha tesaṃ buddhānaṃ āyuparimāṇato pi purisayugato pi ubhayathā ciraṭṭhitikatā veditabbā. Kakusandhassa hi bhagavato cattāḷīsaṃ vassasahassāni āyū, Konāgamanassa bhagavato tiṃsavassasahassāni, Kassapassa bhagavato vīsativassasahassāni, sammukhasāvakānam pi nesaṃ tattakaṃ eva, bahūni ca nesaṃ sāvaka yugāni paramparāya brahmacariyam pavattesuṃ, evaṃ tesaṃ āyuparimāṇato pi sāvakayugato pi ubhayathā brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikam ahosi. amhākaṃ pana bhagavato Kassapassa bhagavato upaḍḍhāyuppamāṇe dasavassasahassāyukakāle uppajjitabbaṃ siyā,
[page 191]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.3. 3-4.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 191
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] taṃ asambhuṇantena pañcavassasahassāyukakāle ekavassasahassāyukakāle pañcavassasatāyukakāle pi vā uppajjitabbaṃ siyā, yasmā pan' assa buddhattakārake dhamme esantassa pariyesantassa ñāṇaṃ paripācentassa gabbhaṃ gaṇhāpentassa vassasatāyukakāle ñāṇaṃ paripākam agamāsi, tasmā atiparittāyukakāle uppanno ten' assa sāvakaparamparāvasena ciraṭṭhitikam pi brahmacariyaṃ āyuparimāṇavasena vassagaṇanāya aciraṭṭhitikam evā 'ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ||3||
atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto ti ko anusandhi. evaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ brahmacariyassa ciraṭṭhitikāraṇaṃ sutvā sikkhāpadapaññatti yeva ciraṭṭhitikabhāvahetū 'ti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā bhagavato pi brahmacariyassa ciraṭṭhitikabhāvaṃ icchanto āyasmā Sāriputto bhagavantaṃ sikkhāpadapaññattiṃ yāci, tassā yācanavidhi dassanattham etaṃ vuttaṃ:
atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto uṭṭhāyāsanā --pe-- ciraṭṭhitikan ti.
tattha addhaniyan ti addhānakkhamaṃ dīghakālikan ti vuttaṃ hoti, sesaṃ uttānattham eva. ath' assa bhagavā na tāvāyaṃ sikkhāpadapaññattikālo ti pakāsento āgamehi tvaṃ Sāriputtā 'ti ādim āha. tattha āgamehi tvan ti tiṭṭha tāva tvaṃ adhivāsehi tāva tvan ti vuttaṃ hoti. ādaravasena c' etaṃ dvikkhattuṃ vuttaṃ. etena bhagavā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā sāvakānaṃ visayabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipitvā buddhavisayo sikkhāpadapaññattīti āvīkaronto tathāgato vā 'ti ādim āha. ettha ca tatthā 'ti sikkhāpadapaññattiyācanāpekkhaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. tatrāyaṃ yojanā: yaṃ vuttaṃ tayā sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeyyā 'ti tattha tassā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā tathāgato yeva kālaṃ jānissātīti. evaṃ vatvā akālaṃ tāva dassetuṃ na tāva Sāriputtā 'ti ādim āha. tattha āsavā tiṭṭhanti etesū 'ti āsavaṭṭhānīyā, yesu diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikā parūpavādavippaṭisāravadhabandhanādayo c' eva apāyadukkhavisesabhūtā ca āsavā tiṭṭhanti yeva, yasmā nesaṃ te kāraṇā hontīti attho.
[page 192]
192 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.3.4.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te āsavaṭṭhānīyā vītikkamadhammā yāva na saṅghe pātubhavanti, na tāva satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpetīti ayam ettha yojanā.
yadi hi paññāpeyya parūpavādā parūpārambhā garahadosā na parimucceyya. kathaṃ. paññapentena hi: yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ patiseveyyā 'ti ādi sabbaṃ paññapetabbaṃ bhaveyya, adisvā 'va vītikkamadosaṃ imaṃ paññattiṃ ñatvā pare evaṃ upavādañ ca upārambhañ ca garahañ ca pavatteyyuṃ: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇo Gotamo bhikkhusaṅgho me anvāyiko vacanakaro ti ettāvatā ca sikkhāpadehi paliveṭhessati pārājikaṃ paññapessati, nanu ime kulaputtā mahantaṃ bhogakkhandham mahantañ ca ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ hatthagatāni rajjāni pi pahāya pabbajitā, ghāsacchādanaparamatāya santuṭṭhā sikkhāya tibbagāravā kāye ca jīvite ca nirapekkhā viharanti, tesu nāma ko lokāmisabhūtaṃ methunaṃ vā paṭisevissati parabhaṇḍaṃ vā harissati parassa vā iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ atimadhuraṃ jīvitaṃ upacchijjissati abhūtaguṇakathāya vā jīvikaṃ kappessati, nanu pārājike appaññatte pi pabbajjā saṅkhepen'ev'etaṃ pākaṭaṃ kaṃ ti, tathāgatassa ca thāmañ ca balañ ca sattā na jāneyyuṃ paññattam pi sikkhāpadaṃ kuppeyya na yathāṭṭhāne tiṭṭheyya. seyyathāpi nāma akusalo vejjo kañci anuppannagaṇḍaṃ purisaṃ pakkositvā: eh' ambho purisa imasmiṃ te sarīrappadese mahāgaṇḍo uppajjitvā anayabyasanaṃ pāpessati, paṭigacc' eva naṃ tikicchāpehīti vatvā:
sādhācariya tvaṃ yeva naṃ tikicchassū 'ti vutto, tassa arogaṃ sarīrappadesaṃ phāletvā lohitaṃ nīharitvā ālepanabandhanadhovanādīhi taṃ padesaṃ sacchaviṃ katvā taṃ purisaṃ vadeyya: mahārogo te mayā tikicchito dehi me deyyadhammaṃ ti. so kim ayaṃ bālo vejjo vadati kataro kira me iminā rogo tikicchito nanu me ayaṃ dukkhañ ca janesi lohitakkhayañ ca pāpesīti, evaṃ upavadeyya c' eva upārambheyya ca garaheyya ca na c' āssa guṇaṃ jāneyya,
[page 193]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.3.4.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 193
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evam evaṃ yadi anuppanne vītikkamadose satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeyya parūpavādādīhi ca na parimucceyya na c' āssa thāmaṃ vā balaṃ vā sattā jāneyyuṃ paññattam pi sikkhāpadaṃ kuppeyya na yathāṭṭhāne tiṭṭheyya, tasmā vuttaṃ na tāva Sāriputta satthā sāvakānaṃ --pe-- pātubhavantīti.
evaṃ akālaṃ dassetvā puna kālaṃ dassetuṃ yato ca kho
Sāriputtā 'ti ādim āha. tattha yato ti yadā yasmiṃ kāle ti vuttaṃ hoti, sesaṃ vuttānusāren' eva veditabbaṃ. ayaṃ vā ettha saṅkhepattho: yasmiṃ nāma kāle āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā ti saṅkhaṅgatā vītikkamadosā saṅghe pātubhavanti, tadā satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeti uddissati pātimokkhaṃ. kasmā. tesaṃ yeva āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā ti saṅkhaṅgatānaṃ vītikkamadosānaṃ paṭighātāya evaṃ paññapento, yathānāma kusalo vejjo uppannaṃ gaṇḍaṃ phālanalepanabandhanadhovanādīhi tikicchanto rogaṃ vūpasametvā sacchaviṃ katvā na tv eva upavādādiraho hoti, sake ca ācariyake viditānubhāvo hutvā sakkāraṃ pāpuṇāti evaṃ na ca upavādādiraho hoti, sake ca sabbaññuvisaye viditānubhāvo hutvā sakkāraṃ pāpuṇātañ c' assa sikkpadaṃ akuppaṃ hoti yathāṭṭhāne tiṭṭhatīti. evaṃ āsavaṭṭhānīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppatti sikkhāpadapaññattiyā akālaṃ uppatti ca kālan ti vatvā idāni tesaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppattikālañ ca uppattikālañ ca dassetuṃ na tāva Sāriputta idh' ekacce ti ādim āha. tattha uttānatthāni padāni pāḷivasen' eva veditabbāni. ayaṃ pana anuttānapadavaṇṇanā:
rattiyo jānantīti rattaññu, attano pabbajitadivasato paṭṭhāya pahūtā rattiyo jānanti cirapabbajitā ti vuttaṃ hoti.
rattaññūhi mahattaṃ rattaññumahattaṃ, cirapabbajitehi mahantabhāvan ti attho. tatra rattaññumahattaṃ patte saṅghe Upasenaṃ Vaṅgantaputtaṃ ārabbha sikkhāpadaṃ paññattan ti veditabbaṃ.
[page 194]
194 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.3.4.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so h' āyasmā ūnadasavasse bhikkhū upasampādente disvā ekavasso saddhivihāriyam upasampādesi. atha kho bhagavā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapesi:
na bhikkhave ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo yo upasampādeyya āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. evam paññatte sikkhāpade puna bhikkhū dasavass' amha dasavass' amhā 'ti bālā abyattā upasampādenti. atha bhagavā aparam pi sikkhāpadaṃ paññapesi: na bhikkhave bālena abyattena dasavassena upasampādetabbo yo upasampādeyya āpatti dukkaṭassa, anujānāmi bhikkhave vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetuṃ ti, rattaññumahattaṃ pattakāle dve sikkhāpadāni paññattāni.
vepullamahattan ti vipulabhāvena mahattaṃ, saṅgho hi yāva na theranavamajjhimānaṃ vasena vepullamahattaṃ patto hoti, tāva senāsanāni pahonti, sāsane ekacce āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā na uppajjanti, vepullamahattaṃ patte pana te uppajjanti, atha satthā 'va sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeti, tattha vepullamahattaṃ patte saṅghe paññattasikkhāpadāni: yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannena uttariṃ dvirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kapeyya pācittiyaṃ; yā pana bhikkhunī anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya pācittiyaṃ; yā pana bhikkhunī ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpeyya pācittiyaṃ ti, iminā nayena veditabbāni.
lābhaggamahattan ti lābhassa aggamahattaṃ, yo lābhassa aggo uttamo mahantabhāvo taṃ patto hotīti attho. lābhena vā aggamahattam pi lābhena seṭṭhattañ ca mahattattañ ca patto ti attho. saṅgho hi yāva na lābhaggamahattaṃ patto hoti, tāva lābhaṃ paṭicca āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā na uppajjanti, patte pana uppajjanti. atha satthā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapeti:
[page 195]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.3.4.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 195
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yo pana bhikkhu acelakassa vā paribbājakassa vā paribbājikāya vā sahatthā khādaniyaṃ vā bhojaniyaṃ vā dadeyya pācittiyaṃ ti, idaṃ hi lābhaggamahattaṃ patte saṅghe sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ. bāhusaccamahattan ti bāhusaccassa mahantabhāvaṃ. saṅgho hi yāva na bāhusaccamahattaṃ patto hoti, tāva na āsavaṭṭhānīyā dhammā uppajjanti, bāhusaccamahattaṃ patte pana yasmā ekam pi nikāyaṃ dve pi --pe-- pañca pi nikāye uggahetvā ayoniso ummujjamānā puggalā rasena rasaṃ saṃsandetvā uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ satthusāsanaṃ dīpenti. atha satthā: yo pana bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi --pe-- samaṇuddeso pi ce evaṃ vadeyyā 'ti ādinā nayena sikkhāpadaṃ paññapetīti.
evaṃ bhagavā āsavaṭṭhānīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppattikālañ ca uppattikālañ ca dassetvā tasmiṃ samaye sabbaso pi tesaṃ abhāvam dassento nirabbudo hi Sāriputtā 'ti ādim āha. tattha nirabbudo ti abbudavirahito; abbudā vuccanti corā niccoro ti attho, corā ti ca imasmiṃ atthe dussīlā adhippetā, te hi assamaṇā 'va hutvā samaṇapaṭiññatāya paresaṃ paccaye corenti, tasmā nirabbudo niccoro niddussīlo ti vuttaṃ hoti. nirādīnavo ti nirupaddavo nirupassaggo dussīlādīnavarahito yevā 'ti vuttaṃ hoti. apagatakāḷako ti kāḷakā vuccanti dussīlā yeva, te hi suvaṇṇavaṇṇā pi saṃānā kāḷakadhammayogā kāḷakā tv eva veditabbā, tesaṃ abhāvā apagatakāḷako, apagatakāḷako ti pi pāṭho. suddho ti apagatakāḷakattā yeva suddho pariyodāto pabhassaro. sāre patiṭṭhito ti sārā vuccanti sīlasamādhipaññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanaguṇā; tasmiṃ sāre patiṭṭhitattā sāre patiṭṭhito. evaṃ sāre patiṭṭhitabhāvam vatvā puna so c' assa sāre patiṭṭhitabhāvo evaṃ veditabbo ti dassento imesaṃ hi Sāriputtā 'ti ādim āha. tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepavaṇṇanā: yān' imāni Verañjāyaṃ vassāvāsaṃ upagatāni pañcabhikkhusatāni imesaṃ yo guṇavasena pacchimako sabbaparittaguṇo bhikkhu so sotāpanno.
[page 196]
196 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.3.4;4.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sotāpanno ti sotaṃ āpanno, soto ti ca maggass' etaṃ adhivacanaṃ, sotāpanno ti tena samannāgatassa puggalassa. yathāha: soto soto ti h' idaṃ Sāriputta vuccati katamo nu kho Sāriputta soto ti. ayam eva hi bhante ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathīdaṃ: sammādiṭṭhi --pe-- sammāsamādhi, sotāpanno sotāpanno ti h' idaṃ Sāriputta vuccati, katamo nu kho Sāriputta sotāpanno ti. yo hi bhante iminā ariyena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena samannāgato ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno, yo 'yam āyasmā evaṃ-nāmo evaṃ-gotto ti idha pana maggena phalassa nāmaṃ dinnaṃ tasmā phalaṭṭho sotāpanno ti veditabbo. avinipātadhammo ti vinipātetīti vinipāto, nāssa vinipāto dhammo ti avinipātadhammo, na attānaṃ apāyesu vinipātanasabhāvo ti vuttaṃ hoti. kasmā.
ye dhammā apāyagamaniyo tesaṃ parikkhayā, vinipātanam vā vinipāto, nāssa vinipāto dhammo ti avinipātadhammo, apāyesu vinipātanasabhāvo assa n' atthīti vuttaṃ hoti.
sammattaniyāmena maggena niyatattā niyato. sambodhiparaṃ ayanaṃ parā gati assā 'ti sambodhi parāyano, uparimaggattayaṃ avassaṃ sampāpako ti attho. kasmā. paṭiladdhapaṭhamamaggattā ti. ||4||3||
evaṃ dhammasenāpatiṃ paññāpetvā Verañjāyaṃ taṃ
vassāvāsaṃ vītināmetvā vutthavasso mahāpavāraṇāya pavāretvā, atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi.
āmantesīti ālapi abhāsi sambodhesi. kinti. āciṇṇaṃ kho pan' etan ti evam ādi. āciṇṇan ti caritaṃ vattaṃ anudhammatā taṃ kho pan' etaṃ āciṇṇaṃ duvidhaṃ hoti buddhāciṇṇaṃ sāvakāciṇṇan ti. katamaṃ buddhāciṇṇam. idaṃ tāva ekaṃ: yehi nimantitā vassaṃ vasanti na te anapaloketvā anāpucchitvā janapadacārikaṃ pakkamanti, sāvakā pana apaloketvā vā anapaloketvā vā yathāsukhaṃ pakkamanti.
aparam pi buddhāciṇṇaṃ: vutthavassā pavāretvā janasaṅgahatthāya janapadacārikaṃ pakkamanti yeva. janapadacārikaṃ carantā ca mahāmaṇḍalaṃ majjhimamaṇḍalaṃ antimamaṇḍalan ti, imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maṇḍalānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ maṇḍale caranti.
[page 197]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.4.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 197
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tattha mahāmaṇḍalaṃ navayojanasatikaṃ majjhimamaṇḍalaṃ chayojanasatikaṃ antimamaṇḍalaṃ tiyojanasatikaṃ. yadā mahāmaṇḍale cārikaṃ caritukāmā honti, mahāpavāraṇāya pavāretvā pāṭipadadivase mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivārā nikkhamitvā gāmanigamādisu mahājanaṃ āmisapaṭiggahena anuggaṇhantā dhammadānena c' assa vivaṭṭupanissitaṃ kusalam vaḍḍhentā navahi māsehi janapadacārikaṃ pariyosāpenti. sace pana antovasse bhikkhūnaṃ samathavipassanā taruṇā honti mahāpavāraṇāya apavāretvā pavāraṇāsaṅgahaṃ datvā kattikapuṇṇamāya pavāretvā maggasirassa paṭhamadivase mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivārā nikkhamitvā vuttanayen' eva majjhimamaṇḍale aṭṭhahi māsehi cārikaṃ pariyosāpenti. sace pana nesaṃ vutthavassānaṃ aparipākindriyā veneyyasattā honti tesaṃ indriyaparipākaṃ āgamentā māgasiramāsam pi tatth' eva vasitvā phussamāsassa paṭhamadivase mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivārā nikkhamitvā vuttanayen' eva antimamaṇḍale sattahi māsehi cārikaṃ pariyosāpenti. tesu ca maṇḍalesu yattha katthaci vicarantā pi te te satte kilesehi viyojentā sotāpattiphalādīhi saṃyojentā veneyyavasen' eva nānāvaṇṇāni pupphāni ocinantā viya caranti. aparam pi buddhānaṃ āciṇṇaṃ: devasikaṃ paccūsasamaye santaṃ sukhaṃ nibbānārammaṇaṃ katvā phalasamāpattisamāpajjanaṃ, phalasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā samāpajjanaṃ, tato dasasahassacakkavāḷe bodhaneyyasattasamolokanaṃ. aparam pi āciṇṇaṃ:
āgantukehi saddhiṃ paṭhamataraṃ paṭisanthārakaraṇaṃ, aṭṭhuppattivasena dhammadesanā otiṇṇe dose sikkhāpadapaññāpaṇan ti idaṃ buddhāciṇṇaṃ. katamaṃ sāvakāciṇṇaṃ. buddhassa bhagavato kāle dvikkhattuṃ sannipāto, pure vassūpanāyikāya ca kammaṭṭhānagahaṇatthaṃ, vutthavassānañ ca adhigataguṇārocanatthaṃ uparikammaṭṭhānagahaṇatthañ ca,
[page 198]
198 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.4.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idaṃ sāvakāciṇṇaṃ. idha pana buddhāciṇṇaṃ dassento āha: āciṇṇaṃ kho pan' etaṃ Ānanda tathāgatānaṃ ti. āyāmā 'ti āgaccheyyāma. apalokessāmā 'ti cārikaṃ caraṇatthāya āpucchissāma. evan ti sampaṭicchanatthe nipāto. bhante ti gāravādhivacanam etaṃ, satthuno paṭivacanadānan ti pi vaṭṭati. bhagavato paccassosīti bhagavato vacanaṃ patiassosi, abhimukho hutvā suṇi sampaṭicchi. evan ti iminā vacanena paṭiggahesīti vuttaṃ hoti.
atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā ti idha pubbaṇhasamayan ti vā sāyaṇhasamayan ti vā na vuttaṃ. evaṃ sante pi bhagavā katabhattakicco majjhantikaṃ vītināmetvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ pacchāsamaṇaṃ katvā nagaradvārato paṭṭhāya nagaravīthiyo suvaṇṇarasapiñjarāhi buddharasmīhi samujjotayamāno yena Verañjassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten' upasaṅkami. gharadvāre ṭhitamattam eva c' assa bhagavantaṃ disvā parijano ārocesi. brāhmaṇo satiṃ paṭilabhitvā saṃvegajāto sahasā vuṭṭhāya mahārahaṃ āsanaṃ paññāpetvā bhagavantaṃ paccuggamma, ito bhagavā upasaṅkamatū 'ti āha. bhagavā upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ upanisīditukāmo attanā ṭhitapadesato yena bhagavā ten' upasaṅkami, ito paraṃ uttānattham eva. yaṃ pana brāhmaṇo āha: api ca yo deyyadhammo so na dinno ti. tatrāyam adhippāyo: mayā nimantānaṃ vassaṃ vutthānaṃ tumhākaṃ temāsaṃ divase divase pāto yāgukhajjakaṃ majjhantike khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ sāyaṇhe anekavidhapānavikatigandhapupphādīhi pūjāsakkāro ti evam ādiko yo deyyadhammo dātabbo assa, so na dinno ti. tañ ca kho no asantan ti ettha pana liṅgavipallāso veditabbo, so ca kho deyyadhammo amhākaṃ no asanto ti ayaṃ h' ettha attho. athavā yaṃ yaṃ mayaṃ tumhākaṃ dadeyyāma tañ ca kho no asantan ti evam p' ettha attho veditabbo. no pi adātukamyatā ti adātukāmatāpi no atthi,
[page 199]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.4.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 199
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yathā pahūtavittūpakaraṇānaṃ maccharīnaṃ. taṃ kut' ettha labbhā bahukiccā gharāvāsā ti tatrāyaṃ yojanā: yasmā bahukiccā gharāvāsā tasmā h' ettha sante pi deyyadhamme dātukamyatāya ca, taṃ kuto labbhā kuto taṃ sakkā laddhuṃ yaṃ mayaṃ tumhākaṃ deyyadhammaṃ dadeyyāmā 'ti gharāvāsaṃ garahanto āha. so kira mārena āvaṭṭitabhāvaṃ na jānāti, gharāvāsapalibodhena me satisammoso jāto ti maññi, tasmā evam āha. api ca taṃ kut' ettha labbhā ti imasmiṃ temāsabbhantare yam ahaṃ tumhākaṃ dadeyyaṃ taṃ kuto labbhā bahukiccā hi gharāvāsā ti evam p' ettha yojanā veditabbā.
atha brāhmaṇo: yan nūnāhaṃ yaṃ me tīhi māsehi dātabbaṃ siyā taṃ sabbaṃ ekadivasen' eva dadeyyaṃ ti cintetvā, adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ Gotamo ti ādiṃ āha. tattha svātanāyā 'ti yaṃ me tumhesu sakkāraṃ karoto sve bhavissati puññañ c' eva pītipāmujjañ ca tad atthāya. atha tathāgato: sace 'haṃ nādhivāseyyaṃ ayaṃ temāsaṃ kiñci aladdhā kupito maññe, tena me yāciyamāno ekaṃ bhattam pi na patigaṇhāti n' atthi imasmiṃ adhivāsanakhanti asabbaññū ayaṃ ti evaṃ brāhmaṇo ca Verañjāvāsino ca gahetvā bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasaveyyuṃ taṃ tesaṃ mā ahosīti, tesaṃ anukampāya adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. adhivāsetvā ca atha kho bhagavā Verañjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ, alaṃ gharāvāsapalibodhacintāyā 'ti saññāpetvā taṅkhaṇānurūpāya dhammiyā kathāya diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaṃ atthaṃ sandassetvā kusale dhamme samādapetvā gaṇhāpetvā tattha ca naṃ samuttejetvā saussāhaṃ katvā tāya saussāhatāya aññehi ca vijjamānaguṇehi sampahaṃsetvā dhammaratanavassaṃ vassetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. pakkante ca pana bhagavati Verañjo brāhmaṇo puttadāraṃ āmantesi: mayaṃ bhaṇe bhagavantaṃ temāsaṃ nimantetvā ekadivasaṃ ekabhattam pi nādamha, handa dāni tathā dānaṃ paṭiyādetha yathā temāsiko pi deyyadhammo sve ekadivasen' eva dātuṃ sakkā hotīti. tato paṇītaṃ dānaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā yaṃ divasaṃ bhagavā nimantito tassā rattiyā accayena āsanaṭṭhānaṃ alaṅkārāpetvā mahārahāni āsanāni paññāpetvā gandhadhūmavāsakusumavicitramahāpūjaṃ sajjetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi.
[page 200]
200 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.4.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena vuttaṃ: atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā accayena --pe-- niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto tattha agamāsi. tena vuttaṃ: atha kho bhagavā --pe-- nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā 'ti.
atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghan ti, buddhapamukhan ti buddhaparināyakaṃ buddhaṃ saṅghattheraṃ katvā nisinnan ti vuttaṃ hoti. paṇītenā 'ti uttamena. sahatthā ti sahatthena. santappetvā ti suṭṭhu tappetvā, paripuṇṇaṃ suhitaṃ yāvadatthaṃ katvā. sampavāretvā ti suṭṭhu pavāretvā alaṃ alan ti hatthasaññāya mukhasaññāya vacībhedena ca paṭikkhipāpetvā. bhūttāvin ti bhuttavantaṃ. oṇītapattapāṇin ti pattato oṇītapāṇiṃ, apaṇītahatthan ti vuttaṃ hoti. ticīvarena acchādesīti ticīvaraṃ bhagavato adāsi, idaṃ pana vohāravacanamattaṃ hoti ticīvarena acchādesīti. tasmim ticīvare ekameko sāṭako sahassaṃ agghati, iti brāhmaṇo bhagavato tisahassagghaṇakaṃ ticīvaram adāsi uttamaṃ Kāsikavatthasadisaṃ. ekamekañ ca bhikkhuṃ ekamekena dussayugenā 'ti ekamekena dussayugalena, tatra ekasāṭako pañcasatāni agghati, evaṃ pañcannam bhikkhusatānaṃ pañcasatasahassagghaṇakāni dussāni adāsi. brāhmaṇo ettakam pi datvā atuṭṭho puna sattaṭṭhasahassagghaṇake anekarattakambale ca pattuṇṇapaṭṭapaṭe ca phāletvā āyogāṃsavaṭṭakakāyabandhanaparissāvanādīnaṃ atthāya adāsi, satapākasahassapākānañ ca bhesajjatelānaṃ tumbāni pūretvā ekamekassa bhikkhuno abbhañjanatthāya sahassagghaṇakaṃ telam adāsi. kiṃ bahunā catusu paccayesu na koci parikkhāro samaṇaparibhogo adinno nāma ahosi,
[page 201]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.4.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 201
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pāḷiyam pana cīvaramattam eva vuttaṃ. evaṃ mahāyāgaṃ yajitvā saputtadāraṃ vanditvā nisinnaṃ atha kho bhagavā Verañjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ temāsaṃ mārāvaṭṭanena dhammasavaṇāmatarasaparibhogā parihīnaṃ ekadivasen' eva dhammāmatavassaṃ vaetvā par pṇasaṅkappaṃ kurumāno dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā---pe---uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. brāhmaṇo pi saputtadāro 'va bhagavantañ ca bhikkhusaṅghañ ca vanditvā, puna pi bhante amhākaṃ anuggahaṃ kareyyāthā 'ti evam ādīni vadanto anupajjitvā assūni pavattayamāno nivatti. atha kho bhagavā Verañjāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yathājjhāsayaṃ yathārucitaṃ vāsaṃ vasitvā Verañjāya nikkhamitvā mahāmaṇḍalacārikācaraṇakāle gantabbaṃ buddhavīthiṃ pahāya dubbhikkhadosena kilantaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ujunā 'va maggena gahetvā gantukāmo Soreyyādīni anupagamma Payāgapatiṭṭhānaṃ gantvā tattha Gaṅgānadiṃ uttaritvā yena Bārāṇasī tad avasari. tena avasari tad avasari. tatrāpi yathājjhāsayaṃ yathārucitaṃ vā viharitvā Vesāliṃ agamasi. tena vuttaṃ: anupagamma Soreyyaṃ --pe-- Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane Kūṭāgārasālāyan ti. ||4||
Samantapāsādikāya vinayasaṃvaṇṇanāya Verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
tatr' īdaṃ Samantapāsādikāya Samantapāsādikattasmiṃ:--ācariyaparamparato, nidānavatthuppabhedadīpanato, parasamayavivajjanato, sakasamayavisuddhito c' eva, vyañjanaparisodhanato, padatthato, pāḷiyojanakkamato, sikkhāpadanicchayato, vibhaṅganayabhedadassanato, sampassataṃ na dissati kiñci apāsādikaṃ yato ettha, viññūnam ayaṃ tasmā Samantapāsādikā tv' eva.
[page 202]
202 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.1.)
saṃvaṇṇanā pavattā vinayassa vineyyadamanakusalena, vuttassa lokanāthena lokam anukampamānenā 'ti.
ito paraṃ tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyā avidūre ti ādi yebhūyyena uttānatthaṃ, tasmā anupadavaṇṇanaṃ pahāya yattha yattha vattabbaṃ atthi, taṃ, tadeva vaṇṇayissāma.
Kalandagāmo ti kalandakā vuccanti kāḷakā tesaṃ vasena laddhanāmo gāmo. Kalandaputto ti gāmavasena laddhanāmassa rājasammatassa cattāḷīsakoṭivibhavassa Kalandaseṭṭhino putto. yasmā pana tasmiṃ gāme aññe pi Kalandanāmakā manussā atthi tasmā Kalandaputto ti vatvā puna seṭṭhiputto ti vuttaṃ. sambahulehīti bahulakehi. sahāyakehīti sukhadukkhāni saha āyanti upagacchantīti sahāyā, sahāyā eva sahāyakā, tehi sahāyakehi. saddhin ti ekato.
kenacid eva karaṇīyenā 'ti kenacid eva bhaṇḍapayojanauddhārasāraṇādinā kiccena, kattikanakkhattakīḷākiccenā 'ti pi vadanti, bhagavā hi kattikajuṇhapakkhe Vesāliṃ sampāpuṇi. kattikanakkhattakīḷā c' ettha uḷālā hoti tad atthaṃ gato ti veditabbo. addasa kho ti kathaṃ addasa. so kira nagarato bhuttapātarāsaṃ suddhuttarāsaṅgaṃ mālāgandhavilepanahatthaṃ buddhadassanatthaṃ dhammasavaṇatthañ ca nikkhamantaṃ mahājanaṃ disvā kuhiṃ gacchathā 'ti pucchi. buddhadassanatthaṃ dhammasavaṇatthañ cā 'ti.
tena hi aham pi gacchāmīti gantvā catubbidhāya parisāya parivūtaṃ brahmassarena dhammaṃ desentaṃ bhagavantaṃ addasa. tena vuttaṃ addasa kho --pe-- desentan ti. disvān' assā 'ti disvāna assa. etad ahosīti pubbe katapuññatāya codiyamānassa bhabbakulaputtassa etaṃ ahosi. kim ahosi.
yan nūnāham pi dhammaṃ suṇeyyan ti, tattha yan nūnā 'ti parivitakkadassanam etaṃ, evaṃ kira 'ssa parivitakko uppanno yam ayaṃ parisā ekaggacittā dhammaṃ suṇāti, aho vatāham pi taṃ suṇeyyan ti.
[page 203]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 203
atha kho Sudinno Kalandaputto yena sā parisā ti, idha kasmā yena bhagavā ti avatvā yena sā parisā ti vuttaṃ ti ce, bhagavantaṃ hi parivāretvā uḷāruḷārajanā mahatiparisā nisinnā, tatra na sakkā iminā pacchā āgatena bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā nisīdituṃ, parisāya pana ekasmiṃ padese sakkā ti so taṃ parisaṃ yeva upasaṅkanto, tena vuttaṃ atha kho Sudinno Kalandaputto yena sā parisāti. ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho Sudinnassa Kalandaputtassa etad ahosīti na nisinnamattass' eva ahosi, atha kho bhagavato sikkhāttayūpasaṃhitaṃ thokaṃ dhammakathaṃ sutvā, taṃ pan' assa yasmā ekamantaṃ nisinnass' eva ahosi, tena vuttaṃ ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho Sudinnassa Kalandaputtassa etad ahosīti. kiṃ ahosīti. yathā yathā kho ti ādi, tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepakathā:
ahaṃ kho yena yena ākārena bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, tena tena me upaparikkhato evaṃ hoti yad etaṃ sikkhāttayabrahmacariyaṃ ekam pi divasaṃ akhaṇḍaṃ katvā carimakacittaṃ pāpetabbatāya ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ caritabbaṃ ekadivasam pi ca kilesamalena amalinaṃ katvā carimakacittaṃ pāpetabbatāya ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ likhitasaṅkhasadisaṃ dhotasaṅkhasappaṭibhāgaṃ caritabbaṃ, idaṃ na sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā agāramajjhe vasantena ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ --pe-- carituṃ, yan nūnāhaṃ kese ca massuñ ca ohāretvā kasāyarasapītatāya kāsāyāni brahmacariyaṃ carantānaṃ anucchavikāni vatthāni acchādetvā paridahitvā agāramhā nikkhamitvā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyyaṃ. ettha ca yasmā agārassa hitaṃ kasivaṇijjādikammaṃ agāriyan ti vuccati, tañ ca pabbajjāya n' atthi tasmā pabbajjā anagāriyā ti ñātabbā, taṃ anagāriyaṃ pabbajjaṃ. pabbajeyyan ti parivajeyyaṃ aciravuṭṭhitāya parisāya yena bhagavā ten' upasaṅkamīti Sudinno aciravuṭṭhitāya parisāya na bhagavantaṃ pabbajjaṃ yāci. kasmā.
[page 204]
204 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.1-2.)
tatrassa bahuñāti-sālohitā mittāmaccā santi. te: tvaṃ mātāpitunnaṃ ekaputtako na labbhā tayā pabbajituṃ ti bāhāyam pi gahetvā ākaḍḍheyyuṃ, tato pabbajjāya antarāyo bhavissatīti. sah' eva parisāya vuṭṭhahitvā thokaṃ gantvā puna kenaci sarīrakiccalesena nivattitvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma pabbajjaṃ yāci. tena vuttaṃ atha kho Sudinno Kalandaputto aciravuṭṭhitāya parisāya --pe-- pabbājetu maṃ bhagavā 'ti. bhagavā pana yasmā Rāhulakumārassa pabbajjato pabhūti mātāpitūhi ananuññātaṃ puttaṃ na pabbājeti, tasmā taṃ pucchi, anuññāto 'si pana tvaṃ Sudinna mātāpitūhi --pe-- pabbajjāyā 'ti. ||1|| ito paraṃ pāṭhānusāren' eva gantvā taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā ti ettha evam attho veditabbo: dhuranikkhepen' eva taṃ karaṇīyaṃ niṭṭhapetvā, na hi pabbajjāya tibbacchandassa bhaṇḍapayojanauddhārasāraṇādisu vā nakkhattakiḷāya vā cittaṃ namati. amma tātā 'ti ettha pana ammā 'ti mātaraṃ ālapati tātā ti pitaraṃ. tvaṃ kho 'sīti tvaṃ kho asi. ekaputtako ti eko 'va puttako añño te jeṭṭho vā kaniṭṭho vā n' atthi. ettha ca ekaputto ti vattabbe anukampāvasena ekaputtako ti vuttaṃ. piyo ti pītijanako. manāpo ti manavaḍḍhanako. sukhedhito ti sukhena edhito sukhasaṃvaḍḍhito ti attho. sukhaparibhaṭo ti sukhena paribhaṭo jātakālato pabhūti dhātīhi aṅkato aṅkaṃ haritvā dhāriyamāno assakarathakādīhi bālakīḷanakehi kīḷamāno sādurasabhojanaṃ bhojiyamāno sukhena paribhaṭo. na tvaṃ tāta Sudinna kiñci dukkhassa jānāsīti tvaṃ tāta Sudinna kiñci appamattakam pi kalabhāgaṃ dukkhassa na jānāsi, athavā kiñci dukkhena nānubhosīti attho. karaṇatthe sāmivacanaṃ anubhavanatthe ca jānanā, athavā kiñci dukkhaṃ na sarasīti attho. upayogathe sāmivacanaṃ saraṇatthe ca jānanā. vikappadvaye pi purimapadassa uttarapadena samānavibhattilopo daṭṭhabbo. taṃ sabbaṃ saddasatthānusārena ñātabbaṃ. maraṇena pi mayaṃ te akāmakā vinā bhavissāmā 'ti,
[page 205]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.2-3-4.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 205
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace pi tava amhesu jīvamānesu maraṇaṃ bhaveyya tena te maraṇena pi mayaṃ akāmakā anicchakā, na attano ruciyā vinā bhavissāma tayā viyogaṃ vā pāpuṇissāmā 'ti attho. kiṃ pana mayaṃ tan ti evaṃ sante kiṃ pana kiṃ nāma taṃ kāraṇaṃ yena mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissāma, athavā kiṃ pana mayaṃ tan ti, kena pana kāraṇena mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissāmā 'ti evam ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. tatth' evā 'ti yattha naṃ ṭhitaṃ mātāpitaro nānujāniṃsu tatth' eva ṭhāne. anantarahitāyā 'ti kenaci attharaṇena anatthattāya. paricārehīti gandhabbanaṭanāṭakādīhi paccupaṭṭhāpetvā tattha sahāyakehi saddhiṃ yathāsukhaṃ indriyāni cārehi sañcārehi ito c' ito ca upanehīti vuttaṃ hoti. athavā paricārehīti gandhabbanaṭanāṭakādīni paccupaṭṭhapetvā sahāyakehi saddhiṃ laḷa upalaḷa rama kīḷassū 'ti pi vuttaṃ hoti. kāme paribhuñjanto ti attano puttadārehi saddhiṃ bhoge bhunjanto. puññāni karonto ti buddhañ ca dhammañ ca saṅghañ ca ārabbha dānappadānādīni sugatimaggasaṃsodhakāni kusalakammāni karonto.
tuṇhī ahosīti kathānuppabandhavicchedanatthaṃ nirālāpasallāpo ahosi. ||2|| ath' assa mātāpitaro tikkhattuṃ vatvā paṭivacanam pi alabhamānā sahāyake pakkosāpetvā, esa vo sahāyako pabbajitukāmo nivāretha naṃ ti āhaṃsu.
te pi taṃ upasaṅkamitvā tikkhattuṃ avocuṃ, tesam pi tuṇhī ahosi. tena vuttaṃ atha kho Sudinnassa Kalandaputtassa sahāyakā --pe-- tuṇhī ahosīti. ||3|| ath' assa sahāyakānaṃ etad ahosi: sace ayaṃ pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno marissati, na koci guṇo bhavissati. pabbajitaṃ pana naṃ mātāpitaro pi kālena kālaṃ passissanti, mayam pi passissāma.
pabbajjā pi ca nām' esā bhāriyā, divase divase mattikāpattaṃ gahetvā piṇḍāya caritabbaṃ ekaseyyā ekabhattaṃ brahmacariyaṃ atidukkaraṃ ayañ ca sukhumālo nāgariyajātiyo so taṃ asakkonto na cirass' eva āgamissati, hand' assa mātāpitaro anujānāpemā 'ti te tathā akaṃsu;
[page 206]
206 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.4.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] mātāpitaro pi naṃ anujāniṃsu. tena vuttaṃ atha kho Sudinnassa Kalandaputtassa sahāyakā yena Sudinnassa Kalandaptassa mātāpitaro --pe-- anuññāto 'si mātāpitūhi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. haṭṭho ti tuṭṭho. udaggo ti pītivasena abbhunnatakāyacitto. katipāhan ti katipayāni divasāni.
balaṃ gāhetvā ti sappāyabhojanāni bhuñjanto ucchādananahānādīhi ca kāyaṃ pariharanto kāyabalaṃ janetvā.
mātāpitaro vanditvā assumukhaṃ ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya yena bhagavā ten' upasaṅkami --pe-- pabbājetu maṃ bhante bhagavā 'ti. bhagavā samīpe ṭhitaṃ aññataraṃ piṇḍacārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi: tena hi bhikkhu Sudinnaṃ pabbājehi c' eva upasampādehi cā 'ti. sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā Sudinnaṃ Kalandaputtaṃ Jinadattiyaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ laddhā pabbājesi c' eva upasampādesi ca. tena vuttam: alattha kho Sudinno Kalanda putto bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ alattha upampadan ti.
ettha pana ṭhatvā sabbāṭṭhakathāsu pabbajjā ca upasampadā ca kathitā, mayaṃ pana yathā ṭhitapāḷivasen' eva Khandhake kathayissāma. na kevalañ c' etaṃ aññam pi yaṃ Khandhake vā Parivāre vā kathetabbaṃ aṭṭhakathācariyehi Vibhaṅge kathitaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ tattha tatth' eva kathayissāma. evaṃ hi kathīyamāne pāḷikkamen' eva vaṇṇanā katā hoti. tato tena tena vinicchayena atthikānaṃ pāḷikkamen' eva imaṃ vinayasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ oloketvā, so so vinicchayo suviññeyyo bhavissatīti. acirūpasampanno ti aciraṃ upasampanno hutvā, upasampadato na cirakālen' evā 'ti vuttaṃ hoti.
evarūpe ti evaṃ-vidhe evaṃ-jātike. dhutaguṇe ti kilesaniddhunanake guṇe. samādāya vattatīti samādiyitvā gaṇhitvā vattati carati viharati. āraññiko hotīti gāmantasenāsanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā āraññakadhutaṅgavasena araññavāsiko hoti.
piṇḍapātiko ti atirekalābhapaṭikkhepena cuddasabhattāni paṭikkhipitvā piṇḍapātiyadhutaṅgavasena piṇdapātiko hoti.
[page 207]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.4-5.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 207
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] paṃsukūliko ti gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhipitvā paṃsukūlikadhutaṅgavasena paṃsukūliko hoti. sapadānacāriko ti loluppacāraṃ paṭikkhipitvā sapadānacāriyadhutaṅgavasena sapadānacāriko hoti, gharapaṭipāṭiyā bhikkhāya pavisati. Vajjigāman ti Vajjīnaṃ vā gāmaṃ Vajjīsu vā gāmaṃ.
||4|| aḍḍhā mahaddhanā ti ādisu upabhogaparibhogūpakaraṇamahantatāya aḍḍhā ye hi tesaṃ upabhogāyāni ca upabhogūpakaraṇāni tāni mahantāni bahulāni sārakānīti vuttaṃ hoti. nidhetvā ṭhapitadhanamahantatāya mahaddhanā.
mahābhogā ti divasaparibbayasaṃkhātabhogamahantatāya mahābhogā. aññehi upabhogehi jātarūparajatass' eva pahūtatāya pahūtajātarūparajatā. alaṃkārabhūtassa vittūpakaraṇassa pītipāmujjakaraṇassa pahūtatāya pahūtavittūpakaraṇā. vohāravasena parivattentassa dhanadhaññassa pahūtatāya pahūtadhanadhaññā ti veditabbā.
senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā ti senāsanaṃ paṭisāmetvā; yathā na vinassati tathā naṃ suṭṭhu ṭhapetvā ti attho. saṭṭhimatte thālipāke ti gaṇanaparicchedato saṭṭhi thālipāke, ekameko c' ettha thālipāko dasannaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhattaṃ gaṇhāti.
taṃ sabbam pi channaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ bhattaṃ hoti.
bhattābhihāraṃ abhihariṃsū 'ti ettha abhiharīyatīti abhihāro, kiṃ abhiharīyati, bhattaṃ; bhattam eva abhihāro bhattābhihāro, taṃ bhattābhihāraṃ, abhihariṃsū'ti abhimukhā hariṃsu. tassa santikaṃ gantvā agamaṃsū'ti attho. etassa kim pamāṇan ti saṭṭhithālipākā. tena vuttam saṭṭhimatte thālipāke bhattābhihāraṃ abhihariṃsū 'ti. bhikkhūnaṃ vissajjetvā ti sayaṃ ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātikattā sapadānacāraṃ caritukāmo bhikkhūnaṃ paribhogatthāya pariccajitvā datvā.
ayaṃ hi āyasmā bhikkhū ca lābhaṃ lacchanti ahañ ca piṇḍakena na kilamissāmīti, etad attham eva āgato. tasmā attano āgamanānurūpaṃ karonto bhikkhūnaṃ vissajjetvā sayaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
[page 208]
208 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.5-6.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||5|| ñātidāsīti ñātakānaṃ dāsi. ābhidosikan ti pārivāsikaṃ ekarattātikkantaṃ pūtibhūtaṃ. tatrāyaṃ padattho: pūtibhāvadosena abhibhūto ti abhidoso, abhidoso 'va ābhidosiko, ekarattātikkantassa vā nāmaṃ saññā esā yadidaṃ ābhidosiko ti taṃ ābhidosikaṃ kummāsan ti yavakummāsaṃ. chaḍḍetukāmā hotīti yasmā antamaso dāsakammakarānam pi gorūpānam pi aparibhogāraho tasmā taṃ kacavaraṃ viya bahi chaḍḍetukāmo hoti. sacetan ti sace etaṃ. bhaginīti ariyavohārena ñātidāsiṃ ālapati. chaḍḍaniyadhamman ti chaḍḍetabbasabhāvaṃ. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti:
bhagini sace etaṃ bahi chaḍḍaniyadhammaṃ nissaṭṭhapariggahaṃ idha me patte ākirā 'ti. kiṃ pana evaṃ vattuṃ labbhati viññatti vā payuttavācā vā na hotīti. na hoti.
kasmā. nissaṭṭhapariggahattā. yaṃ hi chaḍḍaniyadhammaṃ nissaṭṭhapariggahaṃ yattha sāmikā anālayā honti taṃ sabbaṃ detha āharatha idha ākirathā 'ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
tathā hi aggāriyavaṃsiko āyasmā Raṭṭhapālo pi chaḍḍaniyadhammaṃ kummāsaṃ idha me patte ākirā 'ti avaca. tasmā yaṃ evarūpaṃ chaḍḍaniyadhammaṃ aññaṃ vā apariggahītaṃ vanamūlaphalabhesajjādikaṃ sabbaṃ yathāsukhaṃ āharāpetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. na kukkuccāyitabbaṃ. hatthānan ti bhikkhāgahaṇatthaṃ pattaṃ upanāmayato maṇibandhato pabhuti dvinnam pi hatthānaṃ. pādānan ti nivāsanantato paṭṭhāya dvinnam pi pādānaṃ. sarassā 'ti sacetaṃ bhaginīti vācaṃ nicchārayato sarassa ca. nimittaṃ aggahesīti gihīkāle sallakkhitapubbaṃ ākāraṃ aggahesi sañjāni sallakkhesi. Sudinno hi bhagavato dvādasame vasse pabbajito vīsatime vasse ñātikulaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho, sayaṃ pabbajjāya aṭṭhavassiko hutvā; tena naṃ sā ñātidāsī disvā 'va na sañjāni, nimittaṃ pana aggahesīti. Sudinnassa mātaraṃ etad avocā 'ti atigarunāmapabbajjūpagatena sāmiputtena saddhiṃ:
[page 209]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.6.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 209
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tvaṃ nu kho me bhante ayyo Sudinno ti, ādivacanaṃ vattuṃ avisahantī vegena gharaṃ pavisitvā Sudinnassa mātaraṃ etaṃ avoca. yagghe ti ārocaṇatthe nipāto. sace je saccan ti ettha je ti ālapane nipāto, evaṃ hi tasmiṃ dese dāsijanaṃ ālapanti, tasmā: hambho dāsi sace saccaṃ bhaṇasīti evam ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. aññataraṃ kuḍḍamūlan ti tasmiṃ kira dese dānapatīnaṃ gharesu sālā honti āsanāni c' ettha paññattāni honti, upaṭṭhāpitaṃ udakakañjiyaṃ; tattha pabbajitā piṇḍāya caritvā nisīditvā bhuñjanti. sace icchanti dānapatīnam pi santakaṃ gaṇhanti.
tasmā tam pi aññatarassa kulassa īdisāya sālāya aññataraṃ kuḍḍamūlan ti veditabbaṃ. na hi pabbajitā kapaṇamanussā viya asāruppe ṭhāne nisīditvā bhuñjantīti. atthi nāma tātā 'ti ettha atthīti vijjamānatthe; nāmā 'ti pucchanatthe maññanatthe ca nipāto. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti: atthi nu kho tāta Sudinna amhākaṃ dhanaṃ, na mayaṃ niddhanā ti vattabbā, yesaṃ no tvaṃ īdise ṭhāne nisīditvā ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ bhuñjissasi tathā atthi nu kho tāta Sudinna amhākaṃ jīvitaṃ, na mayaṃ matā ti vattabbā, yesaṃ no tvaṃ īdise ṭhāne nisīditvā ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjissasi.
tathā atthi maññe tāta Sudinna tava abbhantare sāsanaṃ nissāya paṭiladdho samaṇaguṇo yaṃ tvaṃ subhojanarasasaṃvaḍḍhito pi imaṃ jigucchanīyaṃ ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ amatam iva nibbikāro paribhuñjissasīti. so pana gahapati dukkhābhituṇṇatāya etam atthaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā vattum asakkonto atthi nāma tāta Sudinna ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjissasīti ettakam eva avoca. akkharacintakā pan' ettha imaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ vadanti: anokappanāmarisanatthavasena etaṃ atthi nāma sadde upapade paribhuñjissasīti anāgatavacanaṃ kataṃ. tassāyam attho: atthi nāma --pe-- paribhuñjissasīti idaṃ paccakkham pi ahaṃ na saddahāmi na parisayāmīti.
[page 210]
210 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.6-7.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tatrāyaṃ ābhidosiko ti tato tava gehato ayaṃ ābhidosiko kummāso laddho ti attho.
tato 'yan ti pi pāṭho. tadāyan ti pi paṭhanti taṃ na sundaraṃ.
yena sakapitu nivesanan ti yena sakassa pitu attano pitu nivesanan ti attho. thero pitari pemen' eva subbaco hutvā agamāsi. adhivāsesīti thero ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātiko pi samāno sace ekabhattam pi na gahessāmi ativiya nesaṃ domanassaṃ bhavissatīti ñātīnaṃ anukampāya adhivāsesi. opuñjāpetvā ti upalimpāpetvā. ekaṃ hiraññassā 'ti ettha hiraññan ti kahāpaṇo veditabbo. puriso ti na atidīgho na atirasso majjhimappamāṇo veditabbo. tirokaraṇīyan ti karaṇatthe bhummaṃ; sāṇipākārena parikkhipitvā ti attho. athavā tirokaronti etenā 'ti tirokaraṇīyaṃ, taṃ parikkhipitvā samantato katvā ti attho. tena hīti yasmā ajja Sudinno āgamissati tena kāraṇena. hi iti padapūraṇatthe nipāto. tenā 'ti ayam pi uyyojanatthe nipāto yeva. ||6|| pubbaṇhasamayan ti ettha kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ kālārocanaṃ na vuttaṃ, atha kho ārocite yeva kāle agamāsīti veditabbo. idaṃ te tātā 'ti te dve puñje dassento āha. mātu iti janettiyā. mattikan ti mātito āgataṃ, idaṃ te mātāmahiyā mātu imaṃ gehaṃ āgacchantiyā dinnadhanan ti attho. itthikāya itthidhanan ti hīḷento āha, itthikāya nāma itthiparibhogānaṃ yeva nahānacuṇṇādīnaṃ atthāya laddhaṃ dhanaṃ kittakaṃ bhaveyya, tassa pi tāva parimāṇaṃ passa, athavā idaṃ te tāta Sudinna mātudhanaṃ tañ ca kho mattikaṃ na mayā dinnaṃ tava mātu yeva santakan ti vuttaṃ hoti. taṃ pan' etaṃ na kasiyā na vaṇijjāya sambhataṃ, api ca itthikāya itthidhanaṃ yaṃ itthikāya ñātikulato sāmikulaṃ gacchantiyā laddhabbaṃ nahānacuṇṇādīnaṃ atthāya itthidhanaṃ, taṃ tāva ettakan ti evam p' ettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
[page 211]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.7.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 211
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] aññaṃ pettikaṃ aññaṃ pitāmahan ti yaṃ pana te pitu ca pitāmahānañ ca santakaṃ taṃ aññaṃ yeva nihitañ ca payuttañ ca ativiya bahu. ettha ca pitāmahan ti taddhitalopaṃ katvā veditabbaṃ, petāmahan ti vā pāṭho. labbhā tāta Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā ti tāta Sudinna uttamaṃ ariyadhajaṃ pabbajitaliṅgam pahāya hīnāya gihībhāvāya āvattitvā labbhā bhogā bhuñjituṃ, nālabbhanti, na tvaṃ rājabhīto pabbajito na iṇāyikehi paḷibuddho hutvā 'ti. tāta na ussahāmīti ettha pana tātā 'ti vacanaṃ gehasitapemena āha na samaṇatejena, na ussahāmīti na sakkomi, na visahāmīti na ppahomi na samattho 'mhi. vadeyyāma kho taṃ gahapatīti idaṃ pana vacanaṃ samaṇatejen' āha. nātikaḍḍheyyasīti yaṃ te mayi pemaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ taṃ kodhavasena na atikaḍḍheyyāsi, sace na kujjheyyāsīti vuttaṃ hoti.
tato seṭṭhi, putto me saṅgahaṃ maññe kattukāmo ti udaggacitto āha: vadehi tāta Sudinnā 'ti. tena hīti uyyojanatthe vibhattipatirūpako nipāto. tato nidānan ti taṃ nidānaṃ taṃ hetukan ti paccattavacanassa to ādeso veditabbo, samāso c' assa tolopābhāvo. bhayaṃ vā ti kinti me bhoge n' eva rājāno hareyyun ti ādinā nayena vuttaṃ rājādibhayaṃ cittutrāso ti attho. chambhitattan ti rājūhi vā corehi vā dhanaṃ dehīti kammakāraṇaṃ kāriyamānassa kāyiñjanaṃ kāyakampo hadayamaṃsacalanaṃ. lomahaṃso ti uppanne bhaye lomānaṃ haṃsanaṃ uddhaggabhāvo. ārakkho ti anto ca bahi ca rattiñ ca divā ca ārakkhaṇaṃ. tena hi vadhū 'ti seṭṭhi gahapati dhanaṃ dassetvā puttaṃ attano gihībhāvatthāya palobhetuṃ asakkonto mātugāmasadisaṃ dāni purisānaṃ bandhanaṃ n' atthīti maññitvā tassa purāṇadutiyikaṃ āmantesi tena hi vadhū 'ti. purānadutiyikan ti purānaṃ dutiyikaṃ pubbe gihīkāle dutiyikaṃ gehasitasukhūpabhogasahāyikaṃ. bhūtapubbabhariyan ti attho. tena hī ti yena kāraṇena mātugāmasadisaṃ bandhanaṃ n' atthi. pādesu gahetvā ti pāde gahetvā;
[page 212]
212 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.7-8-9.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upayogatthe bhummavacanaṃ, pādesu vā naṃ gahetvā. kīdisā nāma tā ayyaputta accharāyo ti kasmā evam āha. tadā kira sambahule khattiyakumāre pi brāhmaṇakumāre pi seṭṭhiputte pi mahāsampattiyo pahāya pabbajante disvā pabbajjāguṇaṃ ajānantā kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpenti kasmā ete pabbajantīti. ath' aññe vadanti, devaccharānaṃ devanāṭakānaṃ kāraṇā ti. sā kathā vitthārikā ahosi. taṃ gahetvā ayaṃ evam āhā 'ti. thero taṃ paṭikkhipanto na kho ahaṃ bhaginīti āha. samudācaratīti voharati vadeti. tatth' eva mucchitā papatā ti taṃ bhaginivādena samudācarantaṃ disvā, anatthiko dāni mayā ayaṃ yo maṃ pajāpatiṃ samānaṃ attanā saddhiṃ ekamātukucchiyā sayitadārikaṃ viya maññatīti samuppannabalavasokā hutvā tasmiṃ yeva padese mucchitā papatā, patitā ti attho. ||7||
mā no viheṭhayitthā 'ti mā amhe dhanaṃ dassetvā mātugāmañ ca uyyojetvā viheṭhayittha; vihesā h' esā pabbajitānan ti.
tena hi tāta Sudinna bījakam pi dehīti ettha tena hīti abhiratiyaṃ uyyojeti. sace tvaṃ abhirato brahmacariyaṃ carasi, cara. ākāse nisīditvā parinibbāyitā hoti. amhākaṃ pana kulavaṃsabījakaṃ ekaṃ puttaṃ dehi. mā no aputtakaṃ sāpateyyaṃ Licchaviyo atiharāpeyyun ti mayaṃ hi Licchavīnaṃ gaṇarājūnaṃ rajje vasāma, te te pituno accayena imaṃ sāpateyyaṃ evaṃ mahantaṃ vibhavaṃ aputtakaṃ kuladhanaṃ rakkhaṇakena puttena virahitaṃ attano rājantepuraṃ atiharāpessanti; taṃ te mā atiharāpesuṃ, mā atiharāpentū 'ti. ||8|| etaṃ kho me amma sakkā kātun ti, kasmā evam āha.
so kira cintesi etesaṃ sāpateyyassa aham eva sāmi añño n' atthi. te maṃ sāpateyyarakkhaṇatthāya niccaṃ anubandhissanti, tenāhaṃ na lacchāmi appossukko samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ, puttakaṃ pana labhitvā oramissanti, tato ahaṃ yathāsukhaṃ sumaṇadhammaṃ karissāmīti iti imaṃ nayaṃ passanto evam āhā 'ti.
[page 213]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.9.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 213
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pupphan ti utukāle uppannalohitassa nāmaṃ. mātugāmassa hi utukāle gabbhapatiṭṭhānaṭṭhāne lohitavaṇṇā piḷakā saṇṭhahitvā sattadivasāni vaḍḍhitvā bhijjanti, tato lohitaṃ paggharati; tass' etaṃ nāmaṃ pupphan ti. tam pana yāva balavaṃ hoti bahuṃ paggharati, tāva dinnā pi paṭisandhi na tiṭṭhati, dosen' eva saddhiṃ paggharati, dose pana paggharite suddhe vatthumhi dinnā paṭisandhi khippaṃ patiṭṭhāti. pupphaṃsā uppajjīti pupphaṃ assā uppajji; akāralopena saddhiṃ saṃyogalopo. purāṇadutiyikāya bāhāyaṃ gahetvā ti purāṇadutiyikāya yā bāhā tatra naṃ gahetvā ti attho. appaññatte sikkhāpade ti paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpade aṭṭhapite. bhagavato kira paṭhamabodhiyaṃ vīsativassāni bhikkhū cittam ārādhayiṃsu, na evarūpaṃ ajjhācāram akaṃsu, taṃ sandhāy' eva idaṃ suttam āha:
ārādhayiṃsu vata me bhikkhave bhikkhū ekaṃ samayaṃ cittan ti. atha bhagavā ajjhācāraṃ apassanto pārājikaṃ vā saṅghādisesaṃ vā na paññāpesi. tasmiṃ tasmiṃ pana vatthusmiṃ avasese pañcakhuddakāpattikkhandhe 'va paññapesi. tena vuttaṃ appaññatte sikkhāpade ti. anādīnavadasso ti yaṃ bhagavā idāni sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpento ādīnavaṃ dasseti taṃ apassanto anavajjasaññī hutvā, sace hi ayaṃ idaṃ na karaṇīyan ti vā mūlacchejjāya vā saṃvattatīti jāneyya saddhāpabbajito kulaputto tato nidānaṃ jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpuṇanto pi na kareyya. ettha pana ādīnavaṃ apassanto niddosasaññī ahosi. tena vuttaṃ anādīnavadasso ti. purāṇadutiyikāyā 'ti bhummavacanaṃ abhiviññāpesīti pavattesi. pavattanāpi hi kāyaviññatticopanato viññāpaṇā ti vuccati. tikkhattum abhiviññāpaṇaṃ c' esa gabbhasaṇṭhānasanniṭṭhānatthaṃ akāsīti veditabbo.
sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhīti sā ca ten' eva ajjhācārena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi, na aññathā. kim pana aññathāpi gabbhagahaṇaṃ hotīti.
[page 214]
214 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.9.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] hoti. kathaṃ. kāyasaṃsaggena coḷagahaṇena asucipānena nābhiparāmasanena rūpadassanena saddena gandhena. itthiyo hi ekaccā utusamaye chandarāgarattā purisānaṃ hatthagāhaveṇigāhāṅgapaccaṅgaparāmasanaṃ sādiyantiyo pi gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. evaṃ kāyasaṃsaggena gabbhagahaṇaṃ hoti. Udāyittherassa pana purāṇadutiyikā bhikkhunī taṃ asuciṃ ekadesaṃ mukhena aggahesi ekadesaṃ coḷaken' eva saddhim aṅgajāte pakkhipi. sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. evaṃ coḷagahaṇena gabbhagahaṇaṃ hoti. Migasiṅgatāpasassa mātā migī utusamaye tāpasassa passāvaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā sa-sambhavaṃ passāvaṃ pivi. sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā Migasiṅgaṃ vijāyi. evaṃ asucipānena gabbhagahaṇaṃ hoti. Sāmassa pana bodhisattassa mātāpitunnaṃ cakkhuparihāniṃ ñatvā Sakko puttaṃ dātukāmo Dukulapaṇḍitaṃ āha: vaṭṭati tumhākaṃ methunadhammo ti.
anatthikā mayaṃ etena isipabbajjaṃ pabbajit' amhā 'ti.
tena hi imissā utusamaye aṅguṭṭhena nābhiṃ parāmaseyyathā 'ti. so tathā akāsi. sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā Sāmaṃ tāpasadārakaṃ vijāyi. evaṃ nābhiparāmasanena gabbhagahaṇaṃ hoti. eten' eva nayena Maṇḍavyassa ca Caṇḍapajjotassa ca vatthu veditabbaṃ. kathaṃ rūpadassanena hoti.
idh' ekaccā itthi utusamaye purisasaṃsaggaṃ alabhamānā chandarāgavasena antogehagatā 'va purisaṃ upanijjhāyati rājorodhā viya. sā tena gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti, evaṃ rūpadassanena gabbhagahaṇaṃ hoti. balākāsu pana puriso nāma n' atthi, tā utusamaye meghasaddaṃ sutvā gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti.
kukkuṭiyo pi kadāci ekassa kukkuṭassa saddaṃ sutvā bahukāpi gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. tathā gāvī usabhassa. evaṃ saddena gabbhagahaṇaṃ hoti. gāvī eva kadāci usabhagandhena gabbhaṃ gaṇhanti. evaṃ ganhena gabbhagahaṇaṃ hoti.
idha panāyaṃ ajjhācārena gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ: mātāpitaro ca sannipatitā honti mātā ca utunī hoti gandhabbo ca paccupaṭṭhito hoti evaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sannipātā gabbhassāvakkanti hotīti.
[page 215]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.9-10.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 215
bhummā devā saddam anussāvesun ti yasmā n' atthi loke raho nāma pāpakammaṃ pakubbato sabbapaṭhamaṃ hi 'ssa taṃ pāpaṃ attā jānāti, tato ārakkhadevatā, ath' aññāpi paracittavidūniyo devatā. tasmāssa paracittavidū sakalavanasaṇḍanissitā bhummā devā taṃ ajjhācāraṃ disvā saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ, yathā aññe pi devā suṇanti tathā nicchāresuṃ.
kinti. nirabbudo vata bho --pe-- adīnavo uppādito ti, tass' attho Verañjakaṇḍe vuttanayen' eva veditabbo. bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā cātummahārājikā ti ettha pana bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ ākāsaṭṭhā devatā assosuṃ, ākāsaṭṭhānaṃ cātummahārājikā ti ayam anukkamo veditabbo. brahmakāyikā ti asaññasatte ca arūpāvacare ca ṭhapetvā sabbe pi brahmāno assosuṃ, sutvā 'va saddam anussāvesun ti veditabbo. iti ha tena khaṇenā 'ti evaṃ tena Sudinnassa ajjhācārakkhaṇena. tena muhuttenā 'ti ajjhācāramuhutten' eva. yāva brahmalokā ti yāva akaniṭṭhabrahmalokā.
abbhuggañchīti abhiuggañchī abbhūṭṭhāsi ekakolāhaḷam ahosīti. puttaṃ vijāyīti suvaṇṇabimbasadisaṃ pacchimabhavikasattaṃ janesi. Bījako ti nāmaṃ akaṃsū 'ti na aññaṃ nāmaṃ kātum adaṃsu, bījakam pi dehīti pitāmahiyā vuttabhāvassa pākaṭattā Bījako tv ev' assa nāmaṃ hotū 'ti Bījako ti nāmam akaṃsu. puttassa nāmavasen' eva ca mātāpitunnaṃ pi 'ssa nāmam akaṃsu. te aparena samayenā 'ti Bījakañ ca Bījakamātarañ ca sandhāya vuttaṃ. Bījakassa kira sattaṭṭhavassakāle tassa mātā bhikkhunīsu so ca bhikkhūsu pabbajitvā kalyāṇamitte upanissāya arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu. tena vuttaṃ: ubho agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā arahattaṃ sacchākaṃsū 'ti. ||9|| evaṃ mātāputtānaṃ pabbajjā saphalā ahosi. pitā pana vippaṭisārābhibhūto vihāsi. tena vuttaṃ:
atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa ahud eva kukkuccan ti ādi. tattha ahud evā 'ti ahu eva dakāro padasandhikaro, ahosi evā 'ti attho.
kukkuccan ti ajjhācārahetuko pacchānutāpo. vippaṭisāro ti pi tass' eva nāmaṃ;
[page 216]
216 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.10.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so hi viññūhi akattabbatāya kucchitakiriyabhāvato kukkuccaṃ; kataṃ ajjhācāraṃ nivattetuṃ asamatthatāya taṃ paṭicca virūpaṃ saraṇabhāvato vippaṭisāro ti vuccati. alābhā vata me ti mayhaṃ vata alābhā; ye jhānādīnaṃ; guṇānaṃ alābhā nāma te mayhaṃ na aññassā 'ti adhippāyo. na vata me lābhti ye pi me paṭiddhā pabbajjā saraṇagamanasikkhāsamādānaguṇā te pi n' eva mayhaṃ lābhā ajjhācāramalinattā. dulladdhaṃ vata me ti idaṃ sāsanaṃ laddham pi me dulladdhaṃ. na vata me suladdhan ti yathā aññesaṃ kulaputtānaṃ, evaṃ na vata me suladdhaṃ.
kasmā. so 'haṃ evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye --pe-- brahmacariyaṃ caritun ti. brahmacariyan ti sikkhāttayasaṅgahītamaggabrahmacariyaṃ. kiso ahosīti khādituṃ vā bhuñjituṃ vā asakkonto tanuko ahosi appamaṃsalohito. uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto ti sañjātuppaṇḍuppaṇḍukabhāvo paṇḍupalāsapaṭibhāgo. dhamanisanthatagatto ti pariyādinnamaṃsalohitattā sirājālen' eva santharitagatto. antomano ti anusocanavasena abbhantare yeva ṭhitacitto; hadayavatthuṃ nissāya vattanavasena pana sabbe pi antomanā yeva. līnamano ti uddese paripucchāya kammaṭṭhāne adhisīle adhicitte adhipaññāya vattapaṭivattapūraṇe ca nikkhittadhuro avipphāriko aññadatthukosajjavasen' eva līno saṃkucito mano assā 'ti līnamano. dukkhīti cetodukkhena dukkhī.
dummano ti dosena duṭṭhamano virūpamano vā domanassābhibhūtatāya. pajjhāyīti vippaṭisāravasena vahacchinno viya gadrabho taṃ taṃ cintayi. sahāyakā bhikkhū ti taṃ evam bhūtaṃ gaṇasaṅgaṇikāpapañcena vītināmentaṃ disvā yassa vissāsikā kathāphāsukā bhikkhū, te naṃ etad avocuṃ.
pīṇitindriyo ti pasādapatiṭṭhānokāsassa sampuṇṇattā paripuṇṇacakkhādi indriyo. so dāni tvan ti ettha dānīti nipāto, so pana tvan ti vuttaṃ hoti. kacci no tvan ti kacci nu tvaṃ.
[page 217]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.10.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇaṇā 217
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anabhirato ti ukkaṇṭhito gihībhāvaṃ patthayamāno ti attho. tasmā tam eva anabhiratiṃ paṭikkhipanto āha na kho ahaṃ āvuso anabhirato ti. adhikusalānaṃ pana dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya anabhirato vāhan ti. atthi me pāpaṃ kammaṃ katan ti mayā kataṃ ekaṃ pāpakammaṃ atthi upalabbhati saṃvijjati, niccakālaṃ abhimukhaṃ viya me tiṭṭhati. atha naṃ pakāsento purāṇadutiyikāyā 'ti ādim āha. alaṃ hi te āvuso Sudinna kukkuccāyā 'ti āvuso Sudinna tuyh' etaṃ pāpakammaṃ alaṃ samatthaṃ kukkuccāya; paṭibalaṃ kukkuccam uppādetun ti vuttaṃ hoti. yaṃ tvan ti ādimhi yena pāpena tvaṃ na sakkhissasi brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ taṃ te pāpaṃ alaṃ kukkuccāyā 'ti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo.
atha naṃ anusāsantā nanu āvuso bhagavatā ti ādim āhaṃsu.
tattha nanu iti anumatigahaṇatthe nipāto. anekapariyāyenā 'ti anekakāraṇena. virāgāyā 'ti virāgatthāya. no sarāgāyā 'ti no rāgena rañjanatthāya, bhagavatā hi imaṃ me dhammaṃ sutvā sattā sabbabhavabhogesu virajjissanti no rajjissantīti, etadatthāya dhammo desito ti adhippāyo. esa nayo sabbapadesu. idam pan' ettha pariyāyavacanamattaṃ. visaṃyogāyā 'ti kilesehi visaṃyujjanatthāya. no saṃyogāyā 'ti na saṃyujjanatthāya. anupādānāyā 'ti agahaṇatthāya. no savupādānāyā 'ti na saṅgahaṇatthāya. tattha nāma tvan ti tasmiṃ nāma tvaṃ. sarāgāya cetessasīti sarāgena vattamānāya methunadhammāya cetessasi kappessasi pakappessasi, etadatthaṃ vāyamissatīti attho. esa nayo sabbattha. puna rāgavirāgādīni navapadāni nibbattitalokuttaranibbānam eva sandhāya vuttāni. tasmā rāgavirāgāyā 'ti vā madanimmadanāyā 'ti vā vutte pi nibbānatthāyā 'ti evam ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. nibbānaṃ hi yasmā taṃ āgamma ārabbha paṭicca rāgo virajjati na hoti tasmā rāgavirāgo ti vuccati. yasmā pana taṃ āgamma mānamadapurisamadādayo madā nimmadā amadā honti vinassanti tasmā madanimmadanan ti vuccati.
[page 218]
218 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.10-11.)
yasmā vā taṃ āgamma sabbāpi kāmapipāsā vinayaṃ abbhatthaṃ yāti tasmā pipāsavinayo ti vuccati. yasmā pana taṃ āgamma pañcakāmaguṇālayā samugghātaṃ gacchanti tasmā ālayasamugghāto ti vuccati. yasmā ca taṃ āgamma tebhūmakavaṭṭaṃ ucchijjati tasmā vaṭṭupacchedo ti vuccati.
yasmā pana taṃ āgamma sabbaso taṇhā khayaṃ gacchati virajjati nirujjhati ca tasmā taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho ti vuccati. yasmā pan' etaṃ catasso yoniyo pañcagatiyo sattaviññāṇaṭṭhitiyo navasattāvāse aparāparabhāvāya vinanato ābandhanato saṃsibbanato vānan ti laddhavohārāya taṇhāya nikkhantaṃ nissaṭaṃ visaṃyuttam tasmā nibbānan ti vuccatīti. kāmāṇaṃ pahāṇaṃ akkhātan ti vatthukāmānaṃ kilesakāmānañ ca pahāṇaṃ vuttaṃ. kāmasaññānaṃ pariññā ti sabbāsam pi kāmasaññānaṃ ñātatīraṇapahāṇavasena tividhā pariññā akkhātā. kāmapipāsānan ti kāmesu pātabyatānaṃ kāme vā pātumicchataṃ. kāmavitakkānan ti kāmūpasaṃhitānaṃ vitakkānaṃ. kāmapariḷāhānan ti pañcakāmaguṇikarāgavasena uppannapariḷāhānaṃ anto-dāhānaṃ. imesu pañcasu ṭhānesu kilesakkhayakaro lokuttaramaggo' va kathito. sabbapaṭhamesu pana tīsu ṭhānesu lokiyalokuttaramissako maggo kathito ti veditabbo. n' etaṃ āvuso ti etaṃ āvuso tava pāpaṃ kammaṃ na appasannānaṃ vā pasādaya evarūpānaṃ pasādatthāya na hoti. atha khv etan ti atha kho etaṃ, atha kho tan ti pi pāṭho. aññathattāyā 'ti pasādaññathābhāvāya vippaṭisārāya hoti; ye maggena anāgatasaddhā tesaṃ vippaṭisāraṃ karoti: īdise pi nāma dhammavinaye mayaṃ pasannā yatth' evaṃ duppaṭipannā bhikkhū ti. ye pana maggenāgatasaddhā tesaṃ Sineru viya vātehi acalo pasādo, īdisehi vatthūhi ito vā dāruṇatarehi. tena vuttam: ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā 'ti. ||10|| bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesun ti bhagavato etaṃ attham ācikkhiṃsu paṭivedayiṃsu, ārocayamānā ca n' eva piyakamyatāya, na bhedapurekkhāratāya,
[page 219]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.11.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 219
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na tass' āyasmato avaṇṇaṃ pakāsanatthāya, na kalisāsanaṃ āropaṇatthāya, nāpi idaṃ sutvā bhagavā imassa sāsane patiṭṭhānaṃ na dassati nikkaḍḍhāpessati nan ti maññamānā ārocesuṃ. atha kho imaṃ sāsane uppannaṃ abbudaṃ ñatvā bhagavā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessati velaṃ mariyādaṃ āṇaṃ ṭhapessatīti ārocesuṃ.
etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe ti ettha Sudinnassa ajjhācāravītikkamo sikkhāpadapaññattiyā kāraṇattā nidānañ c' eva pakaraṇañ cā 'ti vutto ti veditabbo. kāraṇaṃ hi yasmā nideti attano phalaṃ gaṇhatha nan ti dassentaṃ viya appeti, pakaro ti ca naṃ kattuṃ ārabhati karoti yeva vā, tasmā nidānañ c' eva pakaraṇañ cā 'ti vuccati. vigarahi buddho bhagavā ti buddho bhagavā vigarahi nindi, yathā taṃ vaṇṇāvaṇṇarahānaṃ vaṇṇañ ca avaṇṇañ ca bhaṇantesu aggapuggalo, na hi bhagavato sīlavītikkamakārakaṃ puggalaṃ disvā ayaṃ jātiyā vā gottena vā kolaputtiyena vā ganthena vā dhutaṅgena vā ñāto yasassī, īdisaṃ puggalaṃ rakkhituṃ vaṭṭatīti cittaṃ uppajjati. nāpi pesalaṃ guṇavantaṃ disvā tassa guṇaṃ paṭicchādetuṃ cittaṃ uppajjati. atha kho garahitabbaṃ garahati eva pasaṃsitabbañ ca pasaṃsati eva, ayañ ca garahitabbo. tasmā taṃ tādilakkhaṇe ṭhito avikampamānena cittena vigarahi buddho bhagavā ananucchaviyan ti ādīhi vacanehi. tatthāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā: yadidaṃ tayā moghapurisa tucchamanussa kammaṃ kataṃ taṃ samaṇakaraṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ maggaphalanibbānasāsanānaṃ vā ananucchavikaṃ, tesaṃ chaviṃ chāyaṃ sundarabhāvaṃ na anveti nānugacchati, atha kho ārakāva tehi. ananucchavikattā eva ca ananulomikaṃ tesaṃ ananulometi, atha kho vilomapaccanīkabhāve ṭhitaṃ; ananulomikattā eva ca appatirūpaṃ patirūpaṃ sadisaṃ paṭibhāgaṃ na hoti, atha kho asadisam appaṭibhāgam eva. appatirūpattā eva ca assāmaṇakaṃ samaṇānaṃ kammaṃ na hoti;
[page 220]
220 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.11.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] assāmaṇakattā akappiyaṃ, yaṃ hi samaṇakammaṃ na hoti taṃ tesaṃ na kappati. akappiyattā akaraṇīyaṃ, na hi samaṇā yaṃ na kappati taṃ karonti; tañ c' etaṃ tayā kataṃ tasmā: ananucchaviyaṃ te moghapurisa kataṃ --pe-- akaraṇīyan ti. kathaṃ hi nāmā 'ti kena nāma kāraṇena kiṃ nāma kāraṇaṃ passanto ti vuttaṃ hoti. tato kāraṇābhāvaṃ dassento parato nanu mayā moghapurisā ' ti ādim āha, taṃ sabbaṃ vuttattham eva. idāni yasmāyaṃ tena pāpaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ, taṃ vipaccamānaṃ ativiyadukkhavipākaṃ hoti, tasmāssa taṃ vipākaṃ dassetuṃ katāparādhaṃ viya puttaṃ anukampakā mātāpitaro dayālukena cittena Sudinnaṃ paribhāsanto varaṃ te moghapurisā 'ti ādim āha. tattha āsu sīghaṃ etassa visaṃ āgacchatīti āsiviso, ghoraṃ caṇḍam assa visan ti ghoraviso, tassa āsivisassa ghoravisassa pakkhittan ti etassa varan ti iminā sambandho.
īdisassa āsivisassa ghoravisassa mukhe aṅgajātaṃ varaṃ pakkhittaṃ; sace pakkhittaṃ bhaveyya varaṃ siyā sundaraṃ sādhu suṭṭhu siyā ti attho. na tv evā 'ti na tv eva varaṃ na sundaram eva na sādhum eva na suṭṭhum eva, esa nayo sabbattha. kaṇhasappassā 'ti kāḷasappassa. aṅgārakāsuyā ti aṅgārapuṇṇakūpe aṅgārarāsimhi vā. ādittāyā 'ti padittāya gahitaggivaṇṇāya. sampajjalitāyā 'ti samantato pajjalitāya acciyo muccantiyā. sajotibhūtāyā 'ti sappabhāya, samantato vuṭṭhitāhi jālāhi ekappabhāsamudayabhūtāyā 'ti vuttaṃ hoti. taṃ kissa hetū 'ti yaṃ mayā vuttaṃ varan ti taṃ kissa hetu katarena kāraṇenā 'ti ce. maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyyā 'ti yo tattha aṅgajātaṃ pakkhipeyya so maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya.
itonidānañ ca kho --pe-- uppajjeyā 'ti yaṃ idaṃ mātugāmassa aṅgajāte aṅgajātapakkhipaṇaṃ, itonidānaṃ tassa kārako puggalo nirayaṃ uppajjeyya. evaṃ kammassa mahāsāvajjataṃ passanto taṃ garahi na tassa dukkhāgamaṃ icchamāno. tattha nāma tvan ti tasmiṃ nāma evarūpe kamme evaṃ mahāsāvajje samāne pi tvaṃ.
[page 221]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.11.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇaṇā 221
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yaṃ tvan ti ettha yan ti hīḷanatthe nipāto, tvan ti taṃ-saddassa vevacanaṃ. dvīhi pi yaṃ vā taṃ vā hīḷitam avaññātan ti vuttaṃ hoti. asaddhamman ti asataṃ nīcajanānaṃ dhammaṃ; tehi sevitabban ti attho. gāmadhamman ti gāmānaṃ dhammaṃ; gāmavāsikamanussānaṃ dhamman ti vuttaṃ hoti. vasaladhamman ti pāpadhamme vassanti paggharantīti vasalā, tesaṃ vasalānaṃ hīnapurisānaṃ dhammaṃ; vasalaṃ vā kilesapaggharaṇakadhammaṃ. duṭṭhullan ti duṭṭhañ ca kilesasandūsi taṃ thūlañ ca asukhumaṃ anipunan ti vuttaṃ hoti. odakantikan ti udakakiccaṃ antikam avasānaṃ assā 'ti odakantiko taṃ odakantikaṃ. rahassan ti rahobhāvaṃ paṭicchanne okāse uppajjanakaṃ. ayaṃ hi dhammo jigucchanīyattā na sakkā āvi aññesaṃ dassanavisaye kātuṃ. tena vuttaṃ rahassan ti. dvayaṃ-dvayasamāpattin ti dvīhi dvīhi samāpajjitabbaṃ.
dvayaṃ dvayaṃ samāpattin ti pi pāṭho. dayaṃ-dayasamāpattin ti pi paṭhanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ. samāpajjissasīti etaṃ tattha nāma tvan ti ettha vuttanāmasaddena yojetabbaṃ, samāpajjissasi nāmā 'ti. bahuṅnaṃ kho --pe-- ādikattā pubbaṅgamo ti sāsanaṃ sandhāya vadati. imasmiṃ sāsane tvaṃ bahunnaṃ puggalānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ādikattā, sabbapaṭhamaṃ karaṇato pubbaṅgamo. sabbapaṭhamaṃ etaṃ maggaṃ paṭipannattā dvāraṃ-dado, upāyadassako ti vuttaṃ hoti. imaṃ hi lesaṃ laddhā tava anusikkhamānā bahupuggalā nānappakārake makkaṭiyā methunapatisevanādike akusaladhamme karissantīti ayam ettha adhippāyo. anekapariyāyenā 'ti imehi ananucchaviyan ti ādinā nayena vuttehi bahūhi kāraṇehi. dubharatāya --pe-- kosajjassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā ti dubharatādīnaṃ vatthubhūtassa asaṃvarassa avaṇṇaṃ nindaṃ garahaṃ bhāsitvā ti attho. yasmā hi asaṃvare ṭhitassa puggalassa attā dubharatañ c' eva dupposatañ ca āpajjati tasmā asaṃvaro dubharatā dupposatā ti ca vuccati. yasmā pana asaṃvare ṭhitassa attā catusu paccayesu mahicchataṃ Siṇeruppamāṇe pi ca paccaye laddhā asantuṭṭhitaṃ āpajjati tasmā asaṃvaro mahicchatā asantuṭṭhitā ti ca vuccati.
[page 222]
222 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.11.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yasmā ca asaṃvare ṭhitassa attā gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya c' eva kilesasaṅgaṇikāya ca saṃvattati kosajjānugato ca hoti aṭṭhakusītavatthupāripūriyā saṃvattati tasmā asaṃvaro saṅgaṇikā c' eva kosajjañ cā 'ti vuccati. subharatāya-pe-viriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā ti subharatādīnaṃ vatthubhūtassa saṃvarassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā ti attho. yasmā hi asaṃvaraṃ pahāya saṃvare ṭhitassa attā subharo hoti supposo, catusu paccayesu appicchataṃ nittaṇhabhāvaṃ āpajjati, ekam ekasmiñ ca paccaye yathālābha-yathābala-yathāsāruppavasena tippabhedāya santuṭṭhiyā sāṃvattati tasmā saṃvaro subharatā c' eva supposatā ca appiccho ca santuṭṭho cā 'ti vuccati. yasmā pana asaṃvaraṃ pahāya saṃvare ṭhitassa attā kilesānaṃ sallekhanatāya c' eva niddhunanatāya ca saṃvattati tasmā saṃvaro sallekho ca dhuto cā 'ti vuccati. yasmā ca asaṃvaraṃ pahāya saṃvare ṭhitassa attā kāyavācānaṃ apāsādikaṃ appasādanīyaṃ asantam asāruppaṃ kāyavacīduccaritaṃ cittassa apāsādikam appasādanīyaṃ asantam asāruppaṃ akusalavitakkattayañ ca anupagamma tabbiparītassa kāyavacīsucaritassa kusalavitakkattayass' eva ca pāsādikassa pasādanīyassa santassa sāruppassa pāripūriyā saṃvattati, tasmā saṃvaro pāsādiko ti vuccati. yasmā pana asaṃvaraṃ pahāya saṃvare ṭhitassa attā sabbakilesāpacayabhūtāya vivaṭṭāya aṭṭhaviriyārambhavatthupāripūriyā ca saṃvattati, tasmā saṃvaro apacayo c' eva viriyārambho cā 'ti vuccati. bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikan ti tattha sannipatitānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ idāni sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessati tassa anucchavikañ c' eva anulomikañ ca. yo vā ayaṃ subharatādīhi saṃvaro vutto tassa anucchavikañ c' eva anulomikañ ca saṃvarapahāṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ asuttantanibaddhaṃ pāḷivinimmuttaṃ okkantikadhammadesanaṃ katvā ti attho.
[page 223]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.11.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 223
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhagavā kira īdesesu ṭhānesu pañcavaṇṇakusumamālaṃ karonto viya ratanadāmaṃ sajjento viya ye paṭikkhipaṇādhippāyā asaṃvarābhiratā te samparāyikena vaṭṭabhayena tajjento anekappakārādīnavaṃ dassento ye sikkhākāmā saṃvare ṭhitā te appekacce arahatte patiṭṭhāpento appekacce anāgāmisakadāgāmisotāpattiphalesu upanissayavirahite pi saggamagge patiṭṭhāpento Dīghanikāyappamāṇam pi Majjhimanikāyappamāṇam pi dhammadesanaṃ karoti, taṃ sandhāy' etaṃ vuttaṃ: bhikkhūnaṃ tad anucchavikaṃ tad anulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā ti. tena hīti tena Sudinnassa ajjhācārena kāraṇabhūtena. sikkhāpadan ti ettha sikkhitabbā ti sikkhā, pajjate iminā ti padaṃ, sikkhāya padaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, sikkhāya adhigamūpāyo ti attho. athavā mūlaṃ nissayo patiṭṭhāti vuttaṃ hoti. methunaviratiyā methunasaṃvarass' etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. methunasaṃvaro hi tad aññesaṃ sikkhāsaṅkhātānaṃ sīlavipassanājhānamādhammānaṃ vtatthavasena padattā idha sikkhāpadan ti adhippeto. ayañ ca attho sikkhāpadavibhaṅge vuttanayen' eva veditabbo. api ca tass' atthassa dīpakaṃ vacanam pi sikkhāpadan ti veditabbaṃ. vuttam pi c' etaṃ: sikkhāpadan ti yo tattha nāmakāyo padakāyo niruttikāyo vyañjanakāyo ti. athavā yathā anabhijjhā dhammapadan ti vutte anabhijjhā eko dhammakoṭṭhāso ti attho hoti evam idhā pi sikkhāpadan ti sikkhākoṭṭhāso sikkhāya eko padeso ti pi attho veditabbo.
dasa atthavase paṭiccā 'ti dasakāraṇavase sikkhāpadapaññattihetuadhigamanīye hitavisese paṭicca āgamma ārabbha, dasannaṃ hitavisesānaṃ nipphattiṃ sampassamāno ti vuttaṃ hoti. idāni te dasa atthavase dassento saṅghasuṭṭhutāyā 'ti ādim āha. tattha saṅghasuṭṭhutā nāma saṅghassa suṭṭhubhāvo, suṭṭhu devā 'ti āgataṭṭhāne viya suṭṭhu bhante ti vacanasampaṭicchanabhāvo; yo ca tathāgatassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchati tassa taṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya hoti tasmā saṅghassa suṭṭhu bhante ti mama vacanaṃ sampaṭicchanatthaṃ paññapessāmi,
[page 224]
224 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.11.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] asampaṭicchane ādinavaṃ sampaṭicchane ca ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā, na balakkārena abhibhavitvā ti etam atthaṃ āvikaronto āha saṅghasuṭṭhutāyā 'ti. saṅghaphāsutāyā 'ti saṅghassa phāsubhāvāya sahajīvitāya sukhavihāratthāyā 'ti attho. dummaṅkūnam puggalānaṃ niggahāyā 'ti dummaṅkū nāma dussīlapuggalā, ye maṅkutaṃ āpādiyamānā pi dukkhena āpajjanti vītikkamaṃ karonto vā katvā vā na lajjanti tesaṃ niggahatthāya. tehi sikkhāpade asati kiṃ tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ kiṃ sutaṃ kiṃ amhehi kataṃ katamasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ katamaṃ āpattiṃ āropetvā amhe niggaṇhathā 'ti saṅghaṃ viheṭhessanti sikkhāpade pana sati tesaṃ saṅgho sikkhāpadaṃ dassetvā dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena niggahessati. tena vuttaṃ: dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyā 'ti. pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāyā 'ti pesalānaṃ piyasīlānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihāratthāya. piyasīlā hi bhikkhū kattabbākattabbaṃ sāvajjānavajjaṃ velaṃ mariyādaṃ ajānantā sikkhāttayapāripūriyā ghaṭamānā kilamanti sandiṭṭhamānā ubbāḷhā honti. kattabbākattabbaṃ pana sāvajjānavajjaṃ velaṃ mariyādañ ca ñatvā sikkhāttayapāripūriyā ghaṭantā na kilamanti sandiṭṭhamānā na ubbāḷhā honti, tena tesaṃ sikkhāpadapaññāpanaṃ phāsuvihārāya saṃvattati. yo vā dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggaho sv eva etesaṃ phāsuvihāro. dussīlapuggale nissāya hi uposatho tiṭṭhati pavāraṇā tiṭṭhati saṅghakammāni na ppavattanti sāmaggi na hoti, bhikkhū anekaggā uddesaparipucchākammaṭṭhānādīni anuyuṅjituṃ na sakkonti. dussīlesu pana niggahītesu sabbo pi ayaṃ upaddavo na hoti, tato pesalā bhikkhū phāsu viharanti.
evaṃ pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phāsuvihārāyā 'ti ettha dvidhā attho veditabbo.
[page 225]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.11.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 225
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāyā 'ti diṭṭhadhammikā āsavā nāma asaṃvare ṭhitena tasmiṃ yeva attabhāve pattabbā pāṇippahāradaṇḍappahārahatthacchedapādacchedākittiayasavippaṭisārādayo dukkhavisesā, iti imesaṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃvarāya pidhānāya āgamanamaggatthakanāyā 'ti attho. samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāyā 'ti samparāyikā āsavā nāma asaṃvare ṭhitena katapāpakammamūlakā samparāye narakādisu pattabbā dukkhavisesā, tesaṃ paṭighātatthāya paṭippassambhanatthāya vūpasamanatthāyā 'ti vuttaṃ hoti. appasannānaṃ vā pasādāyā 'ti sikkhāpadapaññattiyā hi sati sikkhāpadapaññattiṃ ñatvā vā yathā paññattaṃ paṭipajjamāne bhikkhū disvā vā ye pi appasannā paṇḍitamanussā te: yāni vata loke mahājanassa rajjanadussanamuyhanaṭṭhānāni tehi, ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā ārakā viratā viharanti, dukkaraṃ vata karonti bhāriyaṃ vata karontīti pasādaṃ āpajjanti, Vinayapiṭake potthakaṃ disvā micchādiṭṭhikativedi brāhmaṇo viya. tena vuttaṃ appasannānaṃ pasādāyā 'ti. pasannānaṃ bhīyyobhāvāyā 'ti ye pi sāsane pasannā kulaputtā te pi sikkhāpadapaññattiṃ vā yathā-paññattaṃ paṭipajjamāne bhikkhū vā disvā: aho ayyā dukkarakārino ye yāvajīvaṃ ekabhattaṃ brahmacariyaṃ vinayasaṃvaraṃ anupālentīti bhīyyo bhīyyo pasīdanti. tena vuttaṃ pasannānaṃ bhīyyobhāvāyā 'ti.
saddhammaṭṭhitiyā 'ti tividho saddhammo: pariyattisaddhammo paṭittisaddhammo adhigamasaddhammo 'ti. tattha piṭakattayasaṅgahītaṃ sabbam pi buddhavacanaṃ pariyattisaddhammo nāma, terasadhutaguṇā cuddasa khandhakavattāni dveasīti mahāvattāni sīlasamādhivipassanā ti ayaṃ paṭipattisaddhammo nāma, cattāro ariyamaggā cattāri ca sāmaññaphalāni nibbānañ cā 'ti ayaṃ adhigamasaddhammo nāma. so sabbo pi yasmā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā sati bhikkhū sikkhāpadañ ca tassa vibhaṅgañ ca tadatthajotanatthaṃ aññañ ca buddhavacanaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, yathāpaññattañ ca paṭipajjamānā paṭipattiṃ pūretvā paṭipattiyā adhigantabbaṃ lokuttaradhammaṃ adhigacchanti,
[page 226]
226 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.5.11.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tasmā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā ciraṭṭhitiko hoti. tena vuttaṃ saddhammaṭṭhitiyā 'ti. vinayānuggahāyā 'ti sikkhāpadapaññattiyā hi sati saṃvaravinayo ca pahāṇavinayo ca samathavinayo ca paññattivinayo cā 'ti catubbidho pi vinayo anuggahīto hoti upatthambhito sūpatthambhito. tena vuttaṃ vinayānuggahāyā 'ti. sabbān' eva cetāni padāni sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmīti iminā vacanena saddhiṃ yojetabbāni. tatrāyaṃ paṭhamapacchimapadayojanā: saṅghasuṭṭhutāya sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi vinayānuggahāya sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmīti.
api c' ettha yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu taṃ saṅghaphāsu, yaṃ saṅghaphāsu taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyā 'ti evaṃ saṅkhalikanayaṃ, yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu taṃ saṅghaphāsu yaṃ saṅghasuṭṭhu taṃ dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāyā 'ti evañ ca ekekapadamūlikaṃ dasakkhattuṃ yojanaṃ katvā, yaṃ vuttam Parivāre: [atthasataṃ dhammasataṃ dve ca niruttisatāni, cattāri ca ñāṇasatāni atthavase pakaraṇe ti,] taṃ sabbaṃ veditabbaṃ. taṃ pan' etaṃ yasmā Parivāre yeva āvibhavissati tasmā idha na vaṇṇitan ti. evaṃ sikkhāpadapaññattiyā ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā tasmiṃ sikkhāpade bhikkhūhi kattabbakiccaṃ dīpento: evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā 'ti āha. kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti.
bhikkhave imaṃ pana mayā iti sandassitānisaṃsaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ evaṃ Pātimokkhuddese uddiseyyātha ca pariyāpuṇeyyātha ca dhāreyyātha ca aññesañ ca vāceyyāthā 'ti.
atirekānayanattho hi ettha ca saddo tenāyam attho ānīto hotīti. idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ, imaṃ sikkhāpadan ti taṃ dassento yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ patiseveyya pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso ti āha. evaṃ mūlacchejjavasena daḷhaṃ katvā paṭhamapārājike paññatte aparam pi anuppaññattatthāya makkaṭīvatthuṃ udapādi. tassuppattidīpanattham etaṃ vuttaṃ: evañ c' idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hotīti. tass' attho bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ evaṃ paññattaṃ hoti ca idañ ca aññaṃ vatthuṃ udapādīti. paṭhamapaññattikathā niṭṭhitā. ||11||5||
[page 227]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.6.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 227
idāni yaṃ taṃ aññaṃ vatthuṃ uppannaṃ taṃ dassetuṃ tena kho pana samayenā 'ti ādim āha. tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanā. makkaṭiṃ āmisenā 'ti Mahāvane bhikkhūnaṃ khantimettādiguṇānubhāvena nirāsaṅkacittā bahū migamorakukkuṭamakkaṭādayo tiracchānā padhānāgāraṭṭhānesu vicaranti. tattha ekaṃ makkaṭiṃ āmisena yāgubhattakhajjakādinā upalāpetvā saṅgaṇhitvā ti vuttaṃ hoti. tassā 'ti bhummavacanaṃ. paṭisevatīti pacurapaṭisevano hoti pacuratthe vattamānavacanaṃ. so bhikkhū 'ti so methunadhammapaṭisevanako bhikkhu. senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā ti te bhikkhū āgantukā buddhadassanāya āgatā pāto 'va āgantukabhattāni labhitvā katabhattakiccā bhikkhūnaṃ nivāsanaṭṭhānāni passissāmā 'ti vicariṃsu, tena vuttaṃ senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā ti. yena te bhikkhū ten' upasaṅkamīti tiracchānagatā nāma ekabhikkhunā saddhiṃ vissāsaṃ katvā aññesu pi tādisañ ñeva cittaṃ uppādenti. tasmā sā makkaṭī yena te bhikkhū ten' upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ca attanā vissāsikabhikkhussa viya tesam pi taṃ vikāraṃ dassesi. cheppan ti naṅguṭṭhaṃ. oḍḍīti abhimukhaṃ ṭhapesi. nimittam pi akāsīti yena niyāmena yāya kiriyāya methunādhippāyaṃ te jānanti taṃ akāsīti attho. so bhikkhū 'ti yassāyaṃ vihāro. ekamantaṃ nilīyiṃsū 'ti ekasmiṃ okāse paṭicchannā acchiṃsu. saccaṃ āvuso ti sabhaṇḍagahito coro viya paccakkhaṃ disvā coditattā kiṃ vā mayā kataṃ ti ādīni vattuṃ asakkonto saccaṃ āvuso ti āha. nanu āvuso tath' eva taṃ hotīti āvuso yathā manussitthiyā nanu tiracchānagatitthiyāpi taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ tath' eva hoti, manussitthiyāpi hi dassanam pi gahaṇaṃ pi āmasanam pi phusanam pi ghaṭṭanam pi duṭṭhullam eva, tiracchānagatitthiyāpi taṃ sabbaṃ duṭṭhullam eva. ko ettha viseso; alesaṭṭhāne tvaṃ lesaṃ oḍḍesīti. antamaso tiracchānagatāya pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso ti tiracchānagatāya pi methunaṃ dhammaṃ patisevitvā pārājiko eva hotīti daḷhataraṃ sikkhāpadam akāsi.
[page 228]
228 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.6.-7.)
duvidhaṃ hi sikkhāpadaṃ: lokavajjaṃ paṇṇattivajjañ ca.
tattha yassa sacittakapakkhe cittaṃ akusalam eva hoti taṃ lokavajjaṃ nāma, sesaṃ paṇṇattivajjaṃ. tattha lokavajje anuppaññatti uppajjamānā rundhanti dvāraṃ pidahanti sotaṃ pacchindamānā gāḷhataraṃ karonti uppajjati, aññatra adhimānāaññatra supinantā ti ayaṃ pana vītikkamābhāvā abbohārikattā ca vuttā. paṇṇattivajje akate vītikkame uppajjamānā sithilaṃ karonti mocanti dvāraṃ dadamānā ca aparāparaṃ anāpattiṃ kurumānā ca uppajjati, gaṇabhojanaparamparabhojanādisu anuppaññattiyo viya.
antamāso, taṅkhaṇikāya pīti evarūpe pana kate vītikkame uppannattā paññattigatikā va hoti. idaṃ pana paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ yasmā lokavajjaṃ na paṇṇattivajjaṃ tasmā ayam anuppaññatti rundhanti dvāraṃ pidahanti sotaṃ pacchindamānā gāḷhataraṃ karonti uppajjati. evaṃ dve pi vatthūni sampiṇḍetvā mūlacchejjavasena daḷhataraṃ katvā paṭhamapārājike paññatte aparam pi anuppaññattatthāya Vajjiputtakavatthuṃ udapādi. tass' uppattidassanattham etaṃ vuttaṃ: evañ c' idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hotīti. tass' attho: bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ evaṃ paññattaṃ hoti ca idañ ca aññaṃ vatthuṃ udapādīti. makkaṭiyā vatthukathā niṭṭhitā. ||6||
idāni yaṃ taṃ aññaṃ pi vatthuṃ uppannaṃ taṃ dassetuṃ tena kho pana samayenā 'ti ādim āha. tatrāpi ayam anuttānapadavaṇṇanā. Vesālikā ti Vesālivāsino. Vajjiputtakā ti Vajjiraṭṭhe Vesāliyaṃ kulānaṃ puttā. sāsane kira yo yo upaddavo ādīnavo abbudam uppajji sabbaṃ taṃ Vajjiputtake nissāya. tathā hi Devadatto pi Vajjiputtake pakkhe labhitvā saṅghaṃ bhindi. Vajjiputtakā eva ca vassasataparinibbute bhagavati uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ satthusāsanaṃ dīpesuṃ. ime pi tesaṃ yeva ekaccā. evaṃ paññatte pi sikkhāpade yāvadatthaṃ nahāyiṃsu --pe-- methunaṃ dhammaṃ patiseviṃsū 'ti.
[page 229]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.7.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 229
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ñātibyasanena pīti ettha asanaṃ vyasanaṃ vikkhepo viddhaṃsanaṃ vināso ti sabbam etaṃ ekatthaṃ, ñātīnaṃ byasanaṃ ñātibyasanaṃ tena ñātibyasanena.
rājadaṇḍabyādhimaraṇavippavāsanimittena ñātivināsenā 'ti attho. esa nayo dutiyapade pi. tatiyapade pana ārogyavināsako rogo eva rogabyasanaṃ, so hi ārogyaṃ vyasati vikkhipati vināsetīti byasanaṃ, rogo 'va byasanaṃ rogabyasanaṃ tena rogabyasanenāpi. phuṭṭhā ti adhipannā abhibhūtā tāya samannāgatā ti attho. na mayaṃ bhante Ānanda buddhagarahino ti bhante Ānanda mayaṃ buddhaṃ na garahāma na buddhassa dosaṃ vadena, na dhammagarahino na saṅghagarahino. attagarahino mayan ti attānam eva mayaṃ garahāma attano dosaṃ vadema. alakkhikā ti nissirīkā.
appapuññā ti parittapuññā. vipassakā kusalānaṃ dhammānan ti ye aṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇesu vibhattā kusalā dhammā tesaṃ vipassakā; tato tato ārammaṇato vuṭṭhāya te ca dhamme vipassamānā ti attho. pubbarattāpararattan ti rattiyā pubbaṃ pubbarattaṃ rattiyā aparaṃ apararattaṃ; paṭhamayāmañ ca pacchimayāmañ cā 'ti vuttaṃ hoti. bodhipakkhikānan ti bodhissa pakkhe bhavānaṃ arahattamaggañāṇassa upakārakānan ti attho. bhāvanānuyogan ti vaḍḍhanānuyogaṃ. anuyuttā vihareyyāmā 'ti gihīpaḷibodhaṃ āvāsapaḷibodhañ ca pahāya vivittesu senāsanesu yuttā payuttā anaññakiccā vihareyyāma. evam āvuso ti thero etesaṃ āsayaṃ ajānanto idaṃ nesaṃ mahāgajjitaṃ sutvā, sace ime īdisā bhavissanti sādhū 'ti maññamāno evam āvuso ti sampaṭicchi. aṭṭhānam etaṃ anavakāso ti ubhayam p' etaṃ kāraṇapaṭikkhepavacanaṃ. kāraṇaṃ hi yasmā tattha tadāyattavuttibhāvena phalaṃ tiṭṭhati yasmā c' assa taṃ okāso hoti tadāyattavuttibhāvena, tasmā ṭhānañ ca avakāso cā 'ti vuccati, taṃ paṭikkhipanto āha: aṭṭhānam etaṃ Ānanda anavakāso ti,
[page 230]
230 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (7-8.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vā okāso n' atthi. yaṃ tathāgato ti yena tathāgato. Vajjīnaṃ vā --pe-- samūhaneyya, taṃ kāraṇaṃ n' atthīti attho. yadi hi bhagavā etesaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadaṃ ti yācantānaṃ upasampadaṃ dadeyya, evaṃ sante pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso ti paññattaṃ samūhaneyya, yasmā pan' etaṃ na samūhanti tasmā aṭṭhānam etan ti ādim āha. so āgato na upasampādetabbo ti yadi hi evaṃ āgato upasampadaṃ labheyya sāsane agāravo bhaveyya sāmaṇerabhūmiyaṃ pana ṭhito sagāravo bhavissati attatthañ ca karissatīti ñatvā anukampamāno 'va bhagavā āha: so āgato na upasampādetabbo ti. so āgato upasampādetabbo ti yadi hi evaṃ āgato bhikkhubhāve ṭhatvā avipannasīlatāya sāsane sagāravo bhavissati, so sati upanissaye na cirass' eva uttamatthaṃ pāpuṇissatīti upasampādetabbo ti āha. evaṃ methunaṃ dhammaṃ patisevitvā āgatesu anupasampādetabbañ ca upasampādetabbañ ca dassetvā tīṇi pi vatthūni samodhānetvā paripuṇṇam katvā sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpetukāmo evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyāthā 'ti vatvā yo pana bhikkhu --pe-- asaṃvāso ti paripuṇṇaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapesi. ||7||
idāni 'ssa atthaṃ vibhajanto yo panā 'ti yo yādiso ti ādim āha. tasmiṃ pana sikkhāpade ca sikkhāpadavibhaṅge ca sakale ca vinayavinicchaye kosallaṃ patthayantena catubbidho vayo jānitabbo:
catubbidhaṃ hi vinayaṃ mahātherā mahiddhikā
nīharitvā pakāsesuṃ dhammasaṅgāhakā purā.
katamaṃ catubbidhaṃ; suttaṃ, suttānulomaṃ, ācariyavādo, attanomatīti. yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ: āhaccapadena kho mahārāja rasena ācariyavaṃsatā adhippāyo ti. ettha hi āhaccapadan ti suttaṃ adhippetaṃ, raso ti suttānulomaṃ, ācariyavaṃso ti ācariyavādo, adhippāyo ti attanomati. tattha suttaṃ nāma sakalavinayapiṭake pāḷi, suttānulomaṃ nāma cattāro mahāpadesā, ye bhagavatā evaṃ vuttā: yaṃ bhikkhave mayā idaṃ na kappatīti apaṭikkhittaṃ tañ ce akappiyaṃ anulometi kappiyaṃ paṭibāhati,
[page 231]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 231
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] taṃ vo na kappati; yaṃ bhikkhave mayā idaṃ na kappatīti apaṭikkhittaṃ tañ ce kappiyaṃ anulometi akappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo kappati; yaṃ bhikkhave mayā idaṃ kappatīti ananuññātaṃ tañ ce akappiyam anulometi kappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo na kappati; yaṃ bhikkhave mayā idaṃ kappatīti ananuññātaṃ tañ ce kappiyaṃ anulometi akappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo kappatīti. ācariyavādo nāma dhammasaṅgāhakehi pañcahi arahantasatehi ṭhapitā pāḷivinimmuttā okkantikavinicchayappavattā aṭṭhakathā-tanti. attanomati nāma suttasuttānulomāacariyavāde muñcitvā anumānena attano anubuddhiyā nayaggāhena upaṭṭhitākārakathanaṃ. api ca suttantābhidhammavinayaṭṭhakathāsu āgato sabbo pi theravādo attanomati nāma. taṃ pana attanomatiṃ gahetvā kathentena na daḷhagāhaṃ gahetvā voharitabbaṃ. kāraṇaṃ sallakkhetvā atthena pāḷiṃ pāḷiyā ca atthaṃ saṃsandetvā kathetabbaṃ. attanomati ācariyavāde otāretabbā. sace tattha otarati c' eva sameti ca gahetabbā. sace n' eva otarati na sameti na gahetabbā. ayaṃ hi attanomati nāma sabbadubbalā, attanomatito ācariyavādo balavataro. ācariyavādo pi suttānulome otāretabbo. tattha otaranto samento eva gahetabbo, itaro na gahetabbo. ācariyavādato hi suttānulomaṃ balavataraṃ, suttānulomam pi sutte otāretabbaṃ, tattha otarantaṃ samentam eva gahetabbaṃ, itaraṃ na gahetabbaṃ.
suttānulomato hi suttam eva balavataraṃ. suttaṃ hi appativattiyaṃ kārakasaṅghasadisaṃ buddhānaṃ ṭhitakālasadisaṃ. tasmā yadā dve bhikkhū sākacchanti sakavādī suttaṃ gahetvā katheti paravādī suttānulomaṃ, tehi aññamaññaṃ khepaṃ vā garahaṃ vā akatvā suttānulomaṃ sutte otāretabbaṃ. sace otarati sameti gahetabbaṃ; no ce na gahetabbaṃ. suttasmiṃ yeva ṭhātabbaṃ. athāyaṃ suttaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro ācariyavādaṃ, tehi pi aññamaññaṃ khepaṃ vā garahaṃ vā akatvā ācariyavādo sutte otāretabbo. sace otarati sameti gahetabbo; anotaranto asamento ca gārayhācariyavādo na gahetabbo. suttasmiṃ yeva ṭhātabbaṃ. athāyaṃ suttaṃ gahetvā katheti,
[page 232]
232 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] paro attanomatiṃ, tehi pi aññamaññaṃ khepaṃ vā garahaṃ vā akatvā attanomati sutte otāretabbā. sace otarati sameti gahetabbā; no ce na gahetabbā.
suttasmiṃ yeva ṭhātabbaṃ. athāyaṃ suttānulomaṃ gahetvā katheti paro suttaṃ, suttaṃ suttānulome otāretabbaṃ.
sace otarati sameti tisso saṅgītiyo ārūḷhaṃ pāḷiāgataṃ paññāyati, gahetabbaṃ; no ce tathā paññāyati na otarati na sameti, bāhirakasuttaṃ vā hoti siloko vā aññaṃ vā gārayhasuttaṃ gūḷhavessantaragūḷhavinayavedallādīnaṃ aññatarato āgataṃ, na gahetabbaṃ. suttānulomasmiṃ yeva ṭhātabbaṃ.
athāyaṃ suttānulomaṃ gahetvā katheti paro ācariyavādaṃ, ācariyavādo suttānulome otāretabbo. sace otarati sameti gahetabbo; no ce na gahetabbo. suttānulome yeva ṭhātabbaṃ.
athāyaṃ suttānulomaṃ gahetvā katheti, paro attanomatiṃ, attanomati suttānulome otāretabbā. sace otarati sameti gahetabbā; no ce na gahetabbā. suttānulome yeva ṭhātabbaṃ.
atha panāyaṃ ācariyavādaṃ gahetvā katheti paro suttaṃ, suttaṃ ācariyavāde otāretabbaṃ. sace otarati sameti gahetabbaṃ. itaraṃ gārayhasuttaṃ na gahetabbaṃ. ācariyavāde yeva ṭhātabbaṃ. athāyaṃ ācariyavādaṃ gahetvā katheti paro suttānulomaṃ, suttānulomaṃ ācariyavāde otāretabbaṃ. otarantaṃ samentam eva gahetabbaṃ. itaraṃ na gahetabbaṃ.
ācariyavāde yeva ṭhātabbaṃ. athāyaṃ ācariyavādaṃ gahetvā katheti paro attanomatiṃ, attanomati ācariyavāde otāretabbā. sace otarati sameti gahetabbā; no ce na gahetabbā.
ācariyavāde yeva ṭhātabbaṃ. atha panāyaṃ attanomatiṃ gahetvā katheti paro suttaṃ, suttaṃ attanomatiyaṃ otāretabbaṃ. sace otarati sameti gahetabbaṃ. itaraṃ gārayhasuttaṃ na gahetabbaṃ. attanomatiyam eva ṭhātabbaṃ.
athāyaṃ attanomatiṃ gahetvā katheti paro suttānulomaṃ, suttānulomaṃ attanomatiyaṃ otāretabbaṃ. otarantaṃ samentam eva gahetabbaṃ. itaraṃ na gahetabbaṃ. attanomatiyam eva ṭhātabbaṃ. athāyaṃ attanomatiṃ gahetvā katheti paro ācariyavādaṃ, ācariyavādo attanomatiyaṃ otāretabbo. sace otarati sameti gahetabbo. itaro gārayhācariyavādo na gahetabbo. attanomatiyam eva ṭhātabbaṃ. attano gahaṇam eva balīyaṃ kātabbaṃ.
[page 233]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 233
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sabbaṭṭhānesu ca khepo vā garahā vā na kātabbā ti.
atha panāyaṃ kappiyan ti gahetvā katheti paro akappiyan ti, sutte ca suttānulome ca otāretabbaṃ. sace kappiyaṃ hoti kappiye ṭhātabbaṃ, sace akappiyaṃ akappiye ṭhātabbaṃ.
athāyaṃ tassa kappiyabhāvasādhakaṃ suttato bahuṃ kāraṇañ ca vinicchayañ ca dasseti, paro kāraṇaṃ na vindati, kappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. atha paro tassa akappiyabhāvasādhakaṃ suttato bahuṃ kāraṇañ ca vinicchayañ ca dasseti, anena attano gahaṇan ti katvā daḷhaṃ ādāya na ṭhātabbaṃ. sādhū 'ti sampaṭicchitvā akappiye eva ṭhātabbaṃ. atha dvinnam pi kāraṇacchāyā dissati, paṭikkhittabhāvo yeva sādhu, akappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. vinayaṃ hi patvā kappiyākappiyavicāraṇam āgamma rundhitabbaṃ gāḷhaṃ kattabbaṃ sotaṃ pacchinditabbaṃ garukabhāve yeva ṭhātabbaṃ. atha panāyaṃ akappiyan ti gahetvā katheti paro kappiyan ti, sutte ca suttānulome ca otāretabbaṃ. sace kappiyaṃ hoti kappiye ṭhātabbaṃ, sace akappiyaṃ akappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. athāyaṃ bahūhi suttavinicchayakāraṇehi akappiyabhāvaṃ dasseti, paro kāraṇaṃ na vindati, akappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. atha paro bahūhi suttavinicchayakāraṇehi kappiyabhāvaṃ dasseti ayaṃ kāraṇaṃ na vindati, kappiye ṭhātabbaṃ. atha dvinnam pi kāraṇacchāyā dissati, attano gahaṇaṃ na vissajjetabbaṃ.
yathā cāyaṃ kappiyākappiye akappiyākappiye ca vinicchayo vutto evaṃ anāpattiāpattivāde āpattānāpattivāde ca lahukagarukāpattivāde garukalahukāpattivāde cāpi vinicchayo veditabbo. nāmamatto yeva hi ettha nānaṃ, yojanānaye nānaṃ n' atthi; tasmā na vitthāritaṃ. evaṃ kappiyākappiyādi vinicchaye uppanne yo suttasuttānulomāacariyavādaattanomatīsu atirekakāraṇaṃ labhati, tassa vāde ṭhātabbaṃ.
sabbaso pana kāraṇavinicchayaṃ alabhantena suttaṃ na jahitabbaṃ suttasmiṃ yeva ṭhātabban ti. evaṃ tasmim sikkhāpade ca sikkhāpadavibhaṅge ca sakale ca vinayavinicchaye kosallaṃ patthayantena ayaṃ catubbidho vinayo jānitabbo.
[page 234]
234 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)
imañ ca pana catubbidhaṃ vinayaṃ ñatvā pi vinayadharena puggalena tilakkhaṇasamannāgatena bhavitabbaṃ.
tīṇi hi vinayadharassa lakkhaṇāni icchitabbāni. katamāni tīṇi. suttañ c' assa svāgataṃ hoti suppavatti suvinicchitaṃ suttato anuvyañjanaso ti idam ekaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ, vinaye kho pana ṭhito hoti asaṃhīro ti idaṃ dutiyaṃ, ācariyaparamparā kho pan' assa suggahītā hoti sumanasikatā sūpadhāritā ti idaṃ tatiyaṃ. tattha suttaṃ nāma sakalaṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ; tad assa svāgataṃ hoti suṭṭhu āgataṃ. suppavattīti suṭṭhu pavattaṃ paguṇaṃ vācuggataṃ suvinicchitaṃ. suttato anuvyañjanaso ti pāḷito ca paripucchato ca aṭṭhakathāto ca suvinicchitaṃ hoti kaṅkhāchedaṃ katvā uggahītaṃ. vinaye kho pana ṭhito hotīti vinaye lajjibhāvena patiṭṭhito hoti; alajjī hi bahussuto pi samāno lābhagarukatāya tantiṃ visaṃvādetvā uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ satthusāsanaṃ dīpetvā sāsane mahantaṃ upaddavaṃ karoti saṅghabhedam pi saṅgharājim pi uppādeti. lajjī pana kukkuccako sikkhākāmo jīvitahetu pi tantiṃ avisaṃvādetvā dhammam eva vinayam eva ca dīpeti satthusāsanaṃ garuṃ katvā ṭhapeti.
tathāhi: pubbe mahātherā tikkhattuṃ vācaṃ nicchāresuṃ:
anāgate lajjī rakkhissati lajjī rakkhissati lajjī rakkhissatīti.
evaṃ yo lajji so vinayaṃ avijahanto avokkamanto lajjibhāvena vinaye ṭhito hoti patiṭṭhito ti. asaṃhīro ti, saṃhīro nāma pāḷiyā heṭṭhato vā upari vā padapaṭipāṭiyā vā aṭṭhakathāya vā paripucchiyamāno vitthanati vipphandati santiṭṭhituṃ na sakkoti. yaṃ yaṃ parena vuccati taṃ taṃ anujānāti sakavādaṃ chaḍḍetvā paravādaṃ gaṇhāti. yo vā pana pāḷiyaṃ vā aṭṭhakathāya vā heṭṭhupariyena vā padapaṭipāṭiyā vā pucchiyamāno na vitthanati na vipphandati ekekalomaṃ saṇḍāsena gaṇhanto viya,
[page 235]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 235
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ mayaṃ vadāma evaṃ no ācariyā vadantīti vissajjeti, yamhi pāḷi ca pāḷivinicchayo ca suvaṇṇabhājane pakkhittasīhavasā viya parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ agacchanto tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ vuccati asaṃhīro ti. ācariyaparamparā kho pan' assa suggahītā hotīti theraparamparā vaṃsaparamparā ca assa suṭṭhū gahitā hoti. sumanasikatā ti suṭṭhū manasikatā, āvajjitamatte ujjalitapadīpo viya hoti. sūpadhāritā ti suṭṭhu upadhāritā pubbāparānusandhito atthato kāraṇato ca upadhāritā; attanomatiṃ pahāya ācariyasdhiyā vattā hoti, mayhaṃ ācariyo asukācariyassa santike uggaṇhi so asukassā 'ti evaṃ sabbaṃ ācariyaparamparaṃ therataraṅgaṃ āharitvā yāva Upāḷitthero Sammāsambuddhassa santike uggaṇhīti pāpetvā ṭhapeti. tato pi āharitvā Upāḷitthero Sammāsambuddhassa santike uggaṇhi, Dāsakatthero attano upajjhāyassa Upāḷittherassa, Soṇakatthero attano upajjhāyassa Dāsakattherassa, Siggavatthero attano upajjhāyassa Soṇakattherassa, Moggaliputtatissatthero attano upajjhāyassa Siggavattherassa, Caṇḍavajjittherassa cā 'ti evaṃ sabbaṃ ācariyaparamparaṃ therataraṅgaṃ āharitvā attano ācariyaṃ pāpetvā ṭhapeti.
evaṃ uggahītā hi ācariyaparamparā suggahītā hoti. evaṃ asakkontena pana avassaṃ dve tayo parivaṭṭā uggahetabbā sabbapacchimena hi nayena yathā ācariyo ca ācariyācariyo ca pāḷiñ ca paripucchañ ca vadanti tathā ñātuṃ vaṭṭati.
imehi ca pana tīhi lakkhaṇehi samannāgatena vinayadharena vatthuvinicchayatthaṃ sannipatite saṅghe otiṇṇe vatthusmiṃ codakena ca cuditakena ca vutte vattabbe sahasā avinicchinitvā 'va cha ṭhānāni oloketabbāni. katamāni cha. vatthuṃ oloketabbaṃ mātikā oloketabbā padabhājaniyaṃ oloketabbaṃ tikaparicchedo oloketabbo antarāpatti oloketabbā anāpatti oloketabbā ti. vatthuṃ olokento pi hi:
[page 236]
236 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabbaṃ na tv eva naggena āgantabbaṃ yo āgaccheyya āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti, evaṃ ekaccaṃ āpattiṃ passati, so taṃ suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati. mātikaṃ olokento pi:
sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyaṃ ti ādinā nayena pañcannaṃ āpattīnaṃ aññataraṃ āpattiṃ passati, so taṃ suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati. padabhājaniyaṃ olokento pi: akkhayite sarīre methunaṃ dhammaṃ patisevati āpatti pārājikassa yebhūyyena khāyite methunaṃ dhammaṃ patisevati āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti ādinā nayena sattannaṃ āpattīnaṃ aññataraṃ āpattiṃ passati, so padabhājaniyato suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati. tikaparicchedaṃ olokento pi tikasaṅghādisesaṃ vā tikapāccitiyaṃ vā tikadukkaṭaṃ vā aññataraṃ vā āpattiṃ tikaparicchede passati, so tato suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati. antarāpattiṃ olokento pi: paṭilātaṃ ukkhipati āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti, evaṃ yā sikkhāpadantaresu antarāpatti hoti taṃ passati, so taṃ suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati. anāpattiṃ olokento pi: anāpatti bhikkhu asādiyantassa atheyyacittassa na maraṇādhippāyassa anullapanādhippāyassa na mocanādhippāyassa asañcicca asatiyā ajānantassā 'ti, evaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sikkhāpade niddiṭṭhaṃ anāpattiṃ passati, so taṃ suttaṃ ānetvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati. yo hi bhikkhu catubbidhavinayakovido tilakkhaṇasampanno imāni cha ṭhānāni oloketvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamessati tassa vinicchayo appativattiyo, buddhena sayaṃ nisīditvā vinicchitasadiso hoti.
tañ ce evaṃ vinicchayakusalaṃ bhikkhuṃ koci katasikkhāpadavītikkamo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā attano kukkuccaṃ puccheyya, tena sādhukaṃ sallakkhetvā sace anāpatti hoti anāpattīti vattabbaṃ, sace panāpatti hoti āpattīti vattabbaṃ, sā desanāgāminī ce desanāgāminīti vattabbaṃ uṭṭhānagāminī ce uṭṭhānagāminīti vattabbaṃ, ath' assa pārājikacchāyā dissati pārājikāpattīti na vattabbaṃ.
[page 237]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 237
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kasmā. methunadhammavītikkamo ca uttarimanussadhammavītikkamo ca oḷāriko adinnādānamanussaviggahavītikkamā pana sukhumā cittalahukā. te sukhumen' eva āpajjati sukhumena rakkhati, tasmā visesena taṃ-vatthukaṃ kukkuccaṃ pucchiyamāno āpattīti avatvā, sac' assa ācariyo dharati tato tena so bhikkhu: amhākaṃ ācariyaṃ pucchā 'ti pesetabbo. sace so puna āgantvā: tumhākaṃ ācariyo suttato nayato oloketvā sa-tekiccho ti maṃ āhā 'ti vadati, tato tena so: sādhu suṭṭhu yaṃ ācariyo bhaṇati taṃ karohīti vattabbo. atha pan' assa ācariyo n' atthi saddhiṃ uggahitathero pana atthi tassa santikaṃ pesetabbo: amhehi saddhiṃ uggahitathero gaṇapāmokkho taṃ gantvā pucchā 'ti. tenāpi satekiccho ti vinicchite: sādhu suṭṭhu tass' eva vacanaṃ karohīti vattabbo.
atha saddhiṃ uggahitathero pi n' atthi antevāsiko paṇḍito atthi tassa santikaṃ pesetabbo: asukadaharam gantvā pucchā 'ti. tenāpi satekiccho ti vinicchite: sādhu suṭṭhu tass' eva vacanaṃ karohīti vattabbo. atha daharassāpi pārājikacchāyā 'va upaṭṭhāti tenāpi pārājiko 'sīti na vattabbo.
dullabho hi buddhuppādo tato dullabhatarā pabbajjā ca upasampadā ca. evaṃ pana vattabbaṃ: vivittaṃ okāsaṃ sammajjitvā divā vihāraṃ nisīditvā sīlāni sodhetvā dvattiṃsākāram tāva manasikarohīti. sace tassa arogaṃ sīlaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ ghaṭīyati saṅkhārā pākaṭā hutvā upaṭṭhahanti upacārappanāpattaṃ viya cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti divasaṃ atikkamantam pi na jānāti, so divasātikkame upaṭṭhānaṃ āgato evaṃ vattabbo: kīdisā te cittappavattīti. ārocitāya cittappavattiyā vattabbo: pabbajjā nāma cittavisuddhatthāya, appamatto samaṇadhammam karohīti. yassa pa sīlaṃ bhinnaṃ ti tassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ na ghaṭīyati patodābhituṇṇaṃ viya cittaṃ vikampati vippaṭisāragginā ḍayhati tattapāsāṇe nisinno viya taṅkhaṇaṃ yeva vuṭṭhāti, so āgato:
[page 238]
238 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kā te pavattīti pucchitabbo. ārocitāya ca pavattiyā:
n' atthi loke raho nāma pāpakammaṃ pakubbato sabbapaṭhamaṃ hi pāpaṃ karonto attanā jānāti, ath' assa ārakkhadevatā paracittavidū samaṇabrāhmaṇā aññe ca devatā jānanti tvaṃ yeva dāni tava sotthiṃ pariyesāhīti vattabbo.
niṭṭhitā catubbidhavinayakathā vinayadharassa ca lakkhaṇādi kathā.
idāni sikkhāpadavibhaṅgassa atthaṃ vaṇṇayissāma. yaṃ vuttaṃ, yo panā 'ti yo yādiso ti ādi, ettha yo panā 'ti vibhajitabbaṃ padaṃ. yo yādiso ti ādīni tassa vibhajanapadāni.
ettha ca yasmā panā 'ti nipātamattaṃ, yo ti atthapadaṃ, tañ ca aniyamena puggalaṃ dīpeti, tasmāssa atthaṃ dassento aniyamena puggaladīpakaṃ yo-saddam eva āha. tasmā ettha evam attho veditabbo. yo panā 'ti yo kocīti vuttaṃ hoti, yasmā pana yo koci nāma so avassaṃ liṅgayuttajāti-nāmagottasīlavihāragocaravayesu ekenākārena paññāyati tasmā taṃ tathā ñāpetuṃ taṃ vā bhedaṃ pakāsento yādiso ti ādim āha. tattha yādiso ti liṅgavasena yādiso vā tādiso vā hotu, dīgho vā rasso vā kālo vā odāto vā maṅguracchavī vā kiso vā thūlo vā ti attho. yathāyutto ti yogavasena yena vā tena vā yutto hotu, navakammayutto vā uddesayutto vā vāsadhurayutto vā ti attho. yathājacco ti jātivasena yaṃjacco vā taṃ-jacco vā hotu, khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā ti attho. yathānāmo ti nāmavasena yathānāmo vā tathānāmo vā hotu, Buddharakkhito vā Dhammarakkhito vā Saṅgharakkhito vā ti attho. yathāgotto ti gottavasena yathāgotto vā tathāgotto vā yena vā tena vā gottena hotu, Kaccāyano vā Vāseṭṭho vā Kosiyo vā ti attho. yathāsīlo ti sīlesu yathāsīlo vā tathāsīlo vā hotu, navakammasīlo vā uddesasīlo vā vāsadhurasīlo vā ti attho. yathā--vihārīti vihāresu pi yathāvihārī vā tathāvihārī vā hotu, navakammavihārī vā uddesavihārī vā vāsadhuravihārī vā ti attho. yathāgocaro ti gocaresu pi yathāgocaro vā tathāgocaro vā hotu, navakammagocaro vā uddesagocaro vā vāsadhuragocaro vā ti attho.
[page 239]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 239
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] thero vā ti ādisu vayovatthāsu yo vā so vā hotu, paripuṇṇadasavassatāya thero vā ūnapañcavassatāya navo vā atirekapañcavassatāya majjhimo vā ti attho. atha kho sabbo 'va imasmiṃ atthe eso vuccati yo panā 'ti.
bhikkhuniddese bhikkhatīti bhikkhako, labhanto vā alabhanto vā ariyāya yācanāya yācatīti attho. buddhādīhi ajjhūpagataṃ bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhūpagatattā bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhūpagato nāma. yo hi koci appaṃ vā mahantaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito so kasigorakkhādīhi jīvikakappanaṃ hitvā liṅgasampaṭicchanen' eva bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhūpagato ti bhikkhu.
parapaṭibaddhajīvikattā vā vihāramajjhe kājabhattaṃ bhuñjamāno pi bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhūpagato ti bhikkhu. piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjāya ussāhajātattā vā bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhūpagato ti bhikkhu. agghaphassavaṇṇabhedena bhinnaṃ paṭaṃ dhāretīti bhinnapaṭadharo. tattha satthakacchedanena agghabhedo veditabbo, sahassagghanako pi hi paṭo satthakena khaṇḍhaṇḍikaṃ chinno bhinnaggho hoti purimagghato upaḍḍham pi na agghati. suttasaṃsibbanena phassabhedo veditabbo. sukhasamphasso pi hi paṭo suttehi saṃsibbito bhinnaphasso hoti. kharasamphassataṃ pāpuṇāti.
sūcimalādīhi vaṇṇabhedo veditabbo. parisuddho pi hi paṭo sūcikammato paṭṭhāya sūcimalena hatthasedamalajallikāhi avasāne rajanakappakaraṇehi ca bhiṇṇavaṇṇo hoti, pakativaṇṇaṃ vijahati. evaṃ tīhākārehi bhinnaṃ paṭam dhāraṇato bhinnapaṭadharo ti bhikkhu. gihīvatthavisabhāgānaṃ vā kāsāvānaṃ dhāraṇamatten' eva bhinnapaṭadharo ti bhikkhu.
sāmaññāyā 'ti paññatiyā vohārenā 'ti attho, sāmaññāya eva hi ekacco bhikkhū 'ti paññāyati. tathā hi nimantanādimhi bhikkhūsu gaṇīyamānesu sāmaṇere pi gahetvā sataṃ bhikkhū sahassaṃ bhikkhū ti vadanti. paṭiññāyā 'ti attano paṭijānanena. paṭiññāya pi hi ekacco bhikkhū 'ti paññāyati, tassa ko etthā 'ti ahaṃ āvuso bhikkhū 'ti evamādisu sambhavo daṭṭhabbo.
[page 240]
240 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ayaṃ pana Ānandattherena vuttatā dhammikā paṭiññā, rattibhāge pana dussīlā pi paṭipathaṃ āgacchantā ko etthā 'ti vutte adhammikāya patiññāya abhūtattāya mayaṃ bhikkhū ti vadanti. ehi bhikkhū 'ti ehibhikkhu nāma bhagavato ehi bhikkhū 'ti vacanamattena bhikkhubhāvaṃ ehibhikkhūpasampadaṃ patto. bhagavā hi ehibhikkhubhāvāya upanissaya-sampannaṃ puggalaṃ disvā rattapaṃsukūlantarato suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ dakkhiṇahatthaṃ nīharitvā brahmaghosaṃ nicchārento: ehi bhikkhu cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti vadati. tassa sah' eva bhagavato vacanena gihiliṅgaṃ antaradhāyati pabbajjā ca upasampadā ca rūhati bhaṇḍukāsāvavasano hoti, ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā ekaṃ aṃse ṭhapetvā, vāmaṃsakūṭe āsattanīluppalavaṇṇamattikāpatto. [ticīvarañ ca patto ca, vāsi sūci ca bandhanaṃ, parissāvanena aṭṭh' ete yuttayogassa bhikkhuno ti,] evaṃ vuttehi aṭṭhahi parikkhārehi sarīre paṭimukkehi yeva vassasaṭṭhikatthero viya iriyāpathasampanno buddhācariyako buddhūpajjhāyako sammāsambuddhaṃ vandamāno yeva tiṭṭhati.
bhagavā hi paṭhamabodhiyaṃ ekasmiṃ kāle ehibhikkhu upasampadāya eva upasampādesi. evaṃ upasampannāni ca sahassassūpari ekacattāḷīsuttarāni tīṇi bhikkhusatāni ahesuṃ, seyyathīdaṃ pañcavaggiyā therā Yaso kulaputto tassa parivārā catupaṇṇāsa sahāyakā tiṃsa bhaddavaggiyā sahassaṃ purāṇajaṭilā saddhiṃ dvīhi aggasāvakehi aḍḍhateyyasatā paribbājakā eko Aṅgulimālatthero ti. vuttañ c' etaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ:--
tīni sataṃ sahassaṃ ca cattāḷīsaṃ punāpare
eko ca thero sappañño sabbe te ehibhikkhukā ti.
na kevalañ ca ete aññe pi bahū santi, seyyathīdaṃ tisataparivāro Selo brāhmaṇo sahassaparivāro Mahākappino dasasahassā Kapilavatthuvāsino kulaputtā soḷasasahassā Pārāyaṇikabrāhmaṇā ti evaṃ ādayo.
[page 241]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 241
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te pana Vinayapiṭake pāḷiyaṃ na niddiṭṭhattā na vuttā. ime tattha niddiṭṭhattā vuttā ti.
sattavīsasahassāni tīṇi yeva satāni ca
ete hi sabbe saṅkhātā sabbe te ehibhikkhukā ti.
tīhi saraṇagamaṇehi upasampanno ti buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti ādinā nayena tikkhattuṃ vācaṃ bhinditvā vuttehi tīhi saraṇagamaṇehi upasampanno. ayaṃ hi upasampadā nāma aṭṭhavidhā: ehibhikkhūpasampadā saraṇagamanaupasampadā ovādapaṭiggahaṇaupasampadā pañhavyākaraṇaupasampadā garudhammapaṭiggahaṇaupasampadā dūtenaupasampadā aṭṭhavācikā upasampadā ñatticatutthakammaupasampadā ti. tattha ehibhikkhūpasampadā saraṇagamanaupasampadā cavuttā eva. ovādapaṭiggahaṇaupasampadā nāma, tasmā-ti-ha te Kassapa evaṃ sikktabbaṃ: tibbaṃ me hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati theresu navesu majjhimesu cā 'ti evaṃ hi te Kassapa sikkhitabbaṃ, tasmāti-ha te Kassapa evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: yaṃ kiñci dhammaṃ sossāma kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ aṭṭhikatvā manasikatvā sabbacetaso samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṃ sossāmīti evaṃ hi te Kassapa sikkhitabbaṃ, tasmā-ti-ha te Kassapa evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ: sātasahagatā ca me kāyagatā sati na vijahissatīti evaṃ hi te Kassapa sikkhitabbaṃ ti iminā ovādapaṭiggahaṇena Mahākassapattherassa anuññātaupasampadā. pañhavyākaraṇaupasampadā nāma Sopākassa anuññātaupasampadā. bhagavā kira Pubbārāme anucaṅkamantaṃ Sopākaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ: uddhumātakasaññā ti vā Sopāka rūpasaññā ti vā ime dhammā nānaṭṭhānā nānāvyañjanā udāhu ekaṭṭhānā vyañjanam eva nānaṃ ti dasāsubhanissite pañhe pucchi.
[page 242]
242 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so te vyākāsi, bhagavā tassa sādhukāraṃ datvā, kati vasso 'si tvaṃ Sopākā 'ti pucchi. sattavasso 'haṃ bhagavā ti. Sopāka tvaṃ mama sabaññutañāṇena saddhiṃ saṃsandetvā pañhe vyākāsīti āraddhacitto upasampadaṃ anujāni. ayaṃ pañhavyākaraṇaupasampadā. garudhammapaṭiggahaṇaupasampadā nāma Mahāpajāpatiyā aṭṭhagarudhammapaṭiggahaṇe anuññātaupasampadā. dūtenaupasampadā nāma Aḍḍhakāsiyā gaṇikāya anuññātaupasampadā. aṭṭhavācikā upasampadā nāma bhikkhuniyā bhikkhunīsaṅghato ñatticatutthena bhikkhusaṅghato ñatticatutthenā 'ti imehi dvīhi kammehi upasampadā. ñatticatutthakammaupasampadā nāma bhikkhūnaṃ etarahi upasampadā.
imāsu aṭṭhasu upasampadāsu yā ayaṃ: anujānāmi bhikkhave imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajjaṃ upasampadaṃ ti evaṃ anuññātāya imāya upasampadāya upasampanno ti vuttaṃ hoti. bhadro ti apāpako; kalyāṇaputhujjanādayo hi yāva arahā, tāva bhadrena sīlena samādhinā paññāya vimuttiyā vimuttiñāṇadassanena ca samannāgatattā bhadrā bhikkhū 'ti saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. sāro ti tehi yeva sīlasārādīhi samannāgatattā nīlasamannāgamena nīlo paṭo viya sāro bhikkhū 'ti veditabbo, vigatakilesapheggubhāvato khīṇāsavo va sāro ti veditabbo.
sekho ti puthujjanakalyāṇakena saddhiṃ sattāriyā. tisso sikkhā sikkhantīti sekho, tesu yo koci sekho bhikkhū 'ti veditabbo. na sikkhatīti asekho, sekhadhamme atikkamma aggaphale ṭhito; tato uttariṃ sikkhitabbābhāvato khīṇāsavo asekho ti vuccati. samaggena saṅghenā 'ti sabbantimena pariyāyena pañcavaggakaraṇīye kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā tesaṃ āgatattā chandārahānaṃ chandassa āhaṭattā sammukhībhūtānañ ca apaṭikkosanato ekasmiṃ kamme samaggabhāvaṃ upagatena saṅghena. ñatticatutthenā 'ti tīhi anusāvaṇāhi ekāya ñattiyā kattabbena.
[page 243]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 243
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kammenā 'ti dhammikena vinayakammena. akuppenā 'ti vatthuñattianusāvaṇasīmāparisasampatti-sampannattā akopetabbataṃ appaṭikkositabbataṃ upagatena. ṭhānārahenā 'ti kāraṇārahena satthusāsanārahena. upasampanno nāma uparibhāvaṃ samāpanno patto ti attho. bhikkhubhāvo hi uparibhāvo, tañ c' esa yathāvuttena kammena samāpannattā upasampanno ti vuccati. ettha ca ñatticatutthakammaṃ ekam eva āgataṃ. imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ṭhatvā cattāri saṅghakammāni nīharitvā vitthārato kathetabbānīti sabbāṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ. tāni ca apalokanakammaṃ ñattikammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ ñatticatutthakamman ti paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapetvā vitthārena Khandhakato Parivārāvasāne Kammavibhaṅgato ca pāḷiṃ āharitvā kathitāni, tāni mayaṃ Parivārāvasāne Kammavibhaṅge yeva vaṇṇayissāma. evaṃ hi sati paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanā ca na bhāriyā bhavissati, yathāṭhitāya ca pāḷiyā vaṇṇanā suviññeyyā bhavissati, tāni ca ṭhānāni asuññāni bhavissanti; tasmā anupadavaṇṇanam eva karoma.
tatrā 'ti tesu bhikkhako ti ādinā nayena vuttesu bhikkhūsu.
yv āyaṃ bhikkhū 'ti yo ayaṃ bhikkhu. samaggena saṅghena--pe---upasampanno ti aṭṭhasu upasampadāsu ñatticatutthen' eva kammena upasampanno. ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti ayaṃ imasmiṃ methunaṃ dhammaṃ patisevitvā pārājiko hotīti atthe bhikkhū 'ti adhippeto, itare pana bhikkhako ti ādayo atthuddhāravasena vuttā. tesu ca bhikkhako ti ādayo niruttivasena vuttā, samaññāya bhikkhu paṭiññāya bhikkhū 'ti ime dve abhilāpavasena vuttā, ehi bhikkhū 'ti buddhena upajjhāyena paṭiladdhaupasampadāvasena vutto, saraṇagamanabhikkhu anuppannāya kammavācāya upasampadāvasena vutto, bhadro ti ādayo guṇavasena vuttā ti veditabbo.
idāni bhikkhūnan ti imaṃ padaṃ visesatthābhāvato avibhajitvā va yaṃ sikkhañ ca sājīvañ ca samāpannattā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno hoti, taṃ dassento sikkhā ti ādim āha. tattha sikkhitabbā ti sikkhā. tisso ti gaṇanaparicchedo.
[page 244]
244 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] adhisīlasikkhā ti adhikaṃ uttamaṃ sīlan ti adhisīlaṃ, adhisīlañ ca taṃ sikkhitabbato sikkhā cā 'ti adhisīlasikkhā. esa nayo adhicittādhipaññāsikkhāsu. katamaṃ pan' ettha sīlaṃ, katamaṃ adhisīlaṃ, katamaṃ cittaṃ, katamaṃ adhicittaṃ, katamā paññā, katamā adhipaññā ti. vuccate, pañcaṅgadasaṅgasīlaṃ tāva sīlam eva; taṃ hi buddhe uppanne pi anuppanne pi loke pavattati. uppanne buddhe tasmiṃ sīle buddhāpi sāvakāpi mahājanaṃ samādapenti, anuppanne buddhe paccekabuddhā ca kammavādino dhammikā samaṇabrāhmaṇā cakkavatti ca mahārājā mahābodhisattā ca samādapenti; sāmam pi paṇḍitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā samādiyanti. te taṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā devesu ca manussesu ca sampattiṃ anubhonti. pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ pana adhisīlan ti vuccati. taṃ hi suriyo viya pajjotānaṃ Siṇeru viya pabbatānaṃ sabbalokiyasīlānaṃ adhikañ c' eva uttamañ ca buddhuppāde eva ca pavattati, na vinā buddhuppādā. na hi taṃ paññattiṃ uddharitvā añño satto ṭhapetuṃ sakkoti. buddhā eva pana sabbaso kāyavacīdvārajjhācārasotaṃ chinditvā tassa tassa vītikkamassa anucchavikaṃ taṃ sīlasaṃvaraṃ paññapentīti. pātimokkhasaṃvarato pi ca maggaphalasampayuttam eva sīlaṃ adhisīlaṃ, taṃ pana idha anadhippetaṃ, na hi taṃ samāpanno bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati. kāmāvacarāni pana aṭṭhakusalacittāni lokiyāṭṭhasamāpatticittāni ca ekajjhaṃ katvā cittam evā 'ti veditabbāni. buddhuppādānuppāde c' assa pavatti samādapanasamādānañ ca sīle vuttanayen' eva veditabbaṃ. vipassanāpādakāṭṭhasamāpatticittaṃ pana adhicittan ti vuccati. taṃ hi adhisīlaṃ viya sīlānaṃ sabbalokiyacittānaṃ adhikañ c' eva uttamañ ca buddhuppāde eva ca hoti na vinā buddhuppādā. tato pi ca maggaphalacittam eva adhicittaṃ; taṃ pana idha anadhippetaṃ, na hi taṃ samāpanno bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ patisevati. atthi dinnaṃ atthi yiṭṭhan ti ādinayappavattaṃ pana kammassakatañānaṃ paññā; sā hi buddhe uppanne pi anuppanne pi loke pavattati.
[page 245]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.1.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 245
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] uppanne buddhe tassā paññāya buddhāpi sāvakā pi mahājanaṃ samādapenti, anuppanne buddhe paccekabuddhā kammavādino ca dhammikā samaṇabrāhmaṇā cakkavatti ca mahārājā mahābodhisattā ca samādapenti; sāmam pi paṇḍitasattā samādiyanti. tathā hi Aṅkuro dasavassasahassāni mahādānaṃ adāsi, Velāmo Vessantaro aññe ca bahū paṇḍitamanussā mahādānāni adaṃsu, te taṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā devesu ca manussesu ca sampaiṃ anubhavisuṃ.tilakkhaṇaparicchedakaṃ pana vipassanāñāṇaṃ adhipaññā ti vuccati. sā hi adhisīlādhicittāni viya sīlacittānaṃ sabbalokiyapaññānaṃ adhikā c' eva uttamā ca; na vinā buddhuppādā loke pavattati. tato pi ca maggaphalapaññā 'va adhipaññā, sa pana idha anadhippetā, na hi taṃ samāpanno bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevatīti. tatrā 'ti tāsu tīsu sikkhāsu. yāyaṃ adhisīlasikkhā ti yā ayaṃ pātimokkhasīlasaṅkhātā adhisīlasikkhā.
etaṃ sājīvaṃ nāmā 'ti etaṃ sabbam pi bhagavatā vinaye ṭhapitaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, yasmā ettha nānādesajātigottādibhedabhinnā bhikkhū saha jīvanti ekajīvikā sabhāgavuttino honti tasmā sājīvan ti vuccati. tasmiṃ sikkhatīti kiñcāpi taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ cittassa adhikaraṇaṃ katvā yathā sikkhāpadaṃ nu kho sikkhāmi na sikkhāmīti cittena olokento sikkhati. na kevalañ cāyam eva tasmiṃ sājīvasaṅkhāte sikkhāpade yeva sikkhati, sikkhāya pi sikkhati, etaṃ sājīvaṃ nāmā 'ti imassa pana anantarassa padassa vasena tasmiṃ sikkhatīti vuttaṃ. kiñcāpi taṃ evaṃ vuttaṃ atha kho evam ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. tassā ca sikkhāya sikkhaṃ paripūrento sikkhati, tasmiñ ca sikkhāpade avītikkamanto sikkhatīti.
tena vuccati sājīvasamāpanno ti idam pi anantarassa sājīvapadassa vasena vuttaṃ, yasmā pana so sikkham pi samāpanno tasmā sikkhāsamāpanno ti pi atthato veditabbo. evaṃ hi sati sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno ti etassa padassa padabhājanaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ hoti.
[page 246]
246 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.2.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||1|| sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā ti sikkhañ ca apaṭikkhipitvā dubbalabhāvañ ca appakāsetvā, yasmā dubbalye āvikate pi sikkhā apaccakkhātā 'va hoti, sikkhāya pana paccakkhātāya dubbalyaṃ āvikatam eva hoti, tasmā dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā ti iminā padena na koci visesattho labbhati, yathā pana dvirattatirattaṃ sahaseyyaṃ kappeyyā 'ti vutte dvirattavacanena na koci visesattho labbhati kevalaṃ lokavohāravasena vyañjanasiliṭṭhatāya mukhārūḷhatāya etaṃ vuttaṃ, evam idam pi vohārasukhatāya byañjanasiliṭṭhatāya mukhārūḷhatāya vuttan ti veditabbaṃ. yasmā vā bhagavāsātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ dhammaṃ deseti tasmā sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāyā 'ti iminā atthaṃ sampādetvā dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā ti iminā byaṅjanaṃ sampādeti, parivārakapadavirahitam hi ekam eva atthapadaṃ vuccamānaṃ parivāravirahito rājā viya vatthālaṅkāravirahito viya ca puriso na sobhati, parivārakena pana atthānulomena sahāya-padena saddhiṃ taṃ sobhatīti. yasmā vā sikkhāpaccakkhānassa ekaccaṃ dubbalyāvikammaṃ attho hoti tasmā taṃ sandhāya sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāyā 'ti padassa atthaṃ vivaranto dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā ti āha. tattha siyā yasmā na sabbaṃ dubbalyāvikammaṃ sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ tasmā dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā ti paṭhamam vatvā tassa atthaniyamanatthaṃ sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāyā 'ti vattabban ti. tañ ca na kasmā. atthānukkamābhāvato. sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno ti hi vuttattā yaṃ sikkhaṃ samāpanno taṃ apaccakkhāyā 'ti vuccamāno anukkamena attho vutto hoti na aññathā. tasmā idam eva paṭhamam vuttan ti. api ca anupaṭipāṭiyāpi ettha attho veditabbo, kathaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno ti ettha yaṃ sikkhaṃ samāpanno taṃ apaccakkhāya yañ ca sājīvaṃ samāpanno tattha dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā ti.
idāni sikkhāpaccakkhānadubbalyāvikammānaṃ visesāvisesaṃ sikkhāpaccakkhānalakkhaṇañ ca dassento atthi bhikkhave ti ādim āha.
[page 247]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.2.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 247
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tattha atthi bhikkhave ti ādīni dve mātikā-padāni; tāni vibhajanto kathañ ca bhikkhave ti ādim āha. tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanā. kathan ti kena ākārena. dubbalyāvikammañ cā 'ti dubbalyassa āvikammañ ca.
idhā 'ti imasmiṃ sāsane. ukkaṇṭhito ti anabhiratiyā imasmiṃ sāsane kicchajīvikaṃ patto. athavā ajja yāmi sve yāmi ito yāmi ettha yāmīti uddhaṃ kaṇṭhaṃ katvā viharamāno vikkhitto anekaggo ti vuttaṃ hoti. anabhirato ti sāsane abhirativirahito. sāmaññā cavitukāmo ti samaṇabhāvato apagantukāmo. bhikkhubhāvan ti bhikkhubhāvena; karaṇatthe upayogavacanaṃ. kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭiyeyyā 'ti ādisu pana yathālakkhaṇaṃ karaṇavacanen' eva vuttaṃ. aṭṭiyamāno ti aṭṭaṃ pīḷitaṃ dukkhitaṃ viya attānaṃ ācaramāno; tena vā bhikkhubhāvena aṭṭo kayiramāno pīḷiyamāno ti attho.
harāyamāno ti lajjamāno. jigucchamāno ti asuciṃ viya taṃ jigucchanto. gihībhāvaṃ patthayamāno ti ādīni uttānatthāni yeva. yan nūnāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan ti ettha yan nūnā 'ti parivitakkadassane nipāto. iṃ vuttaṃ hoti:
sac' āhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyaṃ sādhu vata me siyā 'ti.
vadati viññāpeti, imam atthaṃ etehi aññehi vyañjanehi vacībhedaṃ katvā vadati c' eva yassa ca vadati taṃ viññāpeti jānāpeti. evam pīti upariatthasampiṇḍanattho pikāro.
evam pi dubbalyāvikammañ c' eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. aññathāpi, dubbalyāvikammaṃ sikkhāya ca apaccakkhānaṃ dassento athavā panā 'ti ādim āha, taṃ sabbaṃ atthato uttānam eva. padato pan' ettha āditopaṭṭhāya buddhaṃ paccakkheyyaṃ dhammaṃ saṅghaṃ sikkhaṃ vinayaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddesaṃ upajjhāyaṃ ācariyaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ antevāsikaṃ samānupajjhāyakaṃ samānācariyakaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkheyyan ti imāni cuddasapadāni paccakkhanākārena vuttānil gihī assan ti ādīni gihī upāsako ārāmiko sāmaṇero titthiyo titthiyasāvako assamaṇo asakyaputtiyo assan ti imāni aṭṭhapadāni assan ti iminā bhāvavikappākārena vuttāni.
[page 248]
248 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.2-3.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ yan nūnāhan ti iminā paṭisaṃyuttāni dvāvīsati padāni, yathā ca etāni, evaṃ yadi panāhaṃ ap' āhaṃ handāhaṃ hoti me ti imesu ekamekena paṭisaṃyuttāni dvāvīsatīti sabbān' eva satañ ca dasa ca padāni honti. tato paraṃ saritabbavatthudassananayena pavattāni mātaraṃ sarāmīti ādīni sattarasapadāni. tattha khettan ti sāḷikhettādi. vatthun ti tiṇapaṇṇasākaphalāphalasamuṭṭhānaṭṭhānaṃ. sippan ti kumbhakārapesakārasippādikaṃ.
tato paraṃ sakiñcanasapalibodhabhāvadassanavasena pavattāni mātā me atthi sā mayā posetabbā ti ādīni navapadāni.
tato paraṃ sanissayasappatiṭṭhabhāvadassanavasena pavattāni mātā me atthi sā maṃ posessatīti ādīni soḷasapadāni. tato paraṃ ekabhattaekaseyyābrāhmacariyānaṃ dukkarabhāvadassanavasena pavattāni dukkaran ti ādīni aṭṭhapadāni.
tattha dukkaran ti ekabhattādīnaṃ karaṇe dukkarataṃ dasseti. na sukaran ti sukarabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipati. evaṃ duccaraṃ na sucaran ti ettha. na ussahāmīti tattha ussāhābhāvaṃ asakkuneyyataṃ dasseti. na visahāmīti asayhataṃ dasseti. na ramāmīti ratiyā abhāvaṃ dasseti. nābhiramāmīti abhiratiyā abhāvaṃ dasseti. evaṃ imāni ca pañ ñāsa purimāni ca dasuttarasatan ti saṭṭhisataṃ padāni dubbalyāvikammavāre vuttānīti veditabbāni. ||2|| sikkhāpaccakkhānavāre pi kathañ ca bhikkhave ti ādim āha, sabbaṃ atthato uttānam eva, padato pan' etthāpi buddhaṃ paccakkhāmi dhammaṃ saṅghaṃ sikkhaṃ vinayam pātimokkhaṃ uddesaṃ upajjhāyaṃ ācariyaṃ saddhivihārikam antevāsikaṃ samānupajjhāyakaṃ samānācariyakaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkhāmīti imāni cuddasapadāni sikkhāpaccakkhānavacanasambandhena pavattāni. sabbapadesu ca vadati viññāpetīti vacanassa ayam attho: vacībhedaṃ katvā ca vadati yassa ca vadati taṃ ten' eva vacībhedena ayaṃ sāsanaṃ jahitukāmo sāsanato muccitukāmo bhikkhubhāvaṃ jahitukāmo imaṃ vākyabhedaṃ karotīti viññāpeti sāveti jānāpeti,
[page 249]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.3.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 249
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace panāyaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti vattukāmo padapaccābhaṭṭhaṃ katvā paccakkhāmi buddhan ti vā vadeyya, milakkhabhāsādīsu vā aññatarabhāsāya tam atthaṃ vadeyya, buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti vattukāmo uppaṭipāṭiyā dhammaṃ paccakkhāmīti vā sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkhāmīti vā vadeyya, seyyathāpi uttarimanussadhammavibhaṅge paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpajjāmīti vattukāmo dutiyajjhānan ti vadati, sace yassa vadati so ayaṃ bhikkhubhāvaṃ cajitukāmo etam atthaṃ vadatīti ettakam pi jānāti, viraddhaṃ nāma n' atthi, khettam eva otiṇṇaṃ, paccakkhātā va hoti sikkhā, Sakkattā vā Brahmattā vā cutasatto viya cuto va hoti sāsanā. sace pana buddhaṃ paccakkhin ti vā buddhaṃ paccakkhissāmīti vā buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan ti vā ti atītānāgataparikappavacanehi vadati dūtaṃ vā pahiṇāti sāsanaṃ vā peseti akkharaṃ vā chindati hatthamuddāya vā tam atthaṃ āroceti apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. uttarimanussadhammārocanaṃ pana hatthamuddāya pi sīsaṃ eti. sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ manussajātikasattassa santike cittasampayuttavacībhedaṃ karontass' eva sīsaṃ eti. vacībhedaṃ katvā viññāpento pi ca yadi ayam eva jānātū 'ti ekaṃ niyametvā āroceti tañ ca so eva jānāti paccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. atha so na jānāti, añño samīpe ṭhito jānāti, apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. atha dvinnaṃ ṭhitaṭṭhāne dvinnam pi niyametvā etesaṃ ārocemīti vadati, tesu ekasmiṃ jānante pi dvīsu jānantesu pi paccakkhātā 'va hoti sikkhā. evaṃ sambahulesu pi veditabbaṃ sace pana anabhiratiyā pīḷito sabhāge bhikkhū parisaṅkamāno yo koci jānātū 'ti uccāsaddaṃ karonto buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti vadati, tañ ca avidūre ṭhito navakammiko vā añño vā samayaññūpuriso sutvā, ukkaṇṭhito ayaṃ samaṇo gihībhāvaṃ patthayati sāsanato cuto ti jānāti,
[page 250]
250 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.3.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] paccakkhātā 'va hoti sikkhā. taṅkhaṇañ ñeva pana apubbaṃ acarimaṃ dujjānaṃ, sace āvajjanasamaye na jānāti yathā pakatiyā loke manussā vacanaṃ sutvā jānanti paccakkhātā 'va hoti sikkhā. athāparabhāge kiṃ iminā vuttan ti kaṅkhanto cirena jānāti apaccakkhātā 'va hoti sikkhā. idaṃ hi sikkhāpaccakkhānañ ca upari abhūtārocanaduṭṭhullavācāttakāmaduṭṭhadosabhūtārocanasikkhāpadāni ca ekaparicchedāni, āvajjanasamayena ñāte eva sīsaṃ enti. kiṃ ayaṃ bhaṇatīti kaṅkhatā cirena ñāte sīsaṃ na enti. yathā cāyaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti pade vinicchayo vutto evaṃ sabbapadesu veditabbo. yasmā ca yadā sikkhā paccakkhātā hoti tadā yan nūnāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan ti ādīni avadatāpi dubbalyaṃ āvikatam eva hoti, tasmā sabbesaṃ padānaṃ avasāne vuttaṃ evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c' eva hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā ti. tato paraṃ gihīti maṃ dhārehīti ettha sace gihī bhavissāmīti vā gihī homīti vā gihī jāto 'mhīti vā vadati apaccakkhātā 'va hoti sikkhā. sace pana ajja paṭṭhāya gihīti maṃ dhārehīti vā jānāhīti vā manasikarohīti vā vadati ariyakena vā vadati milakkhakena vā, evam eva tasmiṃ atthe vutte yassa vadati sace so jānāti, paccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. esa nayo sesesu pi upāsako ti ādisu sattasu padesu. evaṃ imāni ca aṭṭha purimāni ca cuddasāti dvāvīsati padāni honti. ito paraṃ purimān' eva cuddasa alaṃ me, kinnu me, na mam' attho, sumutt' āhan ti imehi catūhi yojetvā vuttāni chappaññāsā honti. tattha alan ti hotu pariyattan ti attho. kinnu me ti kiṃ mayhaṃ kiccaṃ kiṃ karanīyaṃ kiṃ sādhetabban ti attho. na mam' attho ti n' atthi mama attho. sumutt' āhan ti sumutto ahaṃ. sesam ettha vuttanayam eva. evaṃ imāni ca chappaññāsa purimāni ca dvāvīsatīti aṭṭhasattatipadāni sarūpen' eva vuttāni.
[page 251]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.3.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 251
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yasmā pana tesaṃ vevacanehi pi sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti tasmā yāni vā pan' aññāni pīti ādim āha.
tattha yāni vā pan' aññāni pīti pāḷiyā buddhan ti ādīni āgatapadāni ṭhapetvā yāni aññāni atthi buddhavevacanāni vā ti buddhassa vā pariyāyanāmāni --pe-- asakyaputtiyassa vā ti. tattha vaṇṇapaṭṭhāne āgataṃ nāmasahassaṃ Upāḷigāthāsu nāmasataṃ aññāni ca guṇato labbhamānāni nāmāni buddhavevacanānīti veditabbāni. sabbāni pi dhammassa nāmāni dhammavevacanānīti veditabbāni. esa nayo sabbattha. ayaṃ pan' ettha yojanā: buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ yathārutam eva, sammāsambuddhaṃ paccakkhāmi anantabuddhiṃ anomabuddhiṃ bodhipaññāṇaṃ dhīram vigatamohaṃ pabhinnakhīlaṃ vijitavijayaṃ paccakkhāmīti evam ādi buddhavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ. dhammaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ yathārutam eva, svākkhātaṃ dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi, sanditṭṭhikaṃ akālikaṃ ehipassikaṃ opanayikaṃ paccattaṃ veditabbaṃ viññūhi dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi asaṅkhataṃ dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi virāgaṃ nirodhaṃ amataṃ dhammaṃ paccakkhāmi, Dīghanikāyaṃ paccakkhāmi Brahmajālaṃ paccakkhāmi Majjhimanikāyaṃ Mūlapariyāyaṃ Saṃyuttanikāyaṃ Aṅguttaranikāyaṃ Jātakanikāyaṃ abhidhammaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ akusalaṃ dhammaṃ abyākataṃ dhammaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ sammappadhānaṃ iddhipādaṃ indriyaṃ balaṃ bojjhaṅgaṃ maggaṃ phalaṃ nibbānaṃ paccakkhāmīti caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassesu ca ekadhammakkhandhassāpi nāmaṃ dhammavevacanam eva, evaṃ dhammavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. saṅghaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ supaṭipannaṃ saṅghaṃ paccakkhāmi ujupaṭipannaṃ ñāyapaṭipannaṃ sāmīcipaṭipannaṃ saṅghaṃ, cattāripurisayugaṃ saṅghaṃ aṭṭhapurisapuggalaṃ saṅghaṃ āhuneyyaṃ pāhuneyyaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ añjalikaraṇīyaṃ anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ saṅghaṃ paccakkhāmīti, evaṃ saṅghavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
[page 252]
252 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.3.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sikkhaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. bhikkhusikkhaṃ paccakkhāmi bhikkhunīsikkhaṃ paccakkhāmi adhisīlasikkhaṃ adhicittasikkhaṃ adhipaññāsikkhaṃ paccakkhāmīti evaṃ sikkhāvevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. vinayaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. bhikkhuvinayaṃ paccakkhāmi bhikkhunīvinayaṃ paccakkhāmi paṭhamapārājikaṃ dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ catutthaṃ pārājikaṃ saṅghādisesaṃ thullaccayaṃ pācittiyaṃ pāṭidesaniyaṃ dukkaṭaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ paccakkhāmīti evam ādinā vinayavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. pātimokkhaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. bhikkhupātimokkhaṃ bhikkhunīpātimokkhaṃ paccakkhāmīti evaṃ pātimokkhavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. uddesaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. bhikkhupātimokkhuddesaṃ bhikkhunīpātimokkhuddesaṃ paṭhamaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ catutthaṃ pañcamaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ sammāsambuddhuddesaṃ anantabuddhiuddesaṃ anomabuddhiuddesaṃ bodhipaññāṇuddesaṃ dhīruddesaṃ vigatamohuddesaṃ pabhiṇṇakhīluddes vijitavijayuddesaṃ paccakkhāmīti, evam ādi udddesavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. upajjhāyaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. yo maṃ pabbājesi yo maṃ upasampādesi yassa mūlenāhaṃ pabbajito yassa mūlenāhaṃ upasampanno yassa mūlikā mayhaṃ pabbajjā yassa mūlikā mayhaṃ upasampadā tāhaṃ paccakkhāmīti evaṃ upajjhāyavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. ācariyaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. yo maṃ pabbājesi yo maṃ anusāvesi yāhaṃ nissāya vasāmi yāhaṃ uddisāpemi yāhaṃ paripucchāmi yo maṃ uddisati yo maṃ paripucchāpeti, tāhaṃ paccakkhāmīti evaṃ ācariyavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. saddhivihārikaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. yāhaṃ pabbājesiṃ yāhaṃ upasampādesiṃ mayhaṃ mūlena yo pabbajito mayhaṃ mūlena yo upasampanno mayhaṃ mūlikā yassa pabbajjā mayhaṃ mūlikā yassa upasampadā, tāhaṃ paccakkhāmīti evaṃ saddhivihārikavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
[page 253]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.3.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 253
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] antevāsikaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. yāhaṃ pabbājesiṃ yāhaṃ anusāvesiṃ, yo maṃ nissāya vasati yo maṃ uddisāpeti yo maṃ paripucchati yassāhaṃ uddisissāmi yāhaṃ paripucchāpemi, taṃ paccakkhāmīti evaṃ antevāsikavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. samānupajjhāyakaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. mayhaṃ upajjhāyo yaṃ pabbājesi yaṃ upasampādesi, yo tassa mūle pabbajito yo tassa mūle upasampanno yassa tam mūlikā pabbajjāyassa tam mūlikā upasampadā taṃ paccakkhāmīti evaṃ samānupajjhāyakavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
samānācariyakaṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. mayhaṃ ācariyo yaṃ pabbājesi yaṃ upasampādesi yaṃ anusāvesi, yo taṃ nissāya vasati, yo taṃ uddisāpeti paripucchati, yassa me ācariyo uddisati yaṃ paripucchāpeti taṃ paccakkhāmīti evaṃ samānācariyakavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkhāmīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. yenāhaṃ saddhiṃ adhisīlaṃ sikkhāmi adhicittaṃ adhipaññaṃ sikkhāmi, taṃ paccakkhāmīti evaṃ sabrahmacārīvevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. gihīti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ.
āgāriko ti maṃ dhārehi kassako vāṇijo gorakkho otallako molibaddho kāmaguṇiko ti maṃ dhārehīti evam gihīvevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. upāsako ti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. dvevāciko upāsako ti maṃ dhārehi tevāciko buddhaṃ saraṇagamaniko dhammaṃ saṅghaṃ saraṇagamaniko pañcasikkhāpadiko dasasikkhāpadiko upāsako ti maṃ dhārehīti evaṃ upāsakavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. ārāmiko ti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. kappiyakārako ti maṃ dhārehi veyyāvaccakaro appaharitakārako yāgubhājako phalabhājako khajjakabhājako ti maṃ dhārehīti evaṃ ārāmikavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. sāmaṇero ti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. kumārako ti maṃ dhārehi cellako ceṭako monigallo samanuddeso ti maṃ dhārehīti evaṃ sāmaṇeravevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
[page 254]
254 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.3-4.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] titthiyo ti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. nigaṇṭho ti maṃ dhārehi ājīvako tāpaso paribbājako paṇḍaraṅgo ti maṃ dhārehīti evaṃ titthiyavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. titthiyasāvako ti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. nigaṇṭhasāvako ti maṃ dhārehi ājīvakatāpasaparibbājakapaṇḍaraṅgasāvako ti maṃ dhārehīti evaṃ titthiyasāvakavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. assamaṇo ti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. dussīlo ti maṃ dhārehi pāpadhammo asucisaṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacārīpaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto koṇḍo ti maṃ dhārehīti evaṃ assamaṇavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti. asakyaputtiyo ti maṃ dhārehīti na vevacanena paccakkhānaṃ. na sammāsambuddhaputto ti maṃ dhārehi na anantabuddhiputto na anomabuddhiputto na bodhipaññāṇaputto na dhīraputto na vigatamohaputto na pabhinnakhīlaputto na vijitavijayaputto ti maṃ dhārehīti evamādi asakyaputtiyavevacanena sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ hoti.
tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehīti tehi buddhavevacanāni vā ti ādinā nayena vuttehi buddhādīnaṃ vevacanehi.
vevacanāni hi sikkhāpaccakhānassa kāraṇattā ākārā, buddhādīnaṃ saṇṭhānadīpanattā sikkhāpaccakkhānasaṇṭhānattā eva vā liṅgāni. sikkhāpaccakkhānassa sañjānanahetuto manussānaṃ tilakādīni viya nimittānīti vuccanti. evaṃ kho bhikkhave ti ito paraṃ aññassa sikkhāpaccakkhānakāraṇassa abhāvato niyamento āha. ayaṃ h' ettha attho evam eva dubbalyāvikammañ c' eva hoti sikkhāpaccakkhānañ ca na ito paraṃ kāraṇam atthīti. ||3||
evaṃ sikkhāpaccakkhānalakkhāṇaṃ dassetvā apaccakkhāne asammohatthaṃ tass' eva ca sikkhāpaccakkhānalakkhaṇassa puggalādivasena vipattidassanatthaṃ kathañ ca bhikkhave apaccakkhātā ti ādim āha. tattha yehi ākārehīti ādi vuttanayam eva. ummattako ti yakkhummattako vā pittummattako vā yo koci viparītasañño; so sace paccakkhāti apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā,
[page 255]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.4.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 255
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ummattakassā 'ti tādisass' eva ummattakassa; tādisassa hi santike sace pakatatto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti ummattako na jānāti,apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā.
khittacitto ti yakkhummattako vuccati; purimapade pana ummattakasāmaññena vuttaṃ yakkhummattako vā pittummattako vā. ubhinnam pi viseso anāpatti vāre āvibhavissati.
evaṃ khittacitto paccakkhātāpi apaccakkhātā hoti, tassa santike paccakkhātāpi tamhi ajānante apaccakkhātā hoti.
vedanaṭṭo ti balavatiyā dukkhavedanāya phuṭṭho mucchāpareto; tena vippalapantena paccakkhātāpi apaccakkhātā hoti. tassa santike paccakkhātāpi tam hi ajānante apaccakkhātā hoti. devatāya santike ti Bhummadevataṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva Akaniṭṭhadevatāya pi santike paccakkhātāpi apaccakkhātā 'va hoti. tiracchānagatassā 'ti nāgamāṇavakassa vā supaṇṇamāṇavakassa vā kinnarahatthimakkaṭādīnaṃ vā yassa kassaci santike paccakkhātāpi apaccakkhātā 'va hoti.
tatra ummattakādīnaṃ santike ajānanabhāvena apaccakkhātā ti āha. devatāya santike atikhippaṃ jānanabhāvena, devatā nāma mahāpaññā tihetupaṭisandhikā atikhippaṃ jānanti; cittañ ca nāmetaṃ lahuparivattaṃ tasmā cittalahukassa puggalassa cittavasen' eva mā atikhippaṃ vināso ahosīti devatāya santike sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ paṭikkhipi.
manussesu pana niyamo n' atthi. yassa kassaci sabhāgassa vā visabhāgassa vā gahaṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā viññussa santike paccakkhātā paccakkhātā 'va hoti. sace pana so na jānāti apaccakkhātā 'va hotīti etam atthaṃ dassento ariyakenā 'ti ādim āha. tattha ariyakaṃ nāma ariyavohāro Magadhabhāsā. milakkhakaṃ nāma yo koci anariyako Andha Damiḷādi. so ca na paṭivijānātīti bhāsantare vā anabhiññātāya buddhasamaye vā akovidatāya imaṃ nāma atthaṃ esa bhaṇatīti na paṭijānāti. davāyā 'ti sahasā aññaṃ bhaṇitukāmo sahasā buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti bhaṇati. ravāyā 'ti ravā bhaññena, aññaṃ bhaṇissāmīti aññaṃ bhaṇanto, purimena ko viseso ti ce.
[page 256]
256 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.4-5.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] purimaṃ paṇḍitassāpi sahasāvasena aññaṃ bhaṇanaṃ, idaṃ pana mandattā momūhattā apakataññuttā pakkhalantassa aññaṃ bhaṇissāmīti aññaṃ bhaṇanaṃ. asāvetukāmo sāvetīti imassa sikkhāpadassa pāliṃ vāceti paripucchati uggaṇhāti sajjhāyaṃ karoti vaṇṇeti, ayaṃ vuccati asāvetukāmo sāvetīti. sāvetukāmo na sāvetīti dubbalabhāvaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhanto vacībhedaṃ na karoti, ayaṃ vuccati sāvetukāmo na sāvetīti. aviññussa sāvetīti mahallakassa vā potthakarūpasadisassa garumedhassa vā samaye akovidassa gāmadārakānaṃ vā aviññutaṃ pattānaṃ sāveti. viññussa na sāvetīti paṇḍitassa ñātuṃ samatthassa na sāveti. sabbaso vā panā 'ti buddhaṃ paccakkhāmīti ādisu yena yena pariyāyena sikkhāpaccakkhātā hoti, tato ekam pi vacībhedaṃ katvā na sāveti. evaṃ kho ti apaccakkhānalakkhaṇaṃ niyameti. ayaṃ hi ettha attho: evam eva sikkhā apaccakkhātā hoti na aññena kāraṇenā 'ti attho. ||4||
idāni methunaṃ dhammaṃ patiseveyyā 'ti ādīnaṃ atthadassanatthaṃ methunadhammo nāmā 'ti ādim āha. tattha methunadhammo nāmā 'ti idaṃ niddisitabbassa methunadhammassa uddesapadaṃ. asaddhammo ti asataṃ nīcajanānaṃ dhammo. gāmadhammo ti gāmavāsīnaṃ sevanadhammo. vasaladhammo ti vasalānaṃ dhammo kilesavassanato vā sayam eva vasalo dhammo ti vasaladhammo. duṭṭhullan ti duṭṭhu ca kilesehi duṭṭhattā thūlañ ca anipuṇabhāvato ti duṭṭhullaṃ. ito paṭṭhāya ca tīsu padesu yo so ti idaṃ parivattetvā yaṃ tan ti katvā yojetabbaṃ, yaṃ taṃ duṭṭhullaṃ yaṃ taṃ odakantikaṃ yaṃ taṃ rahassan ti. ettha ca yasmā tassa kammassa parivārabhūtaṃ dassanam pi gahaṇam pi āmasanam pi phusanam pi ghaṭṭanam pi duṭṭhullaṃ, tasmāpi taṃ kammaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ. yaṃ taṃ duṭṭhullaṃ so methunadhammo. udakaṃ assa ante suddhatthaṃ ādiyissatīti udakantaṃ udakantam eva odakantikaṃ. yaṃ taṃ odakantikaṃ so methunadhammo.
[page 257]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.5.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 257
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] raho paṭicchanne okāse kattabbatāya rahassaṃ. yaṃ taṃ rahassaṃ so methunadhammo ti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā. dvayena dvayena samāpajjitabbato dvayaṃ-dvayasamāpatti. tattha yojanā: yā sā dvayaṃ-dvayasamāpatti so methunadhammo nāmā 'ti. idha pana taṃ sabbaṃ ekajjhaṃ nigamento āha, eso methunadhammo nāmā 'ti. kiṃ kāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo ti. ubhinnaṃ rattānaṃ sārattānaṃ avassutānaṃ pariyuṭṭhitānaṃ ubhinnaṃ sadisānaṃ dhammo ti, taṃ-kāraṇā vuccati methunadhammo ti. patisevati nāmā 'ti idaṃ patiseveyyā 'ti ettha yenākārena patiseveyyā 'ti vuccati, tassākārassa dassanatthaṃ mātikāpadaṃ. yo nimittena nimittan ti ādisu yo bhikkhu itthiyā nimittena attano nimittaṃ itthiyā aṅgajātena attano aṅgajātaṃ sabbantimena pamāṇena ekatilabījamattam pi vātena asamphuṭṭhe allokāse paveseti, eso patisevati nāmā; ettakena sīlabhedaṃ pāpuṇāti pārājiko hoti. ettha ca itthinimitte cattāri passāni vemajjhan cā 'ti pañca ṭhānāni labbhanti. purisanimitte cattāri passāni majjhaṃ uparīti cha. tasmā itthinimitte heṭṭhāpavesento pi pārājiko hoti, uparito pavesento pi ubhohi passehi pavesento pi cattāri ṭhānāni muñcitvā majjhena pavesento pi pārājiko hoti.
purisanimittaṃ pana heṭṭhābhāgena chupantaṃ pavesento pi pārājiko hoti, uparibhāgena chupantaṃ pavesento pi ubhohi passehi chupantaṃ pavesento pi majjhen' eva chupantaṃ pavesento pi sammiñjitaṅguli viya majjhimapabbapiṭṭhiyā saṅkocetvā uparibhāgena chupantaṃ pavesento pi pārājiko hoti. tattha tuḷādaṇḍasadisaṃ pavesentassāpi cattāri passāni majjhan cā ti pañcaṭhānāni. saṅkocetvā pavesentassāpi cattāri passāni uparibhāgam majjhañ cā ti pañca ṭhānāni. evaṃ sabbāni pi purisanimitte dasa ṭhānāni honti. nimitte jātaṃ anaṭṭhakāyappasādaṃ cammakhīlaṃ vā piḷakaṃ vā paveseti āpatti pārājikassa. naṭṭhakāyappasādaṃ matacammaṃ vā sukkhapiḷakaṃ vā paveseti āpatti dukkaṭassa.
[page 258]
258 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.5.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] methunassādena lomaṃ vā aṅguli aṅguṭṭhabījādīni vā pavesentassāpi dukkaṭam eva. ayañ ca methunakathā nāma yasmā duṭṭhullakathā asabbhakathā tasmā etaṃ vā aññaṃ vā vinaye īdisaṃ ṭhānaṃ kathentena paṭikkūlamanasikārañ ca samaṇasaññañ ca hirottappañ ca paccupaṭṭhāpetvā sammāsambuddhe gāravaṃ uppādetvā asamakaruṇassa lokanāthassa karuṇāguṇaṃ āvajjetvā kathetabbā. so hi nāma bhagavā sabbaso kāmehi vinivattamānaso pi sattānuddayalokānukampāya sattesu kāruññataṃ paṭicca sikkhāpadapaññāpanatthāya īdisaṃ kathaṃ kathesi, aho satthukaruṇāguṇo ti evaṃ lokanāthassa karuṇāguṇaṃ āvajjitvā kathetabbaṃ. api ca yadi bhagavā sabbākārena īdisam kathaṃ na katheyya, ko jāneyya ettakesu ṭhānesu pārājikaṃ, ettakesu thullaccayaṃ, ettakesu dukkaṭan ti, tasmā suṇantenāpi kathentenāpi vījanakena, mukhaṃ apidhāya dantavidaṃsakaṃ hasamānena na nisīditabbaṃ.
sammāsambuddhenāpi īdisaṃ kathitan ti paccavekkhitvā ussāhena gabbhitena hirottappasampannena sathupaṭibhāgena hutvā kathetabban ti. mūlapaññattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
anuppaññattivāre antamaso ti sabbantimena paricchedena.
tiracchānagatāya pīti paṭisandhivasena tiracchānesu gatāya.
pageva manussitthiyā 'ti paṭhamataraṃ manussajātikāya itthiyā, pārājikavatthubhūtā eva c' ettha tiracchānagatitthi tiracchānagatā ti gahetabbā, na sabbā. tatrāyaṃ paricchedo:
apadānaṃ ahi macchā dvipadānañ ca kukkuṭī
catuppadānaṃ majjāri vatthu pārājikass' imā 'ti.
[page 259]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.5.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 259
tattha ahigahaṇena sabbāpi ajagaragonisādibhedā dīghajāti saṅgahītā, tasmā dīghajātīsu yattha tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ sakkā tilaphalamattaṃ pavesetuṃ sā pārājikavatthu. avasesā dukkaṭavatthū 'ti veditabbā. macchagahaṇena sabbāpi macchakacchapamaṇḍūkādibhedā odakajāti saṅgahītā, tatrāpi dīghajātiyaṃ vuttanayen' eva pārājikavatthuñ ca dukkaṭavatthuñ ca veditabbaṃ. ayam pana viseso baraṅkamukhamaṇḍukā nāma honti, tesaṃ mukhasaṇṭhānaṃ mahantaṃ chiddaṃ appakaṃ, tattha pavesanaṃ na ppahoti, mukhasaṇṭhānaṃ pana vaṇasaṅkhepaṃ gacchati, tasmā taṃ thullaccayavatthū 'ti veditabbaṃ. kukkuṭīgahaṇena sabbāpi kākakapotādibhedā pakkhijāti saṅgahītā, tatrāpi vuttaneyen' eva pārājikavatthuñ ca dukkaṭavatthuñ ca veditabbaṃ. majjārigahaṇena sabbāpi rukkhasuṇakhamuṅgusagodhādibhedā catuppadajāti saṅgahītā, tatrāpi vuttanayen' eva pārājikavatthuñ ca dukkaṭavatthuñ ca veditabbaṃ. pārājiko ti parājito parājayaṃ āpanno. ayaṃ hi pārājikasaddo sikkhāpadāpattipuggalesu vattati. tattha, aṭṭhānam etaṃ Ānanda anavakāso yaṃ tathāgato Vajjīnaṃ vā Vajjiputtakānaṃ vā kāraṇā sāvakānaṃ pārājikaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ taṃ samūhaneyyā 'ti evam sikkhāpade vattamāno veditabbo. āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikaṃ ti evaṃ āpattiyā. na mayaṃ pārājikā yo avahaṭo so pārājiko ti evaṃ puggale vattamāno veditabbo.
pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃseyyā 'ti ādisu pana dhamme vattatīti vadanti. yasmā pana tattha dham ti katthaci āpatti katthaci sikkhāpadam eva adhippetaṃ, tasmā so visuṃ na vattabbo. tattha sikkhāpadaṃ yo taṃ atikkamati taṃ parājeti, tasmā pārājikan ti vuccati. āpatti pana yo naṃ ajjhāpajjati taṃ parājeti tasmā pārājikā ti vuccati. puggalo yasmā parājito parājayam āpanno tasmā pārājiko ti vuccati.
[page 260]
260 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.8.5;9.1.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] etam eva hi atthaṃ sandhāya Parivāre pi: [pārājikan ti yaṃ vuttaṃ taṃ suṇohi yathā-tathaṃ, cuto' paraddho bhaṭṭho ca saddhammābhiniraṅkato, saṃvāso ca tahiṃ n' atthi; ten' etaṃ iti vuccatīti] vuttaṃ. ayaṃ h' ettha attho: taṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamanto āpattiñ ca āpanno puggalo cuto hotīti sabbaṃ yojetabbaṃ. tena vuccatīti yena kāraṇena assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo paribhaṭṭho chinno parājito sāsanato tena vuccati kinti pārājiko hotīti. saha vasanti etthā 'ti saṃvāso, taṃ dassetuṃ saṃvāso nāmā 'ti vatvā ekaṃ kamman ti ādim āha. tatrāyaṃ saddhiṃ yojanāya vaṇṇanā:
catubbidham pi saṅghakammaṃ sīmāparicchinnehi pakatattehi bhikkhūhi ekato kattabbattā ekaṃ kammaṃ nāma, tathā pañcavidho pi pātimokkhuddeso ekato uddisitabbattā ekuddeso nāma paññattaṃ pana sikkhāpadaṃ sabbehi pi lajjipuggalehi samaṃ sikkhitabbabhāvato samasikkhatā nāma. ettha yasmā sabbe pi lajjino etesu kammādisu saha vasanti, na eko pi tato bahiddhā sandissati, tasmā tāni sabbāni pi gahetvā eso saṃvāso nāmā 'ti āha. so ca vuttappakāro saṃvāso tena puggalena saddhiṃ n' atthi, tena kāraṇena so pārājiko puggalo asaṃvāso ti vuccatīti. ||5||8||
evaṃ udiṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ padānukkamena vibhajitvā idāni yaṃ taṃ patiseveyyā 'ti ettha yenākārena patiseveyyā 'ti vuccati, tassākārassa dassanatthaṃ patisevati nāmā 'ti idaṃ mātikāpadaṃ ṭhapetvā nimittena nimittaṃ aṅgajātena aṅgajātan ti vuttaṃ. tattha yasmā na kevalaṃ itthiyā eva nimittaṃ pārājikavatthu, nāma manussitthiyā eva, suvaṇṇarajatādimayānañ ca itthinam pi nimittaṃ vatthum eva na hoti, tasmā yaṃ yaṃ vatthu hoti, taṃ taṃ dessetuṃ tisso itthiyo ti ādinā nayena yesaṃ nimittāni vatthūni honti, te satte vatvā manussitthiyā tayo magge ti ādinā nayena tāni vatthūni āha. tattha tisso itthiyo tayo ubhatobyañjanakā tayo paṇḍakā tayo purisā ti pārājikavatthūnaṃ nimittānaṃ nissayā dvādasa sattā honti. tesu itthipurisā pākaṭā eva.
[page 261]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.9.1-2.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 261
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] paṇḍakaubhatobyañjanakabhedo pabbajjākhandhakavaṇṇanāyaṃ pākaṭo bhavissati. manussitthiyā tayo magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ patisevantassā 'ti ettha ca manussitthiyā tīsu maggesū 'ti attho veditabbo. ||1|| evaṃ sabbattha sabbe eva c' ete manussitthiyā tayo maggā, amanussitthiyā tayo tiracchānagatitthiyā tayo ti nava, manussaubhatobyañjanakādīnaṃ nava manussapaṇḍakādīnaṃ dvedve katvā cha, tathā manussapurisādānan ti samatiṃsa maggā honti. etesu nimittasaṅkhātesu yattha katthaci attano aṅgajātaṃ tilaphalamattam pi pavesetvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ patisevanto pārājikaṃ āpajjati, āpajjanto pana yasmā sevanacitten' eva āpajjati, na vinā tena, tasmā taṃ lakkhaṇaṃ dassento bhagavā bhikkhussa sevanacittaṃ paccupaṭṭhitan ti ādim āha. tattha bhikkhussā 'ti methunasevanakassa bhikkhussa, sevanacittaṃ paccupaṭṭhitan ti bhūmmatthe paccattavacanaṃ, sevanacitte paccupaṭṭhite ti attho. vaccamaggaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassā 'ti yena maggena vaccaṃ nikkhamati taṃ maggaṃ attano aṅgajātaṃ purisanimittaṃ tilaphalamattam pi pavesentassa. āpatti pārājikassā 'ti āpatti pārājikā assa hotīti attho. athavā āpattīti āpajjanaṃ hoti. pārājikassā 'ti pārājikadhammassa. ||2|| esa nayo sabbattha evaṃ sevanacitten' eva pavesentassa āpatti dassetvā idāni yasmā taṃ pavesanam nāma na kevalaṃ attūpakkamena parūpakkamenāpi hoti.
tatrāpi ca sādiyantass' eva āpatti sevanacittasamaṅgissa na itarassa. tasmā ye saddhā pabbajitā kulaputtā sammā paṭipannakā parūpakkamena pavesane pi sati na sādiyanti, tesaṃ rakkhaṇatthaṃ bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthin ti ādim āha. tattha paṭipakkhaṃ atthaṃ yanti icchantīti paccatthikā, bhikkhū eva paccatthikā bhikkhupaccatthikā, visabhāgānaṃ verībhikkhūnam etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. manussitthiṃ bhikkhuno santike ānetvā ti issāpakatā taṃ bhikkhuṃ nāsetukāmā āmisena vā upalāpetvā mittasanthavavasena vā idaṃ amhākaṃ kiccaṃ karohīti vatvā kiñci manussitthiṃ rattibhāge tassa bhikkhussa vasanokāsaṃ ānetvā.
[page 262]
262 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.9.4.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] vaccamaggena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdentīti taṃ bhikkhuṃ hatthapādasīsādīsu sugahitaṃ nipparipphandaṃ gahetvā itthiyā vaccamaggena tassa bhikkhuno aṅgajataṃ abhinisīdenti sampayojentīti attho. so ce ti ādisu so ce bhikkhu vaccamaggabbhantaraṃ attano aṅgajātassa pavesanaṃ sādiyati adhivāseti, tasmiṃ khaṇe sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti paviṭṭhaṃ sādiyati adhivāseti, paviṭṭhakāle sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, ṭhitaṃ sādiyati adhivāseti, ṭhānappattakāle sukkavissaṭṭhisamaye sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati adhivāseti, nīharaṇakāle sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, evaṃ catusu ṭhānesu sādiyanto mama verīsamaṇehi idaṃ kataṃ ti vattuṃ na labhati, pārājikāpattim eva āpajjati. yathā ca imāni cattāri sādiyanto āpajjati, evaṃ purimaṃ ekaṃ asādiyitvā tīṇi sādiyanto pi dve asādiyitvā dve sādiyanto pi tīṇi asādiyitvā ekaṃ sādiyanto pi āpajjati yeva. sabbaso pana asādiyanto āsivisamukhaṃ viya aṅgārakāsuṃ viya ca paviṭṭhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ maññamāno nāpajjati, tena vuttaṃ pavesanaṃ na sādiyati --pe-- uddharaṇaṃ na sādiyati anāpattīti. imaṃ hi evarūpaṃ āraddhavipassakaṃ kāye ca jīvite ca anapakkhaṃ ekādasahi aggīhi sampajjalitāni va sabbāyatanāni ukkhittāsike viya ca vādhake pañcakāmaguṇe passantaṃ puggalaṃ rakkhanto bhagavā paccatthikānañ c' assa manorathavighātaṃ karonto imaṃ pavesanaṃ na sādiyatīti ādikaṃ catukkaṃ nīharitvā thapesīti.
paṭhamacatukkakathā niṭṭhitā.
evaṃ paṭhamacatukkaṃ dassetvā idāni yasmā bhikkhupaccatthikā itthiṃ ānetvā na kevalaṃ vaccamaggen' eva abhinisīdenti, atha kho passāvamaggena pi mukhena pi. itthiṃ ānentāpi ca keci jāgarantiṃ ānenti, keci suttaṃ, keci mattaṃ, keci ummattaṃ, keci pamattaṃ, aññavihitaṃ vikkhittacittan ti attho.
[page 263]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.9.4.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 263
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] keci mataṃ akkhayitaṃ sonasigālādīhi akkhayitanimittan ti attho. keci mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ, yebhuyyena akkhayitā nāma yassā nimitte vaccamagge vā passāvamagge vā mukhe vā bahutaro okāso akkhayito hoti.
keci mataṃ yebhuyyena khayitaṃ, yebhuyyena khayitā nāma yassā vaccamaggādike nimitte bahuṃ khayitaṃ hoti appaṃ akkhayitaṃ. na kevalañ ca manussitthim eva ānenti, atha kho amanussitthim pi tiracchānagatitthim pi, na kevalañ ca vuttappakāraṃ itthim eva ubhatobyañjanakam pi paṇḍakam pi purisam pi ānenti. tasmā tesaṃ vasena aññāni pi catukkāni dassento bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ jāgarantin ti ādim āha. tattha pāliyā asammohatthaṃ vuttacatukkāni evaṃ saṅkhāto veditabbāni. manussitthiyā tiṇṇam maggānaṃ vasena tīṇi suddhikacatukkāni tīṇi jāgaranticatukkāni tīṇi suttacatukkāni tīṇi mattacatukkāni tīṇi ummattacatukkāni tīṇi pamattacatukkāni tīṇi matākkhayitacatukkāni tīṇi yebhuyyena akkhayitacatukkāni tīṇi yebhuyyena khayitacatukkānīti sattavīsati catukkāni. tathā amanussitthiyā tathā tiracchānagatitthiyā ti itthivāre ekāsīti catukkāni. yathā ca itthivāre evaṃ ubhatobyañjanakavāre.
paṇḍakapurisavāresu pana dvinnaṃ maggānaṃ vasena catupaṇṇāsa catupaṇṇāsa honti. evaṃ sabbāni pi dvesatāni sattati ca catukkāni honti. tāni uttānatthāni yeva.
sabbavāresu pan' ettha mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ khayitan ti etasmiṃ ṭhāne ayaṃ vinicchayo: Tambapaṇṇidīpe kira dve vinayadharā samānācariyakā therā ahesuṃ, Upatissatthero ca Phussadevatthero ca. te mahābhaye uppanne Vinayapiṭakaṃ pariharantā rakkhiṃsu. tesu Upatissatthero byattataro. tassāpi dve antevāsikā ahesuṃ Mahāpadumatthero ca Mahāsummatthero ca. tesu Mahāsummatthero navakkhattuṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ assosi. Mahāpadumatthero tena saddhiṃ navakkhattuṃ visuñ ca ekako 'va navakkhattun ti aṭṭhārasakkhattuṃ assosi. ayam etesu byattataro.
[page 264]
264 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.9.4-6.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tesu Mahāsummatthero navakkhattuṃ Vinayapiṭakaṃ sutvā ācariyaṃ muñcitvā aparagaṅgaṃ agamāsi. tato Mahāpadumatthero āha: sūro vata re esa vinayadharo, yo dharamānakaṃ yeva ācariyaṃ muñcitvā aññattha vasitabbaṃ maññati, nanu ācariye dharamāne Vinayapiṭakañ ca aṭṭhakathā ca anekakkahattuṃ gahetvāpi na vissajjetabbaṃ, niccakālaṃ sotabbaṃ, anusaṃvaccharaṃ sajjhāyitabban ti.
evaṃ vinayagarukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kāle ekadivasaṃ Upatissatthero pana Mahāpadumattherapamukhānaṃ pañcannaṃ antevāsikasatānaṃ paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpade imaṃ padesaṃ vaṇṇento nisinno hoti. taṃ antevāsikā pucchiṃsu:
bhante yebhuyyena akkhayite pārājikaṃ, yebhuyyena khayite thullaccayaṃ, upaḍḍhakkhayite kena bhavitabban ti. thero āha: āvuso buddhā nāma pārājikaṃ paññāpento na sāvasesaṃ katvā paññāpenti anavasesaṃ katvā sabbaṃ pariyādiyitvā sotaṃ chinditvā pārājikavatthusmiṃ pārājikam eva paññāpenti. idaṃ hi sikkhāpadaṃ lokavajjaṃ na paṇṇattivajjaṃ. tasmā yadi upaḍḍhakkhayite pārājikaṃ bhaveyya, paññāpeyya sammāsambuddho, pārājikacchāyā pan' ettha na dissati, thullaccayam eva dissatīti. api ca matasarīre pārājikaṃ paññāpento bhagavā yebhuyyena akkhayite ṭhapesi, tato paraṃ pārājikaṃ n' atthīti dassetuṃ thullaccayaṃ paññāpento yebhuyyena khayite ṭhapesi, tato paraṃ thullaccayaṃ n' atthīti dassetun ti pi veditabbaṃ. khayitākhayitañ ca nām' etaṃ matasarīrasmiṃ yeva veditabbaṃ na jīvamāne.
jīvamāne hi nakhapiṭṭhippamāṇe chavimaṃse vā nahārumhi vā sati pārājikam eva hoti. yadi pi nimittaṃ sabbaso khayitaṃ chavicammaṃ n' atthi nimittasaṇṭhānaṃ paññāyati pavesanaṃ jāyati pārājikam eva. nimittasaṇṭhānaṃ pana anavasesetvā sabbasmiṃ nimitte chinditvā samantato tacchetvā uppāṭite vaṇasaṅkhepavasena thullaccayaṃ. nimittato patitāya maṃsapesiyā upakkamantassa dukkaṭaṃ. matasarīre pana yadi pi sabbaṃ sarīraṃ khayitaṃ hoti, yadi pi akkhayitaṃ, tayo pana maggā akkhayitā, tesu upakkamantassa pārājikaṃ.
[page 265]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.9.4-6.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 265
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yebhuyyena akkhayite pārājikam eva, upaḍḍhakkhayite ca yebhuyyena khayite ca thullaccayaṃ.
manussānaṃ jīvamānakasarīre akkhināsakaṇṇacchiddavatthikosesu satthakādīhi katavaṇe vā methunarāgena tilaphalamattam pi aṅgajātaṃ pavesantassa thullaccayam eva.
avasesasarīre upakacchakādisu dukkataṃ. mate allasarīre pārājikakkhette pārājikaṃ thullaccayakkhette thullaccayaṃ dukkaṭakkhette dukkataṃ. yadā pana sarīraṃ uddhumātakaṃ hoti kuthitaṃ nīlamakkhikasamākiṇṇaṃ kimikulasamākulaṃ navahi vaṇamukhehi paggaḷitapubbam kuṇapabhāvena upagantum pi asakkuneyyaṃ, tadā pārājikavatthuñ ca thullaccayavatthuñ ca vijahati. tādise sarīre yattha katthaci upakkamato dukkaṭaṃ eva. tiracchānagatānaṃ hatthiassagogadrabhaoṭṭhamahisādīnaṃ nāsāya thullaccayaṃ. vatthikose thullaccayam eva. sabbesam pi tiracchānagatānaṃ akkhikaṇṇanāsāvaṇesu dukkaṭaṃ. avasesasarīre dukkaṭam eva. matānam allasarīre pārājikakkhette pārājikaṃ thullaccayakkhette thullaccayaṃ dukkaṭakkhette dukkaṭaṃ. kuthitakuṇape pubbe vuttanayen' eva sabbattha dukkaṭaṃ. kāyasaṃsaggarāgena methunarāgena vā jīvamānakapurisassa vatthikosaṃ appavesento nimittena nimittaṃ chupati dukkaṭaṃ. methunarāgena itthiyā appavesento nimittena nimittaṃ chupati thullaccayaṃ.
Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana itthinimittaṃ methunarāgena mukhena chupati thullaccayan ti vuttaṃ. Cammakkhandhake: chabbaggiyā bhikkhū Aciravatinadiyā gīvīnaṃ tarantīnaṃ visāṇesu pi gaṇhanti kaṇṇesu pi gaṇhanti gīvāya pi gaṇhanti cheppāya pi gaṇhanti piṭṭhim pi abhirūhanti, rattacittāpi aṅgajātaṃ chupantīti imissā aṭṭhūppattiyā avisesena vuttaṃ: na ca bhikkhave rattacittena aṅgajātaṃ chupitabbaṃ, yo chupeyya āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. taṃ sabbam pi saṃsandetvā yathā na virujjhati, tathā gahetabbaṃ.
[page 266)]
266 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.9.4-6.)
kathañ ca na virujjhati. yaṃ tāva Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, methunarāgena mukhena chupatīti, tatra kira nimittamukhaṃ mukhan ti adhippetaṃ. methunarāgenā 'ti ca vuttattāpi ayam eva tattha adhippāyo ti veditabbo. na hi itthinimitte pakatimukhena methunūpakkamo hoti. Khandhake pi,ye piṭṭhiṃ abhiruhantā methunarāgena aṅgajātena aṅgajātaṃ chupiṃsu, te sandhāya thullaccayaṃ vuttan ti veditabbaṃ. itarathāhi dukkaṭaṃ siyā. keci panāhu: Khandhake pi mukhen' eva chupantaṃ sandhāya olārikattā kammassa thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ, aṭṭhakathāyam pi taṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ gahetvā 'va methunarāgena mukhena chupati thullaccayan ti vuttaṃ ti. tasmā suṭṭhu sallakkhetvā ubhosu vinicchayesu yo yuttataro so gahetabbo.
vinayaññū pana purimaṃ pasaṃsanti kāyasaṃsaggarāgena pana pakatimukhena nimittamukhena vā itthinimittaṃ chupantassa saṅghādisesaṃ. tiracchānagatitthiyā passāvamaggaṃ nimittamukhena chupantassa vuttanayen' eva thullaccayaṃ,kāyasaṃsaggarāgena dukkaṭan ti.
avasesaekūnasattatidvisatacatukkakathā niṭṭhitā.
evaṃ bhagavā vippaṭipannakassa bhikkhuno rakkhaṇatthaṃ sattati dvisatacatukkāni nīharitvā idāni ye anāgate pāpabhikkhū santhataṃ imaṃ na kiñci upādinnakaṃ upādinnakena chupati, ko ettha doso ti sañcicca lesaṃ oḍḍessanti, tesaṃ sāsane patiṭṭhā evna bhavissatīti disvā tesu sattati dvisatacatukkesu ekam ekaṃ catukkaṃ catūhi santhatādi-bhedehi bhinditvā dassento: bhikkhūpaccatthikā manussitthiṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena passāvamaggena mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti santhatāya asanthatassā 'ti ādim āha. tattha santhatāya asanthatassā 'ti ādisu santhatāya itthiyā vaccamaggena passāvamaggena mukhena asanthatassa bhikkhussa aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdentīti iminā nayena yojanā veditabbā. tattha santhatā nāma yassā tīsu maggesu yo koci maggo paḷiveṭhetvā vā anto vā pavesetvā yena kenaci vatthena vā paṇṇena vā vākapaṭṭena vā cammena vā tipusīsādīnaṃ paṭṭena vā paṭicchanno santhato nāma.
[page 267]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.9.4-6.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 267
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yassa aṅgajātaṃ tesaṃ yeva vatthādīnaṃ na kenaci paṭicchannaṃ tattha upādinnakena vā anupādinnakaṃ ghaṭṭīyatu,anupādinnakena vā upādinnakaṃ, anupādinnakena vā anupādinnakaṃ, upādinnakena vā upādinnakaṃ, sace yattake paviṭṭhe pārājikaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ tattakaṃ pavisati, sabbattha sādiyantassa pārājikakkhette pārājikaṃ thullaccayakkhette thullaccayaṃ dukkaṭakkhette dukkaṭam eva hoti. sace itthinimittaṃ khāṇuṃ katvā santhataṃ khāṇuṃ ghaṭṭentassa dukkaṭam. sace purisanimittaṃ khāṇuṃ katvā santhataṃ khāṇuṃ pavesantassa dukkaṭaṃ. sace ubhayaṃ khāṇuṃ katvā santhataṃ khāṇunā khāṇuṃ ghaṭṭentassa dukkaṭaṃ. sace itthinimitte veḷunaḷapabbādīnaṃ kiñci pakkhittaṃ tassa heṭṭhābhāgañ ce pi phusanto tilaphalamattaṃ pavesati pārājikaṃ. uparibhāgañ ce pi ubhosu passesu ekaṃ passañ ce pi phusanto paveseti pārājikaṃ. cattāri pi passāni aphusanto pavesetvā tassa talañ ce pi phusati pārājikaṃ. yadi pana passesu vā talesu vā aphusanto ākāsagatam eva katvā pavesetvā nīharati dukkaṭaṃ, bahiddhā khāṇuke phusati dukkaṭam eva. yathā ca itthinimitte vuttaṃ evaṃ sabbattha lakkhaṇaṃ veditabban ti.
santhatacatukkabhedakathā niṭṭhitā.
evaṃ santhatacatukkabhedaṃ vatvā idāni yasmā na kevalaṃ manussitthiādike bhikkhussa santike ānenti, atha kho bhikkhum pi tāsaṃ santike ānenti, tasmā taṃ pabhedaṃ dassento bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ manussitthiyā santike ti ādinā nayena sabbāni tāni catukkāni puna pi nīharitvā dassesi. tesu vinicchayo vuttanayen' eva veditabbo.
bhikkhupaccatthikavasena catukkabhedavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. ||6||
[page 268]
268 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.9.7.)
yasmā pana na bhikkhupaccatthikā eva evaṃ karonti rājapaccatthikādayo pi karonti, tasmā tam pi bhedaṃ dassento rājapaccatthikā ti ādiṃ āha. tattha rājāno yeva paccatthikā rājapaccatthikā, te ca sayaṃ ānentāpi aññehi ānāpentāpi ānenti yevā 'ti veditabbā. corā eva paccatthikā corapaccatthikā. dhuttā ti methunūpasaṃhitakhiḍḍāpasutā nāgariyakerāṭiyapurisā, itthidhuttasurādhuttādayo vā.
dhuttā yeva paccatthikā dhuttapaccatthikā. gandhan ti hadayaṃ vuccati, taṃ uppāṭentīti uppalagandhā, uppalagandhā eva paccatthikā uppalagandhapaccatthikā. ete kira na kasivaṇijjādīhi jīvanti, panthaghātagāmaghātādīni katvā puttadāraṃ posenti. te kammasiddhiṃ patthayamānā devatā āyācitvā tāsaṃ balikammatthaṃ manussānaṃ hadayaṃ uppāṭenti. sabbakālañ ca manussā dullabhā. bhikkhū pana araññe viharantā sulabhā honti. te sīlavantaṃ bhikkhuṃ gahetvā sīlavato vadho nāma bhāriyo hotīti maññamānā tassa sīlavināsanatthaṃ manussitthiādike vā ānenti, taṃ vā tattha nenti. ayam ettha viseso. sesaṃ vuttanayen' eva veditabbaṃ. bhikkhupaccatthikavāre vuttanayen' eva ca imesu catusu pi vāresu catukkāni veditabbāni. pāli pana saṅkhittena vuttāni.
sabbākārena catukkabhedakathā niṭṭhitā. ||7||
idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ: manussitthiyā tayo magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassā 'ti ādi. ettha asammohatthaṃ maggena maggan ti ādim āha. tattha maggena maggan ti itthiyā tīsu maggesu aññatarena maggena attano aṅgajātaṃ paveseti. athavā sambhiṇṇesu dvīsu maggesu passāvamaggena vaccamaggaṃ vaccamaggena vā passāvamaggaṃ paveseti. maggenāmaggan ti passāvādimaggena pavesetvā tassa sāmanta-vaṇena nīharati. amaggena maggan ti maggasāmantavaṇena pavesetvā maggena nīharati.
[page 269]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.9.8.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 269
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] amaggena amaggan ti dvīsu sambhiṇṇavaṇesu ekena vaṇena pavesetvā dutiyena nīharati. imassa suttassa anulomavasena sabbattha vaṇasaṅkhepe thullaccayaṃ veditabbaṃ.
idāni yaṃ parato vakkhati: anāpatti ajānantassa asādiyantassā 'ti, tattha asammohatthaṃ bhikkhu suttabhikkhumhīti ādim āha. tatrāyaṃ adhippāyo: yo paṭibuddho sādiyati so, suttamhi mayi eso vippaṭipajji nāhaṃ jānāmīti na muccati.
ubho nāsetabbā ti ettha dve pi liṅganāsanena nāsetabbā. tatra dūsakassa paṭiññākaraṇaṃ n' atthi. dūsito ti pucchitvā paṭiññāya nāsetabbo. sace na sādiyati na nāsetabbo. esa nayo sāmaṇeravāre pi. ||7|| evaṃ tattha tattha taṃ taṃ āpattiñ ca anāpattiñ ca dassetvā, idāni anāpattim eva dassento anāpatti ajānantassā 'ti ādim āha. tattha ajānanto nāma yo mahāniddaṃ okkanto parena kataṃ upakkamam pi na jānāti Vesāliyaṃ Mahāvane divāvihāraṃ gato bhikkhu viya evarūpassa anāpatti. vuttam pi c' etaṃ: nāham bhagavā jānāmīti anāpatti bhikkhu ajānantassā 'ti. asādiyanto nāma yo jānitvāpi na sādiyati tatth' eva sahasā uṭṭhitabhikkhu viya.
vuttam pi c' etaṃ:nāhaṃ bhagavā sādiyin ti anāpatti bhikkhu asādiyantassā 'ti. ummattako nāma pittummattako. duvidhaṃ hi pittaṃ,baddhapittaṃ abaddhapittaṃ ca; abaddhapittaṃ lohitaṃ viya sabbaṅgagataṃ tamhi kupite sattānaṃ kaṇḍukacchusarīrakampādīni honti. tāni bhesajjakiriyāya vūpasammanti. baddhapittaṃ pana pittakosake ṭhitaṃ.
tamhi kupite sattā ummattakā honti, vipallattasaññā hirottappaṃ chaḍḍetvā asāruppacāriyaṃ caranti, lahukagarukāni sikkhāpadāni maddantāpi na jānanti, bhesajjakiriyāya pi atekicchā honti. evarūpassa ummattakassa anāpatti.
khittacitto nāma vissaṭṭhacitto yakkhummattako vuccati.
yakkhā kira bheravārammaṇāni dassetvā mukhena hatthaṃ pavesetvā hadayarūpaṃ vā maddantā satte vikkhittacitte vipallattasaññe karonti.
[page 270]
270 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.9.8.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evarūpassa khittacittassa anāpatti.
tesaṃ pana ubhinnaṃ ayaṃ viseso:pittummattako niccam eva ummattako hoti,pakatisaññaṃ na labhati. yakkhummattako antarantrā pakatisaññaṃ paṭilabhati. idha pana pittummattako vā hotu yakkhummattako vā, yo sabbaso muṭṭhassati kiñci na jānāti aggim pi suvaṇṇaṃ pi gūtham pi candanam pi ekasadisaṃ maddanto vicarati, evarūpassa anāpatti. antarantarā saññaṃ paṭilabhitvā ñatvā karontassa pana āpatti yeva. vedanaṭṭo nāma, yo adhimattāya dukkhavedanāya āturo kiñci na jānāti, evarūpassa anāpatti. ādikammiko nāma, yo tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kamme ādhibhūto. idha pana Sudinnatthero ādikammiko. tassa anāpatti. avasesānaṃ makkaṭisamaṇavajjiputtakādīnaṃ āpatti yevā 'ti.
padabhājaniyavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. imasmiṃ pana sikkhāpade kosallatthaṃ imaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ veditabbaṃ:--
samuṭṭhānañ ca kiriyā atho saññā sacittakaṃ
lokavajjañ ca kammañ ca kusalaṃ vedanāya ca.
tattha samuṭṭhānan ti sabbasaṅgāhiyavasena cha sikkhāpadasamuṭṭhānāni tāni Parivāre āvibhavissanti. samāsato pana sikkhāpadaṃ nāma atthi cha samuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi catusamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi tisamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi kaṭhinasamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi eḷakalomasamuṭṭhānaṃ, atthi dhuranikkhepādisamuṭṭhānaṃ. tatrāpi kiñci kiriyato samuṭṭhāti, kiñci akiriyato samuṭṭhāti, kiñci kiriyākiriyato samuṭṭhāti, kiñci siyā kiriyato siyā akiriyato samuṭṭhāti, kiñci siyā kiriyato siyā kiriyākiriyato samuṭṭhāti. tatrāpi atthi saññāvimokkhaṃ, atthi no saññāvimokkhaṃ. tattha yaṃ cittaṅgaṃ labhati yeva, taṃ saññāvimokkhaṃ. itaraṃ no saññāvimokkhaṃ. puna atthi sacittakaṃ, atthi acittakaṃ. yaṃ sah' eva cittena āpajjati taṃ sacittakaṃ, yaṃ vināpi cittena āpajjati taṃ acittakaṃ.
[page 271]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.9.8.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 271
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] taṃ sabbam pi lokavajjaṃ paṇṇativajjan ti duvidhaṃ. tesaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ vuttam eva. kammakusalavedanāvasenāpi c' ettha atthi sikkhāpadaṃ kāyakammaṃ, atthi vacīkammaṃ, tattha yaṃ kāyadvārikaṃ taṃ kāyakammaṃ yaṃ vacīdvārikaṃ taṃ vacīkamman ti veditabbaṃ. atthi pana sikkhāpadaṃ kusalaṃ, atthi akusalaṃ, atthi avyākataṃ. dvattiṃs' eva hi āpattisamuṭṭhāpakacittāni: aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalāni, dvādasākusalāni, dasa kāmāvacarakiriyacittāni kusalato ca kiriyato ca dve abhiññācittānīti. tesu yaṃ kusalacittena āpajjati taṃ kusalaṃ. itarehi itaraṃ.
atthi ca sikkhāpadaṃ tivedanaṃ, atthi dvivedanaṃ. atthi ekavedanaṃ. tattha yaṃ āpajjanto tīsu vedanāsu aññataravedanāsamaṅgī hutvā āpajjati taṃ tivedanaṃ. yaṃ āpajjanto sukhasamaṅgī vā upekkhāsamaṅgī vā āpajjati taṃ dvivedanaṃ. yaṃ āpajjanto dukkhavedanā-samaṅgī yeva āpajjati taṃ ekavedanan ti veditabbaṃ.
evaṃ:
samuṭṭhānañ ca kiriyā atho saññā sacittakaṃ
lokavajjañ ca kammañ ca kusalaṃ vedanāya cā 'ti.
idaṃ pakiṇṇakaṃ viditvā tesu samuṭṭhānādīsu imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ samuṭṭhānato ekaṃ samuṭṭhānaṃ. aṅgavasena dūkasamuṭṭhānaṃ kāyacittato samuṭṭhāti. kiriyasamuṭṭhānañ ca karonto yeva hi eva taṃ āpajjati. methunapaṭisaṃyuttāya kāmasaññāya abhāvena muccanato saññāvimokkhaṃ. anāpatti ajānantassa asādiyantassā 'ti hi vuttaṃ methunacitten' eva nam āpajjati,na vinā cittenā 'ti sacittakaṃ. rāgavasen' eva āpajjitabbato lokavajjaṃ. kāyadvāren' eva samuṭṭhānato kāyakammaṃ. cittaṃ pan' ettha aṅgamattaṃ hoti, na tassa vasena kammabhāvo labbhati.
lobhacittena āpajjitabbato akusalacittaṃ, sukhasamaṅgī vā upekkhāsamaṅgī vā taṃ āpajjatīti dvivedanan ti veditabbaṃ.
sabbañ c' etaṃ āpattiyaṃ yujjati. sikkhāpadasīsena pana aṭṭhakathāsu desanā ārūḷhā,tasmā evam vuttan ti. ||8||9||
[page 272]
272 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10.1-5.)
makkhaṭī Vajjiputtā ca --pe-- buḍḍhapabbajitomigo ti idaṃ kiṃ. imāni vinītavatthūni bhagavatā sayaṃ vinicchitānaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ vatthūnaṃ uddānagāthā nāma. tāni vatthūni sukhaṃ vinayadharā uggaṇhissantīti dhammasaṅgāhakattherehi ṭhapitā. vatthugāthā pana dharamāne yeva bhagavati Upāḷittherena ṭhapitā, iminā lakkhaṇena āyatiṃ vinayadharā vinayaṃ vinicchinissantīti, tasmā ettha vuttalakkhaṇaṃ sādhukaṃ sallakkhetvā paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ vinchinitabbaṃ. dutiyādīnañ ca vinītavatthūsu vuttalakkhaṇena dutiyādīni. vinītavatthūni hi sippikānaṃ paṭicchandakarūpāni viya vinayadharānaṃ paṭicchandakavatthūni hontīti. tattha purimāni dve vatthūni anuppaññattiyaṃ yeva vuttatthāni. tatiye vatthumhi gihīliṅgenā 'ti gihīvesena odātavattho hutvā. catutthe na kiñci vattabbaṃ. tato paresu sattasu kusacīran ti kuse ganthitvā katacīraṃ. vākacīraṃ nāma tāpasānaṃ vakkalaṃ. phalakacīraṃ nāma phalakasaṇṭhānāni phalakāni sibbetvā katacīraṃ. kesakambalo ti kesehi tante vāyitvā katakambalo.
vāḷakambalo ti camaravāḷehi vāyitvā katakambalo. uḷūkapakkhan ti ulukasakunassa pakkhehi katanivāsanaṃ. ajinakkhipan ti salomaṃ sakhuraṃ ajinamigacammaṃ. ||3||
dvādasame vatthumhi sāratto ti kāyasaṃsaggarāgena sāratto, taṃ rāgaṃ ñatvā bhagavā: āpatti saṅghādisesassā 'ti āha. ||4||
terasame vatthumhi, Uppalavaṇṇā ti sā therī Sāvatthiyaṃ seṭṭhidhītā satasahassakappe abhinīhārasampannā tassā pakatiyāpi atidassaniyā nīlūppalavaṇṇakāyacchavi abbhantare pana kilesasantāpassa abhāvena ativiya virocati.
[page 273]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10.5.6.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 273
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sā tāy' eva vaṇṇapokkharatāya Uppalavaṇṇā ti nāmaṃ labhi. paṭibaddhacitto ti gihīkālato paṭṭhāya rattacitto, so kira tassā ñātidārako hoti. atha kho ti anantaratthe nipāto; mañcake nisinnānantaram evā 'ti vuttaṃ hoti. divā bāhirato āgantvā dvāraṃ pidhāya nisinnānaṃ hi paṭhamaṃ andhakāraṃ hoti, so yāv' assā taṃ andhakāraṃ na nassati tāvad eva evam akāsīti attho. dūsesīti padhaṃsesi, therī pana anavajjā attano samaṇasaññaṃ paccupaṭṭhapetvā asādiyanti nisīdī asaddhammādhippāyena parāmaṭṭhā aggikkhandhasilātthambhakhadirasārakhāṇukā viya. so pi attano manorathaṃ pūretvā gato. tassa theriyā dassanapathaṃ vijahantass' eva ayaṃ mahāpaṭhavī Siṇerupabbataṃ dhāretuṃ samatthāpi taṃ pāpapurisaṃ byāmamattaṃ kalebalaṃ dhāretuṃ asakkonti viya bhijjitvā vivaram adāsi. so taṅkhaṇañ ñeva avīcijālānaṃ indhanabhāvaṃ agamāsi. bhagavā taṃ sutvā: anāpatti bhikkhave asādiyantiyā 'ti vatvā theriṃ sandhāya Dhammapade imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi:
vāri pokkharapatte 'va,
āragger iva sāsapo,
yo na limpati kāmesu,
taṃ ahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇan ti ||5||
cuddasame vatthumhi itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhūtan ti rattibhāge niddaṃ okkantassa purisasaṇṭhānaṃ massudāṭhikādisabbaṃ antarahitaṃ itthisaṇṭhānaṃ uppannaṃ. taṃ yeva upajjhaṃ tam eva upasampadan ti pubbe gahitaupajjham eva pubbe kataupasampadam eva ca anujānāmi, puna upajjhaṃ na gahetabbaṃ, upasampadā na kātabbā ti attho.
[page 274]
274 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10.6-7.)
tāni vassānīti bhikkhūpasampadato ppabhuti yāva vassagaṇanā ca taṃ yeva vassagaṇanaṃ anujānāmi,na ito paṭṭhāya vassagaṇanā kātabbā ti attho. bhikkhunīhi saṅkamitun ti bhikkhunīhi c' assā saddhiṃ saṅkamituṃ saṅgantuṃ samaṅgī-bhavituṃ anujānāmīti attho. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti:
appatirūpaṃ dān' assā bhikkhūnaṃ majjhe vasitum, bhikkhunīupassayaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnīhi saddhiṃ vasatū ti.
yā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhūnīhi sādhāraṇā ti yā desanāgāminiyo vā uṭṭhānagāminiyo vā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ sādhāraṇā. tā āpattiyo bhikkhunīnaṃ santike vuṭṭhātun ti tā sabbāpi bhikkhunīhi kātabbaṃ vinayakammaṃ katvā bhikkhunīnaṃ santike vuṭṭhātuṃ anujānāmīti attho. tāhi āpattīhi anāpattīti yā pana bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi asādhāraṇā sukkavissaṭṭhikādikā āpattiyo. tāhi anāpattīti liṅgaparivattanena tā āpattiyo uṭṭhitā 'va honti.
puna pakatiliṅge uppanne pi tāhi āpattīhi tassa anāpatti yevā 'ti ayaṃ tāv ettha pālivinicchayo. ||6||
ayaṃ pana pālimutto okkantikavinicchayo: imesu tāva dvīsu liṅgesu purisaliṅgaṃ uttamaṃ itthiliṅgaṃ hīnaṃ.
tasmā purisaliṅgaṃ balavākusalena antaradhāyati. itthiliṅgaṃ dubbalakusalena patiṭṭhāti. itthiliṅgaṃ pana antaradhāyantaṃ dubbalākusalena antaradhāyati purisaliṅgaṃ balavakusalena patiṭṭhāti, evaṃ ubhayam pi akusalena antaradhāyati kusalena paṭilabbhati. tattha sace dvinnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ekato sajjhāyaṃ vā dhammasākaccaṃ vā katvā ekāgāre nipajjitvā niddaṃ okkantānaṃ ekassa itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhavati ubinnam pi sahaseyyāpatti hoti. so ce paṭibujjhitvā attano taṃ vippakāraṃ disvā dukkhī dummano rattibhāge yeva itarassa āroceyya. tena samassāsetabbo:
hotu mā citayittha vaṭṭass' ev' eso doso sammāsambuddhena dvāraṃ dinnaṃ bhikkhu vā hotu bhikkhunī vā anāvaṭo dhammo arito saggamaggo ti.
[page 275]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10.7.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 275
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] samassāsetvā ca evaṃ vattabbaṃ: tumhehi bhikkhunīupassayaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭati, atthi vo kāci sandiṭṭhā bhikkhuniyo ti. sac' assā honti tādisā bhikkhuniyo, atthīti no ce honti n' atthīti vatvā so bhikkhu vattabbo: mama saṅgahaṃ karotha idāni yeva maṃ bhikkhunīupassayaṃ nethā 'ti. tena bhikkhunā taṃ gahetvā tassā vā sandiṭṭhānaṃ attano vā sandiṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ santikaṃ gantabbaṃ. gacchantena ca na ekakena gantabbaṃ. catūhi pañcahi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ jotikañ ca kattaradaṇḍañ ca gahetvā saṃvidahanaṃ parimocetvā mayaṃ amukaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ gacchāmā 'ti gantabbaṃ.
sace bahi gāme dūre vihāro hoti antarāmagge gāmantaranadīpārarattivippavāsagaṇaohiyanāpattīhi anāpatti. bhikkhunopassayaṃ gantvā tā bhikkhuniyo vattabbā: asukaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ jānāthā 'ti. āma ayyā. tassa itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhūtaṃ saṅgahaṃ dāni 'ssa karothā 'ti. tā ce: sādhu ayyā idāni mayam pi sajjhāyissāma dhammaṃ sossāma gacchatha tumhe ti vatvā saṅgaham karonti. ārādhikā ca honti saṅgāhikā lajjiniyo, tā kopetvā aññattha na gantabbaṃ.
gacchati ce gāmantaranadīpārarattivippavāsagaṇaohiyanāpattīhi na muccati. sace pana lajjiniyo honti na saṅgāhikāyo aññattha gantuṃ labbhati. sace pi alajjiniyo honti saṅgahaṃ pana karonti, tāpi pariccajitvā aññattha gantuṃ labbhati. sace lajjiniyo ca saṅgāhikā ca ñātikā na honti, āsannagāme pana ñātikā honti paṭijagginikā tāsam pi santikaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭatīti vadanti. gantvā sace bhikkhubhāve pi nissayapaṭipanno patirūpāya bhikkhuniyā santike nissayo gahetabbo. mātikā vā vinayo vā uggahito suggahito puna uggaṇhanakāraṇaṃ n' atthi. sace bhikkhubhāve parisāvacaro tassa santike ye upasampannā sūpasampannā aññatarassa santike nissayo gahetabbo.
[page 276]
276 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10.7.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pubbe taṃ nissāya vasantehi pi aññassa santike nissayo gahetabbo. paripuṇṇavassa sāmaṇerenāpi aññassa santike upajjhā gahetabbā.
yaṃ pan' assa bhikkhubhāve adhiṭṭhitaṃ ticīvarañ ca patto ca taṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati, puna adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. saṅkaccikā ca udakasāṭikā ca gahetabbā. yaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ vā atirekapatto vā vinayakammaṃ katvā ṭhapito hoti, tam pi sabbaṃ vinayakammaṃ vijahati, puna kātabbaṃ. paṭiggahitatelamadhapphāṇitādīni pi paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahanti.
sace paṭiggahaṇato sattame divase liṅgaṃ parivattati puna paṭiggahetvā sattāhaṃ vaṭṭati, yaṃ pana bhikkhukāle aññassa bhikkhuno santakaṃ paṭiggahītaṃ taṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ na vijahati. yam pi ubhinnaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ avibhajitvā ṭhapitaṃ taṃ pakatatto rakkhati, yaṃ pana vibhattaṃ etass' eva santakaṃ, taṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahati. vuttañ c' etaṃ Parivāre:
[telaṃ madhuṃ phāṇitaṃ cāpi sappiṃ, sāmaṃ gahetvāna nikkhipeyya avītivatte sattāhe, sati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti, pañhā m-esā kusalehi cintitā ti.] idaṃ hi liṅgaparivattanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. paṭiggahaṇaṃ nāma liṅgaparivattena kālakiriyāya sikkhāpaccakkhānena hīnāyāvattanena anupasampannassa dānena anapekkhavissajjanena acchinditvā gāhena ca vijahati. tasmā sace pi harīṭakakhaṇḍam pi paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitam atthi, sabbam assa paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahati. bhikkhuvihāre pana yaṃ kiñc' assā santakaṃ paṭiggahetvā vā apaṭiggahetvā vā ṭhapitaṃ, sabbassa sāva issarā, āharāpetvā gahetabbaṃ.
yaṃ pan' ettha thāvaraṃ tassā santakaṃ senāsanaṃ vā uparopakā vā, te yass' icchati tassa dātabbā. terasasu sammutīsu yā bhikkhukāle laddhā sammuti sabbā tā paṭippassambhanti,
[page 277]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10.7-8.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 277
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] purimikāya senāsanagāho paṭippassambhati.
sace pacchimikāya senāsane gahite liṅgaṃ parivattati, bhikkhunīsaṅgho c' assā uppannaṃ lābhaṃ dātukāmo hoti, apaloketvā dātabbo. sace bhikkhunīhi sādhāraṇāya paṭicchannāya āpattiyā parivasantassa liṅgaṃ parivattati pakkhamānattam eva dātabbaṃ. sace mānattaṃ carantassa parivattati puna pakkhamānattam eva dātabbaṃ. sace ciṇṇamānattassa parivattati bhikkhunīhi abbhānakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. sace akusalavipāke parikkhīṇe pakkhamānattakāle punad eva liṅgaṃ parivattati, chārattamānattam eva dātabbaṃ. sace ciṇṇe pakkhamānatte parivattati bhikkhūhi abbhānakammaṃ kātabban ti.
anantare bhikkhuniyā liṅgaparivattanavatthumhi idha vuttanayen' eva sabbo vinicchayo veditabbo. ayaṃ pana viseso: sace pi bhikkhunīkāle āpannā sañcarittāpatti paṭicchannā hoti parivāsadānaṃ n' atthi. chārattamānattam eva dātabbaṃ. sace pakkhamānattaṃ carantiyā liṅgaṃ parivattati, tato tatth' eva chārattamānattam eva dātabbaṃ. sace ciṇṇamānattāya parivattati, puna mānattaṃ adatvā bhikkhūhi abbhetabbo. atha bhikkhūhi mānatte adinne puna liṅgaṃ parivattati, bhikkhunīhi pakkhamānattam eva dātabbaṃ. atha chārattamānattaṃ carantassa puna parivattati, pakkhamānattam eva dātabbaṃ. ciṇṇamānattassa pana liṅgaparivatte jāte bhikkhunīhi abbhānaṃ kātabbaṃ. puna parivatte ca liṅge bhikkhunībhāve ṭhitāya pi yā āpattiyo pubbe paṭipassaddhā tā suppaṭippassaddhā evā 'ti.
ito parāni mātuyā methunaṃ dhammanti ādīni cattāri vatthūni uttānatthāni yeva. ||7|| mudupiṭṭhikavatthumhi so kira bhikkhu naṭapubbako tassa sippakosallatthaṃ parikammakatā piṭṭhi mudukā ahosi,
[page 278]
278 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10.8-13.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tasmā evaṃ kātuṃ asakkhi.
lambīvatthumhi tassa bhikkhussa aṅgajātaṃ dīghaṃ hoti lambati tasmā lambīti vutto. ito parāni dve vaṇavatthūni uttānān' eva. ||8-9|| lepacittavatthumhi lepacittaṃ nāma cittakammarūpaṃ. dārudhītalikavatthumhi, dārudhītalikā nāma kaṭṭharūpaṃ. yathā ca imesu dvīsu evaṃ aññesu pi dantarūpapotthakarūpaloharūpādīsu anupādinnakesu itthirūpesu nimitte methunarāgena upakkamantassa asuci muccatu vā mā vā dukkaṭam eva. kāyasaṃsaggarāgena upakkamantassāpi tath' eva dukkaṭaṃ. mocanarāgena pana upakkamantassa mutte saṅghādiseso amutte thullaccayan ti. ||10|| Sundaravatthumhi ayaṃ Sundaro nāma Rājagahe kuladārako saddhāya pabbajito attabhāvassa abhirūpatāya Sundaro ti nāmaṃ labhi. taṃ rathiyāya gacchantaṃ disvā samuppannachandarāgā sā itthi imaṃ vippakāraṃ akāsi. thero pana anāgāmī tasmā so na sādiyi, aññesaṃ pana avisayo eso. ||11|| ito paresu catusu vatthusu te bhikkhū jaḷā dummedhā mātugāmassa vacanaṃ gahetvā tathā katvā pacchā kukkuccāyiṃsu. ||12|| akkhāyitādīni tīṇi vatthūni uttānatthān' eva. dvīsu chinnasīsavatthūsu ayaṃ vinicchayo: vattakate mukhe vivaṭe aṅgajātaṃ pavesanto sace heṭṭhā vā upari vā ubhayapasse vā chupantaṃ paveseti pārājikaṃ. catuhi passehi acchupantaṃ pavesetvā abbhantare tālukaṃ chupati pārājikam eva. cattāri passāni tālukañ ca acchupanto ākāsagatam eva katvā paveseti ca nīharati ca dukkaṭaṃ. yadi pana dantādi suphassitā anto-mukhe okāso n' atthi, dantā ca bahi oṭṭhamaṃsena paṭicchannā, tattha vātena asamphuṭṭhaṃ allokāsaṃ tilaphalamattam pi pavesantassa pārājikam eva. uppāṭite pana oṭṭhamaṃse dantesu yeva upakkamantassa thullaccayaṃ. yo pi danto bahi nikkhamitvā tiṭṭhati na sakkā oṭṭhehi pidahituṃ,
[page 279]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10. 13-16.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 279
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tattha upakkamante pi bahi nikkhantajīvhāya upakkamante pi thullaccayam eva.
jīvamānasarīre pi bahi nikkhantajīvhāya thullaccayam eva.
yadi pana bahi nikkhantajīvhāya paḷiveṭhetvā antomukhaṃ pavesayati pārājikam eva. upari gīvāya chinnasīsassāpi adhobhāgena aṅgajātaṃ pavesetvā tālukaṃ chupantassa pārājikam eva. aṭṭhikavatthumhi susānaṃ gacchantassāpi dukkaṭaṃ, aṭṭhikāni saṅkaḍḍhantassāpi ghaṭṭentassāpi nimitte methunarāgena upakkamantassāpi kāyasaṃsaggarāgena upakkamantassāpi muccatu vā mā vā dukkaṭam eva.
mocanarāgena pana upakkamantassa muccante saṅghādiseso, amuccante thullaccayaṃ. ||13|| nāgitavatthumhi nāgamāṇavikā vā hotu kinnarīadīnaṃ vā aññatarā, sabbattha pārājikaṃ. yakkhivatthumhi sabbāpi devatā yakkhiyo 'va.
petivatthumhi nijjhāmataṇhikādi petiyo allīyitum pi na sakkā, vimānapetiyo pana atthi, yāsaṃ kālapakkhe akusalaṃ vipaccati juṇhapakkhe devatā viya sampattiṃ anubhonti.
evarūpāya petiyā vā yakkhiyā vā sace dassanagahaṇāamasanaphusanaghaṭṭanāni paññāyanti pārājikaṃ. athāpi dassanaṃ n'atthi, itarāni paññāyanti, pārājikam eva. atha dassanagahanāni na paññāyanti, āmasanaphusanaghaṭṭanehi paññāyamānehi taṃ puggalaṃ visaññaṃ katvā attano manorathaṃ pūretvā gacchati, ayaṃ avisayo nāma. tasmā ettha avisayattā anāpatti. paṇḍakavatthu pākaṭam eva. ||14||
upahatindriyavatthumhi upahatindriyo ti upahatakāyappasādo khāṇukaṇṭakam iva sukhaṃ vā dukkham vā na vediyati. avediyantassāpi sevanacittavasena āpatti. ||15|| chupitamattavatthumiṃ yo methunaṃ sevissāmīti mātugāmaṃ gaṇhitvā methune virajjitvā vippaṭisārī hoti,
[page 280]
280 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10.16-21.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] dukkaṭam ev' assa hoti. methunadhammassa hi pubbapayogā hatthagāhādayo yāva sīsaṃ na pāpuṇanti, tāva dukkaṭe tiṭṭhanti.
sīse patte pārājikaṃ hoti. paṭhamapārājikassa hi dukkaṭaṃ eva sāmantaṃ, itaresaṃ tiṇṇam thullaccayaṃ. ayaṃ pana bhikkhu methunadhamme virajjitvā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ sādiyīti veditabbo. tenāha bhagavā āpatti saṅghādisesassā 'ti. ||16||
Bhaddiyavatthusmiṃ Bhaddiyaṃ nāma taṃ nagaraṃ. jātiyā vanaṃ nāma jātipupphagumbānaṃ ussannatāya evaṃ laddhanāmaṃ. taṃ tassa nagarassa upacāre vanaṃ hoti, so tattha nipanno, tena vātupatthambhena mahāniddaṃ okkami ekarasaṃ bhavaṅgam eva pavattati. kilinnaṃ passitvā ti asucikiliṭṭhaṃ passitvā. ||17|| ito parāni sādiyanapaṭiyuttāni cattāri vatthūni ajānanavatthu cā 'ti pañca uttānatthān' eva. dvīsu asādiyanavatthusu sahasā vuṭṭhāsīti āsivisena daṭṭho viya agginā daḍḍho viya ca turitaṃ vuṭṭhāsi. akkamitvā pavaṭṭesīti appamatto bhikkhu āraddhavipassako upaṭṭhitasati khippaṃ vuṭṭhahanto 'va akkamitvā bhūmiyaṃ vaṭṭento parivaṭṭento viloṭhento pātesi. puthujjanakalyāṇakena hi evarūpesu ṭhānesu cittam rakkhitabbaṃ. ayañ ca tesaṃ aññataro saṅgāmasīsayodho bhikkhu. ||18-20||
dvāraṃ vivaritvā nipannavatthumhi, divā patisallīyantenā 'ti divā nipajjantena, dvāraṃ saṃvaritvā patisallīyitun ti dvāraṃ pidahitvā nippajjituṃ. ettha ca kiñcāpi pāliyaṃ ayaṃ nāma āpattīti na vuttā, vivaritvā nipannadosena pana uppanne vatthusmiṃ: anujānāmi bhikkhave divā patisallīyantena dvāraṃ saṃvaritvā patisallīyitun ti vuttattā asaṃvaritvā patisallīyantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. bhagavato hi adhippāyaṃ ñatvā Upāḷittherādīhi aṭṭhakathā ṭhapitā.
atthāpatti divā āpajjati no rattin ti imināpi c' etaṃ siddhaṃ.
[page 281]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10.21.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 281
kīdisaṃ pana dvāraṃ saṃvaritabbaṃ, kīdisaṃ na saṃvaritabbaṃ. rukkhapadaraveṇupadarakilañjapaṇṇādīnaṃ yena kenaci kavāṭaṃ katvā heṭṭhā udukkhale upari uttarapāsake ca pavesetvā kataṃ parivattakadvāram eva saṃvaritabbaṃ.
aññaṃ gorūpānaṃ vajesu viya rukkhasucikaṇṭakadvāraṃ gāme gāmatthakanakaṃ cakkalakayuttadvāram phalakesu vā kiṭikāsu vā dve tīṇi cakkalakāni yojetvā kataṃ saṃsaraṇakiṭikadvāraṃ āpaṇesu viya kataṃ ugghāṭanakiṭikadvāraṃ dvīsu tīsu ṭhānesu veṇusalākā gopphetvā paṇṇakuṭīsu kataṃ salākahatthakadvāraṃ, dussasāṇidvāran ti evarūpaṃ dvāraṃ na saṃvaritabbaṃ. pattahatthassa kavāṭapaṇāmane pana ekaṃ dussasāṇidvāram eva anāpattikaraṃ. avasesāni paṇāmentassa āpatti. divā patisallīyantassa pana parivattakadvāram eva āpattikaraṃ. sesāni saṃvaritvā vā asaṃvaritvā vā nipajjantassa āpatti n' atthi. saṃvaritvā pana nipajjitabbaṃ. etaṃ vattaṃ. parivattakadvāraṃ pana kittakena saṃvutaṃ hoti. sucighaṭikādisu dinnāsu susaṃvutam eva hoti. api ca kho sucimatte pi dinne vaṭṭati. ghaṭikāmatte pi dinne vaṭṭati. dvārabāhaṃ phassetvā pihitamatte pi vaṭṭati, īsakaṃ aphassite pi vaṭṭati. sabbantimena vidhinā yāvatā sīsaṃ na ppavisati tāvatā aphassite pi vaṭṭati. sace bahunnaṃ vaḷañjanaṭṭhānaṃ hoti, bhikkhuṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā dvāraṃ āvuso jaggāhīti vatvā nippajjituṃ vaṭṭati. atha bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ vā aññaṃ vā kiñci karonto nisinnā honti, ete dvāraṃ jaggissantīti ābhogaṃ katvāpi nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana, upāsakam pi āpucchitvā vā: esa jaggissatīti ābhogaṃ katvā vā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. kevalaṃ bhikkhuniṃ vā mātugāmaṃ vā āpucchituṃ na vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ. atha dvārassa udukkhalaṃ vā uttarapāsako vā bhinno hoti aṭṭhapito vā saṃvarituṃ na sakkoti,
[page 282]
282 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10.21.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] navakammatthaṃ vā pana iṭṭhakapuñjo vā mattikādīnaṃ vā rāsi anto-dvāre kato hoti, aṭṭaṃ vā bandhanti yathā saṃvarituṃ na sakkoti, evarūpe antarāye asaṃvaritvāpi nippajjituṃ vaṭṭati. yadi pana kavāṭaṃ n' atthi laddhakappam eva. upari sayantena nisseṇiṃ āropetvā nipajjitabbaṃ. sace nisseṇimatthake thakanakaṃ hoti thaketvā nipajjitabbaṃ. gabbhe nipajjantena gabbhadvāraṃ vā pamukhadvāraṃ vā yaṃ kiñci saṃvaritvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati. sace ekakuḍḍake gehe dvīsu passesu dvārāni katvā valañjanti, dve pi dvārāni jaggitabbāni. tibhūmake pi pāsāde dvāraṃ jaggitabbam eva.
sace bhikkhācārā paṭikkamma lohapāsādasadisaṃ pāsādaṃ bahū bhikkhū divāvihāratthaṃ pavisanti saṅghattherena dvārapālassa dvāraṃ jaggāhīti vatvā vā dvārajagganaṃ etassa bhāro ti ābhogaṃ katvā vā pavisitvā nipajjitabbaṃ.
yāva saṅghanavakena evam eva kattabbaṃ. pure pavisantānaṃ dvārajagganaṃ nāma pacchimānaṃ bhāro ti evaṃ ābhogaṃ kātum pi vaṭṭati. anāpucchā vā ābhogaṃ vā akatvā anto gabbhe vā asaṃvūtadvāre vā bahi vā nipajjantānaṃ āpatti. gabbhe vā bahi vā nipajjanakāle pi dvārajagganaṃ nāma mahādvāre dvārapālassa bhāro ti ābhogaṃ katvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭati yeva. lohapāsādādisu ākāsatale nipajjantenāpi dvāraṃ saṃvaritabbam eva. ayaṃ h' ettha saṅkhepo. idaṃ hi divā patisallīn yena kenaci pakkhitte sadvārabandhe ṭhāne kathitaṃ. tasmā abbhokāse vā rukkhamūle vā maṇḍape vā yattha katthaci sadvārabandhe nipajjantena dvāraṃ saṃvaritvā 'va nipajjitabbaṃ. sace mahāpariveṇaṃ hoti mahābodhiaṇgaṇalohapāsādaṅgaṇasadisaṃ bahunnaṃ otaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ, yattha dvāraṃ saṃvutam pi saṃvutaṭṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, dvāraṃ alabhantā pākāraṃ āruhitvāpi pavisanti, tattha saṃvaraṇakiccaṃ n' atthi. rattiṃ dvāraṃ vivaritvā nipanno aruṇe uggate uṭṭhahati anāpatti.
[page 283]
Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10.21-22.)] Suttavibhaṅga-vaṇṇanā 283
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace pabujjhitvā puna supati āpatti. yo pana aruṇe uggate uṭṭhahissāmīti paricchinditvā 'va dvāraṃ asaṃvaritvā rattiṃ nipajjati, yathāparicchedam eva ca vuṭṭhāti tassa āpattiṃ eva. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana evaṃ nipajjanto anādariyadukkaṭā na muccatīti vuttaṃ. yo pana bahud eva rattiṃ jāgaritvā addhānaṃ vā gantvā divā kilantarūpo mañce nisinno pāde bhūmito amocetvā 'va niddāvasena nipajjati, tassa anāpatti. sace okkantaniddo ajānanto pi pāde mañcakaṃ āropeti āpatti yeva. nisīditvā apassāya supantassa anāpatti. yo pi ca niddaṃ vinodessāmīti caṅkamanto patitvā sahasā 'va vuṭṭhāti tassa pi anāpatti. yo pana patitvā tatth' eva sayati na vaṭṭhāti tassa āpatti. ko muccati ko na muccatīti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ tāva ekabhaṅgena nipannako eva muccati. pāde pana bhūmito mocetvā nipanno pi yakkhagahitako pi visaññibhūto pi na muccatīti vuttaṃ. Kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ, bandhitvā nipajjāpito 'va muccatīti vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yo caṅkamanto mucchitvā patito tatth' eva supati tassāpi avasattā āpatti na dissati. ācariyā pana evaṃ na kathayanti. tasmā āpatti yevā 'ti Mahāpadumattherena vuttaṃ. dve pana janā āpattito muccanti yeva, yo ca yakkhagahitako, yo ca bandhitvā nipajjāpito ti. ||21|| Bhārukacchakavatthumhi anāpatti supinantenā 'ti yasmā supinante avasattā evaṃ hoti. tasmā Upāḷitthero bhagavatā avinicchitapubbaṃ pi imaṃ vatthuṃ nayaggāhena vinicchini. bhagavāpi ca sutvā: sukathitaṃ bhikkhave Upāḷinā apade padaṃ karonto viya ākāse padaṃ dassento viya Upāḷi imaṃ pañhaṃ kathesīti vatvā theraṃ etadagge ṭhapesi. etadaggaṃ bhikkhave mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ Upāḷīti. ||22|| ito parāni supabbādīni vatthūni uttānatthān' eva.
[page 284]
284 Samantapāsādikā [Bhvibh_I.1. (I.10.23-27.)
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||23-24|| bhikkhunīsampayojanādīsu te Licchavikumārakā khiḍḍāpasutā attano anācārena evaṃ akaṃsu. tato paṭṭhāya ca Licchavīnaṃ vināso eva udapādi. ||25|| Buḍḍhapabbajitavatthumhi dassanaṃ agamāsīti anukampāya taṃ dakkhissāmīti gehaṃ agamāsi. ath' assā attano ca dārakānañ ca nānappakārehi anāthabhāvaṃ saṃvaṇṇesi, anapekkhañ ca naṃ ñatvā kupitā ehi vibbhamāhīti balakkārena aggahesi. so attānaṃ mocetuṃ paṭikkamanto jarādubbalatāya uttāno paripati.
tato sā attano manaṃ akāsi. so pana bhikkhu anāgāmi samucchinnakāmarāgo, tasmā na sādiyīti. ||26|| migapotakavatthu uttānattham evā 'ti. ||27||10||
Samantapāsādikāya vinayasaṃvaṇṇanāya paṭhamapārājikavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
tatr' idaṃ Samantapāsādikāya Samantapāsādikattasmiṃ:
ācariyaparamparato nidānavatthuppabhedadīpanato,
parasamayavivajjanato sakasamayavisuddhito c' eva.
byañjanaparisodhanato padatthato pāḷiyojanakkamato,
sikkhāpadanicchayato vibhaṅganayabhedadassanato.
sampassataṃ na dissati kiñci apāsādikaṃ yato ettha
viññūnamayaṃ tasmā Samantapāsādikā tv eva.
samvaṇṇanā pavattā vinayassa vineyyadamanakusalena.
vuttassa lokanāthena lokam anukampamānenā 'ti.